LINCOLN AVIATOR Owner's Manual
The information contained in this publication was correct at the time of release. In the interest of continuous development, we reserve the right to change specifications, design or
equipment at any time without notice or obligation. No part of this publication may be reproduced, transmitted, stored in a retrieval system or translated into any language in any
form by any means without our written permission. Errors and omissions excepted.
© Ford Motor Company 2024
All rights reserved.
Part Number: -202401-20240105193401
California Proposition 65
WARNING: Operating, servicing and maintaining a passenger vehicle or off-highway motor vehicle can expose you to chemicals including engine exhaust, carbon monoxide,
phthalates, and lead, which are known to the State of California to cause cancer and birth defects or other reproductive harm. To minimize exposure, avoid breathing exhaust,
do not idle the engine except as necessary, service your vehicle in a well-ventilated area and wear gloves or wash your hands frequently when servicing your vehicle. For more
information go to www.P65Warnings.ca.gov/passenger-vehicle.
WARNING: Battery posts, terminals and related accessories contain lead and lead
compounds, chemicals known to the State of California to cause cancer and reproductive harm.
Wash your hands after handling.
Contacting Us
Contacting Us ..................................................15
Introduction
About This Publication ..................................17
Using This Publication ...................................18
Symbols Glossary
Symbols Used on Your Vehicle ...................19
Symbols Used On Your Instrument Cluster
..........................................................................21
Data Privacy
Data Privacy ....................................................24
Service Data ....................................................25
Event Data .......................................................26
Settings Data ..................................................26
Connected Vehicle Data ..............................27
Mobile Device Data .......................................27
Emergency Call System Data .....................28
Environment
Protecting the Environment ........................29
Visual Search
Interior Overview ...........................................30
Exterior Overview ..........................................32
Child Safety
Child Safety Precautions ..............................34
Child Restraint Anchor Points .....................35
Child Restraints ..............................................36
Installing Child Restraints ............................39
Booster Seats .................................................44
Child Safety Locks .........................................46
Child Safety Locks – Troubleshooting
.........................................................................47
Seatbelts
Seatbelt Precautions .....................................48
Fastening and Unfastening the Seatbelts
.........................................................................49
Sensitive Locking Mode ...............................49
Automatic Locking Mode ............................50
Adjusting the Seatbelts During Pregnancy
..........................................................................51
Adjusting the Seatbelt Height .....................51
Seatbelt Reminder .........................................52
Checking the Seatbelts ................................54
Seatbelt Extensions ......................................54
Personal Safety System™
What Is the Personal Safety System .........56
How Does the Personal Safety System
Work .............................................................56
Personal Safety System Components
........................................................................56
Airbags
How Do the Front Airbags Work ................57
How Do the Side Airbags Work .................57
How Do the Knee Airbags Work ...............58
How Does the Safety Canopy™ Work .......59
Airbag Precautions ........................................59
Properly Adjusting the Driver and Front
Passenger Seats .......................................60
Children and Airbags .....................................61
Front Passenger Sensing System ..............61
Crash Sensors and Airbag Indicator ........65
Disposing of Airbags ....................................66
1
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Table of Contents
911 Assist
What Is 911 Assist ...........................................67
How Does 911 Assist Work ..........................67
Emergency Call Requirements ...................67
Emergency Call Limitations ........................68
Keys and Remote Controls
Remote Control Limitations ........................69
Using the Remote Control ...........................69
Removing the Key Blade .............................70
Sounding the Panic Alarm ...........................70
Locating Your Vehicle ...................................70
Changing the Remote Control Battery
..........................................................................71
Replacing a Lost Key or Remote Control
.........................................................................72
Programming the Remote Control ............72
Keys and Remote Controls Audible
Warnings ......................................................74
Keys and Remote Controls –
Troubleshooting .........................................74
Phone as a Key
What Is Phone as a Key ................................75
Phone as a Key Limitations .........................75
Programming Your Phone ...........................75
Using the Valet Mode ...................................75
Using the Backup Start Passcode .............76
Phone as a Key – Troubleshooting ...........77
Doors and Locks
Operating the Doors From Outside Your
Vehicle ..........................................................79
Operating the Doors From Inside Your
Vehicle .........................................................80
Door Lock Switch Inhibitor ..........................80
Autounlock ......................................................80
Autolock ............................................................81
Mislock ..............................................................81
Door Lock Indicators ....................................82
Doors and Locks Audible Warnings .........82
Doors and Locks – Troubleshooting ........82
Keyless Entry
What Is Keyless Entry ...................................84
Keyless Entry Limitations .............................84
Keyless Entry Settings ..................................84
Using Keyless Entry ......................................85
Keyless Entry – Troubleshooting ...............86
Keyless Entry Keypad
What Is the Keyless Entry Keypad .............87
Keyless Entry Keypad Limitations ..............87
Locating the Keyless Entry Keypad ...........87
Keyless Entry Keypad Master Access Code
.........................................................................87
Keyless Entry Keypad Personal Access
Codes ...........................................................88
Using the Keyless Entry Keypad ................89
Keyless Entry Keypad – Troubleshooting
........................................................................90
Easy Entry and Exit
How Does Easy Entry and Exit Work .........91
Switching Easy Entry and Exit On and Off
..........................................................................91
Liftgate
Liftgate Precautions ......................................92
Opening the Liftgate .....................................92
Setting the Liftgate Opening Height ........93
2
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Table of Contents
Closing the Liftgate .......................................94
Stopping the Liftgate Movement ...............95
Liftgate Obstacle Detection ........................95
Liftgate – Troubleshooting ..........................96
Security
Passive Anti-Theft System ...........................98
Anti-Theft Alarm System ..............................98
Anti-Theft Alarm System Settings .............99
Security – Troubleshooting .......................100
Steering Wheel
Adjusting the Steering Wheel ...................102
Resetting the Stopping Position ...............102
Horn .................................................................102
Switching the Heated Steering Wheel On
and Off ........................................................102
Wipers and Washers
Wipers .............................................................104
Autowipers .....................................................104
Switching the Rear Window Wiper On and
Off ................................................................105
Reverse Wipe ................................................106
Checking the Wiper Blades ......................106
Replacing the Front Wiper Blades -
Vehicles Without: Heated Wiper Blades
.......................................................................106
Replacing the Front Wiper Blades -
Vehicles With: Heated Wiper Blades
.......................................................................107
Replacing the Rear Wiper Blades ............107
Washers ..........................................................108
Wipers and Washers – Troubleshooting
.......................................................................109
Exterior Lighting
Exterior Lighting Control .............................110
Headlamps ......................................................110
Headlamps – Troubleshooting ...................111
Autolamps ........................................................111
Exterior Lamps ...............................................112
Automatic High Beam Control ...................114
Automatic High Beam Control –
Troubleshooting ........................................117
Adaptive Front Lighting ...............................117
Interior Lighting
Switching All of the Interior Lamps On and
Off .................................................................119
Switching the Front Interior Lamps On and
Off .................................................................119
Switching the Rear Interior Lamps On and
Off .................................................................119
Interior Lamp Function .................................119
Adjusting the Instrument Panel Lighting
Brightness ...................................................119
Ambient Lighting ..........................................120
Interior Lighting – Troubleshooting .........120
Windows
Opening and Closing the Windows .........121
Global Opening and Closing ....................122
Window Bounce-Back ................................122
Locking the Rear Window Controls .........123
Interior Mirror
Interior Mirror Precautions .........................124
Auto-Dimming Interior Mirror ....................124
3
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Table of Contents
Exterior Mirrors
Adjusting the Exterior Mirrors ...................125
Folding the Exterior Mirrors .......................125
Auto-Dimming Exterior Mirror ...................126
Glass Roof
Opening and Closing the Sunshade .......127
Opening and Closing the Glass Roof ......127
Venting the Glass Roof ...............................128
Glass Roof Bounce-Back ............................128
Instrument Cluster
Instrument Cluster Overview ....................130
Tachometer .....................................................131
Speedometer .................................................131
Fuel Gauge .....................................................131
Engine Coolant Temperature Gauge .......131
What Are the Instrument Cluster Warning
Lamps ..........................................................132
Instrument Cluster Warning Lamps .........132
What Are the Instrument Cluster Indicators
.......................................................................133
Instrument Cluster Indicators ....................134
Instrument Cluster Display
Using the Instrument Cluster Display
Controls ......................................................136
Instrument Cluster Display Main Menu
.......................................................................137
Customizing the Instrument Cluster Display
.......................................................................137
Personalized Settings
Changing the Language .............................138
Changing the Measurement Unit .............138
Changing the Temperature Unit ...............138
Changing the Tire Pressure Unit ..............138
Trip Computer
Accessing the Trip Computer ...................139
Resetting the Trip Computer .....................139
Head Up Display
What Is the Head Up Display ....................140
Switching the Head Up Display On and Off
.......................................................................140
Head Up Display Settings ..........................140
Head Up Display – Troubleshooting ........141
Remote Start
What Is Remote Start ...................................142
Remote Start Precautions ..........................142
Remote Start Limitations ............................142
Enabling Remote Start ................................142
Remotely Starting and Stopping the
Vehicle ........................................................142
Extending the Remote Start Duration
.......................................................................143
Remote Start Settings .................................143
Climate Control
Identifying the Climate Control Unit ........144
Switching Climate Control On and Off
.......................................................................144
Switching Recirculated Air On and Off
.......................................................................144
Switching Air Conditioning On and Off
.......................................................................144
Switching Defrost On and Off ...................144
Switching Maximum Defrost On and Off
.......................................................................145
Switching Maximum Cooling On and Off
.......................................................................145
4
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Table of Contents
Switching the Heated Rear Window On
and Off ........................................................145
Setting the Blower Motor Speed .............145
Switching the Heated Mirrors On and Off
.......................................................................145
Setting the Temperature ............................146
Directing the Flow of Air ............................146
Rear Passenger Climate Control
Identifying the Rear Passenger Climate
Control Unit ...............................................147
Switching the Rear Passenger Climate
Controls On and Off ................................147
Setting the Blower Motor Speed ..............147
Setting the Temperature ............................148
Directing the Flow of Air .............................148
Interior Air Quality
What Is the Cabin Air Filter ........................149
Locating the Cabin Air Filter ......................149
Auto Air Refresh ...........................................149
Front Seats
Front Seat Precautions ...............................153
Sitting in the Correct Position ...................153
Power Seats ...................................................154
Massage Seats .............................................158
Heated Seats ................................................158
Ventilated Seats ...........................................159
Rear Seats
Manual Seats .................................................160
Power Seats ...................................................163
Heated Seats ................................................165
Ventilated Seats ...........................................166
Rear Occupant Alert System
What is the Rear Occupant Alert System
.......................................................................168
How Does the Rear Occupant Alert System
Work ............................................................168
Rear Occupant Alert System Precautions
.......................................................................168
Rear Occupant Alert System Limitations
.......................................................................168
Rear Occupant Alert System Settings
.......................................................................169
Rear Occupant Alert System Indicators
.......................................................................169
Rear Occupant Alert System Audible
Warnings ....................................................170
Garage Door Opener
Garage Door Opener Introduction ...........171
Garage Door Opener Precautions and
Frequencies ................................................171
Programming the Garage Door Opener
.......................................................................172
USB Ports
Locating the USB Ports ...............................176
Playing Media Using the USB Port ..........176
Charging a Device ........................................177
Power Outlet - Vehicles With:
110V Power Outlet
What Is the Power Outlet ...........................178
Power Outlet Precautions ..........................178
Power Outlet Limitations ............................178
5
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Table of Contents
Locating the Power Outlets .......................178
Power Outlet Indicators ..............................179
Power Outlet - Vehicles With: 12V
Power Outlet
What Is the Power Outlet ...........................180
Power Outlet Precautions ..........................180
Locating the Power Outlets .......................180
Wireless Accessory Charger
What Is the Wireless Accessory Charger
........................................................................181
Wireless Accessory Charger Precautions
........................................................................181
Locating the Wireless Accessory Charger
........................................................................181
Charging a Wireless Device ......................182
Storage
Glove Compartment ....................................183
Center Console .............................................183
Glasses Holder .............................................184
Starting and Stopping the Engine
Starting and Stopping the Engine –
Precautions ...............................................185
Push Button Ignition Switch ......................185
Starting the Engine ......................................186
Engine Block Heater ...................................186
Stopping the Engine ....................................188
Automatic Engine Stop ...............................188
Accessing the Passive Key Backup
Position .......................................................189
Starting and Stopping the Engine –
Troubleshooting .......................................190
Auto-Start-Stop
What Is Auto-Start-Stop ..............................193
Auto-Start-Stop Precautions ......................193
Switching Auto-Start-Stop On and Off
.......................................................................193
Stopping the Engine ....................................193
Restarting the Engine ..................................193
Auto-Start-Stop Indicators ..........................193
Auto-Start-Stop – Troubleshooting .........194
Fuel and Refueling
Fuel and Refueling Precautions ...............196
Fuel Quality ....................................................197
Locating the Fuel Filler Funnel .................197
Running Out of Fuel ....................................198
Refueling ........................................................199
Fuel Tank Capacity ......................................201
Fuel and Refueling – Troubleshooting
.......................................................................201
Catalytic Converter
What Is the Catalytic Converter ..............203
Catalytic Converter Precautions .............203
Catalytic Converter – Troubleshooting
......................................................................204
Automatic Transmission
Automatic Transmission Precautions .....205
Automatic Transmission Positions ..........205
Shifting Your Vehicle Into Gear ...............206
Automatic Transmission Position Indicators
......................................................................206
Shifting Your Immobile Vehicle Out of Park
(P) ................................................................206
6
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Table of Contents
Automatic Transmission Audible Warnings
......................................................................208
Manually Shifting Gears ............................208
Temporary Neutral Mode ..........................209
Automatic Return to Park (P) .....................210
Automatic Transmission – Troubleshooting
.......................................................................210
All-Wheel Drive
How Does All-Wheel Drive Work .............212
All-Wheel Drive – Troubleshooting .........215
Brakes
Brake Precautions ........................................216
Anti-Lock Braking System ..........................216
Brake Over Accelerator ..............................216
Locating the Brake Fluid Reservoir .........216
Checking the Brake Fluid ...........................217
Brake Fluid Specification ............................217
Brakes – Troubleshooting ..........................217
Electric Parking Brake
What Is the Electric Parking Brake ..........219
Applying the Electric Parking Brake .......219
Applying the Electric Parking Brake in an
Emergency ................................................219
Manually Releasing the Electric Parking
Brake ..........................................................220
Automatically Releasing the Electric
Parking Brake ..........................................220
Electric Parking Brake Audible Warning
......................................................................220
Releasing the Electric Parking Brake if the
Vehicle Battery Has Run Out of Charge
......................................................................220
Electric Parking Brake – Troubleshooting
......................................................................220
Reverse Brake Assist
What Is Reverse Brake Assist ..................224
How Does Reverse Brake Assist Work
......................................................................224
Reverse Brake Assist Precautions ..........224
Switching Reverse Brake Assist On and
Off ...............................................................225
Overriding Reverse Brake Assist ............225
Reverse Brake Assist Indicators .............225
Reverse Brake Assist – Troubleshooting
......................................................................226
Cross Traffic Braking
What Is Cross Traffic Braking ...................228
How Does Cross Traffic Braking Work
......................................................................228
Cross Traffic Braking Precautions ..........228
Switching Cross Traffic Braking On and
Off ...............................................................229
Overriding Cross Traffic Braking .............229
Cross Traffic Braking Indicators ..............229
Cross Traffic Braking – Troubleshooting
......................................................................230
Hill Start Assist
What Is Hill Start Assist ..............................232
How Does Hill Start Assist Work .............232
Hill Start Assist Precautions .....................232
Hill Start Assist – Troubleshooting .........232
Auto Hold
How Does Auto Hold Work ......................233
Switching Auto Hold On and Off .............233
7
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Table of Contents
Using Auto Hold ..........................................233
Auto Hold Indicators ..................................234
Traction Control
What Is Traction Control ............................235
How Does Traction Control Work ...........235
Switching Traction Control On and Off
......................................................................235
Traction Control Indicator .........................235
Traction Control – Troubleshooting .......236
Stability Control
How Does Stability Control Work ............237
Switching Stability Control On and Off
......................................................................238
Stability Control Indicator ..........................239
Steering
Electric Power Steering .............................240
Steering – Troubleshooting .......................241
Parking Aids
Parking Aid Precautions ............................243
Switching Parking Aid On and Off ..........244
Rear Parking Aid ..........................................244
Front Parking Aid ........................................245
Parking Aid Indicators ................................246
Parking Aids – Troubleshooting ..............246
Rear View Camera
What Is the Rear View Camera ................248
Rear View Camera Precautions ..............248
Locating the Rear View Camera .............248
Rear View Camera Guide Lines ..............248
Rear View Camera Settings .....................249
360 Degree Camera
What Is the 360 Degree Camera .............251
How Does the 360 Degree Camera Work
.......................................................................251
360 Degree Camera Precautions ............251
Locating the 360 Degree Cameras .......252
360 Degree Camera Guide Lines ..........252
360 Degree Camera Settings ..................253
Adaptive Cruise Control
How Does Adaptive Cruise Control With
Stop and Go Work ..................................255
Adaptive Cruise Control Precautions .....255
Adaptive Cruise Control Limitations ......256
Switching Adaptive Cruise Control On and
Off ...............................................................258
Adaptive Cruise Control Automatic
Cancellation .............................................259
Setting the Adaptive Cruise Control Speed
......................................................................259
Setting the Adaptive Cruise Control Gap
......................................................................260
Canceling the Set Speed ..........................262
Resuming the Set Speed ..........................262
Overriding the Set Speed .........................263
Adaptive Cruise Control Indicators ........263
Switching From Adaptive Cruise Control
to Cruise Control .....................................263
Lane Centering ............................................264
Lane Centering – Troubleshooting ........267
Predictive Speed Assist ............................269
Predictive Speed Assist – Troubleshooting
......................................................................272
8
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Table of Contents
Adaptive Cruise Control – Troubleshooting
......................................................................272
Lincoln BlueCruise
What Is BlueCruise ......................................274
How Does BlueCruise Work .....................274
BlueCruise Precautions .............................275
BlueCruise Requirements .........................276
BlueCruise Limitations ...............................276
BlueCruise Settings ....................................277
Switching BlueCruise On and Off ...........277
BlueCruise Alerts .........................................278
BlueCruise Automatic Cancellation ........278
BlueCruise Indicators .................................279
Lane Change Assist ...................................280
Lane Change Assist – Troubleshooting
.......................................................................281
In-Lane Repositioning .................................281
BlueCruise – Troubleshooting .................282
Drive Mode Control
What Is Drive Mode Control .....................285
How Does Drive Mode Control Work .....285
Selecting a Drive Mode .............................285
Drive Modes .................................................285
Drive Mode Control – Troubleshooting
......................................................................286
Lane Keeping System
What Is the Lane Keeping System ..........289
How Does the Lane Keeping System Work
......................................................................289
Lane Keeping System Precautions ........289
Lane Keeping System Limitations ..........290
Switching the Lane Keeping System On
and Off .......................................................290
Switching the Lane Keeping System Mode
......................................................................290
Alert Mode .....................................................291
Aid Mode ........................................................291
Alert and Aid Mode ....................................292
Lane Keeping System Indicators ............292
Blind Spot Assist .........................................293
Blind Spot Assist with Trailer Coverage
......................................................................294
Lane Keeping System – Troubleshooting
......................................................................298
Blind Spot Information System
What Is Blind Spot Information System
......................................................................300
How Does Blind Spot Information System
Work ...........................................................300
Blind Spot Information System Precautions
......................................................................300
Blind Spot Information System Limitations
......................................................................300
Blind Spot Information System
Requirements ............................................301
Switching Blind Spot Information System
On and Off .................................................301
Locating the Blind Spot Information System
Sensors .......................................................301
Blind Spot Information System With Trailer
Coverage ..................................................302
Blind Spot Information System Indicators
......................................................................303
Blind Spot Information System –
Troubleshooting ......................................304
Exit Warning
What is Exit Warning ..................................306
How Does Exit Warning Work ..................306
9
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Table of Contents
Exit Warning Precautions ..........................306
Exit Warning Limitations ............................307
Exit Warning Indicators ..............................308
Switching Exit Warning On and Off ........308
Locating the Exit Warning Sensors .........308
Exit Warning – Troubleshooting ..............309
Cross Traffic Alert
What Is Cross Traffic Alert ..........................310
How Does Cross Traffic Alert Work .........310
Cross Traffic Alert Precautions .................310
Cross Traffic Alert Limitations ....................311
Switching Cross Traffic Alert On and Off
........................................................................311
Locating the Cross Traffic Alert Sensors
........................................................................311
Cross Traffic Alert Indicators .....................312
Cross Traffic Alert – Troubleshooting
.......................................................................313
Pre-Collision Assist
What Is Pre-Collision Assist .......................314
How Does Pre-Collision Assist Work ......314
Pre-Collision Assist Precautions ...............314
Pre-Collision Assist Limitations .................315
Switching Pre-Collision Assist On and Off
.......................................................................317
Locating the Pre-Collision Assist Sensors
.......................................................................317
Automatic Emergency Braking .................318
Evasive Steering Assist ...............................318
Pre-Collision Assist – Troubleshooting
.......................................................................319
Speed Sign Recognition
What Is Speed Sign Recognition ............322
How Does Speed Sign Recognition Work
......................................................................322
Speed Sign Recognition Precautions .....322
Speed Sign Recognition Limitations ......322
Speed Sign Recognition Indicators ........323
Speed Sign Recognition Settings ...........323
Speed Sign Recognition – Troubleshooting
......................................................................323
Load Carrying
Load Carrying Precautions .......................325
Locating the Safety Compliance
Certification Labels .................................326
What Is the Gross Axle Weight Rating
......................................................................326
What Is the Gross Vehicle Weight Rating
......................................................................326
What Is the Maximum Loaded Trailer
Weight ........................................................326
What Is the Gross Combined Weight
Rating .........................................................326
Calculating Payload ....................................327
Calculating the Load Limit .........................327
Roof Rack ......................................................329
Luggage Compartment
Luggage Compartment Precautions ......330
Installing and Removing the Luggage
Compartment Cover ..............................330
Luggage Compartment Anchor Points
.......................................................................331
Air Suspension
Air Suspension Precautions .....................333
Air Suspension Limitations .......................333
How Does Air Suspension Work .............333
10
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Table of Contents
Switching Service Mode On and Off ......333
Switching Cargo Loading On and Off
......................................................................333
Switching Easy Access Height On and Off
......................................................................333
Air Suspension – Troubleshooting .........334
Connecting a Trailer
Connecting a Trailer Precautions ............335
Connecting a Trailer ...................................335
Connecting a Trailer – Troubleshooting
......................................................................337
Towing a Trailer
Towing a Trailer Precautions ....................338
Trailer Brake Precautions ..........................338
Towing a Trailer Limitations ......................339
Loading Your Trailer ....................................339
Trailer Towing Hints ....................................339
Launching or Retrieving a Boat or Personal
Watercraft .................................................340
Auto Tow/Haul ...............................................341
Towing Weights and Dimensions .............341
Towing a Trailer – Troubleshooting ........343
Trailer Sway Control
How Does Trailer Sway Control Work
......................................................................344
Trailer Sway Control Precautions ............344
Driving Hints
Breaking-In ....................................................345
Driving Economically ..................................345
Driving in Cold Weather ............................345
Driving Through Mud and Water .............346
Driving on Hilly or Sloping Terrain ..........346
Driving In Sand .............................................347
Driving Through Shallow Water ...............347
Floor Mats .....................................................348
Crash and Breakdown
Information
Roadside Assistance ..................................349
Switching the Hazard Flashers On and Off
......................................................................350
Jump Starting the Vehicle ..........................351
Post-Crash Alert System ............................353
Post-Collision Braking ................................353
Automatic Crash Shutoff ...........................353
Transporting the Vehicle ...........................354
Fail-Safe Cooling .........................................355
Towing Your Vehicle
Towing Your Vehicle Precautions ............357
Emergency Towing .....................................357
Fuses
Fuse Precautions ........................................358
Under Hood Fuse Box ...............................358
Interior Fuse Box .........................................365
Identifying Fuse Types ...............................369
Fuses – Troubleshooting ..........................369
Maintenance
Maintenance Precautions .........................370
Opening and Closing the Hood ..............370
Under Hood Overview ...............................372
Engine Oil ......................................................374
Engine Air Filter ...........................................375
Coolant ...........................................................376
Changing the Fuel Filter ............................380
11
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Table of Contents
Drive Belt Routing Overview ....................380
12V Battery ....................................................380
12V Battery – Troubleshooting ................383
Adjusting the Headlamps .........................385
Exterior Bulbs ...............................................387
Interior Bulbs ................................................387
Vehicle Care
Cleaning Products ......................................388
Cleaning the Exterior .................................389
Cleaning the Interior ....................................391
Repairing Minor Paint Damage ................393
Waxing Your Vehicle ...................................394
Storing Your Vehicle
Preparing Your Vehicle for Storage ........395
Removing Your Vehicle From Storage
......................................................................396
Wheel and Tire Information
Locating the Tire label ...............................397
Department of Transportation Uniform Tire
Quality Grades .........................................397
Information on the Tire Sidewall .............398
Glossary of Tire Terminology ...................403
Tire Replacement Requirements ............403
Using Snow Chains ....................................406
Tire Care
Checking the Tire Pressures ....................408
Inflating the Tires ........................................408
Inspecting the Tire for Wear .....................409
Inspecting the Tire for Damage ..............409
Inspecting the Wheel Valve Stems ..........413
Tire Rotation ..................................................413
Tire Pressure Monitoring System
What Is the Tire Pressure Monitoring
System ........................................................415
Tire Pressure Monitoring System Overview
.......................................................................415
Tire Pressure Monitoring System
Precautions ................................................416
Tire Pressure Monitoring System
Limitations ..................................................417
Viewing the Tire Pressures ........................417
Tire Pressure Monitoring System –
Troubleshooting .......................................417
Changing a Road Wheel
Changing a Flat Tire ...................................420
Wheel Nuts ....................................................427
Capacities and Specifications
Engine Specifications .................................429
Motorcraft Parts ...........................................430
Engine Oil Capacity and Specification
.......................................................................431
Cooling System Capacity and Specification
......................................................................433
Fuel Tank Capacity ......................................434
Air Conditioning System Capacity and
Specification .............................................435
Washer Fluid Specification .......................436
Automatic Transmission Fluid Capacity
and Specification ....................................436
Brake Fluid Specification ...........................437
Transfer Case Fluid Capacity and
Specification .............................................438
Front Axle Fluid Capacity and Specification
......................................................................439
12
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Table of Contents
Rear Axle Fluid Capacity and Specification
......................................................................440
Vehicle Identification
Vehicle Identification Number .................442
Connected Vehicle
What Is a Connected Vehicle ...................443
Connected Vehicle Requirements ..........443
Connected Vehicle Limitations ................443
Connecting the Vehicle to a Mobile
Network .....................................................443
Connecting the Vehicle to a Wi-Fi Network
......................................................................443
Connected Vehicle Settings .....................444
Connected Vehicle – Troubleshooting
......................................................................444
Vehicle Hotspot
Setting Up a Vehicle Hotspot ...................447
Vehicle Hotspot Settings ...........................447
Vehicle Hotspot – Troubleshooting .......448
Audio System
Audio System Precautions ........................449
Switching the Audio Unit On and Off .....449
Selecting the Audio Source .....................449
Media Control Buttons ...............................449
Adjusting the Volume ................................450
Setting a Memory Preset ..........................450
Adjusting the Sound Settings ..................450
Setting the Clock and Date ......................450
AM/FM Radio ................................................450
Digital Radio ..................................................451
Satellite Radio ..............................................452
Rear Passenger Audio Controls
Identifying the Rear Passenger Audio
Controls .....................................................455
Switching the Rear Passenger Audio
Controls On and Off ...............................455
Selecting the Audio Source .....................455
Playing and Pausing the Audio Source
......................................................................455
Adjusting the Volume .................................455
Switching Shuffle Mode On and Off ......455
Switching Repeat Mode On and Off ......455
Changing the Radio Station .....................455
Center Display
Center Display Overview ..........................456
Status Bar ......................................................456
Apps ................................................................457
Controls ..........................................................457
Settings ..........................................................458
Rebooting the Center Display .................458
Voice Interaction
What is Voice Interaction ..........................459
Setting Your Default Assistant .................459
Alexa Built-In ................................................459
Google Assistant .........................................460
Phone
Phone Precautions .....................................462
Connecting Your Phone ............................462
Phone Menu .................................................462
Making and Receiving a Phone Call ......464
13
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Table of Contents
Sending and Receiving a Text Message
......................................................................466
Switching Text Message Notification On
and Off .......................................................467
Switching Apple CarPlay On and Off ......467
Switching Android Auto On and Off .......467
Bluetooth®
Connecting a Bluetooth® Device ............469
Playing Media Using Bluetooth® .............469
Bluetooth® – Troubleshooting .................469
Personal Profiles
How Do Personal Profiles Work ..............470
Enabling or Disabling Personal Profiles
......................................................................470
Creating a Personal Profile .......................470
Using the Memory Function .....................470
Linking or Unlinking a Personal Profile to
a Remote Control .....................................471
Linking or Unlinking a Personal Profile to
a Device ......................................................471
Navigation
Connected Navigation ...............................472
Vehicle Software Updates
Vehicle Software Updates ........................473
Software Update Settings .........................473
Software Update Indicators ......................474
Vehicle System Reset
Performing a System Reset ......................475
Accessories
Accessories ...................................................476
Lincoln Protect
What Is Lincoln Protect ..............................478
Scheduled Maintenance
General Maintenance Information ...........481
Customer Information
Rollover Warning .........................................486
The Better Business Bureau Auto Line
Program .....................................................486
The Mediation and Arbitration Program
......................................................................487
Ordering a Canadian French Owner's
Manual .......................................................488
Reporting Safety Defects in the United
States .........................................................488
Reporting Safety Defects in Canada ......489
Third Party Software Copyright
Acknowledgment ...................................490
Radio Frequency Certification Labels
......................................................................490
Perchlorate ....................................................541
Replacement Parts Recommendation
.......................................................................541
Mobile Communications Equipment ......542
Federal Highway Administration
Regulation .................................................542
Emission Law ................................................542
Export Unique Options ..............................544
Warranty Information ..................................544
Appendices
Electromagnetic Compatibility .................547
14
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Table of Contents
If you require assistance or clarification on
policies or procedures, please contact the
customer relationship center.
United States
Lincoln
Lincoln Concierge
P.O. Box 6248
Dearborn, MI 48126
1-800-521-4140
TDD for the hearing impaired:
7-1-1 (where offered by your telephone
service provider)
www.owner.lincoln.com
Lincoln Automotive Financial Services
- US Only
Lincoln Automotive Financial Services offers
a full range of financing and lease plans to
help you acquire your vehicle. We are
dedicated to providing answers, information
and a truly extraordinary experience.
For assistance call 1-888-498-8801, or for
more information about Lincoln Automotive
Financial Services and access to an account
manager, visit www.lincoln.com/finance.
Canada
Lincoln
Customer Relationship Centre
P.O. Box 2000
Oakville, Ontario L6K 0C8
1-800-387-9333
TDD for the hearing impaired:
7-1-1 (where offered by your telephone
service provider)
www.lincolncanada.com
Australia
Ford Motor Company
Attention: Customer Relationship Centre
Private Mail Bag 5
Fairlane Business Park #3
Campbellfield, Victoria, 3061
Telephone: 13 3673 (FORD)
E-mail: [email protected]
New Zealand
Ford Motor Company
Attention: Customer Relationship Centre
Private Bag 76912
Manukau City 2241
Telephone: 0800 367 369 (FORDNZ)
E-mail: [email protected]
China
Customer Relationship Center
Telephone: 400-988-6789
Email: [email protected]
Wechat Account: Lincoln_in_China
Weibo Account: Lincoln China
Asia Pacific
E-mail: [email protected]
15
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Contacting Us
Caribbean, Central America and Israel
Ford Motor Company
Ford Export Operations
Attention: Owner Relations
1555 Fairlane Drive
Fairlane Business Park #3
Allen Park, MI 48101
Fax: (313) 390-0804
Telephone: (313) 594-4857
E-mail: [email protected]
U.S. Virgin Islands and Puerto Rico
Ford Motor Company
Ford Export Operations
Attention: Owner Relations
1555 Fairlane Drive
Fairlane Business Park #3
Allen Park, MI 48101
Telephone: (800) 841-3673
E-mail: [email protected]
Chile
Ford Customer Service
Telephone: 800-470-408
Argentina
Telephone: 0800-888-3673
Brazil
www.ford.com.br
North Africa
E-mail: [email protected]
Sub-Saharan Africa
E-mail: [email protected]
Puerto Rico
Ford International Business Development,
Inc.
P.O. Box 11957
Caparra Heights Station
San Juan, PR 00922-1957
1-800-392-3673 (FORD)
Fax: (313) 390-0804
E-mail: [email protected]
www.ford.com.pr
Middle East
Ford Middle East Customer Relationship
Center
P.O. Box 21740
Dubai, United Arab Emirates
Telephone: 80004441066
Toll-free number for the Kingdom of Saudi
Arabia: 8008443673
Mobily and Zain cell phone users in Saudi
Arabia: 800850078
Kuwait: 22280384
Local telephone number for Kuwait: +965 1
898900
Fax: +971 4 3327266
E-mail: [email protected]
www.me.ford.com
South Korea
Telephone: +82-02-1600-6003
E-mail: [email protected]
16
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Contacting Us
ABOUT THIS PUBLICATION
WARNING: Driving while distracted
can result in loss of vehicle control, crash
and injury. We strongly recommend that
you use extreme caution when using any
device that may take your focus off the
road. Your primary responsibility is the safe
operation of your vehicle. We recommend
against the use of any hand-held device
while driving and encourage the use of
voice-operated systems when possible.
Make sure you are aware of all applicable
local laws that may affect the use of
electronic devices while driving.
WARNING: You risk death, fire, or
serious injury to yourself and others if you
do not follow the instruction highlighted
by the warning symbol.
Thank you for choosing Lincoln. We
recommend that you take some time to get
to know your vehicle in order to benefit from
greater safety and pleasure from driving it.
Use this publication, whether in-vehicle, print,
in Lincoln Way app or online, to familiarize
yourself with the features on your vehicle.
Note: Use and operate your vehicle in line
with all applicable laws and regulations.
Note: Pass on all printed owner’ s information
when selling this vehicle.
Features and Options
This publication describes product features
and options available throughout the range
of available models, sometimes even before
they are generally available. It may describe
options that are not available on the vehicle
you have bought.
Providing Feedback
If you would like to provide feedback to the
Owner's Manual team, please email us at
OWNERMANU[email protected].
You will not receive a direct email response.
Your submission will be investigated and
necessary changes will be made to the
Owner's Manual content.
To help investigate your submission, please
include the following information:
• Your vehicle model
• The country in which your vehicle was
purchased
• The Owner's Manual section needing
investigation
Illustrations
Some of the illustrations in this manual could
show features as used in different models,
some can appear different to you on your
vehicle.
Location of Components
This manual may qualify the location of a
component as left-hand side or right-hand
side. The side is determined when facing
forward in the seat.
17
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Introduction
E154903
Right-hand side.A
Left-hand side.B
Accessing the Digital Owner's Manual
Landscape Center Display Screen
Depending on your vehicle, the Owner's
Manual application is located in either the
Apps list or the Features list.
1. Press Apps or Features on the
touchscreen.
Note: Some vehicles have the Apps or
Features buttons on the home screen. Not
all vehicles have a Features button.
2. Select the Owner's Manual application.
Accessing the Online and Printed
Owner's Manual
Online Owner's Manual
• Through your device's app store, you can
download the Lincoln Way app.
• You can visit the local Ford Website.
Note: To find the local Ford website, visit
https://corporate.ford.com/operations/
locations/global-links.html.
Note: We strongly recommend downloading
a copy of the Owner's Manual and having it
with you whenever you drive, and to view
the information if you are unable to be inside
the vehicle.
Printed Owner's Manual
In U.S. and Canada, visit www.helminc.com
or see an authorized dealer.
In Europe, visit www.z-order.de or see an
authorized dealer.
For all other Countries, see your authorized
dealer.
USING THIS PUBLICATION
To quickly locate information about your
vehicle, use the word search within the
Owner's Manual application.
18
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Introduction
SYMBOLS USED ON YOUR
VEHICLE
These are some of the symbols you may see
on your vehicle.
E67017
Airbag
E162384
Air conditioning system
E231157
Air conditioning system lubricant
type
E67020
Anti-lock braking system
E139220
Avoid smoking, flames or sparks
E67021
Battery
E139227
Battery acid
Blower motor
E139209
Brake fluid - non petroleum based
E67024
Brake system
E270480
Brake system
E139223
Cabin air filter
Check fuel cap
Child safety door lock or unlock
E139211
Child seat lower anchor
E141128
Child seat tether anchor
E332905
Cruise control
E139219
Do not open when hot
E139212
Electric Parking brake
Engine air filter
Engine coolant
E103308
Engine coolant temperature
E67022
Engine oil
E139221
Explosive gas
E139228
Fan warning
E71880
Fasten seatbelt
E231160
Flammable
Front fog lamps
19
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Symbols Glossary
Fuel pump reset
E139214
Fuse compartment
E75790
Hazard flashers
E67019
Headlamp high beams
E270968
Headlamps on
Heated rear window
E163171
Hill descent control
E270945
Horn control
Interior luggage compartment
release
E139231
Jack
E161353
Keep out of reach of children
Lighting control
Low fuel level
E139232
Low tire pressure warning
E139229
Maintain correct fluid level
E67028
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL)
E72343
Note operating instructions
Panic alarm
E139213
Parking aid
E71341
Parking lamps
E270849
Passenger airbag activated
E270850
Passenger airbag deactivated
Power steering fluid
E139216
Power windows front/rear
E139225
Power window lockout
E231159
Requires registered technician
E65963
Safety alert
E72021
See Owner's Manual
E231158
See Service Manual
Side airbag
20
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Symbols Glossary
E167012
Shield the eyes
E138639
Stability control
E130458
Stability control off
E332910
Trail control
E67018
Turn Signal
E73953
Windshield defrosting system
E270969
Windshield wiping system
E270967
Windshield wash and wipe
SYMBOLS USED ON YOUR
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
Depending on your vehicle options, market,
and instrument cluster type, not all symbols
shown are available.
Lighting and Signaling
E67019
High beams. See Headlamp
Indicators (page 111).
E389529
Auto high beams. See Automatic
High Beam Control Indicators
(page 116).
Turn signal - right. See Using the
Turn Signal Lamps (page 112).
Turn signal - left. See Using the
Turn Signal Lamps (page 112).
E71341
Positioning/side lights. See
Headlamp Indicators (page 111).
E181350
Exterior bulb failure. See Exterior
Bulb Specification Chart (page
387).
Brakes
E67024
Brake failure. See Brakes –
Warning Lamps (page 217).
E270480
Brake failure. See Brakes –
Warning Lamps (page 217).
E423119
Electric parking brake fault. See
Electric Parking Brake – Warning
Lamps (page 220).
E67020
Anti-lock brake system
malfunction. See Brakes –
Warning Lamps (page 217).
E323448
Automatic brake hold. See Auto
Hold Indicators (page 234).
E323449
Automatic brake hold off or
unavailable. See Auto Hold
Indicators (page 234).
Visibility
E132353
Windshield washer fluid level. See
Wipers and Washers – Warning
Lamps (page 109).
21
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Symbols Glossary
Load Management
E246592
Tow/Haul. See How Does Auto
Tow/Haul Work (page 341).
Engine
E67028
Check engine. See Starting and
Stopping the Engine – Warning
Lamps (page 190).
E67022
Engine oil pressure. See Starting
and Stopping the Engine –
Warning Lamps (page 190).
E103308
Engine coolant temperature. See
Coolant – Warning Lamps (page
379).
E121377
Auto Start/Stop. See
Auto-Start-Stop Indicators (page
193).
E146361
Auto Start/Stop off or unavailable.
See Auto-Start-Stop Indicators
(page 193).
Fuel
E422624
Fuel. See Fuel and Refueling –
Warning Lamps (page 201).
Transmission
E415072
Non-emission powertrain fault.
See Starting and Stopping the
Engine – Warning Lamps (page
190).
Vehicle Handling
E225310
Selectable drive mode - normal.
See Normal (page 286).
E295413
Selectable drive mode - conserve.
See Conserve (page 285).
E295414
Selectable drive mode - slippery.
See Slippery (page 286).
E295420
Selectable drive mode -
snow/sand. See Deep Conditions
(page 286).
E392863
Selectable drive mode - excite.
See Excite (page 286).
Driver Assistance
E402396
Cruise control. See Switching
From Adaptive Cruise Control to
Cruise Control (page 263).
E402315
Adaptive cruise control. See
Adaptive Cruise Control
Indicators (page 263).
E280486
Overspeed warning.
E308131
Lane keeping assist. See
Switching the Lane Keeping
System On and Off (page 290).
E415124
Lane keeping assist off. See
Switching the Lane Keeping
System On and Off (page 290).
E297977
Lane centering assist. See Lane
Centering Indicators (page 267).
Safety
E71880
Seatbelt. See Seatbelt Reminder
Indicators (page 52).
22
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Symbols Glossary
E67017
Airbag. See Crash Sensors and
Airbag Indicator (page 65).
E411393
Stability control system active or
not available. See Stability
Control Indicator (page 239).
E411501
Stability control system off. See
Stability Control Indicator (page
239).
E139232
Tire failure/Low tire pressure. See
Tire Pressure Monitoring System
– Warning Lamps (page 417).
E335612
Forward collision warning system
off or unavailable. See
Pre-Collision Assist – Warning
Lamps (page 319).
E414546
Blind spot information system off
or unavailable. See Switching
Blind Spot Information System On
and Off (page 301).
E131558
Icy road conditions.
E406036
Door(s) ajar. See Doors and Locks
– Warning Lamps (page 82).
Security
E246598
Hood release/ajar. See Opening
and Closing the Hood (page 370).
E397136
Liftgate release/ajar. See Liftgate
– Warning Lamps (page 96).
Electrical Systems
E67021
Battery charge level. See 12V
Battery – Warning Lamps (page
383).
23
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Symbols Glossary
WARNING: Do not connect wireless
plug-in devices to the data link connector.
Unauthorized third parties could gain
access to vehicle data and impair the
performance of safety related systems.
Only allow repair facilities that follow our
service and repair instructions to connect
their equipment to the data link connector.
We respect your privacy and are committed
to protecting it. The information contained
in this publication was correct at the time of
release, but as technology rapidly changes,
we recommend that you visit the local
Lincoln website for the latest information.
Your vehicle has electronic control units that
have data recording functionality and the
ability to permanently or temporarily store
data. This data could include information on
the condition and status of your vehicle,
vehicle maintenance requirements, events
and malfunctions. The types of data that can
be recorded are described in this section.
Some of the data recorded is stored in event
logs or error logs.
Note: Error logs are reset following a service
or repair.
Note: We may provide information in
response to requests from law enforcement,
other government authorities and third
parties acting with lawful authority or through
a legal process. Such information could be
used by them in legal proceedings.
Data recorded includes, for example:
• Operating states of system components,
for example fuel level, tire pressure and
battery charge level.
• Vehicle and component status, for
example wheel speed, deceleration,
lateral acceleration and seatbelt status.
• Events or errors in essential systems, for
example headlamps and brakes.
• System responses to driving situations,
for example airbag deployment and
stability control.
• Environmental conditions, for example
temperature.
Some of this data, when used in combination
with other information, for example an
accident report, damage to a vehicle or
eyewitness statements, could be associated
with a specific person.
Services That We Provide
If you use our services, we collect and use
data, for example account information,
vehicle location and driving characteristics,
that could identify you. We transmit this data
through a dedicated, protected connection.
We only collect and use data to enable your
use of our services to which you have
subscribed, with your consent or where
permitted by law. For additional information,
see the terms and conditions of the services
to which you have subscribed.
For additional information about our privacy
policy, refer to the local Lincoln website.
24
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Data Privacy
Services That Third Parties Provide
We recommend that you review the terms
and conditions and data privacy information
for any services equipped with your vehicle
or to which you subscribe. We take no
responsibility for services that third parties
provide.
Where equipped, SiriusXM with 360L may
use the modem. To disable, turn off the
SiriusXM with 360L or Vehicle Connectivity
setting. See Enabling and Disabling the
Modem (page 443).
Note: Consistent with your data and
connectivity settings, data may be accessed
by third parties.
SERVICE DATA
Service data recorders in your vehicle are
capable of collecting and storing diagnostic
information about your vehicle. This
potentially includes information about the
performance or status of various systems
and modules in the vehicle, such as engine,
throttle, steering or brake systems. In order
to properly diagnose and service your
vehicle, Ford Motor Company (Ford of
Canada in Canada), and service and repair
facilities may access or share among them
vehicle diagnostic information received
through a direct connection to your vehicle
when diagnosing or servicing your vehicle.
Additionally, Ford Motor Company (Ford of
Canada, in Canada) may, where permitted
by law, use vehicle diagnostic information
for vehicle improvement or with other
information we may have about you, for
example, your contact information, to offer
you products or services that may interest
you. Data may be provided to our service
providers such as part suppliers that may
help diagnose malfunctions, and who are
similarly obligated to protect data. We retain
this data only as long as necessary to
perform these functions or to comply with
law. We may provide information where
required in response to official requests to
law enforcement or other government
authorities or third parties acting with lawful
authority or court order, and such information
may be used in legal proceedings. For U.S.
only (if equipped), if you choose to use
connected apps and services, you consent
that certain diagnostic information may also
be accessed electronically by Ford Motor
Company and Ford authorized service
facilities, and that the diagnostic information
may be used to provide services to you,
personalizing your experience, troubleshoot,
and to improve products and services and
offer you products and services that may
interest you, where permitted by law. For
Canada only, for more information, please
review the Ford of Canada privacy policy at
www.ford.ca, including our U.S. data storage
and use of service providers in other
jurisdictions who may be subject to legal
requirements in Canada, the United States
and other countries applicable to them, for
example, lawful requirements to disclose
personal information to governmental
authorities in those countries.
25
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Data Privacy
EVENT DATA
This vehicle is equipped with an event data
recorder. The main purpose of an event data
recorder is to record, in certain crash or near
crash-like situations, such as an airbag
deployment or hitting a road obstacle; this
data will assist in understanding how a
vehicle’s systems performed. The event data
recorder is designed to record data related
to vehicle dynamics and safety systems for
a short period of time, typically 30 seconds
or less.
The event data recorder in this vehicle is
designed to record such data as:
• How various systems in your vehicle
were operating.
• Whether or not the driver and passenger
seatbelts were buckled/fastened.
• How far (if at all) the driver was
depressing the accelerator and/or the
brake pedal.
• How fast the vehicle was traveling.
• Where the driver was positioning the
steering wheel.
This data can help provide a better
understanding of the circumstances in which
crashes and injuries occur.
Note: Event data recorder data is recorded
by your vehicle only if a non-trivial crash
situation occurs; no data is recorded by the
event data recorder under normal driving
conditions and no personal data or
information (for example name, gender, age,
and crash location) is recorded. However,
parties, such as law enforcement, could
combine the event data recorder data with
the type of personally identifying data
routinely acquired during a crash
investigation.
To read data recorded by an event data
recorder, special equipment is required, and
access to the vehicle or the event data
recorder is needed. In addition to the vehicle
manufacturer, other parties, such as law
enforcement, that have such special
equipment, can read the information if they
have access to the vehicle or the event data
recorder.
BlueCruise Data (If Equipped)
If BlueCruise is active in certain crash or near
crash-like situations, such as an airbag
deployment or hitting a road obstacle, the
system may record driver attentiveness,
based on the direction of eyes and duration,
and photographs of the driver seat area.
Note: No data is recorded under normal
driving conditions.
SETTINGS DATA
Your vehicle has electronic control units that
have the ability to store data based on your
personalized settings. The data is stored
locally in the vehicle or on devices that you
connect to it, for example, a USB drive or
mobile device. You can delete some of this
data and also choose whether to share it
through the services to which you subscribe.
See Settings (page 458).
26
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Data Privacy
Comfort and Convenience Data
Data recorded includes, for example:
• Seat and steering wheel position.
• Climate control settings.
• Radio presets.
Entertainment Data
Data recorded includes, for example:
• Music, videos or album art.
• Contacts and corresponding address
book entries.
• Navigation destinations.
CONNECTED VEHICLE DATA
The modem has a SIM. The modem was
enabled when your vehicle was built and
periodically sends messages to stay
connected to the cell phone network, receive
automatic software updates and send
vehicle-related information to us, for example
diagnostic information. These messages
could include information that identifies your
vehicle, the SIM and the electronic serial
number of the modem. Cell phone network
service providers could have access to
additional information, for example cell
phone network tower identification. For
additional information about our privacy
policy, visit www.ConnectedLincoln.com or
refer to your local Lincoln website.
Note: The modem may continue to send this
information unless you disable the modem
or stop the modem from sharing vehicle data
by changing the connectivity settings. See
Connected Vehicle (page 443).
Note: The service can be unavailable or
interrupted for a number of reasons, for
example environmental or topographical
conditions and data plan coverage.
Note: To find out if your vehicle has
connectivity technology, visit
www.ConnectedLincoln.com.
MOBILE DEVICE DATA
If you connect a mobile device to your
vehicle, you can display data from your
device on the touchscreen for example,
music and album art. You can grant apps
permission to access your connected vehicle
information with mobile apps on your device
through the system.
The mobile apps function operates by your
connected device sending data to us in the
United States. The data is encrypted and
includes, for example, the vehicle
identification number of your vehicle, the
operating system module serial number,
odometer, enabled apps, usage statistics
and debugging information. We retain it only
as long as necessary to provide the service,
to troubleshoot, for continuous improvement
and to offer you products and services that
may be of interest to you according to your
preferences and where allowed by law.
27
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Data Privacy
If you connect a cell phone to the system,
the system creates a profile that links to that
cell phone. The cell phone profile enables
more mobile features and efficient operation.
The profile contains, for example data from
your phonebook, read and unread text
messages and call history, including history
of calls when your cell phone was not
connected to the system.
If you connect a media device, the system
creates and retains a media device index of
supported media content. The system also
records a short diagnostic log of
approximately 10 minutes of all recent system
activity.
The cell phone profile, media device index
and diagnostic log remain in your vehicle
unless you delete them and are generally
accessible only in your vehicle when you
connect your cell phone or media device. If
you no longer plan to use the system or your
vehicle, we recommend you use the
applicable reset function to erase the stored
information. See Performing a System
Reset (page 475).
System data cannot be accessed without
special equipment and access to your
vehicle's module.
For additional information about our privacy
policy, refer to the local Lincoln website.
Note: To find out if your vehicle has
connectivity technology, visit
www.ConnectedLincoln.com.
EMERGENCY CALL SYSTEM DATA
When the emergency call system is active,
it may disclose to emergency services that
your vehicle has been in a crash involving
the deployment of an airbag or activation of
the fuel pump shut-off. Certain versions or
updates to the emergency call system may
also be capable of electronically or verbally
disclosing to emergency services operators
your vehicle location or other details about
your vehicle or crash to assist emergency
services operators to provide the most
appropriate emergency services. If you do
not want to disclose this information, do not
activate the emergency call system.
Note: You cannot deactivate emergency call
systems that are required by law.
28
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Data Privacy
PROTECTING THE ENVIRONMENT
Sustainability is a priority at Ford. We are
constantly looking for ways to reduce our
impact on the planet while providing
customers with great products and delivering
a strong business. You should play your part
in protecting the environment. Correct
vehicle usage and the authorized disposal
of waste, cleaning and lubrication materials
are significant steps toward this aim.
For additional information about our
sustainability progress and initiatives, visit
www.sustainability.ford.com.
29
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Environment
INTERIOR OVERVIEW
A
M L
K
J
I
H
B D E F GC
E390018
30
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Visual Search
See Exterior Lighting Control (page 110).A
See Switching Adaptive Cruise Control On and Off (page 258).B
See Setting Your Default Assistant (page 459).C
See Instrument Cluster Overview (page 130).D
See Using the Instrument Cluster Display Controls (page 136).E
See Push Button Ignition Switch (page 185).F
See Opening the Glove Compartment (page 183).G
See Center Display Overview (page 456).H
See Switching the Hazard Flashers On and Off (page 350).I
See Switching the Audio Unit On and Off (page 449).J
See Opening the Center Console (page 183).K
See Sitting in the Correct Position (page 153).L
See Using the Memory Function (page 470).M
31
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Visual Search
EXTERIOR OVERVIEW
F
A
J
I
H
G
B
C
D
E
E390019
32
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Visual Search
See Unlocking and Locking the Doors Using the Remote Control (page 79).A
See Refueling Your Vehicle (page 199).B
See Changing a Flat Tire (page 420).C
See Locating the 360 Degree Cameras (page 252).D
See Connecting a Trailer (page 335).E
See Locating the Rear Parking Aid Sensors (page 244).F
See Opening and Closing the Hood (page 370).G
See Locating the Pre-Collision Assist Sensors (page 317).H
See Folding the Exterior Mirrors (page 125).I
See Using the High Beam Headlamps (page 110).J
33
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Visual Search
CHILD SAFETY PRECAUTIONS
WARNING: Always make sure your
child is secured properly in a device that
is appropriate for their height, age and
weight. Child safety restraints must be
bought separately from your vehicle.
Failure to follow these instructions and
guidelines may result in an increased risk
of serious injury or death to your child.
WARNING: All children are shaped
differently. The National Highway Traffic
Safety Administration and other safety
organizations, base their recommendations
for child restraints on probable child height,
age and weight thresholds, or on the
minimum requirements of the law. We
recommend that you check with a NHTSA
Certified Child Passenger Safety
Technician (CPST) to make sure that you
properly install the child restraint in your
vehicle and that you consult your
pediatrician to make sure you have a child
restraint appropriate for your child. To
locate a child restraint fitting station and
CPST, contact NHTSA toll free at
1-888-327-4236 or go to
www.nhtsa.dot.gov. In Canada, contact
Transport Canada toll free at
1-800-333-0371 or go to www.tc.gc.ca to
find a Child Car Seat Clinic in your area.
Failure to properly restrain children in child
restraints made especially for their height,
age and weight, may result in an increased
risk of serious injury or death to your child.
WARNING: On hot days, the
temperature inside the vehicle can rise
very quickly. Exposure of people or animals
to these high temperatures for even a short
time can cause death or serious heat
related injuries, including brain damage.
Small children are particularly at risk.
WARNING: Do not place a rearward
facing child restraint in front of an active
airbag. Failure to follow this instruction
could result in personal injury or death.
WARNING: Properly secure children
12 years old and under in a rear seating
position whenever possible. If you are
unable to properly secure all children in a
rear seating position, properly secure the
largest child on the front seat. If you must
use a forward facing child restraint on the
front seat, move the seat as far back as
possible. Failure to follow these
instructions could result in personal injury
or death.
WARNING: Always carefully follow
the instructions and warnings provided by
the manufacturer of any child restraint to
determine if the restraint device is
appropriate for your child's size, height,
weight, or age. Follow the child restraint
manufacturer's instructions and warnings
provided for installation and use in
conjunction with the instructions and
warnings provided by your vehicle
34
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Child Safety
manufacturer. A safety seat that is
improperly installed or utilized, is
inappropriate for your child's height, age,
or weight or does not properly fit the child
may increase the risk of serious injury or
death.
WARNING: Do not allow a passenger
to hold a child on their lap when your
vehicle is moving. Failure to follow this
instruction could result in personal injury
or death in the event of a sudden stop or
crash.
WARNING: Do not use pillows, books
or towels to boost your child's height.
Failure to follow this instruction could result
in personal injury or death.
WARNING: Properly secure child
restraints or booster seats when they are
not in use. They could become projectiles
in a sudden stop or crash. Failure to follow
this instruction could result in personal
injury or death.
WARNING: Do not put the shoulder
section of the seatbelt or allow the child to
put the shoulder section of the seatbelt
under their arm or behind their back.
Failure to follow this instruction could
reduce the effectiveness of the seatbelt
and increase the risk of injury or death in
a crash.
WARNING: Do not leave children or
pets unattended in your vehicle. Failure to
follow this instruction could result in
personal injury or death.
When installing a child restraint with
seatbelts:
• Place the vehicle seat in the upright
position before you install the child
restraint.
• Use the correct seatbelt buckle for that
seating position.
• Insert the belt tongue into the buckle.
Make sure the tongue is securely
fastened in the buckle.
• Keep the buckle release button pointing
up and away from the child restraint, with
the tongue between the child restraint
and the release button, to prevent
accidental unbuckling.
• Put the seatbelt in the automatic locking
mode.
CHILD RESTRAINT ANCHOR POINTS
WHAT ARE THE CHILD RESTRAINT
ANCHOR POINTS
Anchor points allow you to quickly and safely
install a child restraint.
LOCATING THE CHILD RESTRAINT
LOWER ANCHOR POINTS
Second Row Bucket Seats and Third Row
Seats
35
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Child Safety
E319061
Second Row Bench Seats and Third Row
Seats
E397322
LOCATING THE CHILD RESTRAINT
TOP TETHER ANCHOR POINTS
Second-Row Bucket Seats and Third-Row
Seats
E423446
Second-Row Bench Seats and Third-Row
Seats
E423447
CHILD RESTRAINTS
CHILD RESTRAINT POSITION
INFORMATION
Install the child restraint tightly against the
vehicle seat. It may be necessary to lift or
remove the head restraint.
36
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Child Safety
Rear Facing Child Restraints
Seatbelt OnlyLATCH (Lower Anchors Only)Combined Weight of Child and Child Restraint
XXUp to 65 lb (29 kg)
XOver 65 lb (29 kg)
Forward Facing Child Restraints
Seatbelt and LATCH (Lower Anchors
and Top Tether Anchor)
Seatbelt and Top Tether AnchorLATCH (Lower Anchors and Top
Tether Anchor)
Combined Weight of Child and Child
Restraint
XXXUp to 65 lb (29 kg)
XXOver 65 lb (29 kg)
37
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Child Safety
CHILD RESTRAINTS RECOMMENDATION
Recommended Restraint TypeChild Size, Height, Weight, or Age
Use a child restraint (sometimes called an infant carrier,
convertible seat, or toddler seat).
Children weighing 40 lb (18 kg) or less (generally age four or younger).
Use a belt-positioning booster seat.
Children who have outgrown or no longer properly fit in a child restraint (generally
children who are less than 57 in (1.45 m) tall, are greater than age four and less
than age 12, and between 40 lb (18 kg) and 80 lb (36 kg) and upward to 100 lb
(45 kg) if recommended by your child restraint manufacturer).
Use a vehicle seatbelt having the lap belt snug and low
across the hips, shoulder belt centered across the
shoulder and chest, and seat backrest upright.
Children who have outgrown or no longer properly fit in a belt-positioning booster
seat (generally children who are at least 57 in (1.45 m) tall or greater than 80 lb
(36 kg) or 100 lb (45 kg) if recommended by child restraint manufacturer).
You are required by law to properly use child
restraints for infants and toddlers in the
United States, Canada and Mexico.
Many states and provinces require that small
children use approved booster seats until
they reach age eight, a height of 57 in
(1.45 m) tall, or 80 lb (36 kg). Check your local
and state or provincial laws for specific
requirements about the safety of children in
your vehicle.
When possible, properly restrain children 12
years of age and under in a rear seating
position of your vehicle. Accident statistics
suggest that children are safer when properly
restrained in the rear seating positions than
in a front seating position.
When installing a rear facing child restraint,
adjust the vehicle seats to avoid interference
between the child restraint and the vehicle
seat in front of the child restraint.
38
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Child Safety
INSTALLING CHILD RESTRAINTS
USING SEATBELTS
WARNING: Depending on where you
secure a child restraint, and depending on
the child restraint design, you may block
access to certain seatbelt buckle
assemblies and LATCH lower anchors,
rendering those features potentially
unusable. To avoid risk of injury, make sure
occupants only use seating positions
where they are able to be properly
restrained.
Note: Although the child restraint illustrated
is a forward facing child restraint, the steps
are the same for installing a rear facing child
restraint.
Perform the following steps when installing
a child restraint with seatbelts.
1. Position the child restraint in a seat with
a seatbelt.
E142529
2. Pull down on the shoulder belt and then
grasp the shoulder belt and lap belt
together.
E142530
3. While holding the shoulder and lap belt
portions together, route the tongue
through the child restraint according to
the child restraint manufacturer's
instructions. Make sure you did not twist
the belt webbing.
E142531
4. Insert the belt tongue into the proper
buckle for that seating position until the
latch engages. Make sure the tongue is
latched securely by pulling on it.
39
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Child Safety
E142875
5. To put the retractor in the automatic
locking mode, grasp the shoulder portion
of the belt and pull downward until you
pull all of the seatbelt out.
Note: The automatic locking mode is
available on the front passenger and rear
seats. This vehicle does not require the use
of a locking clip.
6. Allow the belt to retract to remove slack.
The seatbelt clicks as it retracts to
indicate it is in the automatic locking
mode.
7. Pull the seatbelt out of the retractor to
make sure the retractor is in the
automatic locking mode. You should not
be able to pull more belt out. If the
retractor is not locked, unbuckle the belt
and repeat Steps 5 and 6.
E142533
8. Remove remaining slack from the belt.
Force the seat down with extra weight,
for example, by pressing down or
kneeling on the child restraint while
pulling up on the shoulder belt in order
to force slack from the belt. This is
necessary to remove the remaining slack
that exists once you add the extra weight
of the child to the child restraint. It also
helps to achieve the proper snugness of
the child restraint to your vehicle.
Sometimes, a slight lean toward the
buckle helps to remove remaining slack
from the belt.
9. If the child restraint has a tether strap,
attach it.
E142534
10. Before placing the child in the seat,
forcibly move the seat forward and back
to make sure the seat is securely held
in place.
40
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Child Safety
To check this, grab the seat at the belt path
and attempt to move it side to side and
forward and back. There should be no more
than 1 in (2.5 cm) of movement.
We recommend checking with a NHTSA
Certified Child Passenger Safety Technician
to make certain the child restraint is properly
installed. In Canada, check with Transport
Canada for referral to a Child Car Seat Clinic.
USING LOWER ANCHORS AND
TETHERS FOR CHILDREN
WARNING: Do not attach two child
safety restraints to the same anchor. In a
crash, one anchor may not be strong
enough to hold two child safety restraint
attachments and may break, causing
serious injury or death.
WARNING: Depending on where you
secure a child restraint, and depending on
the child restraint design, you may block
access to certain seatbelt buckle
assemblies and LATCH lower anchors,
rendering those features potentially
unusable. To avoid risk of injury, make sure
occupants only use seating positions
where they are able to be properly
restrained.
The Lower Anchors and Tethers for Children
(LATCH) system has three vehicle anchor
points:
• Two lower anchors where the vehicle
seat backrest and seat cushion meet,
called the seat bight.
• One top tether anchor behind that
seating position.
LATCH compatible child restraints have two
rigid or webbing mounted attachments.
These attachments connect to the two lower
anchors at the LATCH equipped seating
positions in your vehicle. This type of
attachment method eliminates the need to
use seatbelts to attach the child restraint.
However, you can still use the seatbelt to
attach the child restraint if the lower anchors
are not used. For forward-facing child
restraints, you must also attach the top tether
strap to the proper top tether anchor if a top
tether strap has been provided with your
child restraint.
Follow the instructions later in this chapter
on attaching child restraints with tether
straps.
41
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Child Safety
INSTALLING A CHILD RESTRAINT IN
A CENTER SEAT
WARNING: The standardized spacing
for LATCH lower anchors is 11 in (280 mm)
center to center. Do not use LATCH lower
anchors for the center seating position
unless the child restraint manufacturer's
instructions permit and specify using
anchors spaced at least as far apart as
those in this vehicle.
The lower anchors at the center of the
second row bench seat are spaced 20 in
(52 cm) apart. The standardized spacing for
LATCH lower anchors is 11 in (28 cm) center
to center.
You cannot install a child restraint with rigid
LATCH attachments at the center seating
position. You can only use LATCH
compatible child restraints with attachments
on belt webbing at this seating position
provided that the child restraint
manufacturer's instructions permit use with
the anchor spacing stated.
Do not attach a child restraint to any lower
anchor if another child restraint is attached
to that anchor.
Each time you use the child restraint, check
that the seat is properly attached to the lower
anchors and tether anchor, if applicable. Tug
the child restraint from side to side and
forward and back where it is secured to the
vehicle. The seat should move less than 1 in
(2.5 cm).
If you did not properly anchor the child
restraint, the risk of a child being injured in
a crash greatly increases.
COMBINING THE SEATBELT AND
LOWER ANCHORS FOR ATTACHING
CHILD RESTRAINTS
When used in combination, you may attach
either the seatbelt or the LATCH lower
anchors first, provided a proper installation
is achieved. Attach the tether strap afterward,
if it is included with the child restraint.
USING TETHER STRAPS
Many forward-facing child restraints include
a tether strap which extends from the back
of the child restraint and hooks to an
anchoring point called the top tether anchor.
Tether straps are available as an accessory
for many older child restraints.
Contact the manufacturer of your child
restraint for information about ordering a
tether strap, or to obtain a longer tether strap
if the tether strap on your child restraint does
not reach the appropriate top tether anchor
in the vehicle.
Attach the tether strap only to the
appropriate tether anchor. The tether strap
may not work properly if attached
somewhere other than the correct tether
anchor.
42
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Child Safety
If you install a child restraint with rigid LATCH
attachments, do not tighten the tether strap
enough to lift the child restraint off the
vehicle seat cushion when the child is seated
in it. Keep the tether strap just snug without
lifting the front of the child restraint. Keeping
the child restraint just touching the vehicle
seat gives the best protection in a severe
crash.
Once you have installed the child restraint
using either the seatbelt, the lower anchors
of the LATCH system, or both, you can attach
the top tether strap.
Perform the following steps to install a child
restraint with tether anchors:
For second row outermost seating positions,
route the child restraint tether strap over the
seat backrest, under the head restraint and
between the head restraint posts. If needed,
remove the head restraint to improve the fit
of the child restraint or tether strap.
For the second row center seating position,
route the child restraint tether strap over the
top of the head restraint. If needed, remove
the head restraint to improve the fit of the
child restraint or tether strap. See Head
Restraint Components (page 160).
For third row seating positions, route the
child restraint tether strap over the seat
backrest, under the head restraint and
between the head restraint posts. If needed,
fold the head restraint down to improve the
fit of the child restraint or tether strap. See
Head Restraint Components (page 160).
1. Route the tether strap.
2. Locate the correct anchor for the
selected seating position.
3. Clip the tether strap to the anchor as
shown. The tether hook may be twisted
½ turn to improve installation. If you clip
the tether strap incorrectly, the child
restraint may not be retained properly in
the event of a crash.
E190833
4. Tighten the child restraint tether strap
according to the manufacturer's
instructions.
If the child restraint is not anchored properly,
the risk of injury to a child greatly increases
in a crash.
If your child restraint system has a tether
strap, and the child restraint manufacturer
recommends its use, we also recommend its
use.
Note: The cargo tie downs at the rear edge
of the floor are not tether anchors.
43
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Child Safety
BOOSTER SEATS
Use a belt-positioning booster seat for
children who have outgrown or no longer
properly fit in a child restraint and meet the
following criteria.
• Generally children who are less than
57 in (1.45 m) tall.
• Are greater than age four (4) and less
than age twelve (12).
• Are between 40 lb (18 kg) and 80 lb
(36 kg) and upward to 100 lb (45 kg).
Many state and provincial laws require that
children use approved booster seats until
they reach age eight, a height of 57 in
(1.45 m) tall, or 80 lb (36 kg).
Booster seats should be used until you can
answer yes to all of these questions when
seated without a booster seat:
E142595
• Can the child sit all the way back against
their vehicle seat backrest with knees
bent comfortably at the edge of the seat
cushion?
• Can the child sit without slouching?
• Does the lap belt rest low across the
hips?
• Is the shoulder belt centered on the
shoulder and chest?
• Can the child stay seated like this for the
whole trip?
Always use booster seats in conjunction with
your vehicle lap and shoulder belt.
Types of Booster Seats
E68924
• Backless booster seats
If your backless booster seat has a
removable shield, remove the shield.
If a vehicle seating position has a low seat
backrest or no head restraint, a backless
booster seat may place your child's head, as
measured at the tops of the ears, above the
top of the seat. In this case, move the
backless booster to another seating position
with a higher seat backrest or head restraint
and lap and shoulder belts, or consider using
a high-back booster seat.
44
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Child Safety
E70710
• High-back booster seats
If, with a backless booster seat, you cannot
find a seating position that adequately
supports your child's head, a high-back
booster seat would be a better choice.
Children and booster seats vary in size and
shape. Choose a booster that keeps the lap
belt low and snug across the hips, never up
across the stomach, and lets you adjust the
shoulder belt to cross the chest and rest
snugly near the center of the shoulder.
The following drawings compare the ideal
fit to a shoulder belt uncomfortably close to
the neck and a shoulder belt that could slip
off the shoulder. The drawings also show
how the lap belt should be low and snug
across the child's hips.
E142596
45
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Child Safety
E142597
If the booster seat slides on the vehicle seat
upon which it is being used, placing a
rubberized mesh sold as shelf or carpet liner
under the booster seat may improve this
condition. Do not use any item thicker than
this under the booster seat. Check with the
booster seat manufacturer's instructions.
CHILD SAFETY LOCKS
WARNING: You cannot open the rear
doors from inside if you have put the child
safety locks on.
E295318
The child safety lock control is on the driver
door.
Press the control to switch the child safety
locks on. Press the control again to switch
them off. A light on the child safety control
illuminates when you switch them on.
The child lock setting remains on when you
switch off the ignition.
Note: To make sure the child safety lock is
on, push the inside release switch twice to
verify the door does not open.
46
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Child Safety
Note: To open the rear doors from inside the
vehicle when the child lock is engaged, roll
down the rear window using the driver's door
control, and use the outside door handle. Or
have someone outside the vehicle open the
door.
CHILD SAFETY LOCKS – TROUBLESHOOTING
CHILD SAFETY LOCKS – INFORMATION MESSAGES
ActionMessage
Try to switch the child safety locks on again. If the message continues
to appear, have your vehicle checked as soon as possible.
Child Lock fault See manual
47
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Child Safety
SEATBELT PRECAUTIONS
WARNING: Always drive and ride
with your seatback upright and the lap belt
snug and low across the hips.
WARNING: Children must always be
properly restrained.
WARNING: Do not allow a passenger
to hold a child on their lap when your
vehicle is moving. Failure to follow this
instruction could result in personal injury
or death in the event of a sudden stop or
crash.
WARNING: All occupants of your
vehicle, including the driver, should always
properly wear their seatbelts, even when
an airbag supplemental restraint system is
provided. Failure to properly wear your
seatbelt could seriously increase the risk
of injury or death.
WARNING: It is extremely dangerous
to ride in a cargo area, inside or outside of
a vehicle. In a crash, people riding in these
areas are more likely to be seriously
injured or killed. Do not allow people to
ride in any area of your vehicle that is not
equipped with seats and seatbelts. Make
sure everyone in your vehicle is in a seat
and properly using a seatbelt. Failure to
follow this warning could result in serious
personal injury or death.
WARNING: In a rollover crash, an
unbelted person is significantly more likely
to die than a person wearing a seatbelt.
WARNING: Each seating position in
your vehicle has a specific seatbelt
assembly made up of one buckle and one
tongue designed to be used as a pair. Use
the shoulder belt on the outside shoulder
only. Never wear the shoulder belt under
the arm. Never use a single seatbelt for
more than one person.
WARNING: Even with advanced
restraints systems, properly restrain
children 12 and under in a rear seating
position. Failure to follow this could
seriously increase the risk of injury or
death.
WARNING: Seatbelts and seats may
be hot in a vehicle that is in the sunshine.
The hot seatbelts or seats may burn a small
child. Check seat covers and buckles
before you place a child anywhere near
them.
WARNING: If your vehicle is involved
in a crash, have the seatbelts and
associated components inspected as soon
as possible. Failure to follow this instruction
could result in personal injury or death.
All seating positions in this vehicle have
seatbelts. All occupants of the vehicle should
properly wear their seatbelts, even when an
airbag supplemental restraint system is
provided.
48
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Seatbelts
The seatbelt system consists of:
• Lap and shoulder seatbelts.
• A shoulder seatbelt with automatic
locking mode, except driver seatbelt.
• Height adjusters at the front outermost
seating positions.
• Seatbelt pretensioners at the front
outermost and second row outermost
seating positions.
E71880
A seatbelt warning light and tone.
E67017
Crash sensors and monitoring
system with a readiness indicator.
The seatbelt pretensioners are designed to
tighten the seatbelts when activated. In
frontal and near-frontal crashes, the seatbelt
pretensioners may be activated alone or, if
the crash is of sufficient severity, together
with the front airbags. In side crashes and
rollovers, the pretensioners will be activated
when the Safety Canopy is activated.
FASTENING AND UNFASTENING
THE SEATBELTS
All seatbelts in your vehicle are a three-point
combination lap and shoulder seatbelt.
E338014
B
A
Seatbelt tongue.A
Seatbelt buckle.B
1. Pull the seatbelt out steadily.
Note: It may lock if you pull it sharply or if
the vehicle is on a slope.
2. Insert the tongue into the buckle.
3. Pull the seatbelt tight to remove any
slack.
Unfastening the Seatbelts
1. Press the red button on the buckle to
release the seatbelt.
2. Hold the seatbelt tongue and let it retract
completely and smoothly to its stowed
position.
SENSITIVE LOCKING MODE
WHAT IS SENSITIVE LOCKING MODE
Sensitive locking mode is a seatbelt retractor
feature that allows shoulder belt length
adjustment according to your movements
and locking in response to vehicle
movement.
49
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Seatbelts
HOW DOES SENSITIVE LOCKING
MODE WORK
If the driver suddenly brakes, turns a corner
sharply, or the vehicle receives an impact of
about 5 mph (8 km/h) or more, the seatbelts
lock to help reduce forward movement of
the driver and passengers.
In addition, the seatbelt retractor locks if you
pull the seatbelt webbing out too quickly. If
the retractor locks, slowly lower the height
adjuster to allow the seatbelt to retract.
If the retractor does not unlock, pull the
seatbelt out slowly then feed a small length
of webbing back toward the stowed position.
For rear seatbelts, recline the rear seat
backrest or push the seat backrest cushion
away from the seatbelt. Feed a small length
of webbing back toward the stowed position.
AUTOMATIC LOCKING MODE
WHAT IS AUTOMATIC LOCKING
MODE
This feature keeps the seatbelts pre-locked.
The belt still retracts to remove any slack in
the shoulder belt.
WHEN TO USE AUTOMATIC LOCKING
MODE
Use this mode any time you install a child
restraint in the front passenger seating
position or any rear seating position. Properly
restrain children 12 years old and under in a
rear seat whenever possible.
Note: Automatic locking mode is not
available on the driver seatbelt.
ENGAGING AUTOMATIC LOCKING
MODE
E142591
1. Fasten the combination lap and shoulder
belt.
2. Grasp the shoulder portion and pull
downward until you pull the entire belt
out.
3. Allow the belt to retract. As the belt
retracts, you will hear a clicking sound.
This indicates the seatbelt is now in the
automatic locking mode.
50
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Seatbelts
DISENGAGING AUTOMATIC LOCKING
MODE
Unbuckle the combination lap and shoulder
belt and allow it to retract completely to
disengage the automatic locking mode and
activate the vehicle sensitive locking mode.
ADJUSTING THE SEATBELTS
DURING PREGNANCY
WARNING: Always ride and drive
with your seatback upright and properly
fasten your seatbelt. Fit the lap portion of
the seatbelt snugly and low across the
hips. Position the shoulder portion of the
seatbelt across your chest. Pregnant
women must follow this practice. See the
following figure.
E142590
Pregnant women should always wear their
seatbelt. Position the lap belt portion of a
combination lap and shoulder belt low across
the hips below the belly and worn as tight
as comfort allows. Position the shoulder belt
to cross the middle of the shoulder and the
center of the chest.
ADJUSTING THE SEATBELT
HEIGHT
WARNING: Position the seatbelt
height adjuster so that the seatbelt rests
across the middle of your shoulder. Failure
to adjust the seatbelt correctly could
reduce its effectiveness and increase the
risk of injury in a crash.
E201573
1. Press the button and slide the height
adjuster up or down.
51
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Seatbelts
2. Release the button and pull down on the
height adjuster to make sure it is locked
in place.
SEATBELT REMINDER
HOW DOES THE SEATBELT REMINDER
WORK
WARNING: The system will only
provide protection when you use the
seatbelt correctly.
This system monitors all seating positions
and provides audio and graphic feedback.
SEATBELT REMINDER INDICATORS
E71880
This lamp illuminates if you do not
fasten your seatbelt when you
switch the ignition on. The lamp
switches off when you fasten your seatbelt
or about one minute has elapsed.
When the initial warning expires for the
driver, more warnings are provided for the
driver and front passenger. This lamp
illuminates if you or your front passenger do
not fasten the seatbelt buckle and the
vehicle speed exceeds 6 mph (10 km/h).
Note: To avoid inadvertent warnings, do not
place large objects on the front passenger
seat.
E206718
This lamp illuminates when you
switch the ignition on, identifying
the number of seating positions
with fastened buckles. It illuminates again
when a seating position changes from
unfastened to fastened.
E274569
This warning displays if an occupant
unfastens the rear seatbelt buckle or it
becomes unfastened.
Note: If a rear seat is unoccupied, or an
occupant never fastens the seatbelt buckle
to begin with, the warning does not display.
Note: Front seating positions appear in this
warning display. Warnings for unfastened
front seatbelt buckles appear in the initial
warning lamp.
Checking Seatbelt Status
To view the seatbelt status, use the
instrument cluster display controls on the
steering wheel.
52
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Seatbelts
E274570
E274703
Seatbelt fastened.A
Seatbelt not fastened.B
Seatbelt recently unfastened.C
Fault.D
SEATBELT REMINDER AUDIBLE
WARNINGS
A warning tone sounds if you do not fasten
your seatbelt when you switch the ignition
on. The tone switches off when you fasten
your seatbelt or about one minute elapses.
When the initial warning expires for the
driver, more warnings are provided for the
driver and front passenger. This warning tone
sounds if you or your front passenger do not
fasten the seatbelt buckle and the vehicle
speed exceeds 6 mph (10 km/h).
This tone also sounds if an occupant
unfastens the rear seatbelt buckle or it
becomes unfastened.
SWITCHING THE SEATBELT
REMINDER ON AND OFF
WARNING: While the system allows
you to deactivate it, this system is designed
to improve your chances of being safely
belted and surviving an accident. We
recommend you leave the system
activated for yourself and others who may
use the vehicle.
Note: The driver and front passenger
warnings switch off independently. When
you perform this procedure for one seating
position, do not buckle the other position as
this cancels the process.
Read Steps 1-4 before proceeding with the
programming procedure.
Make sure that:
• You set the parking brake.
• The transmission is in park (P).
• The ignition is off.
53
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Seatbelts
• You close all vehicle doors.
• You unfasten the driver and front
passenger seatbelts.
1. Switch the ignition on. Do not start the
engine.
2. Immediately start the deactivation or
reactivation procedure in Step 3. Once
you start Step 3, you must complete the
procedure within 30 seconds.
3. For the seating position you are switching
off or on, fasten then unfasten the
seatbelt four times at a moderate speed,
ending in the unfastened state. The
seatbelt warning light flashes for
confirmation.
This switches the feature off for that seating
position if it is currently on.
This switches the feature on for that seating
position if it is currently off.
CHECKING THE SEATBELTS
Check the seatbelts and child restraints
periodically to make sure they work properly
and are not damaged. Make sure there are
no nicks, tears or cuts. Replace if necessary.
Check the following seatbelt assemblies after
a crash.
• Retractors.
• Buckles.
• Front seatbelt buckle assemblies.
• Shoulder belt height adjusters.
• Shoulder belt guide on seat backrest.
• Child restraint LATCH and tether anchors.
• Attaching hardware.
Read the child restraint manufacturer's
instructions for additional inspection and
maintenance information specific to the child
restraint.
We recommend that all seatbelt assemblies
in use in vehicles involved in a crash be
replaced. However, if the crash was minor
and an authorized dealer finds that the belts
do not show damage and continue to
operate properly, they do not need to be
replaced. Seatbelt assemblies not in use
during a crash should also be checked and
replaced if either damage or improper
operation is noted.
Properly care for seatbelts. See Cleaning
Seatbelts (page 393).
SEATBELT EXTENSIONS
WARNING: Persons who fit into the
vehicle's seatbelt should not use an
extension. Unnecessary use could result
in serious personal injury in the event of a
crash.
54
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Seatbelts
WARNING: Only use extensions
provided free of charge by our dealers.
The dealer will provide an extension
designed specifically for this vehicle, model
year and seating position. The use of an
extension intended for another vehicle,
model year or seating position may not
offer you the full protection of your
vehicle's seatbelt restraint system.
WARNING: Never use seatbelt
extensions to install child restraints.
WARNING: Do not use extensions
to change the way the seatbelt fits across
the torso, over the lap or to make the
seatbelt buckle easier to reach.
If, because of body size or driving position,
it is not possible to properly fasten the
seatbelt over your lap and shoulder, an
extension that is compatible with the
seatbelts is available free of charge from our
dealers. Only use our seatbelt extensions
made by the original equipment seatbelt
manufacturer with our seatbelts. Ask your
authorized dealer if your extension is
compatible with your vehicle restraint system.
55
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Seatbelts
WHAT IS THE PERSONAL SAFETY
SYSTEM
An advanced safety system that protects
occupants in frontal crashes.
HOW DOES THE PERSONAL
SAFETY SYSTEM WORK
This system provides an improved level of
frontal crash protection to front seat
occupants and is designed to reduce the risk
of airbag-related injuries. The system
analyzes occupant conditions and crash
severity before activating the appropriate
safety devices. During a crash, the restraints
control module may deploy the seatbelt
pretensioners, and one or both stages of the
dual-stage airbags based on crash severity
and occupant conditions.
PERSONAL SAFETY SYSTEM
COMPONENTS
• Driver and passenger dual-stage airbag
supplemental restraints.
• Front seat outermost seatbelts with
pretensioners, energy management
retractors and seatbelt usage sensors.
• Front passenger sensing system.
• Passenger airbag off and on indicators.
• Front crash severity sensors.
• Restraints control module with impact
and safing sensors.
• Restraint system warning light and tone.
• The electrical wiring for the airbags, crash
sensors, seatbelt pretensioners, front
seatbelt usage sensors, front passenger
sensing system and indicator lights.
56
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Personal Safety System™
HOW DO THE FRONT AIRBAGS
WORK
E151127
The driver and front passenger airbags
deploy during significant frontal and near
frontal crashes.
The driver and passenger front airbag system
consists of:
• Driver and passenger airbag modules.
• Front passenger sensing system.
• Crash sensors and monitoring system
with readiness indicator. See Crash
Sensors and Airbag Indicator (page 65).
The airbags are a supplemental restraint
system and are designed to work with the
seatbelts to help protect the driver and right
front passenger from certain upper body
injuries. Airbags do not inflate slowly; there
is a risk of injury from a deploying airbag.
Note: You will hear a loud bang and see a
cloud of harmless powdery residue if an
airbag deploys. This is normal.
The airbags inflate and deflate rapidly upon
activation. After airbag deployment, it is
normal to notice a smoke-like, powdery
residue or smell the burnt propellant. This
may consist of cornstarch, talcum powder (to
lubricate the bag) or sodium compounds (for
example, baking soda) that result from the
combustion process that inflates the airbag.
Small amounts of sodium hydroxide may be
present which may irritate the skin and eyes,
but none of the residue is toxic.
Contact with a deploying airbag may cause
abrasions or swelling. Temporary hearing
loss is also a possibility as a result of the
noise associated with a deploying airbag.
Because airbags must inflate rapidly and with
considerable force, there is the risk of death
or serious injuries such as fractures, facial
and eye injuries or internal injuries,
particularly to occupants who are not
properly restrained or are otherwise out of
position at the time of airbag deployment.
Thus, it is extremely important that occupants
be properly restrained as far away from the
airbag module as possible.
Routine maintenance of the airbags is not
required.
HOW DO THE SIDE AIRBAGS
WORK
WARNING: Do not place objects or
mount equipment on or near the airbag
cover, on the side of the front or rear
seatbacks, or in areas that may come into
contact with a deploying airbag. Failure to
follow these instructions may increase the
risk of personal injury in the event of a
crash.
57
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Airbags
WARNING: Accessory seat covers
not released by Ford Motor Company
could prevent the deployment of the
airbags and increase the risk of injuries in
a crash.
WARNING: Do not lean your head
on the door. The side airbag could injure
you as it deploys from the side of the
seatback.
The side airbags are on the outermost side
of the seat backrests of the front seats. In
certain sideways crashes or rollovers, the
airbags will be inflated. The airbag was
designed to inflate between the door panel
and occupant to further enhance the
protection provided to occupants in side
impact crashes.
E152533
The system consists of the following:
• A label or embossed side panel
indicating that side airbags are fitted to
your vehicle.
• Side airbags inside the driver and front
passenger seat backrests.
• Crash sensors and monitoring system
with readiness indicator. See Crash
Sensors and Airbag Indicator (page 65).
HOW DO THE KNEE AIRBAGS
WORK
WARNING: To reduce risk of injury,
do not obstruct or place objects in the
deployment path of the airbag.
The driver and passenger knee airbags are
under or within the instrument panel.
During a crash, the restraints control module
may activate the driver and passenger knee
airbags, individually or both, based on crash
severity and respective occupant conditions.
Under certain crash and occupant conditions,
the driver and passenger knee airbags may
deploy, but the corresponding front airbag
may not activate.
As with front and side airbags, it is important
to be properly seated and restrained to
reduce the risk of death or serious injury.
E67017
Make sure the knee airbags are
operating properly. See Crash
Sensors and Airbag Indicator
(page 65).
58
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Airbags
HOW DOES THE SAFETY CANOPY™
WORK
WARNING: Do not place objects or
mount equipment on or near the headliner
at the siderail that may come into contact
with a deploying curtain airbag. Failure to
follow these instructions may increase the
risk of personal injury in the event of a
crash.
WARNING: Do not lean your head
on the door. The curtain airbag could injure
you as it deploys from the headliner.
WARNING: To reduce risk of injury,
do not obstruct or place objects in the
deployment path of the airbag.
The Safety Canopy deploys during significant
side crashes or when a certain likelihood of
a rollover event is detected by the rollover
sensor. The Safety Canopy is mounted to
the roof side-rail sheet metal, behind the
headliner, above each row of seats. In certain
sideways crashes or rollover events, the
Safety Canopy will be activated, regardless
of which seats are occupied. The Safety
Canopy inflates between the side window
area and occupants to further enhance
protection provided in side impact crashes
and rollover events.
E75004
The system consists of the following:
• Safety Canopy curtain airbags above the
trim panels over the front and rear side
windows identified by a label or wording
on the headliner or roof-pillar trim.
• A flexible headliner which opens above
the side doors to allow air curtain
deployment
E67017
· Crash sensors and monitoring
system with a readiness indicator.
See Crash Sensors and Airbag
Indicator (page 65).
Properly restrain children 12 years old and
under in the rear seats. The Safety Canopy
will not interfere with children restrained
using a properly installed child or booster
seat because it is designed to inflate
downward from the headliner above the
doors along the side window opening.
AIRBAG PRECAUTIONS
WARNING: Airbags do not inflate
slowly or gently, and the risk of injury from
a deploying airbag is the greatest close to
the trim covering the airbag module.
59
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Airbags
WARNING: All occupants of your
vehicle, including the driver, should always
properly wear their seatbelts, even when
an airbag supplemental restraint system is
provided. Failure to properly wear your
seatbelt could seriously increase the risk
of injury or death.
WARNING: Properly secure children
12 years old and under in a rear seating
position whenever possible. If you are
unable to properly secure all children in a
rear seating position, properly secure the
largest child on the front seat. If you must
use a forward facing child restraint on the
front seat, move the seat as far back as
possible. Failure to follow these
instructions could result in personal injury
or death.
WARNING: Do not place your arms
on the airbag cover or through the steering
wheel. Failure to follow this instruction
could result in personal injury.
WARNING: Keep the areas in front
of the airbags free from obstruction. Do
not affix anything to or over the airbag
covers. Objects could become projectiles
during airbag deployment. Failure to follow
this instruction could result in personal
injury or death.
WARNING: To reduce risk of injury,
do not obstruct or place objects in the
deployment path of the airbag.
WARNING: Do not place a rearward
facing child restraint in front of an active
airbag. Failure to follow this instruction
could result in personal injury or death.
WARNING: Do not attempt to service,
repair, or modify the supplementary
restraint system or associated components.
Failure to follow this instruction could result
in personal injury or death.
WARNING: Several airbag system
components get hot after inflation. To
reduce the risk of injury, do not touch them
after inflation.
WARNING: If a supplementary
restraint system component has deployed,
it will not function again. Have the system
and associated components inspected as
soon as possible. Failure to follow this
instruction could result in personal injury
or death.
PROPERLY ADJUSTING THE
DRIVER AND FRONT PASSENGER
SEATS
WARNING: National Highway Traffic
Safety Administration (NHTSA)
recommends a minimum distance of at
least 10 in (25 cm) between an occupant's
chest and the driver airbag module.
60
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Airbags
To properly position yourself away from the
airbag:
• Move your seat to the rear as far as you
can while still reaching the pedals
comfortably.
• Recline the seat slightly one or two
degrees from the upright position.
After all occupants have adjusted their seats
and put on seatbelts, it is very important that
they continue to sit properly. Properly seated
occupants sit upright, lean against the seat
backrest, and center themselves on the seat
cushion, with their feet comfortably extended
on the floor. Sitting improperly can increase
the chance of injury in a crash event. For
example, if an occupant slouches, lies down,
turns sideways, sits forward, leans forward
or sideways, or puts one or both feet up, the
chance of injury during a crash greatly
increases.
CHILDREN AND AIRBAGS
WARNING: Do not place a rearward
facing child restraint in front of an active
airbag. Failure to follow this instruction
could result in personal injury or death.
E142846
Children must always be properly restrained.
Accident statistics suggest that children are
safer when properly restrained in the rear
seating positions than in the front seating
position. Failure to follow these instructions
may increase the risk of injury in a crash.
FRONT PASSENGER SENSING
SYSTEM
WHAT IS THE FRONT PASSENGER
SENSING SYSTEM
This system detects a properly seated
occupant and determines if the front
passenger airbag should be enabled.
HOW DOES THE FRONT PASSENGER
SENSING SYSTEM WORK
The system uses a passenger airbag status
indicator which illuminates indicating that the
front passenger frontal airbag is either
enabled or disabled.
Note: When you first switch the ignition on,
the passenger airbag status indicator off and
on lamps illuminate for a short period to
confirm they are functional.
E181984
61
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Airbags
The indicator lamps are in the center stack
of the instrument panel.
The front passenger sensing system is
designed to disable the front passenger
frontal airbag under these conditions:
• The front passenger seat is unoccupied.
• The system determines an infant is
present in a child restraint.
• A passenger takes their weight off of the
seat for a period of time.
• If there is a problem with the airbag
system or the passenger sensing system.
Note: Even with this technology, parents are
strongly encouraged to always properly
restrain children in the rear seat.
• When the front passenger sensing
system disables the front passenger
frontal airbag, the passenger airbag
status indicator illuminates the off lamp.
• If you have installed the child restraint
and the passenger airbag status indicator
illuminates the on lamp, switch your
vehicle off, remove the child restraint
from your vehicle and reinstall the
restraint following the child restraint
manufacturer's instructions.
The front passenger sensing system works
with sensors that are part of the front
passenger seat and seatbelt. The sensors
are designed to detect the presence of a
properly seated occupant and determine if
the front passenger frontal airbag should be
enabled.
• When the front passenger sensing
system enables the front passenger
frontal airbag, the passenger airbag
status indicator illuminates the on lamp.
If a person of adult size is sitting in the front
passenger seat, but the passenger airbag
status indicator off lamp is illuminated, it is
possible that the person is not sitting
properly in the seat. If this happens:
• Switch your vehicle off and ask the
person to place the seat backrest in an
upright position.
• Have the person sit upright in the seat,
centered on the seat cushion, with the
person's legs comfortably extended.
• Restart your vehicle and have the person
remain in this position for about two
minutes. This allows the system to detect
that person and enable the passenger
frontal airbag.
• If the indicator off lamp remains
illuminated even after this, you should
advise the person to ride in the rear seat.
After all occupants have adjusted their seats
and put on seatbelts, it is very important that
they continue to sit upright, leaning against
the seat backrest, and centered on the seat
cushion, with their feet comfortably extended
on the floor.
62
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Airbags
Sitting improperly can increase the chance
of injury in a crash event. For example, if an
occupant slouches, lies down, turns
sideways, sits forward, leans forward or
sideways, or puts one or both feet up, the
chance of injury during a crash greatly
increases.
If you think that the state of the passenger
airbag status indicator lamp is incorrect,
check for the following:
• Objects lodged underneath the seat.
• Objects between the seat cushion and
the center console.
• Objects hanging off the seat backrest.
• Objects stowed in the seat backrest map
pocket.
• Objects placed on the occupant's lap.
• Cargo interference with the seat
• Other passengers pushing or pulling on
the seat.
• Rear passenger feet and knees resting
or pushing on the seat.
The listed conditions could cause the weight
of a properly seated occupant to be
incorrectly interpreted by the front passenger
sensing system. The person in the front
passenger seat could appear heavier or
lighter due to the conditions listed.
E67017
Make sure the front passenger
sensing system is operating
properly. See Crash Sensors and
Airbag Indicator (page 65).
If the airbag readiness light is on, do the
following:
• Pull your vehicle over.
• Switch your vehicle off.
• Check for any objects lodged underneath
the front passenger seat or cargo
interfering with the seat.
• Remove the obstruction if found.
• Restart your vehicle.
• Wait at least two minutes and verify that
the airbag readiness light in the
instrument cluster is no longer
illuminated.
• If the airbag readiness light in the
instrument cluster remains illuminated,
there may be a problem due to the front
passenger sensing system.
Do not attempt to repair or service the
system. Take your vehicle in for service
immediately.
If it is necessary to modify an advanced front
airbag system to accommodate a person
with disabilities, contact your Customer
Relationship Center. See Contacting Us
(page 15).
63
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Airbags
FRONT PASSENGER SENSING
SYSTEM PRECAUTIONS
WARNING: Sitting improperly, out of
position or with the seatback reclined too
far can take weight off the seat cushion
and affect the decision of the passenger
sensing system, resulting in serious injury
or death in the event of a crash. Always sit
upright against your seat back, with your
feet on the floor.
WARNING: Any alteration or
modification to the front passenger seat
may affect the performance of the front
passenger sensing system. This could
seriously increase the risk of injury or
death.
WARNING: Do not place objects
under the front passenger seat or between
the seat and the center console. Failure to
follow this instruction may interfere with
the front passenger seat sensing system
and increase the risk of injury or death in
a crash.
WARNING: Check the passenger
airbag indicator lamp for proper airbag
status. Failure to follow this instruction
could result in personal injury or death.
FRONT PASSENGER SENSING SYSTEM INDICATORS
Passenger AirbagPassenger Airbag Status IndicatorOccupant
DisabledOFF: IlluminatedEmpty
ON: Not Illuminated
DisabledOFF: IlluminatedChild
64
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Airbags
Passenger AirbagPassenger Airbag Status IndicatorOccupant
ON: Not Illuminated
EnabledOFF: Not IlluminatedAdult
ON: Illuminated
CRASH SENSORS AND AIRBAG
INDICATOR
WARNING: Modifying or adding
equipment to the front of your vehicle
could affect the performance of the airbag
system, increasing the risk of injury. This
includes the hood, bumper system, frame,
front body structure, tow hooks, hood pins,
push bar and snowplows.
Your vehicle has a collection of crash and
occupant sensors. These sensors provide
information to the restraints control module
which activates the following:
• Front seatbelt pretensioners.
• Adaptive steering column.
• Driver airbag.
• Passenger airbag.
• Seat mounted side airbags.
• Safety Canopy.
Based on the type of crash, the restraints
control module deploys the appropriate
safety devices.
The restraints control module also monitors
the readiness of the above safety devices
plus the crash and occupant sensors. The
readiness of the safety system is indicated
by a warning indicator light in the instrument
cluster or by a backup tone if the warning
light is not working. Routine maintenance of
the airbag is not required.
A difficulty with the system is indicated by
one or more of the following:
E67017
The readiness light will not
illuminate immediately after you
switch the ignition on.
• The readiness light either flashes or stays
on.
• You hear a series of five tones. The tone
pattern repeats periodically until the
problem, the light or both are repaired.
If any of these things happen, even
intermittently, have the supplemental
restraint system serviced immediately.
Unless serviced, the system may not function
properly in the event of a crash.
65
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Airbags
The fact that the seatbelt pretensioners or
front airbags did not activate for both front
seat occupants in a crash does not mean
that something is wrong with the system.
Rather, it means the restraints control module
determined the accident conditions (crash
severity, seatbelt usage) were not
appropriate to activate these safety devices.
• The front airbags activate only in frontal
and near-frontal crashes. Front airbags
may activate in rollovers, side impacts or
rear impacts if the crash causes sufficient
frontal deceleration.
• The seatbelt pretensioners activate in
frontal, near-frontal and side crashes, and
in rollovers.
• The side airbags inflate in certain side
impact crashes or rollover events. Side
airbags may activate in other types of
crashes if the vehicle experiences
sufficient sideways motion or
deformation.
• The Safety Canopy inflates in certain side
impact crashes or rollover events. The
Safety Canopy may activate in other
types of crashes if the vehicle
experiences sufficient sideways motion
or deformation, or a certain likelihood of
rollover.
DISPOSING OF AIRBAGS
Contact your authorized dealer as soon as
possible. Airbags must be disposed of by
qualified personnel.
66
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Airbags
WHAT IS 911 ASSIST
911 Assist is an operating system feature that
can call for help.
For more information, refer to the regional
Lincoln website.
HOW DOES 911 ASSIST WORK
If a crash deploys an airbag, excluding knee
airbags and rear inflatable seatbelts, or
activates the fuel pump shut-off, your vehicle
may be able to contact emergency services
by dialing 911 through a paired and
connected Bluetooth® enabled phone.
Not all crashes deploy an airbag or activate
the fuel pump shut-off. If a connected cell
phone sustains damage or loses its
connection to the operating system during
a crash, the system searches for and tries to
connect to a previously paired cell phone.
The operating system then attempts to call
the emergency services.
Before making the call:
• The operating system provides about 10
seconds to cancel the call. If you fail to
cancel the call, the system attempts to
dial 911.
• The operating system says the following,
or a similar message: the system will
attempt to call 911, to cancel the call,
press Cancel on your screen or press and
hold the phone button on your steering
wheel.
If you do not cancel the call and the
operating system makes a successful call a
pre-recorded message plays for the 911
operator. The occupants in your vehicle are
able to talk with the operator. Be prepared
to provide your name, phone number and
location immediately because not all 911
systems are capable of receiving this
information electronically.
During an emergency call the system
transmits vehicle data to the emergency
service.
EMERGENCY CALL
REQUIREMENTS
WARNING: Do not wait for 911 Assist
to make an emergency call if you can do
it yourself. Dial emergency services
immediately to avoid delayed response
time which could increase the risk of
serious injury or death after a crash. If you
do not hear 911 Assist within five seconds
of the crash, the system or phone may be
damaged or non-functional.
WARNING: Always place your phone
in a secure location in your vehicle so it
does not become a projectile or get
damaged in a crash. Failure to do so may
cause serious injury to someone or
damage the phone which could prevent
911 Assist from working properly.
WARNING: Unless the 911 Assist
setting is set on before a crash, the system
will not dial for help which could delay
response time, potentially increasing the
risk of serious injury or death after a crash.
67
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
911 Assist (If Equipped)
• The operating system must be powered
and working properly at the time of the
incident and throughout feature
activation and use.
• The 911 Assist feature must be set on
before the incident.
• You must pair and connect a Bluetooth®
enabled and compatible cell phone to
the operating system.
• A connected Bluetooth® enabled phone
must have the ability to make and
maintain an outgoing call at the time of
the incident.
• A connected Bluetooth® enabled phone
must have adequate network coverage,
battery power and signal strength.
• The vehicle must have battery power and
be located in the U.S., Canada or in a
territory in which 911 is the emergency
number.
Note: If any user sets 911 Assist to on or off,
that setting applies for all paired phones. If
911 Assist is switched off and the phone is
connected to the operating system, an icon
displays on the status bar.
Note: Every phone operates differently.
While 911 Assist works with most cellular
phones, some may have trouble using this
feature.
EMERGENCY CALL LIMITATIONS
The 911 Assist feature only operates in the
U.S., Canada or in a territory in which 911 is
the emergency number.
This feature does not operate properly if:
• Your cellular phone or 911 Assist
hardware sustains damage in a crash.
• The vehicle's battery or the operating
system has no power.
• The phone(s) thrown from your vehicle
are the ones paired and connected to
the system.
68
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
911 Assist (If Equipped)
REMOTE CONTROL LIMITATIONS
WARNING: Changes or modifications
not expressively approved by the party
responsible for compliance could void the
user's authority to operate the equipment.
The term "IC:" before the radio certification
number only signifies that Industry Canada
technical specifications were met.
This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC
Rules and with Industry Canada
license-exempt RSS standard(s). Operation
is subject to the following two conditions: (1)
This device may not cause harmful
interference, and (2) This device must accept
any interference received, including
interference that may cause undesired
operation.
Make sure a valid remote control is within
3 ft (1 m) from the front door handles and rear
of vehicle.
The system may not function if:
• The remote control remains stationary
for about a minute.
• The vehicle battery has no charge.
• The remote control battery has no
charge.
• There is interference causing issues with
the remote control frequencies.
• The remote control is too close to metal
objects or electronic devices, for example
keys or a cell phone.
USING THE REMOTE CONTROL
WARNING: Do not leave a key or
remote control unattended in the vehicle.
Children or pets could operate the power
windows, moonroof or other controls.
Failure to follow this instruction could result
in personal injury or death.
Use your remote control to access various
vehicle systems.
Note: The buttons on your remote may vary
depending on the vehicle region or options.
Unlock
E138629
Press the button to unlock all
doors. See Unlocking and
Locking the Doors Using the
Remote Control (page 79).
Lock
E138623
Press the button to lock all doors.
See Unlocking and Locking the
Doors Using the Remote Control
(page 79).
Remote Start
E138625
Press the button twice within three
seconds to remote start. See
Remotely Starting and Stopping
the Vehicle (page 142).
69
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Keys and Remote Controls
Opening and Closing the Liftgate
E267940
Press the button twice within three
seconds to open or close the
liftgate. See Opening the Liftgate
Using the Remote Control (page 93).
Panic Alarm (If Equipped)
E138624
Press the button to sound the
panic alarm. See Sounding the
Panic Alarm (page 70).
REMOVING THE KEY BLADE
E322866
Push the release button on your passive key
and pull the key blade out.
SOUNDING THE PANIC ALARM
E138624
Press the button to sound the
panic alarm. Press the button
again, or switch the ignition on to
turn it off.
Note: The panic alarm only operates when
the ignition is off.
LOCATING YOUR VEHICLE
E138623
Press the lock button twice within
three seconds. The turn signal
lamps flash.
Note: We recommend you use this method
to locate your vehicle.
70
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Keys and Remote Controls
CHANGING THE REMOTE
CONTROL BATTERY
WARNING: Keep batteries away from
children to prevent ingestion. Failure to
follow this instruction could result in
personal injury or death. If ingested,
immediately seek medical attention.
WARNING: If the battery
compartment does not securely close, stop
using the remote control and replace it as
soon as possible. In the meantime, keep
the remote control away from children.
Failure to follow this instruction could result
in personal injury or death.
The remote control uses one coin-type 3-volt
lithium battery CR2450 or equivalent.
E322866
1. Push the release button and pull the key
blade out.
E303824
2. Twist a thin coin under the tab hidden
behind the key blade head to remove
the battery cover.
71
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Keys and Remote Controls
E218402
3. Insert a screwdriver, and carefully remove
the battery.
4. Install a new battery with the + facing
upward.
5. Reinstall the battery housing cover onto
the transmitter and install the key blade.
E107998
Dispose of old batteries in an
environmentally friendly way. Seek
advice from your local authority
about recycling old batteries.
Note: Do not wipe off any grease on the
battery terminals or on the back surface of
the circuit board.
Note: Replacing the battery does not erase
the programmed key from your vehicle. The
remote control should operate normally.
REPLACING A LOST KEY OR
REMOTE CONTROL
You can purchase replacement keys or
remote controls from an authorized dealer.
Authorized dealers can program remote
controls for your vehicle.
E151795
Note: Your vehicle keys came with a
security label that provides important key
cut information. Keep the label in a safe
place for future reference.
PROGRAMMING THE REMOTE
CONTROL
General Information
You must have two previously programmed
remote controls inside your vehicle and the
new unprogrammed remote controls readily
accessible. Contact an authorized dealer to
have the spare remote control programmed
if two previously programmed remotes are
not available. Make sure that your vehicle
is off before beginning this procedure. Make
72
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Keys and Remote Controls
sure that you close all the doors before
beginning and that they remain closed
throughout the procedure. Perform all steps
within 30 seconds of starting the sequence.
Stop and wait for at least one minute before
starting again if you perform any steps out
of sequence.
Read and understand the entire procedure
before you begin.
Note: You can program a maximum of four
remote controls to your vehicle.
Note: If your programmed remote controls
are lost or stolen and you do not have an
extra coded remote, you need to have your
vehicle towed to an authorized dealer. Store
an extra programmed remote away from
your vehicle in a safe place to help prevent
any inconvenience. Contact an authorized
dealer to purchase additional spare or
replacement remotes.
Steps for Programming Your Spare
Remote Control
Note: Your vehicle is equipped with one of
the following center consoles.
Programming Backup Location
E312216
E269950
1. Place the first programmed remote in the
backup slot inside the cup holder or
center console with your foot off the
brake pedal, press and release the push
button ignition switch.
2. Wait five seconds and then press and
release the push button ignition switch
again.
3. Remove the remote control.
4. Within 10 seconds, place a second
programmed remote control in the
backup slot. Press and release the push
button ignition switch.
5. Wait five seconds and then press and
release the push button ignition switch
again. Keep the ignition on for at least
three seconds, but no more than 10
seconds.
6. Remove the remote control.
7. Place the unprogrammed remote control
in the backup slot and press and release
the push button ignition switch.
73
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Keys and Remote Controls
Programming is now complete. With your
foot on the brake pedal, press the push
button ignition switch to verify the remote
control functions operate and your vehicle
starts with the new remote control.
If programming was not successful, wait 10
seconds and repeat Steps 1 through 7. If you
are still unsuccessful, take your vehicle to an
authorized dealer.
KEYS AND REMOTE CONTROLS
AUDIBLE WARNINGS
Key In Reminder
Sounds when the following conditions are
met:
• Vehicle is out of park (P).
• You switch the vehicle off.
• You open the driver's door.
• You have left the key inside the vehicle.
KEYS AND REMOTE CONTROLS – TROUBLESHOOTING
KEYS AND REMOTE CONTROLS – INFORMATION MESSAGES
ActionMessage
Replace remote control battery.Key Battery Low Replace Soon
74
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Keys and Remote Controls
WHAT IS PHONE AS A KEY
Phone as a Key allows you to use your phone
in place of a passive key.
You can use your phone for the following
functions:
• Remote locking and unlocking.
• Passive entry and exit.
• Passive start and drive the vehicle.
• Remote start.
• Memory function recall.
PHONE AS A KEY LIMITATIONS
Limitations can vary based on the make and
model of your phone, phone location and
physical obstructions.
The following items could impact Phone as
a Key performance or prevent functionality
in some cases:
• The typical operating range for Phone as
a Key is 131 ft (40 m).
• Your Bluetooth® connection is not
enabled, is disrupted, or out of range.
• Phone as a Key is not active or enabled
on at least one phone.
• Your vehicle battery has depleted.
• Your phone battery has depleted.
• Interference from other devices using
radio frequencies or physical
obstructions.
• Your phone is too close to metal objects
or other electronic devices.
Note: Do not leave a duplicate coded key
in the vehicle. Always take your keys and
phone and lock all doors when leaving the
vehicle.
PROGRAMMING YOUR PHONE
To program your device as Phone as a Key:
1. Visit your device's app store to download
the Lincoln Way app.
2. Create a new account or sign in to an
existing account on the Lincoln Way app.
3. Add the vehicle identification number to
your account and follow the prompts in
the Lincoln Way app to complete the
authorization process.
4. After the authorization is complete, you
can set up Phone as a Key following the
prompts in the Lincoln Way app.
5. After Phone as a Key is set up, you can
set up the backup start passcode by
following the prompts on your
touchscreen.
Note: Keep your new backup start passcode
with you in case of an emergency.
Resetting Phone as a Key
To reset Phone as a Key from your vehicle
See Performing a System Reset (page 475).
USING THE VALET MODE
Classic Valet Mode
Enabling Valet Mode
Make sure the remote control is in your
vehicle.
75
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Phone as a Key
1. From the controls menu, press Valet
Mode. See Center Display (page 456).
2. Enter a four digit code to lock the
touchscreen.
3. Reenter the same four digit code to
complete enabling valet mode.
Disabling Valet Mode
1. Press Exit Valet Mode.
2. Enter your four digit code to disable valet
mode and unlock your touchscreen.
Enhanced Valet Mode
Enabling Valet Mode
Have your backup start passcode completely
set up before using valet mode. See
Programming Your Phone (page 75).
Note: If your vehicle detects a remote
control, the system defaults to classic valet
mode.
1. From the controls menu, press Valet
Mode. See Center Display (page 456).
2. Press Valet Mode.
Note: If the system detects a valid Phone as
a Key, a valet passcode displays on both the
touchscreen and mobile app.
Note: If the system does not detect a valid
Phone as a Key, it prompts you to enter your
backup start passcode on the touchscreen.
Once validated, a valet passcode displays
on the touchscreen.
3. Provide the valet the first five digits of the
valet passcode to enter on the keyless
entry keypad to unlock your vehicle.
4. Provide the valet the eight-digit valet
passcode to enter on the touchscreen to
start and drive your vehicle.
Disabling Valet Mode
1. Press Exit Valet Mode.
Note: If the system detects a valid Phone as
a Key, valet mode disables.
Note: If the system does not detect a valid
Phone as a Key, it prompts you to enter your
backup start passcode. Once validated, valet
mode disables.
USING THE BACKUP START
PASSCODE
Make sure you have Phone as a Key active
on at least one phone to use the previously
created backup start passcode. See
Programming Your Phone (page 75).
1. Press the brake pedal and the push
button ignition switch. If the system does
not detect a valid Phone as a Key or
remote control, a message appears on
the touchscreen and the system prompts
you for your backup start passcode.
Note: The touchscreen times out after 30
seconds with no interaction.
Note: If the backup start passcode screen
does not appear, press the brake pedal and
push button ignition switch again.
2. Use the touchscreen to enter your
backup start passcode.
3. After entering your backup start
passcode, press Enter within 30 seconds.
4. Once the system validates the backup
start passcode, a message alerts you to
start your vehicle.
76
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Phone as a Key
5. Press the brake pedal and the push
button ignition switch within 20 seconds
to start the vehicle.
6. If your vehicle does not start, repeat
steps 1-5.
System Lockout
The system locks after five combined
incorrect attempts of the following:
• Entering a backup start passcode.
• Resetting a current passcode.
• Entering a valet mode passcode.
Note: The system remains locked for a short
period of time. After that the system allows
passcodes to be entered again.
PHONE AS A KEY –
TROUBLESHOOTING
PHONE AS A KEY – FREQUENTLY
ASKED QUESTIONS
How can I tell if my vehicle has Phone
as a Key?
• The vehicle's touchscreen shows the
Phone as a Key reset option.
• Additional control buttons appear on the
home screen of the Lincoln Way app if
you have already set up Phone as a Key
on your vehicle through the Lincoln Way
app.
What happens if I cannot unlock the
vehicle with Phone as a Key?
• Attempt to move your phone closer to
the vehicle.
• Check that the Lincoln Way app is still
running and that the Phone as a Key
control screen shows Bluetooth® is
connected. If the phone is connected,
attempt to press the remote unlock
button in the Lincoln Way app. If the
phone is not connected or the remote
unlock button does not work in the
Lincoln Way app, attempt to force close
and restart the app.
77
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Phone as a Key
Why do I get a No Key Detected
message in the instrument cluster
display when I am using Phone as a
Key and my phone is in the car?
• Your phone’ s Bluetooth® connection has
been disrupted or is not connected. Try
reconnecting your phone's Bluetooth®
connection.
• Move the phone closer to the center of
the vehicle near the cup holder or center
console.
• Verify Phone as a Key is still active,
enabled and has not been revoked.
What do I do if my phone is lost,
damaged or the battery has depleted?
• Use the backup start passcode that you
created. See Using the Backup Start
Passcode (page 76).
How many phones can I use for Phone
as a Key?
• You can program and activate up to four
phones with Phone as a Key to control
your vehicle.
How does a valet drive my car if I only
use Phone as a Key?
• Have the valet use the temporary valet
passcode that you created. See Using
the Valet Mode (page 75).
I uninstalled my Lincoln Way app and
reinstalled it. Why am I not able to set
up Phone as a Key again?
• Using the key list in the Lincoln Way app
remove the key that was previously
associated with your phone.
• Reset Phone as a Key from your vehicle,
and then set up Phone as a Key again.
See Programming Your Phone (page
75).
Why can I not remotely start the
vehicle with Phone as a Key?
• Using the Lincoln Way app, verify your
Phone as a Key setup is complete and
Bluetooth® is connected on at least one
phone. If Phone as a Key setup is not
complete, complete the setup as
prompted from the Lincoln Way app. See
Programming Your Phone (page 75).
78
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Phone as a Key
OPERATING THE DOORS FROM
OUTSIDE YOUR VEHICLE
UNLOCKING AND LOCKING THE
DOORS USING THE REMOTE
CONTROL
You can only use the remote control when
your vehicle is stationary.
Unlocking the Doors
E267112
Press the button to unlock all
doors. One long flash of the turn
signal lamps confirms that your
vehicle has unlocked.
One-Stage Unlocking
E138629
Press the button to unlock all
doors.
Two-Stage Unlocking (If Equipped)
E138629
Press the button to unlock the
driver's door. Press the button
again within three seconds to
unlock all doors.
Locking the Doors
E267111
Press the button to lock all doors.
One short flash of the turn signal
lamps confirms your vehicle is
locked.
A tone sounds when you press the lock
button twice within three seconds on the
remote control to confirm your vehicle is
locked.
Note: For more information on operating the
doors from outside your vehicle See Keyless
Entry (page 84).
UNLOCKING AND LOCKING THE
DOORS USING THE KEY BLADE
If there is a power door lock fault you can
use the key blade to lock and unlock the
doors.
E394816
Lock.A
Unlock.B
Release the key blade from the remote
control. See Removing the Key Blade (page
70).
79
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Doors and Locks
OPERATING THE DOORS FROM
INSIDE YOUR VEHICLE
UNLOCKING AND LOCKING THE
DOORS USING THE CENTRAL
LOCKING
The power door lock control is on the front
doors.
E267112
Press the button to unlock all
doors.
E267111
Press the button to lock all doors.
Note: The central locking only operates if
the front doors are fully closed.
OPENING THE DOORS FROM INSIDE
YOUR VEHICLE
Front Doors
E232417
Press the door release button on
the armrest to release the door.
Push to open the door.
Rear Doors
E232417
Press the unlock switch on the
door and then press the door
release button on the armrest to
release the door. The first press unlocks the
door and the second press unlatches the
door. Push to open the door.
Note: When your vehicle reaches a speed
greater than 2 mph (3 km/h), you can only
release the door by pressing the unlock
button and then the door release button
within two seconds.
Note: Do not use the door latch assembly
to attach any accessory, such as handles or
steps, as this can damage your vehicle.
DOOR LOCK SWITCH INHIBITOR
HOW DOES THE DOOR LOCK SWITCH
INHIBITOR WORK
The door lock switch inhibitor is a theft
protection feature that prevents someone
unlocking the vehicle from inside using the
power door lock control switch.
When you lock your vehicle with the remote
control, the power door lock control switch
does no longer operate after 20 seconds.
Note: You must unlock your vehicle with the
remote control, or switch the ignition on, to
restore the power door lock control switch
function.
AUTOUNLOCK
WHAT IS AUTOUNLOCK
Autounlock is a feature that centrally unlocks
the vehicle doors when your vehicle comes
to a stop and you open the driver door.
AUTOUNLOCK REQUIREMENTS
Autounlock unlocks all the doors after:
1. The vehicle speed exceeds 12 mph
(20 km/h).
2. Your vehicle comes to a stop.
3. You open the driver door.
Note: Autounlock operates for only 10
minutes after the ignition is switched off.
80
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Doors and Locks
SWITCHING AUTOUNLOCK ON AND
OFF
1. From the settings menu, press Vehicle.
See Center Display (page 456).
2. Press Locks.
3. Switch Autounlock on or off.
AUTOLOCK
WHAT IS AUTOLOCK
Autolock is a locking feature that centrally
locks your vehicle doors when driving.
AUTOLOCK REQUIREMENTS
Autolock locks all the doors after:
1. All doors are closed and the ignition is
on.
2. Your vehicle speed exceeds 12 mph
(20 km/h).
Autolock repeats if:
1. Your vehicle is stopped.
2. Any door is opened and closed again.
3. Your vehicle speed exceeds 12 mph
(20 km/h).
SWITCHING AUTOLOCK ON AND OFF
1. From the settings menu, press Vehicle.
See Center Display (page 456).
2. Press Locks.
3. Switch Autolock on or off.
MISLOCK
WHAT IS MISLOCK
Mislock is a locking feature that warns you
if your vehicle has not locked.
HOW DOES MISLOCK WORK
The horn sounds when you press the lock
button on the remote control and a door is
open.
MISLOCK LIMITATIONS
When you press the lock button once, the
direction indicators do not flash if:
• Any door or the liftgate is open.
• The hood is open.
When you press the lock button twice within
three seconds, the horn sounds if:
• Any door or the liftgate is open.
• The hood is open.
If you switch mislock off, the horn does not
sound if you press the lock button on the
remote control when a door is open.
SWITCHING MISLOCK ON AND OFF
1. From the settings menu, press Vehicle.
See Center Display (page 456).
2. Press Locks.
3. Switch Mislock chirp on or off.
81
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Doors and Locks
DOOR LOCK INDICATORS
An LED on the power door lock control
illuminates when all doors are locked. It
remains on for up to five minutes after you
switch the ignition off.
DOORS AND LOCKS AUDIBLE
WARNINGS
Door Ajar Audible Warning
Sounds when any front door is not fully
closed and your vehicle is moving.
DOORS AND LOCKS –
TROUBLESHOOTING
DOORS AND LOCKS – WARNING
LAMPS
Door Ajar Warning Lamp
E249859
Illuminates when you switch the
ignition on and remains on if any
door or the hood is open.
DOORS AND LOCKS – INFORMATION MESSAGES
DetailsMessage
Displays if a door is open. Fully close the door.Driver Door Ajar
Passenger Door Ajar
Rear Left Door Ajar
Rear Right Door Ajar
Displays if a hood is open. Fully close the hood.Hood Ajar
82
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Doors and Locks
DOORS AND LOCKS – FREQUENTLY
ASKED QUESTIONS
Can accessories such as steps or
handles be used with the latch
assembly?
• Do not use the door latch assembly to
attach any accessory, such as handles
or steps, as this can cause damage to
your vehicle.
83
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Doors and Locks
WHAT IS KEYLESS ENTRY
The system allows you to lock and unlock
your vehicle without taking the passive key
out of your pocket or purse.
KEYLESS ENTRY LIMITATIONS
Make sure your remote control is within 3 ft
(1 m) of the front door handles and the
liftgate.
The system may not function if:
• The remote control remains stationary
for about 2 minutes.
• The vehicle battery has no charge.
• The remote control battery has no
charge.
• There is interference causing issues with
the remote control frequencies.
• The remote control is too close to metal
objects or electronic devices, for example
keys or a cell phone.
KEYLESS ENTRY SETTINGS
Reprogramming the Unlocking
Function (If Equipped)
You can enable the two-stage unlocking
function allowing you to unlock only the
driver door when you touch the unlock
sensor.
Press and hold both the lock and unlock
buttons on the remote control for four
seconds to disable or enable two-stage
unlocking.
If you program the unlocking function so that
only the driver door unlocks, you can unlock
all of the other doors from inside your vehicle
using the power door lock control. You can
unlock individual doors by pulling the interior
door handles on those doors.
Key Detection Alert
Displays a message in the instrument cluster
if no valid key is detected, when you exit
your vehicle with a key, after the last front
door is closed and your keyless vehicle is in
run, indicating your vehicle is still on. An
audible alert sounds if you have driven the
vehicle and reached a speed of 16 mph
(25 km/h) and the above mentioned
conditions are met.
You can switch the audible alert on or off.
1. From the settings menu, press Vehicle.
See Center Display (page 456).
2. Switch Key Detection Alert On or Off.
84
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Keyless Entry
USING KEYLESS ENTRY
Unlocking the Doors
E295769
With your passive key within 3 ft (1 m) of your
vehicle, gently press the switch inside the
exterior door handle to unlock and open the
door. An unlock symbol illuminates on the
door window trim indicating your vehicle is
unlocked.
Locking the Doors
E295770
85
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Keyless Entry
With your passive key within 3 ft (1 m) of your
vehicle, touch the lock sensor below the
keyless entry keypad. A lock symbol
illuminates on the door window trim
indicating your vehicle is locked and you can
no longer release the door using the exterior
door handle switches. If you touch the lock
sensor when the intelligent access key is not
within 3 ft (1 m), the lock status displays but
it does not lock the doors.
Swipe across the locking sensor to display
the current lock status of your vehicle. The
lock status also displays when you open a
door or when the lock status changes.
Note: You cannot use the locking sensors
to unlock your vehicle.
Opening the Liftgate with the Remote
Control
E291416
Press the exterior liftgate release button
inside of the liftgate handle. The liftgate
unlocks and opens. See Opening the
Liftgate From Outside Your Vehicle (page
92).
KEYLESS ENTRY –
TROUBLESHOOTING
KEYLESS ENTRY – FREQUENTLY
ASKED QUESTIONS
Why does the keyless entry system not
function?
If the system does not function it may
be limited. See Keyless Entry
Limitations (page 84). If the system still
does not function use the remote
control or the key blade to lock and
unlock your vehicle.
Why can I not lock my vehicle?
If you electronically lock your vehicle
with a rear door or the liftgate open, the
system searches for a passive key inside
your vehicle after you close the last
door. If the system detects a key, all
doors unlock indicating that a key is
inside. Your vehicle locks if another
passive key is within the detection range
after you close the last door.
86
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Keyless Entry
WHAT IS THE KEYLESS ENTRY
KEYPAD
The keyless entry keypad allows you to lock
and unlock your vehicle using the keypad
on the window trim.
KEYLESS ENTRY KEYPAD
LIMITATIONS
The system may not function if:
• The vehicle battery has no charge.
LOCATING THE KEYLESS ENTRY
KEYPAD
The keypad is near the driver window and
illuminates when you press it.
E190936
KEYLESS ENTRY KEYPAD MASTER
ACCESS CODE
What is the Master Access Code
The master access code is a factory-set
five-digit entry code. You can operate the
keypad with the master access code at any
time. The master access code can be
displayed in the instrument cluster display
and is available from an authorized dealer.
Displaying the Master Access Code in
the Instrument Cluster Display
Read and understand the following before
you begin the process.
• You must have two previously
programmed intelligent access key inside
your vehicle.
• Make sure that your vehicle is off.
• Make sure you do not press the brake
pedal during the procedure.
• Make sure that you close all the doors
and that they remain closed throughout
the procedure.
Perform all steps within 30 seconds of
starting the sequence. If you perform any of
the steps out of sequence, stop and wait for
at least one minute before starting again.
Note: Do not place the device on the
wireless accessory charging area during the
procedure.
1. Access the backup slot. See Accessing
the Passive Key Backup Position (page
189).
87
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Keyless Entry Keypad (If Equipped)
2. Place the first intelligent access key into
the backup slot.
3. Press the push button ignition switch
once and wait for a few seconds.
4. Press the push button ignition switch
again and remove the intelligent access
key from the center console.
5. Insert the second programmed intelligent
access key into the backup slot in the
center console, then press the push
button ignition switch.
The master access code appears in the
instrument cluster display for a few seconds.
Note: The code may not display until after
other warning messages display.
KEYLESS ENTRY KEYPAD
PERSONAL ACCESS CODES
Programming a Personal Entry Code
1. Enter the five-digit master code.
2. Press 1·2 on the keypad within five
seconds.
3. Enter your personal five-digit code. You
must do this within five seconds of
completing Step 2.
4. Press 1·2 on the keypad to save personal
code 1.
The doors lock then unlock to confirm that
programming was successful.
To program additional personal entry codes,
repeat Steps 1 through 3, then for Step 4:
• Press 3·4 to save personal code 2.
• Press 5·6 to save personal code 3.
• Press 7·8 to save personal code 4.
• Press 9·0 to save personal code 5.
If your vehicle comes with the operating
system, you can also program the system
with one personal entry code.
Note: Programming a code using the
operating system overwrites any code that
was already saved on the position 9·0 of the
Keypad.
Hints:
• Do not set a code that uses five of the
same number.
• Do not use five numbers in sequential
order.
• The five-digit master code works even if
you have set your own personal code.
Erasing a Personal Code
1. Enter the five-digit master code.
2. Press and release 1·2 on the keypad
within five seconds.
3. Press and hold 1·2 for two seconds. You
must do this within five seconds of
completing Step 2.
All personal codes erase and only the
five-digit master code works.
Anti-Scan Feature
The keypad goes into an anti-scan mode if
you enter the wrong code seven times. This
mode turns off the keypad for one minute
and the keypad lamp flashes.
88
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Keyless Entry Keypad (If Equipped)
The anti-scan feature turns off after:
• One minute of keypad inactivity.
• You press the unlock button on the
remote control.
• You switch the ignition on.
• You unlock your vehicle using keyless
entry.
USING THE KEYLESS ENTRY
KEYPAD
Unlocking the Driver Door
E138637
Enter the factory-set five-digit code or your
personal code. You must press each number
within five seconds of each other.
Note: All doors unlock if the two-stage
unlocking feature is disabled. See Keyless
Entry Settings (page 84).
Unlocking All Doors
Enter the factory-set code or your personal
code, then press 3•4 within five seconds.
Locking the Doors
E138637
Press and hold 7·8 and 9·0 at the same time
with the driver door closed.
Note: You do not need to enter the code
first.
89
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Keyless Entry Keypad (If Equipped)
KEYLESS ENTRY KEYPAD –
TROUBLESHOOTING
KEYLESS ENTRY KEYPAD –
FREQUENTLY ASKED QUESTIONS
Why does the keypad not accept the access
code?
If you enter the access code too fast on
the keypad, the unlock function may not
work. Slowly re-enter the access code.
Why does the keypad not function?
The keypad goes into an anti-scan
mode if you enter a wrong code seven
times. The anti-scan mode disables the
keypad for one minute and the red light
flashes.
90
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Keyless Entry Keypad (If Equipped)
HOW DOES EASY ENTRY AND
EXIT WORK
Easy entry and exit moves the driver seat
rearward and the steering column up when
you switch the ignition off. The driver seat
and steering column return to their previous
positions when you switch the ignition on.
Note: Depending on your vehicle, the column
may move up and in.
SWITCHING EASY ENTRY AND
EXIT ON AND OFF
1. From the settings menu, press Vehicle.
See Center Display (page 456).
2. Press Easy Entry/Exit.
If you press any adjustment or memory
button when in easy exit mode, the system
cancels the operation.
91
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Easy Entry and Exit
LIFTGATE PRECAUTIONS
WARNING: Make sure all persons
are clear of the power liftgate area before
opening or closing the liftgate.
WARNING: It is extremely dangerous
to ride in a cargo area, inside or outside of
a vehicle. In a crash, people riding in these
areas are more likely to be seriously
injured or killed. Do not allow people to
ride in any area of your vehicle that is not
equipped with seats and seatbelts. Make
sure everyone in your vehicle is in a seat
and properly using a seatbelt. Failure to
follow this warning could result in serious
personal injury or death.
WARNING: Make sure that you fully
close the liftgate to prevent exhaust fumes
from entering your vehicle. If you are
unable to fully close the liftgate, open the
air vents or the windows to allow fresh air
to enter your vehicle. Failure to follow this
instruction could result in personal injury
or death.
WARNING: Keep keys out of reach
of children. Do not allow children to
operate or play near an open or moving
power liftgate. You should supervise the
operation of the power liftgate at all times.
OPENING THE LIFTGATE
OPENING THE LIFTGATE FROM INSIDE
YOUR VEHICLE
Using the Touchscreen
With the transmission in park (P), access the
liftgate switch on the touchscreen under
vehicle settings.
Using the Instrument Panel Button
E138633
With the transmission in park (P),
press the button on the instrument
panel.
Note: Be careful when opening or closing
the liftgate in a garage or other enclosed
area to avoid damaging the liftgate.
Note: Do not hang anything, for example a
bike rack, from the glass or liftgate. This
could damage the liftgate and its
components.
Note: Do not leave the liftgate open when
you are driving. This could damage the
liftgate and its components.
OPENING THE LIFTGATE FROM
OUTSIDE YOUR VEHICLE
1. Unlock the liftgate with the remote
control or power door unlock control. If
a remote control is within 3 ft (1 m) of the
liftgate, the liftgate unlocks when you
press the liftgate release button.
92
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Liftgate
E138632
2. Press and release the liftgate control
button.
Note: Allow the power system to open the
liftgate. Manually pushing or pulling the
liftgate may activate the system’s obstacle
detection feature and stop the power
operation or reverse its direction, replicate
a strut failure, or damage mechanical
components.
Note: Be careful when opening or closing
the liftgate in a garage or other enclosed
area to avoid damaging the liftgate.
Note: Do not hang anything, for example a
bike rack, from the glass or liftgate. This
could damage the liftgate and its
components.
Note: Do not leave the liftgate open while
driving. This could damage the liftgate and
its components.
Switching the Power Liftgate On or Off
You can switch the power liftgate on or off
through the vehicle settings in your
instrument cluster.
Note: Depending on your region or vehicle
type the vehicle settings may be located on
your touchscreen.
When switched off, the liftgate only unlatches
and will not power open or close.
OPENING THE LIFTGATE USING THE
REMOTE CONTROL
E267940
Press the button twice within three
seconds.
Note: Be careful when opening or closing
the liftgate in a garage or other enclosed
area to avoid damaging the liftgate.
Note: Do not hang anything, for example a
bike rack, from the glass or liftgate. This
could damage the liftgate and its
components.
Note: Do not leave the liftgate open while
driving. This could damage the liftgate and
its components.
SETTING THE LIFTGATE OPENING
HEIGHT
1. Open the liftgate.
2. Stop the liftgate movement by pressing
the control button on the liftgate when it
reaches the desired height.
Note: Once the liftgate stops moving, you
can manually move it to the desired height.
3. Press and hold the control button on the
liftgate until a tone sounds, indicating
programming is complete.
93
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Liftgate
Note: You can only use the liftgate control
button to program the height.
Note: You cannot program the height if the
liftgate position is too low.
4. The power liftgate now opens at the
programmed height. To change the
programmed height, repeat the steps.
Note: You can fully open the liftgate by
manually pushing it upward to the maximum
open position if it opens in a lower position.
Note: The system recalls the new
programmed height until you reprogram it,
even if you disconnect the battery.
CLOSING THE LIFTGATE
CLOSING THE LIFTGATE FROM INSIDE
YOUR VEHICLE
WARNING: Make sure all persons
are clear of the power liftgate area before
opening or closing the liftgate.
E138633
Press the button on the instrument
panel.
Note: Make sure that you shift the
transmission into park (P) for automatic
transmission or completely stop the vehicle
for manual transmission.
Note: Make sure that you close the liftgate
before operating or moving your vehicle,
especially in an enclosure like a garage or
a parking structure. This could damage the
liftgate and its components.
Note: Make sure the area behind your
vehicle is free from obstruction and that
there is enough room for you to operate the
liftgate. Objects too close to your vehicle,
for example a wall, garage door or another
vehicle may come into contact with the
moving liftgate. This could damage the
liftgate and its components.
Note: Make sure that you fully close the
liftgate to prevent cargo from falling out.
CLOSING THE LIFTGATE FROM
OUTSIDE YOUR VEHICLE
WARNING: Make sure all persons
are clear of the power liftgate area before
opening or closing the liftgate.
E138636
Press the liftgate button.
Note: Make sure that you close the liftgate
before operating or moving your vehicle,
especially in an enclosure like a garage or
a parking structure. This could damage the
liftgate and its components.
94
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Liftgate
Note: Make sure the area behind your
vehicle is free from obstruction and that
there is enough room for you to operate the
liftgate. Objects too close to your vehicle,
for example a wall, garage door or another
vehicle may come into contact with the
moving liftgate. This could damage the
liftgate and its components.
Note: Make sure that you fully close the
liftgate to prevent cargo from falling out.
CLOSING THE LIFTGATE USING THE
REMOTE CONTROL
WARNING: Make sure all persons
are clear of the power liftgate area before
opening or closing the liftgate.
E267940
Press the button twice within three
seconds. A tone sounds when the
liftgate begins to close.
Note: Make sure that you close the liftgate
before operating or moving your vehicle,
especially in an enclosure like a garage or
a parking structure. This could damage the
liftgate and its components.
Note: Make sure the area behind your
vehicle is free from obstruction and that
there is enough room for you to operate the
liftgate. This could damage the liftgate and
its components.
Note: Make sure that you fully close the
liftgate to prevent cargo from falling out.
STOPPING THE LIFTGATE
MOVEMENT
Note: Do not apply sudden excessive force
to the liftgate while it is in motion. This could
damage the power liftgate and its
components.
Note: Selections vary depending on region
or options.
You can stop the liftgate movement by doing
any of the following:
• Pressing the liftgate control button on
the liftgate.
• Pressing the liftgate control button inside
the vehicle.
• Pressing the liftgate button on the remote
control twice.
• Pressing the liftgate button on an
authorized device.
LIFTGATE OBSTACLE DETECTION
Closing the Liftgate
The system stops when it detects an
obstacle. A tone sounds and the system
reverses to open. Once you remove the
obstacle, you can power close the liftgate.
Note: To prevent accidental obstacle
detection, let the power liftgate close
completely before you enter your vehicle.
95
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Liftgate
Opening the Liftgate
The system stops when it detects an
obstacle and a tone sounds. Once you
remove the obstacle, you can continue to
operate the liftgate.
LIFTGATE – TROUBLESHOOTING
LIFTGATE – WARNING LAMPS
E162453
Illuminates when the liftgate is not
completely closed.
LIFTGATE – INFORMATION MESSAGES
ActionMessage
The liftgate is not completely closed. Close the liftgate.Liftgate Ajar
96
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Liftgate
LIFTGATE – FREQUENTLY ASKED
QUESTIONS
Why won't my power liftgate function?
• It can happen in freezing conditions or
when parking on downhill slopes.
• Make sure the power liftgate is enabled
in the vehicle settings menu.
• Make sure the transmission is in park (P),
ensure nothing is obstructing the liftgate
path and there is not excessive weight
on the liftgate.
• If there are continued issues, the battery
voltage may be low or there may be
other system issues. See an authorized
dealer.
97
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Liftgate
PASSIVE ANTI-THEFT SYSTEM
WHAT IS THE PASSIVE ANTI-THEFT
SYSTEM
The passive anti-theft system prevents
someone from starting your vehicle with an
incorrectly coded key.
Note: Do not leave a duplicate coded key
in your vehicle. Always take the keys and
lock all the doors when leaving your vehicle.
HOW DOES THE PASSIVE ANTI-THEFT
SYSTEM WORK
The passive anti-theft system arms when you
switch your vehicle off.
It disarms when you switch your vehicle on
with a correctly coded key.
Note: The system is not compatible with
non-Ford aftermarket remote start systems.
Note: Do not leave a duplicate coded key
in your vehicle. Always take the keys and
lock all doors when leaving your vehicle.
ANTI-THEFT ALARM SYSTEM
WHAT IS THE ANTI-THEFT ALARM
SYSTEM
The anti-theft alarm system warns you of an
unauthorized entry to your vehicle.
HOW DOES THE ANTI-THEFT ALARM
SYSTEM WORK
When armed, the anti-theft alarm is triggered
in any of the following ways:
• If someone opens a door, the tailgate or
the hood without a correctly coded key
or remote control.
• If you turn the power on without a
correctly coded key.
• If the interior sensors detect movement
inside your vehicle.
• If the inclination sensors detect an
attempt to raise your vehicle.
• If someone disconnects the vehicle
battery or the battery backup alarm.
• If someone disconnects the trailer. See
Connecting a Trailer (page 335).
Any further attempts to carry out one of the
above, sounds the alarm again.
If the anti-theft alarm is triggered, the alarm
horn sounds for 30 seconds and the turn
signals flash for five minutes.
WHAT IS THE PERIMETER ALARM
The perimeter alarm is designed to detect
unauthorized access to your vehicle.
WHAT ARE THE INTERIOR SENSORS
The interior sensors are designed to detect
any movement inside your vehicle.
The interior sensors are in the overhead
console.
Note: Do not cover the interior sensors.
98
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Security
WHAT ARE THE INCLINATION
SENSORS
The inclination sensor is designed to detect
an attempt to raise your vehicle, for example
to remove a wheel or to tow it away.
ARMING THE ANTI-THEFT ALARM
SYSTEM
The alarm is ready to arm when you switch
your vehicle off.
Lock your vehicle with your remote control
to arm the alarm.
DISARMING THE ANTI-THEFT ALARM
SYSTEM
Disarm the alarm by performing any of the
following actions:
• Unlock the doors or luggage
compartment with the remote control.
• Switch your vehicle on or start your
vehicle.
ANTI-THEFT ALARM SYSTEM
SETTINGS
WHAT ARE THE ALARM SECURITY
LEVELS
You can select two levels of alarm security,
all sensors and perimeter sensing.
All Sensors
All sensors is the standard setting.
In all sensors, all equipped sensors are on
when you arm the alarm.
Note: Do not arm the alarm with all sensors
if passengers, animals or other moving
objects are inside your vehicle.
Perimeter Sensing
In perimeter sensing, the interior sensors are
off when you arm the alarm.
All the other equipped sensors activate when
you arm the alarm in this mode.
SETTING THE ALARM SECURITY
LEVEL
1. From the settings menu, press Vehicle.
See Center Display (page 456).
2. Press Alarm System.
3. Press Motion Sensors and choose a
setting.
WHAT IS ASK ON EXIT
You can choose which level of security you
require after you switch your vehicle off.
Note: If you do not choose a setting, the
system defaults to all sensors.
SWITCHING ASK ON EXIT ON AND
OFF
1. From the settings menu, press Vehicle.
See Center Display (page 456).
2. Press Alarm System.
3. Switch Ask on Exit on or off.
99
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Security
SECURITY – TROUBLESHOOTING
SECURITY – INFORMATION MESSAGES
DetailsMessage
The system has not detected a correctly coded key.No Key Detected
The system has malfunctioned. Have your vehicle checked as soon as possible.Starting System Fault
Displays when the alarm has been triggered due to unauthorized entry.Vehicle Alarm To Stop Alarm, Start
Vehicle.
Alarm
100
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Security
SECURITY – FREQUENTLY ASKED
QUESTIONS
What should I do if there is a potential
alarm problem with my vehicle?
• Take all remote controls to an authorized
dealer if there is a potential alarm
problem with your vehicle.
What should I do if my vehicle is unable
to start with a correctly coded key?
• Have your vehicle checked as soon as
possible.
101
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Security
ADJUSTING THE STEERING WHEEL
WARNING: Do not adjust the steering
wheel when your vehicle is moving.
Note: Make sure that you are sitting in the
correct position. See Sitting in the Correct
Position (page 153).
E394817
Press the top or bottom of the control to
move the steering wheel up or down.
Press the front or rear of the control to move
the steering wheel in or out.
You can save and recall the steering wheel
position with the memory function. See
Using the Memory Function (page 470).
RESETTING THE STOPPING
POSITION
Note: The steering wheel stops when it
detects an obstruction. This sets a new
stopping position.
To reset the steering column to its normal
stopping position:
1. Confirm there is nothing obstructing the
motion of the steering column.
2. Press and hold the steering column
control until the steering column stops
moving.
3. Press the steering column control again.
Note: The steering column may start to move
again.
4. When the steering column stops,
continue holding the control for a few
seconds.
5. Repeat for each direction, as necessary.
HORN
E270945
Press on the center of the steering
wheel near the horn icon to
activate the horn.
SWITCHING THE HEATED
STEERING WHEEL ON AND OFF
E256621
To activate the heated steering
wheel, press the button on the
touchscreen. An indicator
illuminates when the heated steering wheel
is on. To turn it off, press the heated steering
wheel button again.
Note: The engine must be running to use
the heated steering wheel.
Note: A sensor regulates the temperature
of the steering wheel.
102
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Steering Wheel
Note: The heated steering wheel may
remain on after remote starting your vehicle,
depending on the remote start settings. It
may also turn on when you start your vehicle
if it was on the last time the engine was
switched off.
Note: In warm temperatures, the steering
wheel quickly reaches its maximum
temperature and the system reduces the
current to the heating element. This could
cause you to think that the system has
stopped working but it has not. This is
normal.
103
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Steering Wheel
WIPERS
WIPER PRECAUTIONS
Do not operate the wipers on a dry
windshield. This could scratch the glass or
damage the wiper blades. Use the
windshield washers before wiping a dry
windshield.
Fully defrost the windshield before you
switch the windshield wipers on.
Switch the windshield wipers off before
entering a car wash.
SWITCHING WINDSHIELD WIPERS ON
AND OFF - VEHICLES WITHOUT:
HEATED WIPER BLADES
E269410
Single wipe.A
Intermittent wipe/Auto wipe.B
Normal wipe.C
High-speed wipe.D
E270969
Push the lever up or down to
operate the windshield wipers.
SWITCHING WINDSHIELD WIPERS ON
AND OFF - VEHICLES WITH: HEATED
WIPER BLADES
Heated Windshield Wipers
The heated wiper blades turn on in low
temperature when the windshield wipers are
active or defrost or max defrost is on. See
Switching Defrost On and Off (page 144).
See Switching Maximum Defrost On and
Off (page 145).
Note: In below freezing temperatures, the
heated wiper blades turn on when the wipers
are inactive.
AUTOWIPERS
WHAT ARE AUTOWIPERS
Autowipers turns on and controls the speed
and frequency of the windshield wipers.
AUTOWIPERS SETTINGS
1. From the settings menu, press Vehicle.
See Center Display (page 456).
104
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Wipers and Washers
2. Press Wipers.
3. Switch Rain sensing on or off.
Note: When you switch the feature off, the
wipers do not operate based on the rain
sensor. When you switch on the windshield
wipers to the intermittent wipe position with
the feature off, the wipers use the wipe
speed set by the rotary control.
ADJUSTING THE SENSITIVITY OF THE
RAIN SENSOR
E330179
High sensitivity.A
Low sensitivity.B
Use the rotary control to set the sensitivity
of the rain sensor.
When you select high sensitivity, the wipers
operate when the sensor detects a small
amount of water on the windshield.
When you select low sensitivity, the wipers
operate when the sensor detects a large
amount of water on the windshield.
SWITCHING THE REAR WINDOW
WIPER ON AND OFF
E396130
Rear window wiper off.A
Intermittent wipe.B
Continuous wipe.C
105
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Wipers and Washers
REVERSE WIPE
WHAT IS REVERSE WIPE
Reverse wipe turns on the rear window wiper
when you shift into reverse (R) and the
windshield wipers are on.
REVERSE WIPE SETTINGS
1. From the settings menu, press Vehicle.
See Center Display (page 456).
2. Press Wipers.
3. Switch Rear wiper on or off.
CHECKING THE WIPER BLADES
E142463
Run the tip of your fingers over the edge of
the blade to check for roughness.
REPLACING THE FRONT WIPER
BLADES - VEHICLES WITHOUT:
HEATED WIPER BLADES
Make sure your vehicle is off before
beginning this procedure.
Note: Do not manually move the wiper arms
when the vehicle is on or in accessory mode,
this could damage the wiper motor.
E129990
1. Lift the wiper arm and then press the
wiper blade locking buttons together.
Note: Do not hold the wiper blade to lift the
wiper arm.
Note: Make sure that the wiper arm does
not spring back against the glass when the
wiper blade is not attached.
2. Slightly rotate the wiper blade.
3. Remove the wiper blade.
4. To install, reverse the removal procedure.
Note: Make sure that the wiper blade locks
into place.
106
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Wipers and Washers
REPLACING THE FRONT WIPER
BLADES - VEHICLES WITH:
HEATED WIPER BLADES
Replacing the Rubber Insert
E292277
1. Remove the wiper blade.
2. Use a suitable tool, for example a
screwdriver, to carefully move the tab on
the end cap.
3. Pull the end cap to release the rubber
insert
4. To install, reverse the removal procedure.
REPLACING THE REAR WIPER
BLADES
E271380
1. Lift the wiper arm.
Note: Do not hold the wiper blade to lift the
wiper arm.
107
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Wipers and Washers
Note: Do not lift the wiper arm beyond the
limited service-up position, as this might
cause damage to the wiper arm. The limited
service-up position is intended to protect the
wiper arm against car washes.
2. Remove the wiper blade.
Note: Make sure that the wiper arm does
not spring back against the glass when the
wiper blade is not attached.
3. To install, reverse the removal procedure.
Note: Make sure that the wiper blade locks
into place.
WASHERS
WASHER PRECAUTIONS
WARNING: If you operate your
vehicle in temperatures below 41°F (5°C),
use washer fluid with antifreeze protection.
Failure to use washer fluid with antifreeze
protection in cold weather could result in
impaired windshield vision and increase
the risk of injury or accident.
Do not operate the washers when the
washer reservoir is empty. This could cause
the washer pump to overheat.
Keep the outside of the windshield clean.
The rain sensor is very sensitive and the
wipers may operate if dirt, mist or insects hit
the windshield.
USING THE WINDSHIELD WASHER
E269412
E270967
Pull the lever toward you to
operate the windshield washer.
Note: A courtesy wipe occurs a short time
after the wipers stop to clear any remaining
washer fluid when switched on. See
Switching the Courtesy Wipe On and Off
(page 108).
SWITCHING THE COURTESY WIPE ON
AND OFF
1. From the settings menu, press Vehicle.
See Center Display (page 456).
2. Press Wipers.
3. Switch Courtesy wipe on or off.
108
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Wipers and Washers
USING THE REAR WINDOW WASHER
E269727
Push the lever away from you to operate the
rear window washer.
ADDING WASHER FLUID
E394846
WASHER FLUID SPECIFICATION
See Washer Fluid Specification (page 436).
WIPERS AND WASHERS –
TROUBLESHOOTING
WIPERS AND WASHERS – WARNING
LAMPS
E132353
Illuminates when the windshield
washer fluid is low.
WIPERS AND WASHERS –
FREQUENTLY ASKED QUESTIONS
Why are there streaks and smears on
the windshield?
• The wiper blades could be dirty, worn or
damaged. Check the wiper blades. See
Checking the Wiper Blades (page 106).
If the wiper blades are dirty, clean them
with washer fluid or water applied with a
soft sponge or cloth. If the wiper blades
are worn or damaged, install new ones.
See Replacing the Front Wiper Blades
(page 106).
109
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Wipers and Washers
EXTERIOR LIGHTING CONTROL
E344567
Headlamps on.A
Autolamps on.B
Parking lamps on.C
Lamps off.D
Press the toggle switch upward or downward
to make a selection.
Note: The lighting control defaults to
autolamps each time you switch your vehicle
on.
HEADLAMPS
USING THE HIGH BEAM HEADLAMPS
E339556
E67019
Push the lever away from you to
switch the high beam on.
Push the lever forward again or pull the lever
toward you to switch the high beams off.
Slightly pull the lever toward you and release
it to flash the headlamps.
Note: Continuous activation only with
headlamps on.
SWITCHING HEADLAMP EXIT DELAY
ON AND OFF
To switch headlamp exit delay on, pull the
turn signal lever toward you when the
headlamps are off and the ignition is off. A
short tone sounds when the system is on.
To switch headlamp exit delay off, pull the
turn signal lever toward you again or switch
your vehicle on.
Note: The headlamps turn off after three
minutes with any door open or 30 seconds
after the last door closes.
ADJUSTING THE LEVEL OF THE
HEADLAMPS
Your vehicle has a dynamic leveling system.
The headlamps do not require additional aim
adjustment.
110
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Exterior Lighting
HEADLAMP INDICATORS
Lamps On
E71341
Illuminates when you switch the
low beam headlamps or the
parking lamps on.
Headlamp High Beam
E67019
Illuminates when you switch the
high beam headlamps on.
HEADLAMPS – TROUBLESHOOTING
HEADLAMPS – FREQUENTLY ASKED
QUESTIONS
Why is there condensation in the
headlamps?
• Headlamps have vents to accommodate
normal changes in air pressure.
Condensation can be a natural
by-product of this design. When moist air
enters the lamp assembly through the
vents, there is a possibility that
condensation can occur when the
temperature is cold. When normal
condensation occurs, a fine mist can form
on the interior of the lens. The fine mist
eventually clears and exits through the
vents during normal operation.
How much condensation is acceptable?
• The presence of a fine mist, for example
no streaks, drip marks or large droplets.
A fine mist covers less than 50% of the
lens.
How long does it take for the
acceptable condensation to clear?
• Clearing time can take as long as 48
hours under dry weather conditions.
How much condensation is
unacceptable?
• A water puddle inside the lamp. Streaks,
drip marks or large droplets present on
the interior of the lens.
What should I do if unacceptable
condensation is present?
• Have your vehicle checked as soon as
possible.
Why do my headlamps turn off when I
have them switched on when I switch
my vehicle off?
• The battery saver turns the headlamps
off after a short period of time after you
switch your vehicle off.
AUTOLAMPS
WHAT ARE AUTOLAMPS
WARNING: The system does not
relieve you of your responsibility to drive
with due care and attention. You may need
to override the system if it does not turn
the headlamps on in low visibility
conditions, for example daytime fog.
111
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Exterior Lighting
Autolamps turn the headlamps on in low light
situations or when the windshield wipers
operate.
AUTOLAMP SETTINGS
Autolamp Exit Delay
You can adjust the amount of time the
autolamps remain on after you switch off
your vehicle. Use the touchscreen to choose
a delay setting.
1. From the settings menu, press Vehicle.
See Center Display (page 456).
2. Press Lighting.
3. Press Autolamp Delay.
4. Select a setting.
Note: If the setting is off, the external lamps
switch off immediately when you shut down
your vehicle.
Note: You can pull the turn signal toward
you to manually switch off the autolamp exit
delay.
EXTERIOR LAMPS
USING THE TURN SIGNAL LAMPS
E273180
E67018
Push the lever up or down to
switch the turn signal lamps on.
Set the lever to the middle position to switch
the turn signal lamps off.
Note: Tap the lever up or down to make the
turn signal lamps flash three times.
Turn Signal Lamp Indicator
E67018
It flashes when you switch the turn
signal lamps on.
Note: An increase in the rate of flashing
warns of a failed turn signal lamp.
SWITCHING THE DAYTIME RUNNING
LAMPS ON AND OFF - VEHICLES
WITH: CONFIGURABLE DAYTIME
RUNNING LAMPS
WARNING: The daytime running
lamps system does not activate the rear
lamps and may not provide adequate
lighting during low visibility driving
conditions. Make sure you switch the
headlamps on, as appropriate, during all
low visibility conditions. Failure to do so
may result in a crash.
1. From the settings menu, press Vehicle.
See Center Display (page 456).
2. Press Lighting.
3. Switch Daytime Running Lights on or off.
112
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Exterior Lighting
The daytime running lamps turn on when all
of the following occur:
• You switch the system on.
• You switch your vehicle on.
• The transmission is not in park (P) for
vehicles with automatic transmissions or
you release the parking brake for
vehicles with manual transmissions.
• The lighting control is in the autolamps
position.
• The headlamps are off.
Note: Other lighting control positions do not
turn on the daytime running lamps.
SWITCHING THE DAYTIME RUNNING
LAMPS ON AND OFF - VEHICLES
WITH: DAYTIME RUNNING LAMPS
(DRL)
WARNING: The daytime running
lamps system may not activate the rear
lamps and may not provide adequate
lighting during low visibility driving
conditions. Make sure you switch the
headlamps on, as appropriate, during all
low visibility conditions. Failure to do so
may result in a crash.
Daytime running lamps are always on unless
you switch on the headlamps or your vehicle
is in park (P).
SWITCHING WELCOME LIGHTING ON
AND OFF
Approach Detection
The system turns on the exterior lamps when
you approach your vehicle with an
authenticated device.
To switch the system on or off:
1. From the settings menu, press Vehicle.
See Center Display (page 456).
2. Press Easy entry and exit.
3. Switch Approach detection on or off.
Note: Depending on your vehicle's
configuration, you may not have the option
to switch the feature on and off.
To conserve power, the system may not work
if:
• The 12-volt battery is low.
• The system was triggered 10 times prior
to starting the vehicle.
• The vehicle is left unused for a few days.
EXTERIOR LAMPS ON AUDIBLE
WARNING
Sounds when you open the driver door and
the exterior lamps are on.
113
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Exterior Lighting
AUTOMATIC HIGH BEAM CONTROL
HOW DOES AUTOMATIC HIGH BEAM
CONTROL WORK
Automatic high beam control turns the high
beams on if it is dark enough and no other
traffic is present. If it detects an approaching
vehicle’s headlamps or tail lamps, or street
lighting ahead, the system turns the high
beams off.
A camera sensor, centrally mounted behind
the windshield of your vehicle, continuously
monitors conditions to turn the high beams
on and off.
114
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Exterior Lighting
E327596
Without automatic high beam
control.
A
With automatic high beam control.B
AUTOMATIC HIGH BEAM CONTROL
PRECAUTIONS
WARNING: The system does not
relieve you of your responsibility to drive
with due care and attention. You may need
to override the system if it does not turn
the high beams on or off.
WARNING: The system may not
switch the high beams off if the lights of
oncoming vehicles are hidden by
obstacles, for example guard rails.
WARNING: You may need to
override the system when approaching
other road users.
WARNING: In situations with poor
visibility, such as fog, heavy rain or other
inclement weather, you may need to
override or completely switch off the
system.
AUTOMATIC HIGH BEAM CONTROL
REQUIREMENTS
The system turns the high beams on if all of
the following occur:
• You switch the system on.
• You set the lighting control to the
autolamps position.
• The ambient light level is low enough that
you require high beams.
• There is no traffic in front of your vehicle.
• The vehicle speed is greater than
approximately 25 mph (40 km/h).
115
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Exterior Lighting
AUTOMATIC HIGH BEAM CONTROL
LIMITATIONS
The system turns the high beams off if any
of the following occur:
• You switch the system off.
• You set the lighting control to any
position except autolamps.
• The ambient light level is high enough
that you do not require high beams.
• The system detects an approaching
vehicle's headlamps or a leading
vehicle's tail lamps.
• The system detects severe rain, snow or
fog.
• The system detects street lighting.
• The camera has reduced visibility.
• The vehicle speed falls below
approximately 19 mph (30 km/h).
Note: The deactivation speed may be lower
on curves.
SWITCHING AUTOMATIC HIGH BEAM
CONTROL ON AND OFF
You can switch the feature on and off using
the touchscreen.
AUTOMATIC HIGH BEAM CONTROL
INDICATORS
E146105
Illuminates to confirm when the
system is ready to assist.
OVERRIDING AUTOMATIC HIGH BEAM
CONTROL
E273182
Push the lever away from you to switch the
high beam on.
Push the lever away from you again to switch
the high beams off.
Push the lever away from you for a third time
to switch automatic high beam control back
on.
116
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Exterior Lighting
AUTOMATIC HIGH BEAM CONTROL – TROUBLESHOOTING
AUTOMATIC HIGH BEAM CONTROL – INFORMATION MESSAGES
DetailsMessage
The camera has reduced visibility. Clean the windshield. If the message continues to appear,
have your vehicle checked as soon as possible.
Front Camera Low Visibility Clean Screen
The camera has malfunctioned. Wait a short period of time for the camera to cool down. If the
message continues to appear, have your vehicle checked as soon as possible.
Front Camera Temporarily Not Available
The camera has malfunctioned. Have your vehicle checked as soon as possible.Front Camera Malfunction Service
Required
ADAPTIVE FRONT LIGHTING
HOW DOES ADAPTIVE FRONT
LIGHTING WORK
Dynamic Bending Lamps
Adaptive front lighting moves the light into
the curve when you are steering around a
curve or if the camera detects lane markings
indicating a curve.
117
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Exterior Lighting
E161714
Without adaptive front lighting.A
With adaptive front lighting.B
Speed Dependent Lamps
Adaptive front lighting provides additional
light on the road depending on your vehicle
speed and weather conditions.
E275680
Standard low beam.A
Supplemental lighting.B
SWITCHING ADAPTIVE FRONT
LIGHTING ON AND OFF
Set the lighting control to the autolamps
position to use adaptive front lighting.
Note: Other lighting control positions do not
turn on adaptive front lighting.
118
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Exterior Lighting
SWITCHING ALL OF THE INTERIOR
LAMPS ON AND OFF
The lamps turn on under the following
conditions:
• You open any door.
• You press a button on the remote control.
• You press the all lamps on button on the
overhead console.
E259649
Press to switch all interior lamps
on or off.
SWITCHING THE FRONT INTERIOR
LAMPS ON AND OFF
E358859
The front interior lamp switches are on the
overhead console.
Individual Map Lamps
Press the lamp lens to switch the lamps on
and off.
SWITCHING THE REAR INTERIOR
LAMPS ON AND OFF
E281231
The rear interior lamps may be above the
rear seat or above the rear windows.
E259649
Press to switch the lamps on or off.
Note: If you switch the rear lamps on through
the overhead console, you cannot switch
them off with the rear lamp switch.
INTERIOR LAMP FUNCTION
WHAT IS THE INTERIOR LAMP
FUNCTION
The interior lamp function switches the
courtesy and door lamps on or off.
SWITCHING THE INTERIOR LAMP
FUNCTION ON AND OFF
Press to switch the interior lamp
function on and off.
Note: The indicator lamp illuminates amber
when the door function is off.
ADJUSTING THE INSTRUMENT
PANEL LIGHTING BRIGHTNESS
The instrument lighting dimmer buttons are
on the lighting control.
119
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Interior Lighting
E291299
E296433
Repeatedly press one of the
buttons to adjust the brightness.
AMBIENT LIGHTING (IF EQUIPPED)
SWITCHING AMBIENT LIGHTING ON
AND OFF
1. From the controls menu, press Ambient
Lighting. See Center Display (page 456).
2. Press a color to switch ambient lighting
on.
3.
E396723
Press the power button to
switch ambient lighting off.
Note: The power button icon appears in
whichever ambient lighting color you select.
ADJUSTING AMBIENT LIGHTING
E412511
Drag the slider up or down to adjust the
ambient lighting intensity.
INTERIOR LIGHTING –
TROUBLESHOOTING
INTERIOR LIGHTING – FREQUENTLY
ASKED QUESTIONS
Why do my courtesy lamps or interior
lamps turn off when I have them
switched on when I switch my vehicle
off?
• The battery saver turns the courtesy
lamps and interior lamps off after a short
period of time after you switch your
vehicle off.
120
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Interior Lighting
OPENING AND CLOSING THE
WINDOWS
WARNING: Do not leave children or
pets unattended in your vehicle and do not
let children play with the power windows.
Failure to follow this instruction could result
in personal injury or death.
WARNING: When closing the power
windows, verify that they are free of
obstructions and make sure children and
pets are not in the proximity of the window
openings. Failure to follow this instruction
could result in personal injury or death.
WARNING: If an obstruction is
detected, release the switch and reverse
the window immediately. Failure to follow
this instruction could result in personal
injury or death.
WARNING: Do not leave a key or
remote control unattended in the vehicle.
Children or pets could operate the power
windows and could become trapped in a
closing window. Failure to follow this
instruction could result in personal injury
or death.
Press the window control switch
to open the window. Lift the
window control switch to close the
window.
Note: The power windows operate with the
ignition on, and for several minutes after you
switch the ignition off or until you open a
front door.
To reduce wind noise or pulsing noise when
one window is open, slightly open the
opposite window.
One-Touch Open
Fully press the window control switch and
release it. Press again or lift it to stop the
window.
One-Touch Close
Fully lift the window control switch and
release it. Press again or lift it to stop the
window.
Resetting One-Touch Close
Carry out all steps within 30 seconds of
starting the sequence.
1. Close the window.
2. Press and hold the window control switch
until the window is fully open. Keep the
window control switch pressed for a few
seconds.
3. Lift and hold the window control switch
until the window is fully closed. Keep the
window control switch held for a few
seconds.
4. Press and hold the window control switch
until the window is fully open. Keep the
window control switch pressed for a few
seconds.
5. Lift and hold the window control switch
until the window is fully closed. Keep the
window control switch held for a few
seconds.
121
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Windows
Note: Repeat the procedure if the window
does not close when you use one-touch.
GLOBAL OPENING AND CLOSING
WHAT IS GLOBAL OPENING AND
CLOSING
You can use the remote control to operate
the windows with the ignition off.
USING GLOBAL OPENING
1. Press and release the unlock button on
the remote control.
2. Within one second, press and hold the
unlock button on the remote control.
3. Release the button when the windows
start to open.
Press the lock or the unlock button on the
remote control to stop global opening.
Note: Global opening will only respond to a
press and hold of the unlock button for a
short period of time after the unlock button
is pressed on the remote control.
SWITCHING GLOBAL OPENING ON
AND OFF
1. From the settings menu, press Vehicle.
See Center Display (page 456).
2. Press Windows.
3. Switch Remote open on or off.
USING GLOBAL CLOSING
WARNING: When closing the power
windows, verify that they are free of
obstructions and make sure children and
pets are not in the proximity of the window
openings. Failure to follow this instruction
could result in personal injury or death.
1. Press and hold the lock button on the
remote control.
2. Release the button when the windows
start to close.
Press the lock or the unlock button on the
remote control to stop global closing.
Note: Bounce-back is on during global
closing. See What Is Window Bounce-Back
(page 122).
SWITCHING GLOBAL CLOSING ON
AND OFF
1. From the settings menu, press Vehicle.
See Center Display (page 456).
2. Press Windows.
3. Switch Remote close on or off.
WINDOW BOUNCE-BACK
WHAT IS WINDOW BOUNCE-BACK
The window stops and reverses if it detects
an obstruction when closing.
122
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Windows
OVERRIDING WINDOW BOUNCE-
BACK
WARNING: If you override
bounce-back, the window does not reverse
if it detects an obstacle. Take care when
closing the windows to avoid personal
injury or damage to your vehicle.
1. Close the window until it reaches the
point of resistance and let it reverse.
2. Lift and hold the window control switch
within two seconds to override
bounce-back and close the window.
Bounce-back is now disabled and you
can close the window manually.
Note: The window goes past the point of
resistance and you can fully close it.
Note: If the window does not close, have
your vehicle checked as soon as possible.
LOCKING THE REAR WINDOW
CONTROLS
WARNING: When children and pets
are in the rear seat, use the power window
lockout button to prevent accidental
operation of the power windows.
Press the window control switch
to lock or unlock the rear window
controls. It illuminates when you
lock the rear window controls.
123
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Windows
INTERIOR MIRROR PRECAUTIONS
WARNING: Do not adjust the mirrors
when your vehicle is moving. This could
result in the loss of control of your vehicle,
serious personal injury or death.
Note: Do not clean the mirror housing or
glass with harsh abrasives, fuel or other
petroleum-based cleaning products.
AUTO-DIMMING INTERIOR MIRROR
WHAT IS THE AUTO-DIMMING
INTERIOR MIRROR
The mirror dims to reduce the effect of bright
light from behind. It returns to normal when
the bright light from behind is no longer
present or if you shift into reverse (R).
AUTO-DIMMING INTERIOR MIRROR
LIMITATIONS
Do not block the sensors on the front and
back of the mirror.
Note: A rear center passenger or raised rear
center head restraint could prevent light from
reaching the sensor.
124
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Interior Mirror
ADJUSTING THE EXTERIOR
MIRRORS
WARNING: Do not adjust the mirrors
when your vehicle is moving. This could
result in the loss of control of your vehicle,
serious personal injury or death.
E394835
Power fold.A
Window and child safety lock.B
Adjustment control.C
Right-hand mirror.D
Left-hand mirror.E
To adjust the mirrors, switch your vehicle on
and place the ignition in accessory or start.
1. Select the mirror you want to adjust. The
control light turns on.
2. Use the adjustment control to adjust the
position of the mirror.
3. Press the mirror control again. The
control light turns off.
FOLDING THE EXTERIOR MIRRORS
With the auto-fold feature enabled, the
exterior mirrors fold in toward the glass after
you place the transmission into park (P), turn
off the vehicle, open and close the driver
side door and lock the vehicle. The exterior
mirrors unfold and return to their driving
position after you unlock the vehicle and
open and close the driver side door.
For tight parking conditions, press
the control to fold the mirrors.
Press the control again to unfold the mirrors.
If you press the control to fold in the mirrors
with auto-fold on, the mirrors do not unfold
when you unlock your vehicle.
Note: The power folding mirrors operate with
the ignition on, and for several minutes after
you switch the ignition off.
Note: If you fold and unfold the mirrors
several times within one minute, the power
fold function may turn off to protect the
motors from overheating.
Switching Auto-fold On and Off
1. From the settings menu, press Vehicle.
See Center Display (page 456).
2. Press Mirrors.
3. Switch Autofold on or off.
125
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Exterior Mirrors
Loose Mirror
If you manually fold the power-folding
mirrors, they may not work properly even
after you reposition them. Reset the mirrors
if:
• They vibrate when you drive.
• They feel loose.
• They do not stay in the folded or
unfolded position.
• One of the mirrors is not in its normal
driving position.
To reset the power-fold feature, use the
power-folding mirror control to fold and
unfold the mirrors. You may hear a loud noise
as you reset the power-folding mirrors. This
sound is normal. Operate the power-folding
mirrors an additional 3 to 4 times to
synchronize the mirrors.
If the above process does not help you to fix
the loose mirror, perform the following steps.
1. Fold or retract both mirrors manually.
2. Using the power folding control switch,
operate the mirrors until you hear an
audible click.
3. Operate the power folding an additional
3 to 4 times to synchronize the mirrors.
Repeat this process as needed each time
you manually fold the mirrors.
AUTO-DIMMING EXTERIOR MIRROR
WHAT IS THE AUTO-DIMMING
EXTERIOR MIRROR
The driver exterior mirror dims when the
interior auto-dimming mirror turns on.
Memory Mirrors (If Equipped)
You can save and recall the mirror positions
through the memory function. See Personal
Profiles (page 470).
Heated Exterior Mirrors (If Equipped)
See Switching the Heated Mirrors On and
Off (page 145).
Signal Indicator Mirrors (If Equipped)
The forward-facing portion of the appropriate
mirror housing blinks when you switch on
the direction indicator.
Lincoln Welcome Mat (If Equipped)
Projection lights, on the bottom of the mirror
housings, project an image onto the ground
a short distance from the vehicle.
Blind Spot Monitor
See What Is Blind Spot Information System
(page 300).
360 Degree Camera (If Equipped)
See What Is the 360 Degree Camera (page
251).
126
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Exterior Mirrors
OPENING AND CLOSING THE
SUNSHADE
WARNING: Do not leave a key or
remote control unattended in the vehicle.
Children or pets could operate the
sunshade and get caught in a closing
sunshade. Failure to follow this instruction
could result in personal injury.
WARNING: Do not leave children or
pets unattended in your vehicle and do not
let children play with the sunshade. Failure
to follow this instruction could result in
personal injury.
The controls are on the overhead console.
Opening the Sunshade
E312249
Press and release the switch to
activate the one-touch open
feature. To stop movement, press
the switch a second time. The sunshade also
opens when you open the glass roof.
Note: The sunshade stops short of its fully
opened position for the comfort of rear
passengers. To fully open the sunshade,
press the switch again.
Closing the Sunshade
WARNING: When closing the
sunshade, verify that it is free of
obstructions and make sure children and
pets are not in the proximity of the
sunshade. Failure to follow this instruction
could result in personal injury.
WARNING: If an obstruction is
detected, press the switch a second time
and reverse the sunshade immediately.
Failure to follow this instruction could result
in personal injury.
E312250
Press and release the switch to
activate the one-touch close
feature. To stop movement, press
the switch a second time.
Note: If fully open, the sunshade stops after
covering the rear glass panel. Press and
release again to fully close the sunshade.
Note: If the glass roof is either in the open
or vent position and the sunshade is in the
mid-open position, press and release the
switch to close the glass roof first and then
the sunshade.
OPENING AND CLOSING THE
GLASS ROOF
WARNING: Do not allow anyone to
stand or place any portion of their body
through the open glass roof while the
vehicle is in motion. Make sure everyone
in your vehicle is in a seat and properly
using a seatbelt. Failure to follow this
warning could result in serious injury or
death in the event of a sudden stop or
crash.
WARNING: Do not leave children or
pets unattended in your vehicle and do not
let children play with the glass roof. Failure
to follow this instruction could result in
personal injury or death.
127
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Glass Roof (If Equipped)
WARNING: Do not leave a key or
remote control unattended in the vehicle.
Children or pets could operate the glass
roof and could become trapped in a
closing glass roof. Failure to follow this
instruction could result in personal injury
or death.
The controls are on the overhead console.
Opening the Glass Roof
E312251
Press and release the switch to
activate the one-touch open
feature. To stop movement, press
the switch a second time.
Note: The glass roof stops short of the fully
opened position to reduce wind noise or
rumbling that may happen with the glass
roof fully open.
Press and release the switch again to fully
open the glass roof.
Closing the Glass Roof
WARNING: When closing the glass
roof, verify that it is free of obstructions
and make sure children and pets are not
in the proximity of the glass roof. Failure
to follow this instruction could result in
personal injury or death.
WARNING: If an obstruction is
detected, release the switch and reverse
the glass roof immediately. Failure to follow
this instruction could result in personal
injury or death.
E312252
Press and release the switch to
activate the one-touch close
feature, from either the open or
vent positions. To stop movement, press the
switch a second time.
VENTING THE GLASS ROOF
WARNING: Do not leave children or
pets unattended in your vehicle and do not
let children play with the glass roof. Failure
to follow this instruction could result in
personal injury or death.
The glass roof controls are on the overhead
console.
E312252
With the glass roof in the closed
position, press and release the
switch to vent the glass roof. To
close the glass roof from the vent position,
press and release the switch again.
GLASS ROOF BOUNCE-BACK
WHAT IS GLASS ROOF BOUNCE-BACK
The glass roof stops and reverses some
distance if it detects an obstacle when
closing.
128
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Glass Roof (If Equipped)
OVERRIDING GLASS ROOF BOUNCE-
BACK
Press and hold the close switch within two
seconds after the glass roof comes to a stop.
129
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Glass Roof (If Equipped)
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER OVERVIEW
E392639
Information on demand areas.A
Compass.B
Outside air temperature.C
Distance to empty.D
Fuel gauge.E
130
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Instrument Cluster
Odometer.F
Engine coolant temperature.G
Transmission position indicator.H
TACHOMETER
Indicates the engine speed.
SPEEDOMETER
Indicates the vehicle speed.
FUEL GAUGE
WHAT IS THE FUEL GAUGE
Indicates approximately how much fuel is in
the fuel tank.
FUEL GAUGE LIMITATIONS
The fuel gauge may not provide an accurate
reading when your vehicle is on an incline.
LOCATING THE FUEL FILLER DOOR
The arrow adjacent to the fuel pump symbol
indicates on which side of your vehicle the
fuel filler door is located.
WHAT IS THE LOW FUEL REMINDER
A low fuel level reminder displays and
sounds when the distance to empty reaches
50 mi (80 km), 25 mi (40 km), 10 mi (20 km)
and 0 mi (0 km).
Note: The low fuel reminder can appear at
different fuel gauge positions depending on
fuel economy conditions. This variation is
normal.
WHAT IS DISTANCE TO EMPTY
Indicates the approximate distance your
vehicle can travel on the fuel remaining in
the tank. Changes in driving pattern can
cause the value to not only decrease but also
increase or stay constant for periods of time.
ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE
GAUGE
Indicates the engine coolant temperature.
131
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Instrument Cluster
WHAT ARE THE INSTRUMENT
CLUSTER WARNING LAMPS
Warning lamps alert you to a vehicle
condition that could become serious. Some
lamps illuminate when you start your vehicle
to make sure they work. If any lamps remain
on after starting your vehicle, refer to the
respective system warning lamp for further
information.
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER WARNING
LAMPS
Anti-Lock Brake System
E67020
If it illuminates when you are
driving, this indicates that the
system requires service. Your
vehicle continues to have normal braking
without the anti-lock brake system function.
Have your vehicle checked as soon as
possible.
Battery
E67021
It illuminates when you switch the
ignition on.
If it illuminates when the engine is
running, this indicates your vehicle requires
service. Have your vehicle checked as soon
as possible.
Brake System
E270480
E67024
It illuminates when you apply the
parking brake and the ignition is
on. If it illuminates when your
vehicle is moving, make sure the
parking brake is released. If the
parking brake is released, this indicates low
brake fluid level or the brake system requires
service. Have your vehicle checked as soon
as possible.
Note: Indicators may vary depending on
region.
Door Ajar
E249859
It illuminates when you switch the
ignition on and remains on if any
door is open.
Electric Parking Brake
E146190
E67024
It illuminates or flashes when the
electric parking brake requires
service.
Note: Indicators may vary depending on
region.
Engine Coolant Temperature
E103308
If it illuminates, safely stop your
vehicle and switch your vehicle off.
Fasten Seatbelt
E71880
It illuminates and a tone sounds
until you fasten the seatbelts.
Frost Warning Lamp
WARNING: Even if the temperature
rises to above 39°F (4°C) there is no
guarantee that the road is free of hazards
caused by inclement weather.
132
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Instrument Cluster
It illuminates when the outside air
temperature is 39°F (4°C) or below.
Hood Ajar
E246598
It illuminates when the ignition is
on and the hood is not completely
closed.
Liftgate Ajar
E162453
It illuminates when the ignition is
on and the liftgate is not
completely closed.
Low Beam Warning
E181350
It illuminates when the low beam
headlamp requires service. Have
the system checked as soon as
possible.
Low Fuel Level
It illuminates when the fuel level is
low.
Low Tire Pressure
E139232
It illuminates when your tire
pressure is low. If illuminated,
check your tire pressure as soon
as possible. If it begins to flash at anytime,
have the system checked as soon as
possible.
Low Washer Fluid Level
E132353
It illuminates when the washer fluid
is low.
Malfunction Indicator Lamp
E67028
If it illuminates when the ignition is
on and the engine is off, this is
normal operation. If it illuminates
when the engine is on this indicates that the
emission control system requires service. If
it flashes, have your vehicle checked
immediately. See Starting and Stopping the
Engine – Warning Lamps (page 190). See
Emission Law (page 542).
Oil Pressure
E67022
It illuminates when the engine oil
pressure is low.
Over Speed Warning
E280486
It illuminates if the vehicle speed
exceeds the over speed threshold.
Over speed thresholds vary
depending on region.
Powertrain Fault
E357162
It illuminates when the powertrain
requires service. Have your
vehicle checked as soon as
possible.
WHAT ARE THE INSTRUMENT
CLUSTER INDICATORS
Indicators notify you of various features that
are active on your vehicle.
133
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Instrument Cluster
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
INDICATORS
Adaptive Cruise Control
E144524
See Adaptive Cruise Control
(page 255).
Airbag
E67017
See Airbags (page 57).
Auto Hold
E323448
E323449
See Auto Hold (page 233).
Automatic High Beam
E389529
See Automatic High Beam
Control (page 114).
Auto Start-Stop
E121377
E146361
See Auto-Start-Stop (page 193).
Blind Spot Information System
E323542
See Blind Spot Information
System (page 300).
Cruise Control
E332905
See Adaptive Cruise Control
(page 255).
Drive Modes
See Drive Mode Control (page 285).
Note: Available drive modes could vary
depending on your vehicle options and
model.
E295420
Deep Snow/Sand Mode.
E295413
Eco Mode.
E392863
Excite mode.
E225310
Normal Mode.
E295414
Slippery Mode.
E246592
Tow Haul Mode.
Front Fog Lamp
See Exterior Lighting (page 110).
Headlamp High Beam
E67019
See Exterior Lighting (page 110).
134
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Instrument Cluster
Hill Descent Control
Lane Centering
E297977
See Lane Keeping System (page
289).
Lane Keeping System
E308131
See Lane Keeping System (page
289).
Parking Lamps
E71341
See Exterior Lighting (page 110).
Pre-Collision Assist
E329466
See Pre-Collision Assist (page 314).
Rear Fog Lamp
E67040
See Exterior Lighting (page 110).
Stability and Traction Control
E138639
E130458
See Stability Control (page 237).
See Traction Control (page 235).
Turn Signal
E67018
See Exterior Lighting (page 110).
135
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Instrument Cluster
USING THE INSTRUMENT
CLUSTER DISPLAY CONTROLS
WARNING: Driving while distracted
can result in loss of vehicle control, crash
and injury. We strongly recommend that
you use extreme caution when using any
device that may take your focus off the
road. Your primary responsibility is the safe
operation of your vehicle. We recommend
against the use of any hand-held device
while driving and encourage the use of
voice-operated systems when possible.
Make sure you are aware of all applicable
local laws that may affect the use of
electronic devices while driving.
You can control various systems on your
vehicle using the quick action menu (QAM)
on the right-hand side of the steering wheel.
The instrument cluster provides the
corresponding information.
Instrument Cluster Display Controls
E281220
Note: The controls change when you enter
a submenu.
E281481
Move the selector switch up to
enter the navigation submenu.
E280315
Move the selector switch down to
enter the settings submenu.
Move the selector switch to the
right to enter the mode phone
submenu.
E100027
Move the selector switch to the left
to enter the media submenu.
E281483
Press the folder button to scroll
through information on demand
display screens. See Customizing
the Instrument Cluster Display (page 137).
Menu Controls
The following controls are only available
once you enter a submenu:
E299701
Use the selector switch to toggle up and
down.
E272621
Press the home button to exit a
submenu.
136
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Instrument Cluster Display
E281480
Move the selector switch to the left
to exit a submenu.
E265041
Move the selector switch to the
right to choose and confirm
settings or messages.
Status Indicator
E204495
This icon shows the features on or
off status. A check in the box
indicates the feature is on, and
unchecked indicates the feature is off.
Note: Some menu items are regional specific
or optional and may appear slightly different
or not at all.
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER DISPLAY
MAIN MENU
Depending on your vehicle options, some
menu items can appear different or not at
all.
Note: For your safety, some features are
speed-dependent and could be unavailable
when your vehicle is above a certain speed.
Menu Item
Settings
Audio
Phone
CUSTOMIZING THE INSTRUMENT
CLUSTER DISPLAY
1. Using the instrument cluster controls on
the steering wheel, select Settings.
2. Select Display Setup.
3. Select Information Screens.
Note: The amount of screens you can add
is limited. If the selected screen does not
appear, you must deselect screens from the
menu.
137
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Instrument Cluster Display
CHANGING THE LANGUAGE
1. From the settings menu, press System
Settings. See Center Display (page 456).
2. Press Language.
3. Select a language.
CHANGING THE MEASUREMENT
UNIT
1. From the settings menu, press System
Settings. See Center Display (page 456).
2. Press Units.
3. Press Measurement Units.
4. Select a measurement unit.
CHANGING THE TEMPERATURE
UNIT
1. From the settings menu, press System
Settings. See Center Display (page 456).
2. Press Units.
3. Press Temperature Units.
4. Select a temperature unit.
CHANGING THE TIRE PRESSURE
UNIT
1. From the settings menu, press System
Settings. See Center Display (page 456).
2. Press Units.
3. Press Tire Pressure Units.
4. Select a pressure unit.
138
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Personalized Settings
ACCESSING THE TRIP COMPUTER
The trip computer is available as a
configurable screen in your instrument
cluster. See Customizing the Instrument
Cluster Display (page 137).
Once the screens have been added, use the
instrument cluster display controls on the
steering wheel to view each trip screen.
RESETTING THE TRIP COMPUTER
1. Use the instrument cluster display
controls to navigate the home screen.
2. Select the trip screen you want to reset.
3.
E281483
Press and hold the button until
the system reset confirmation appears.
139
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Trip Computer
WHAT IS THE HEAD UP DISPLAY
The system displays information on a display
screen in your field of vision, allowing you to
keep your eyes on the road. You can select
which information the system displays.
SWITCHING THE HEAD UP
DISPLAY ON AND OFF
1. Using the instrument cluster display
controls on the steering wheel, select
HUD.
2. Switch Head-Up Display (HUD) on or off.
Note: The system remembers the last setting
when you start your vehicle.
HEAD UP DISPLAY SETTINGS
1. Using the instrument cluster display
controls on the steering wheel, select
HUD.
Note: If HUD On is unchecked, other options
of the system are hidden.
You can adjust the following settings in the
HUD menu:
• Content.
• Brightness.
• Vertical position.
• Image rotation.
• Drive mode layout.
Note: The head up display menu
automatically closes after a certain period
of inactivity.
Note: The head up display image brightness
automatically adjusts to the brightness of
the ambient environment. You have the
ability to adjust the brightness further
according to your preference.
Note: In some instances, sunlight can cause
some reflections in and around the head up
display image.
Note: When you save a memory preset
position, your current HUD settings are also
saved to that memory preset position. See
Personal Profiles (page 470).
140
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Head Up Display (If Equipped)
HEAD UP DISPLAY – TROUBLESHOOTING
HEAD UP DISPLAY – INFORMATION MESSAGES
ActionMessage
The system is malfunctioning or something is obstructing the display.
Make sure that the head up display is free from obstruction. If the
message continues to appear, have your vehicle checked as soon as
possible.
Head Up Display System Fault See Manual
Press the button on the steering wheel or center console. The head
up display menu appears in the instrument cluster display. Make sure
the blue frame is fully visible. Do not manually move the screen. This
can cause damage not covered by your vehicle's warranty.
Head Up Display To Position Use the Information Display
141
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Head Up Display (If Equipped)
WHAT IS REMOTE START
The system allows you to remotely start your
vehicle and to adjust the interior temperature
according to the settings that you chose.
REMOTE START PRECAUTIONS
WARNING: Do not start the engine
in a closed garage or in other enclosed
areas. Exhaust fumes are toxic. Always
open the garage door before you start the
engine. Failure to follow this instruction
could result in personal injury or death.
REMOTE START LIMITATIONS
Remote start does not work if:
• The alarm horn is sounding.
• The hood is open.
• The transmission is not in park (P).
• Remote start is not enabled.
• The ignition is on.
Note: Do not use remote start if your fuel
level is low.
ENABLING REMOTE START
1. From the settings menu, press Vehicle.
See Center Display (page 456).
2. Press Remote Start Setup.
3. Switch Remote Start on or off.
Note: To remote start with Lincoln Way,
make sure that the modem is enabled. See
Connecting Lincoln Way to the Modem
(page 443).
REMOTELY STARTING AND
STOPPING THE VEHICLE
Remotely Starting the Vehicle
E138623
Press the button on the remote
control.
E138625
Within three seconds, press the
button on the remote control.
Within three seconds, press the button again.
Note: You can also use the Lincoln Way app
to start the vehicle.
Note: The turn signals flash twice.
Note: The parking lamps turn on when the
vehicle is running.
Note: The horn sounds if the system fails to
start.
Note: All other vehicle systems remain off
when you have remotely started the vehicle.
Note: The vehicle remains secured when
you have remotely started the vehicle. A
valid key must be inside your vehicle to
switch your vehicle on and drive your
vehicle.
Remotely Stopping the Vehicle
E138625
Press the button on the remote
control.
142
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Remote Start
EXTENDING THE REMOTE START
DURATION
To extend the engine running duration
during remote start, do the following:
E138623
Press the button on the remote
control.
E138625
Within three seconds, press the
button on the remote control.
Within three seconds, press the
button again.
Note: You can extend the engine running
duration to a maximum of 30 minutes.
REMOTE START SETTINGS
1. From the settings menu, press Vehicle.
See Center Display (page 456).
2. Press Remote Start Setup.
Switching Climate Control Auto Mode
On and Off
1. Press Climate Control.
2. Press Auto or Last Setting.
Note: If you switch the auto mode on, the
system attempts to heat or cool the interior
to 72°F (22°C). When you switch the vehicle
on, the climate control system returns to the
last used settings.
Note: If you switch the last settings on, the
system remembers the last used settings.
Heated Seat Settings
1. Press Seats.
2. Press Auto or Off.
Note: If you switch the heated seat settings
on, the heated seats turn on during cold
weather.
Note: You cannot adjust the heated seat
settings when you remotely start your
vehicle.
Heated Steering Wheel Settings
1. Press Seats and Steering Wheel.
2. Press Auto or Off.
Note: If you switch the heated steering wheel
settings on, the heated steering wheel turns
on during cold weather.
Note: You cannot adjust the heated steering
wheel settings when you remotely start your
vehicle.
Remote Start Duration
1. Press Duration.
2. Press the duration you prefer.
143
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Remote Start
IDENTIFYING THE CLIMATE
CONTROL UNIT
E397133
Depending on your vehicle options, the
controls could look different than what you
see here.
SWITCHING CLIMATE CONTROL
ON AND OFF
Press the button.
SWITCHING RECIRCULATED AIR
ON AND OFF
E412999
Press the button to recirculate air
currently in the passenger
compartment.
Note: Recirculated air may automatically
turn off or prevent you from switching on in
all airflow modes except MAX A/C to reduce
the risk of fogging. Recirculation may also
automatically turn on and off in various air
distribution control combinations to improve
heating or cooling efficiency.
SWITCHING AIR CONDITIONING
ON AND OFF
Press the button.
Note: Under certain conditions, the air
conditioning compressor could continue to
operate after you switch air conditioning off.
Note: To keep the system and its
components fully functional, switch air
conditioning on and let your vehicle idle at
least once per month for a minimum of two
minutes.
SWITCHING DEFROST ON AND
OFF
E265283
Press the button to activate the
selection screen.
Press the button on the
touchscreen to switch the
windshield air vents on.
E244097
Make sure that the instrument
panel air vents are switched off.
E244098
Make sure that the footwell air
vents are switched off.
144
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Climate Control
SWITCHING MAXIMUM DEFROST
ON AND OFF
Press the button.
Air flows through the windshield air vents,
and the blower motor adjusts to the highest
speed.
You can also use this setting to defog and
clear the windshield of a thin covering of ice.
Note: To prevent window fogging, you
cannot select recirculated air when
maximum defrost is on.
Note: The heated rear window also turns on
when you select maximum defrost.
Note: When maximum defrost is on, the air
conditioning compressor may continue to
operate even though you switch off the air
conditioning.
SWITCHING MAXIMUM COOLING
ON AND OFF
E348011
Press the button.
Note: When you switch maximum cooling
off, air conditioning remains on.
SWITCHING THE HEATED REAR
WINDOW ON AND OFF
E418408
Press the button to clear the rear
window of thin ice and fog. The
heated rear window turns off after
a short period of time.
Note: Do not use harsh chemicals, razor
blades or other sharp objects to clean or
remove decals from the inside of the heated
rear window as this could damage the
heated rear window gridlines not covered
by the vehicle warranty.
Note: Make sure the engine is on before
operating the heated rear windows.
SETTING THE BLOWER MOTOR
SPEED
E402281
Press the arrows to adjust the
blower motor speed.
SWITCHING THE HEATED
MIRRORS ON AND OFF
When you switch the heated rear window
on, the heated exterior mirrors turn on. See
Switching the Heated Rear Window On and
Off (page 145).
Note: Do not remove ice from the mirrors
with a scraper or adjust the mirror glass
when it is frozen in place.
Note: Do not clean the mirror housing or
glass with harsh abrasives, fuel or other
petroleum-based cleaning products. The
vehicle warranty may not cover damage
caused to the mirror housing or glass.
Note: The engine must be running or your
vehicle must be ready to drive to switch the
system on.
145
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Climate Control
SETTING THE TEMPERATURE
E402501
Adjusting the arrows on either side
of the climate control sets the
temperature for the respective
sides.
< Press the arrow to decrease the
temperature.
> Press the arrow to increase the
temperature.
Note: The blue arrow decreases and the red
arrow increases the temperature. Pressing
the temperature value allows you to control
it using the slider.
E413046
Press the button to switch dual
mode on.
DIRECTING THE FLOW OF AIR
Directing Air to the Windshield Air
Vents
E265283
Press the button to activate the
selection screen.
Press the button on the
touchscreen.
Directing Air to the Instrument Panel
Air Vents
E265283
Press the button to activate the
selection screen.
E244097
Press the button on the
touchscreen.
Directing Air to the Footwell Air Vents
E265283
Press the button to activate the
selection screen.
E244098
Press the button on the
touchscreen.
146
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Climate Control
IDENTIFYING THE REAR PASSENGER CLIMATE CONTROL UNIT
E357000
Note: Depending on your vehicle option
package, the controls could look different
from what you see here.
E283811
Press the icon on the touchscreen
to access the climate control
features.
SWITCHING THE REAR
PASSENGER CLIMATE CONTROLS
ON AND OFF
Press and release the button to
switch the rear climate control on
or off.
Note: If the system is on and Max Defrost is
switched on through the front climate
controls, the system turns off. It turns back
on when Max Defrost is switched off.
Note: If Max Defrost is switched on, the
system can be turned on at the same time.
SETTING THE BLOWER MOTOR
SPEED
Press the buttons on the touchscreen to
adjust the volume of air circulated in the rear
passenger compartment.
147
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Rear Passenger Climate Control
E356421
E356422
SETTING THE TEMPERATURE
Press the buttons on the touchscreen to set
the temperature in the rear passenger
compartment.
E356421
E356422
DIRECTING THE FLOW OF AIR
Directing Air to the Rear Console Air
Vents
E244097
Press the button on the
touchscreen to direct airflow to the
rear console air vents.
Directing Air to the Rear Footwell Air
Vents
E244098
Press the button on the
touchscreen to direct airflow to
rear footwell air vents.
Note: Air can be directed through any
combination of air vents.
148
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Rear Passenger Climate Control
WHAT IS THE CABIN AIR FILTER
The cabin air filter improves the quality of air
in your vehicle by trapping dust, pollen and
other particles.
LOCATING THE CABIN AIR FILTER
You can locate the cabin air filter behind the
glove box.
AUTO AIR REFRESH (IF EQUIPPED)
WHAT IS AUTO AIR REFRESH
Auto air refresh helps improve or maintain
the quality of air within your vehicle cabin.
HOW DOES AUTO AIR REFRESH
WORK
Auto air refresh uses an air quality sensor to
automatically adjust the climate control
system to change from outside air to
recirculated air to help reduce the entry of
outside odors into the cabin. It uses a
particulate matter sensor in the cabin to
estimate and provide information about
particulate matter pollution in the cabin. It
also allows you to refresh the cabin air with
outside air on-demand or automatically.
CHECKING THE INTERIOR AIR
QUALITY
E265283
Press the button on the
touchscreen.
E401833
Press Auto Air Refresh.
149
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Interior Air Quality
E405353
Cabin air quality.A
Cabin air history.B
Info book.C
150
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Interior Air Quality
Refresh cabinD
Auto air refresh indicatorsE
Particulate Matter Pollution
Information
Press Help for more information about
particulate matter pollution.
The numbers provided by the cabin's PM2.5
sensor are estimates of the concentration of
particles in the cabin air. The measurement
unit is µg/m3, representing mass (micrograms
of particulates) per unit of air volume (cubic
meter of air).
The colors around the PM2.5 numbers
provide visual cues about the concentration
levels.
Note: PM2.5 is only one pollution type
contributing to an Air Quality Index and by
itself does not represent the Air Quality
Index.
AUTO AIR REFRESH INDICATORS
The indicator area is on the touchscreen
feature bar and displays one of the following:
E324585
Indicates blower motor is on for
filtering and PM2.5 is low.
E283817
Indicates the blower motor is on
for filtering.
E324586
Indicates the blower motor is off.
E324587
Indicates the status is not available.
MANUALLY REFRESHING THE
INTERIOR AIR
E265283
Press the button on the
touchscreen.
1. Press Auto Air Refresh.
2. Press Cabin Refresh.
Note: Climate control settings could change
for about 90 seconds to help flow outside
air into the cabin. You can change the
blower motor speed to the settings you
prefer.
Note: The climate control must be on to
manually refresh the interior air.
AUTOMATICALLY REFRESHING THE
INTERIOR AIR
If the cabin air recirculates continuously for
longer than 35 minutes, climate control
settings could change automatically for about
90 seconds to help flow outside air into the
cabin.
151
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Interior Air Quality
Refreshing the Interior Air Upon Cabin
Start
If the cabin is above 75°F (24°C) and the
engine has been off for over 30 minutes,
when you start the engine the climate control
system settings could change for
approximately 75 seconds to help flow
outside air into the cabin.
Note: Refreshing may also occur if the
climate control and blower motor were
previously on.
Refreshing the Interior Air Upon
Remote Start
If the cabin is above 75°F (24°C) while parked
for over 30 minutes, when you remote start
the engine the climate control system
settings could change for approximately 75
seconds to help flow outside air into the
cabin.
AUTO AIR REFRESH HINTS
To further improve the air quality in the cabin:
• Adjust the windows and other cabin
openings such as the glass roof.
• Switch recirculated air on or off.
• Manually refresh the interior air.
• Adjust the blower motor speed.
• Replace the cabin air filter at regular
intervals.
152
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Interior Air Quality
FRONT SEAT PRECAUTIONS
WARNING: Sitting improperly, out of
position or with the seatback reclined too
far can take weight off the seat cushion
and affect the decision of the passenger
sensing system, resulting in serious injury
or death in the event of a crash. Always sit
upright against your seat back, with your
feet on the floor.
WARNING: Do not recline the seat
backrest too far as this can cause the
occupant to slide under the seatbelt,
resulting in personal injury in the event of
a crash.
WARNING: Do not place objects
higher than the top of the seat backrest.
Failure to follow this instruction could result
in personal injury or death in the event of
a sudden stop or crash.
WARNING: Do not adjust the driver
seat or seat backrest when your vehicle is
moving. This may result in sudden seat
movement, causing the loss of control of
your vehicle.
SITTING IN THE CORRECT
POSITION
E68595
When you use them properly, the seat, head
restraint, seatbelt and airbags will provide
optimum protection in the event of a crash.
We recommend that you follow these
guidelines:
• Sit in an upright position with the base of
your spine as far back as possible.
• Do not recline the seat backrest so that
your torso is more than 30 degrees from
the upright position.
• Adjust the head restraint so that the top
of it is level with the top of your head and
as far forward as possible. Make sure that
you remain comfortable.
• Keep sufficient distance between
yourself and the steering wheel. We
recommend a minimum of 10 in (25 cm)
between your breastbone and the airbag
cover.
• Hold the steering wheel with your arms
slightly bent.
153
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Front Seats
• Bend your legs slightly so that you can
press the pedals fully.
• Position the shoulder strap of the seatbelt
over the center of your shoulder and
position the lap strap tightly across your
hips.
Make sure that your driving position is
comfortable and that you can maintain full
control of your vehicle.
POWER SEATS
HEAD RESTRAINT COMPONENTS
E291139
The head restraints consist of:
An energy absorbing head
restraint.
A
Two steel stems.B
Guide sleeve adjust and release
button.
C
ADJUSTING THE HEAD RESTRAINT
WARNING: Fully adjust the head
restraint before you sit in or operate your
vehicle. This will help minimize the risk of
neck injury in the event of a crash. Do not
adjust the head restraint when your vehicle
is moving.
WARNING: The head restraint is a
safety device. Whenever possible it should
be installed and properly adjusted when
the seat is occupied. Failure to adjust the
head restraint properly could reduce its
effectiveness during certain impacts.
WARNING: Adjust the head restraints
for all passengers before you drive your
vehicle. This will help minimize the risk of
neck injury in the event of a crash. Do not
adjust the head restraints when your
vehicle is moving.
Note: Adjust the seat backrest to an upright
driving position before adjusting the head
restraint. Adjust the head restraint so that
the top of it is level with the top of your head
and as far forward as possible. Make sure
that you remain comfortable. If you are
extremely tall, adjust the head restraint to
its highest position.
Pull the head restraint up to raise it.
To lower the head restraint:
1. Press and hold the adjust and release
button.
2. Push the head restraint down.
To tilt the head restraint:
154
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Front Seats
E144727
1. Adjust the seat backrest to an upright
driving or riding position.
2. Pivot the head restraint forward toward
your head to the preferred position.
After the head restraint reaches the
forward-most tilt position, pivot it forward
again to release it to the rearward, untilted
position.
Note: Do not attempt to force the head
restraint backward after it is tilted. Instead,
continue tilting it forward until the head
restraint releases to the upright position.
Adjusting the Power Front Head
Restraints (If Equipped)
E222280
The power head restraint control is on the
driver door.
MOVING THE SEAT BACKWARD AND
FORWARD
E348863
155
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Front Seats
ADJUSTING THE SEAT CUSHION
E349631
Adjusting the Length of the Seat
Cushion (If Equipped)
E285685
ADJUSTING THE SEAT BACKREST
WARNING: Do not place cargo or
any objects behind the seatback before
returning it to the original position.
WARNING: Do not adjust the driver
seat or seat backrest when your vehicle is
moving. This may result in sudden seat
movement, causing the loss of control of
your vehicle.
156
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Front Seats
E348865
Adjusting the Upper Seat Backrest (If
Equipped)
E348864
ADJUSTING THE SEAT HEIGHT
E349633
ADJUSTING THE LUMBAR SUPPORT
E285278
Press this button to access the
lumbar menu on the touchscreen.
157
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Front Seats
MASSAGE SEATS (IF EQUIPPED)
MASSAGE SEAT LIMITATIONS
The vehicle must be running or be in
accessory mode to activate the seats.
The passenger side massage is available if
the occupant meets the seat sensor weight
requirements.
Allow a few seconds for any selection to
activate. Selecting a different adjustment
cancels the current one in progress. When
the seat backrest and cushion are both
active, the massage alternates between
zones.
ADJUSTING THE MASSAGE SEAT
SETTINGS
You can adjust this feature through the
touchscreen.
HEATED SEATS
HEATED SEAT PRECAUTIONS
WARNING: Use caution when using
the heated seat if you are unable to feel
pain to your skin because of advanced
age, chronic illness, diabetes, spinal cord
injury, medication, alcohol use, exhaustion
or other physical conditions. The heated
seat could cause burns even at low
temperatures, especially if used for long
periods of time. Failure to follow this
instruction could result in personal injury.
WARNING: Do not poke sharp
objects into the seat cushion or seat
backrest. This could damage the heated
seat element and cause it to overheat.
Failure to follow this instruction could result
in personal injury.
WARNING: Do not place anything on
the seat that blocks the heat, for example
a seat cover or a cushion. This could cause
the seat to overheat. Failure to follow this
instruction could result in personal injury.
Do not:
• Place heavy objects on the seat.
• Operate the heated seat if water or any
other liquid spills on the seat. Allow the
seat to dry.
SWITCHING THE HEATED SEATS ON
AND OFF
The vehicle must be running to use this
feature.
158
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Front Seats
E368423
Press the seat symbol on the touchscreen
to switch on the heated seats. The more
indicators that display, the warmer the
temperature of the seat.
Note: The heated seats may remain on after
you remote start your vehicle, based on your
remote start settings.
Note: The heated seats may turn on when
you start your vehicle if they were on when
you switched your vehicle off.
Note: Select Auto to heat your seat based
on your climate control settings, humidity
and air temperature.
VENTILATED SEATS (IF EQUIPPED)
VENTILATED SEAT PRECAUTIONS
Do not:
• Spill liquid on the front seats. This may
cause the air vent holes to become
blocked and not work properly.
• Place cargo or objects under the seats.
They may block the air intake causing
the air vents to not work properly.
SWITCHING THE VENTILATED SEATS
ON AND OFF
The vehicle must be running to use this
feature.
E368423
Press the seat symbol on the touchscreen
to switch on the cooled seats. More indicator
lights indicate higher fan speeds.
Note: The ventilated seats switch on during
a remote start if they are enabled.
Note: The ventilated seats may switch on
when you start your vehicle if they were on
when you previously switched your vehicle
off.
Note: Select Auto to ventilate your seat
based on your climate control settings,
humidity and air temperature.
159
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Front Seats
MANUAL SEATS
HEAD RESTRAINT COMPONENTS
Second Row Center Head Restraint (If
Equipped)
E401181
The head restraints consist of:
An energy absorbing head
restraint.
A
Two steel stems.B
Guide sleeve adjust and release
buttons.
C
Second Row Outermost Head
Restraints
E390998
The head restraints consist of:
An energy absorbing head
restraint.
A
Fold button - if equipped.B
Two steel stems.C
Guide sleeve unlock and remove
buttons.
D
Third Row Head Restraints
E286397
The head restraints consist of:
An energy absorbing head
restraint.
A
Two steel stems.B
Fold strap.C
ADJUSTING THE HEAD RESTRAINT
For the second row center head restraint,
pull the head restraint up to raise it.
To lower the head restraint:
160
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Rear Seats
1. Press and hold the adjust and release
button.
2. Push the head restraint down.
Folding the Head Restraint
To fold the second row outermost head
restraints:
1. Push the fold button (B).
2. Pull the head restraint up to place it back
to the upright position.
To fold the third row head restraints:
1. Pull the fold strap (C).
2. Pull the head restraint up to place it back
to the upright position.
REMOVING THE HEAD RESTRAINT
For the second row outermost head
restraints:
1. Pull the head restraint up until it reaches
its highest position.
2. Press and hold the guide sleeve unlock
and remove buttons.
3. Raise the head restraint.
INSTALLING THE HEAD RESTRAINT
Align the steel stems into the guide sleeves
and push the head restraint down until it
locks.
MOVING THE SEAT BACKWARD AND
FORWARD
E286395
For the second row outermost seats, lift the
handle to move the seats forward or
rearward.
ADJUSTING THE SEAT BACKREST
WARNING: Always drive and ride
with your seatback upright and the lap belt
snug and low across the hips.
WARNING: Do not recline the seat
backrest too far as this can cause the
occupant to slide under the seatbelt,
resulting in personal injury in the event of
a crash.
161
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Rear Seats
E281809
Lift the handle and adjust the seat backrest
rearward or forward.
FOLDING THE SEAT BACKREST
Folding the Second Row Outermost
Seats Flat
E281813
Lift the handle and fold the seat backrest
forward until it is flat.
Folding the Second Row Center Seat
E281821
Pull the strap to fold the seat backrest flat.
To return the seat to the upright position,
rotate the seat backrest until it locks.
To recline the seat backrest, pull the strap
and adjust the seat backrest rearward or
forward.
162
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Rear Seats
ACCESSING THE THIRD ROW SEATS
WARNING: Make sure that the seats
and the seat backrests are secure and fully
locked. Failure to follow this instruction
could result in personal injury or death in
a sudden stop or crash.
WARNING: Do not place cargo or
any objects behind the seat backrest
before returning it to the original position.
Pull on the seat backrest to make sure that
it has fully latched after returning the seat
backrest to its original position. An
unlatched seat may become dangerous if
you stop suddenly or have a crash.
WARNING: Do not adjust a seat or
release a seat floor latch when the vehicle
is moving. Failure to follow this instruction
could result in personal injury or death in
a sudden stop or crash.
Note: You may have to move the front row
seat forward to allow the second row seat
to be fully folded.
Note: You can move the second row
outermost seats forward to allow access to
the third row seats.
E281818
1. Lift the handle on top of the seat
backrest. The seat backrest folds forward
and engages the seat track.
2. Push the seat forward.
3. To return the seat to the seating position,
push the seat backrest and move the
track rearward. Make sure the seat
backrest locks in the upright position.
POWER SEATS
FOLDING THE SEATS
WARNING: Do not fold a seat if it is
occupied. Failure to follow this instruction
could result in personal injury.
WARNING: Do not place cargo or
any objects behind the seatback before
returning it to the original position.
WARNING: Do not drive your vehicle
with a seat that is unlatched or in the
folded position. Failure to follow this
instruction could result in personal injury
or death in the event of a sudden stop or
crash.
163
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Rear Seats
Adjusting the Third Row Power Seats
Note: The power rear seat functions disable
10 minutes after you switch the ignition off.
The transmission must be in park (P) and the
liftgate must be open to operate the seats.
The control buttons are inside the liftgate
area.
E251776
Press to fold the left-hand third row
seat.
A
Press to fold and unfold both third
row seats.
B
Press to fold the right-hand third
row seat.
C
To return the backrest to the original
position, press the corresponding control
again.
If the seats are inoperable:
1. Make sure that the engine is running and
the tailgate is open.
2. Make sure that there are no objects on
the seats that would prevent them from
folding completely.
3. Press and hold button B for one minute
until both seats completely fold and
unfold.
4. Press button A and button C to confirm
each seat is operational.
Note: During this procedure, the seat may
appear to be fully unfolded. Continue holding
the switch for a few seconds.
If the power rear seat disables after 10
minutes, you can enable the seat by:
• Opening any door.
• Pressing the unlock button on the key
fob.
164
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Rear Seats
• Pressing any keyless entry keypad
button.
• Switching the ignition on.
ACCESSING THE THIRD ROW SEATS
WARNING: Do not fold a seat if it is
occupied. Failure to follow this instruction
could result in personal injury.
The easy entry seat allows for easier entry
and exit to and from the third row seat.
E281819
Press the button on top of the second row
seat backrest to move the seat forward,
providing access to the third row.
E281818
1. Push the seat forward.
2. To return the seat to the seating position,
push the seat backrest rearward until it
latches.
HEATED SEATS (IF EQUIPPED)
HEATED SEAT PRECAUTIONS
WARNING: Use caution when using
the heated seat if you are unable to feel
pain to your skin because of advanced
age, chronic illness, diabetes, spinal cord
injury, medication, alcohol use, exhaustion
or other physical conditions. The heated
seat could cause burns even at low
temperatures, especially if used for long
periods of time. Failure to follow this
instruction could result in personal injury.
WARNING: Do not poke sharp
objects into the seat cushion or seat
backrest. This could damage the heated
seat element and cause it to overheat.
Failure to follow this instruction could result
in personal injury.
165
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Rear Seats
WARNING: Do not place anything on
the seat that blocks the heat, for example
a seat cover or a cushion. This could cause
the seat to overheat. Failure to follow this
instruction could result in personal injury.
Do not:
• Place heavy objects on the seat.
• Operate the heated seat if water or any
other liquid spills on the seat. Allow the
seat to dry.
SWITCHING THE HEATED SEATS ON
AND OFF
The vehicle must be running to use this
feature.
The rear seat heat controls are on the rear
of the center console.
E146322
Press the heated seat symbol to cycle
through the various heat settings and off.
More indicator lights indicate warmer
settings.
Note: The heated seats may remain on after
you remote start your vehicle, based on your
remote start settings. The heated seats may
also turn on when you start your vehicle if
they were on when you switched your
vehicle off.
VENTILATED SEATS (IF EQUIPPED)
VENTILATED SEAT PRECAUTIONS
Do not:
• Spill liquid on the seats. This may cause
the air vent holes to become blocked and
not work properly.
• Place cargo or objects under the seats.
They may block the air intake causing
the air vents to not work properly.
SWITCHING THE VENTILATED SEATS
ON AND OFF
The vehicle must be running to use this
feature.
E224689
166
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Rear Seats
Press this symbol on the climate controls or
the rear touchscreen to cycle through the
various ventilation settings and off. More
indicator lights indicate higher fan speeds.
Note: When you switch the climate control
fan speed and the ventilated seats to their
maximum settings, the ventilated seats
provide increased cooling.
If the engine falls below 350 RPM while the
ventilated seats are on, the feature switches
itself off unless the vehicle is in
Auto-Start-Stop mode. You may need to
reactivate the ventilated seats.
Note: The ventilated seats may remain on
after you remote start your vehicle, based
on your remote start settings. The ventilated
seats may also switch on when you start
your vehicle if they were on when you
switched your vehicle off.
167
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Rear Seats
WHAT IS THE REAR OCCUPANT
ALERT SYSTEM
The rear occupant alert system monitors
vehicle conditions and notifies you to check
for rear seat occupants when you switch the
ignition off. The notifications can be in the
form of warnings inside the vehicle and
sounding of the horn if activated for a short
period of time.
HOW DOES THE REAR OCCUPANT
ALERT SYSTEM WORK
The system monitors the activity of the
buckle on the rear seatbelt and the opening
and closing of the rear doors to indicate the
potential presence of an occupant in the rear
seat.
When Child Seat Installed is selected, the
system monitors only the opening and
closing of the rear doors to indicate the
potential presence of an occupant in the rear
seat.
When Child Seat Installed is not selected,
the system monitors the rear seatbelt buckle
activity and the opening and closing of the
rear doors to indicate the potential presence
of an occupant in the rear seat.
A message displays in the touchscreen and
an audible warning sounds when you switch
the ignition off after any of the following
conditions have been met:
• A rear door is opened or closed while
the ignition is on.
• You switch the ignition on within 15
minutes of a rear door opening and
closing.
• You switch the ignition on within 15
minutes of the alert having displayed or
sounded.
If you do not open a rear door within a short
period of time of the message appearing in
the center display, the first audible warning
sounding and driver door open to close, the
horn sounds for a short period of time.
Note: Horn sounds only when the Rear
Occupant Alert is set to Alert & Horn. If you
change the setting, then there is no horn
sound.
REAR OCCUPANT ALERT SYSTEM
PRECAUTIONS
WARNING: On hot days, the
temperature inside the vehicle can rise
very quickly. Exposure of people or animals
to these high temperatures for even a short
time can cause death or serious heat
related injuries, including brain damage.
Small children are particularly at risk.
WARNING: Do not leave children or
pets unattended in your vehicle. Failure to
follow this instruction could result in
personal injury or death.
REAR OCCUPANT ALERT SYSTEM
LIMITATIONS
The system does not detect the presence of
objects or passengers in the rear seat. It
monitors the activity of the buckle on the rear
seatbelt and the opening and closing of the
rear doors.
168
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Rear Occupant Alert System
Note: It is possible to receive an alert when
there is no rear seat occupant, but alert
conditions are met.
Note: It is possible to receive no alert when
there is an occupant in the rear seat, if alert
conditions are not met. For example, if a rear
seat occupant does not enter the vehicle
through a rear door.
REAR OCCUPANT ALERT SYSTEM
SETTINGS
1. From the settings menu, press Vehicle.
See Center Display (page 456).
2. Press Rear Occupant Alert.
3. Select Alert & Horn or Alert Only or Off.
Note: The default setting is Alert Only.
Note: If you choose Alert only, the horn does
not sound even when the alert conditions
are met.
Note: Performing a system reset causes the
system to switch on again.
Switching Child Seat Installed On and
Off
When the system is switched on, it monitors
the opening and closing of the rear doors to
indicate the potential presence of an
occupant in the rear seat.
1. From the settings menu, press Vehicle.
See Center Display (page 456).
2. Press Rear Occupant Alert.
3. Switch Child Seat Installed on or off.
Note: The default setting is on.
Switch the system on when the child restraint
is mounted on any of the following:
• Forward facing seat.
• Rear facing seat.
• Toddler in a LATCH system child seat.
Switch the system off when the child is using
any of the following:
• Seatbelt.
• Booster seat.
Semiannual Reminder
When you switch the system off, a message
appears every six months as a reminder that
the system is off. You can switch the system
back on or leave it off.
REAR OCCUPANT ALERT SYSTEM
INDICATORS
E350472
169
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Rear Occupant Alert System
Message
Check rear seats for occupants.
Displays when you switch the power off after
the alert conditions are met.
The message displays for a short period of
time. Press Close to acknowledge and
remove the message.
Note: Depending on your center display
system version, the graphic may look
different from what you see here.
REAR OCCUPANT ALERT SYSTEM
AUDIBLE WARNINGS
The first audible warning is an alert tone
within the vehicle, which sounds when you
switch your vehicle off after the alert
conditions are met. The warning sounds for
a short period of time.
The second audible warning is from the horn.
It sounds when you do not open a rear door
within a short period of time of the message
appearing in the center display, the first
audible warning sounding, and driver door
open to close. The warning sounds for a
short period of time.
170
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Rear Occupant Alert System
GARAGE DOOR OPENER
INTRODUCTION
HomeLink Wireless Control System
The universal garage door opener replaces
the common handheld garage door opener
with a three-button transmitter integrated
into the driver-side sun visor.
E188211
How Does The Garage Door Opener
Work
The system includes two primary features, a
garage door opener and a platform for
remote activation of devices within the home.
You can program garage doors as well as
entry gate operators, security systems, entry
door locks and home or office lighting.
Garage Door Opener Limitations
Canadian radio-frequency laws require
transmitter signals to time out, or quit, after
several seconds – which may not be long
enough for HomeLink to pick up the signal.
U.S. gate operators time-out in the same
manner.
GARAGE DOOR OPENER
PRECAUTIONS AND
FREQUENCIES
Garage Door Opener Precautions
WARNING: Do not use the system
with any garage door opener that does not
have the safety stop and reverse feature
as required by U.S. Federal Safety
Standards (this includes any garage door
opener manufactured before April 1, 1982).
A garage door opener which cannot detect
an object, signaling the door to stop and
reverse, does not meet current federal
safety standards. Using a garage door
opener without these features increases
the risk of serious injury or death.
171
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Garage Door Opener
FCC and RSS-210 Industry Canada
Compliance
WARNING: Changes or modifications
not expressively approved by the party
responsible for compliance could void the
user's authority to operate the equipment.
The term "IC:" before the radio certification
number only signifies that Industry Canada
technical specifications were met.
This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC
Rules and with RSS-210 of Industry Canada.
Operation is subject to the following two
conditions: (1) this device may not cause
harmful interference, and (2) this device must
accept any interference received, including
interference that may cause undesired
operation.
This equipment complies with FCC radiation
exposure limits set forth for an uncontrolled
environment. End Users must follow the
specific operating instructions for satisfying
RF exposure compliance. This transmitter
must be at least 8 in (20 cm) from the user
and must not be co-located or operating in
conjunction with any other antenna or
transmitter.
PROGRAMMING THE GARAGE
DOOR OPENER
To clear all stored codes in the garage door
opener in your vehicle, use the clear
function. To override one button, use the
reprogram function.
Note: Make sure that the garage door and
security device are free from obstruction
when you are programming. Do not program
the system with the vehicle in the garage.
Clearing the Garage Door Opener
E188213
To clear all stored codes in the garage door
opener in the vehicle:
1. Press and hold the outer two function
buttons simultaneously for approximately
10 seconds until the indicator above the
buttons flashes rapidly.
2. When the indicator flashes, release the
buttons.
Note: This clears all stored codes. You
cannot erase individual buttons.
172
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Garage Door Opener
Note: You can program a maximum of three
devices. To change or replace any of the
three devices after they have been initially
programmed, you must either clear all codes,
or reprogram each individual button.
Note: We recommend that upon the sale or
lease termination of your vehicle, you erase
the programmed function buttons for security
reasons.
Reprogramming the Garage Door
Opener
If a button on your garage door opener has
already been programmed, you can override
it. To program a device to a previously
trained button:
1. Press and hold the desired button for
approximately 20 seconds until the
indicator begins to flash.
2. Without releasing the button, proceed to
Step 3 of Programming the Garage Door
Opener to your Handheld Transmitter.
Programming the Garage Door Opener
to your Handheld Transmitter
Note: The programming steps below assume
you are programming a HomeLink that was
not previously programmed. If your
HomeLink was previously programmed, you
may need to clear or reprogram your
HomeLink buttons.
Note: Put a new battery in the handheld
transmitter. This allows for quicker training
and accurate transmission of the
radio-frequency signal.
Note: Make sure that the garage door and
security device are free from obstruction
when you are programming. Do not program
the system with the vehicle in the garage.
E188213
To program your in-vehicle HomeLink
function button with your handheld
transmitter:
1. With your vehicle parked outside of the
garage, switch your vehicle on, but do
not start your vehicle.
2. Press and release one of the three
HomeLink function buttons that you
would like to program.
Note: The indicator should begin to flash. If
the indicator does not flash, press and hold
the function button for 20 seconds until the
indicator begins to flash.
173
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Garage Door Opener
3. Hold your handheld garage door
transmitter 1–3 in (2–8 cm) away from the
HomeLink button you want to program.
4. Press and hold the handheld transmitter
button you want to program while
watching the indicator on HomeLink.
Continue to hold the handheld button
until the HomeLink indicator flashes
rapidly or is continuously on.
Note: You may need to use a different
method if you live in Canada or have
difficulties programming your gate operator
or garage door opener.
5. Press and hold the HomeLink button you
programmed for two seconds, then
release. You may need to do this twice
to activate the door.
Note: If the indicator stays on, the
programming is complete.
Note: If the HomeLink indicator flashes
rapidly, repeat Step 5.
Note: If your device still does not operate,
you must program your garage door.
6. To program additional buttons, repeat
Steps 1–4.
Note: Make sure you keep the original
remote control transmitter for use in other
vehicles as well as for future system
programming.
Programming the Garage Door Opener
to your Garage Door Opener Motor
Note: Make sure that the garage door and
security device are free from obstruction
when you are programming. Do not program
the system with the vehicle in the garage.
E142659
1. Press the learn button on the garage
door opener motor and then you have
30 seconds to complete the next two
steps.
2. Return to your vehicle.
E188212
3. Press and hold one of the three
HomeLink function buttons you want to
program for two seconds, then release.
4. Repeat Step 3. Depending on your brand
of garage door opener, you may need to
repeat this sequence a third time.
174
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Garage Door Opener
Programming the Garage Door Opener
to your Gate Opener Motor
Gate Operator / Canadian Programming
Canadian radio-frequency laws require
transmitter signals to time-out (or quit) after
several seconds of transmission – which may
not be long enough for HomeLink to pick up
the signal during programming. Similar to
this Canadian law, some U.S. gate operators
are designed to time-out in the same manner.
Note: If programming a garage door opener
or gate operator, it is advised that you
unplug the device during the cycling process
to prevent possible overheating.
1. Press and release your handheld
transmitter, every two seconds, until the
HomeLink indicator flashes rapidly or is
continuously on.
2. Release the handheld transmitter button.
3. Press and hold the HomeLink function
button you want to program for two
seconds, then release. You may need to
do this twice to activate the door.
Note: If the indicator stays on, the
programming is complete.
Note: If the HomeLink indicator flashes
rapidly, repeat Step 3.
4. To program additional buttons, repeat
Steps 1–4.
175
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Garage Door Opener
LOCATING THE USB PORTS
Data Transfer USB Ports
E250655
The USB ports could be in the following
locations:
• On the lower instrument panel.
• Inside the center console.
Note: These USB ports can also charge
devices.
Note: Not all USB ports in your vehicle have
data transfer capabilities.
Note: We recommend using only USB-IF
certified cables and adapters. Non-certified
cables and adapters may not work.
Charge Only USB Ports
E263583
The USB ports could be in the following
locations:
• On the lower instrument panel.
• On the upper instrument panel.
• Inside the media bin.
• Inside the center console.
• On the rear of the center console.
• Behind the first row seats.
• In the cargo area.
PLAYING MEDIA USING THE USB
PORT
WARNING: Driving while distracted
can result in loss of vehicle control, crash
and injury. We strongly recommend that
you use extreme caution when using any
device that may take your focus off the
road. Your primary responsibility is the safe
operation of your vehicle. We recommend
against the use of any hand-held device
while driving and encourage the use of
voice-operated systems when possible.
Make sure you are aware of all applicable
local laws that may affect the use of
electronic devices while driving.
Connect your device to the USB port.
E356583
Press the button on the status bar
to open the application drawer.
Press the USB option.
Press the button to play a track.
Press the button again to pause
the track.
Press the button to skip to the next
track.
Press and hold the button to fast
forward through the track.
Press the button once to return to
the beginning of a track.
Repeatedly press the button to
return to previous tracks.
176
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
USB Ports
Press and hold the button to fast rewind.
CHARGING A DEVICE
Connect your device to the USB port.
Data Transfer USB Ports
E250655
You can charge your device through the data
transfer USB port when the touchscreen is
on.
Charge Only USB Ports
E263583
You can charge your device through the
charge only USB port when the vehicle is in
accessory mode or when the vehicle is
running.
177
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
USB Ports
WHAT IS THE POWER OUTLET
The power outlet is a socket that connects
an electrical device to your vehicle's power
supply.
POWER OUTLET PRECAUTIONS
WARNING: Do not keep electrical
devices plugged into the power outlet
whenever the device is not in use. The
outlet provides power when the vehicle is
on. Failure to follow this instruction could
result in personal injury.
WARNING: Do not use an extension
cord or connect multiple devices to the
power outlet. Doing so could result in
overloading the power outlet. Failure to
follow this instruction could result in fire,
personal injury or property damage.
POWER OUTLET LIMITATIONS
You should not use the power outlet for
these types of electric devices:
• Cathode ray tube type televisions.
• Motor loads, such as vacuum cleaners,
electric saws or other electric power tools
and compressor-driven refrigerators.
• Measuring devices which process precise
data, such as medical equipment or
measuring equipment.
• Other appliances requiring an extremely
stable power supply, such as
microcomputer-controlled electric
blankets or touch sensor lamps.
Note: Some devices may exceed the power
rating on the device label when they are
initially plugged-in and may require you to
press the device power button more than
one time in order to allow a soft start. After
multiple attempts, if the device remains off,
please consider that your device may require
more than the available power.
Note: The power outlet provides full
available power when the vehicle is in park
(P). Power availability may be reduced when
the vehicle is in drive (D). If more than one
outlet is available in the vehicle, power is
divided between the outlets that are in use
at the same time.
LOCATING THE POWER OUTLETS
The power outlet is on the instrument panel
or the rear of the center console.
E372643
178
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Power Outlet - Vehicles With: 110V Power Outlet
POWER OUTLET INDICATORS
The power outlet indicator illuminates to let
you know the status of the system.
DescriptionIndicator Status
When the indicator
light is on, the outlet
is providing power.
On
When the indicator
light is off, there is
no power to the
outlet.
Off
When the indicator
light is flashing, the
outlet is in a fault
mode.
Flashing
Fault mode
The power outlet temporarily turns off power
if the device exceeds the watt limit.
1. Unplug your device.
2. Switch your vehicle off to let the system
cool and reset the fault mode.
3. Switch your vehicle back on, but do not
plug your device back in.
4. With your vehicle on, make sure the
indicator light remains on.
5. Make sure your device does not exceed
the power limits and then plug in your
device.
Note: If a fault occurs again, your device
may exceed the capacity available from the
power outlet.
179
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Power Outlet - Vehicles With: 110V Power Outlet
WHAT IS THE POWER OUTLET
The power outlet can power devices using
a 12 V outlet adapter.
POWER OUTLET PRECAUTIONS
WARNING: Do not plug optional
electrical accessories into the cigar lighter
socket. Incorrect use of the cigar lighter
can cause damage not covered by the
vehicle warranty, and can result in fire or
serious injury.
When you switch the vehicle on, you can use
the socket to power 12 V appliances with a
maximum current rating of 15 A. Do not use
the power point over the vehicle capacity of
12 V DC 180 W or a fuse could blow. Do not
plug in any device that supplies power to the
vehicle through the power points. This could
result in damage to vehicle systems. Do not
hang any accessory from the accessory plug.
Always keep the power point caps closed
when not in use. Do not insert objects other
than an accessory plug into the power point.
To prevent the battery from running out of
charge:
• Do not use the power point longer than
necessary when the vehicle is off.
• Do not leave devices plugged in
overnight or when you park your vehicle
for extended periods.
LOCATING THE POWER OUTLETS
Power outlets may be in the following
locations:
• On the lower instrument panel.
• Inside the center console.
• On the front of the center console.
• On the rear of the center console.
• In the cargo area.
• On the passenger side floor panel.
• 3rd row on the quarter trim panels.
180
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Power Outlet - Vehicles With: 12V Power Outlet
WHAT IS THE WIRELESS
ACCESSORY CHARGER
The wireless accessory charger allows you
to charge one compatible Qi wireless
charging device on the charging area.
WIRELESS ACCESSORY CHARGER
PRECAUTIONS
WARNING: Wireless charging
devices can affect the operation of
implanted medical devices, including
cardiac pacemakers. If you have any
implanted medical devices, we recommend
that you consult with your physician.
WARNING: Remove all metal objects
like coins and keys from the charging
surface and remove any metal objects
attached to your mobile phone before
placing the device on the charging surface.
Some mobile devices or cases may attract
metal objects. Metal objects on the
charging surface or attached to the phone
may become hot while charging is active.
If an object is left on or near the charging
surface or attached to the phone while the
device is charging, let the objects cool
before removing to prevent personal injury.
Keep the charging area clean and remove
foreign objects prior to charging a device.
Do not place items with a magnetic strip or
radio-frequency identification chip, for
example passports, parking tickets,
transportation passes or credit cards, near
the charging area when charging a device.
Damage could occur to the magnetic strip
or radio-frequency identification chip.
Do not place metal objects, for example
remote controls, coins and candy wrappers,
on or near the charging area when charging
a device. Metal objects may heat up and
degrade the charging performance, in
addition to causing interruptions in charging.
Charging could be interrupted, degraded, or
could stop if any of the following occur:
• The system detects a foreign object.
• The device is misaligned on the charging
area.
• The device moves on the active charging
area when the vehicle is in motion.
• The vehicle ambient temperature is too
high.
• You attempt to charge a non-Qi
compatible device on the wireless
charger.
Note: During charging, the device and the
charger could heat up, this is normal. If the
battery gets hotter than usual, the device
may stop charging.
LOCATING THE WIRELESS
ACCESSORY CHARGER
E297549
The charging area is in the media
bin.
181
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Wireless Accessory Charger (If Equipped)
CHARGING A WIRELESS DEVICE
Place the device on the center of the
charging surface with the charging side
down. The charging stops after your device
reaches a full charge.
You can use the charger when the vehicle
is in accessory mode, when the vehicle is
running or when the touchscreen is on.
E263583
Displays on the status bar when
wireless charging is in progress.
E372644
Displays on the status bar when
wireless charging has been
interrupted.
Note: The charging performance may be
affected if your device is in a case. It may be
necessary to remove the case to wirelessly
charge your device.
Note: Software and firmware updates may
affect device compatibility, including the use
of unofficial software or firmware. You should
verify charging functionality with your
specific devices in-vehicle.
182
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Wireless Accessory Charger (If Equipped)
GLOVE COMPARTMENT
OPENING THE GLOVE
COMPARTMENT
E394818
Pull the latch toward the driver side to open.
LOCKING THE GLOVE COMPARTMENT
You can lock the glove compartment using
the key.
E394819
Unlock.A
Lock.B
CENTER CONSOLE
OPENING THE CENTER CONSOLE
E394820
Pull the latch to open the center console.
183
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Storage
GLASSES HOLDER
LOCATING THE GLASSES HOLDER
E306967
The glasses holder is in the overhead
console.
Press near the rear edge of the door to open
it.
184
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Storage
STARTING AND STOPPING THE
ENGINE – PRECAUTIONS
WARNING: Extended idling at high
engine speeds can produce very high
temperatures in the engine and exhaust
system, creating the risk of fire or other
damage.
WARNING: Do not park, idle or drive
your vehicle on dry grass or other dry
ground cover. The emission system heats
up the engine compartment and exhaust
system, creating the risk of fire.
WARNING: Do not start the engine
in a closed garage or in other enclosed
areas. Exhaust fumes are toxic. Always
open the garage door before you start the
engine. Failure to follow this instruction
could result in personal injury or death.
WARNING: Do not use starting fluid,
for example ether, in the air intake system.
Such fluid could cause immediate
explosive damage to the engine and
possible personal injury.
WARNING: Exhaust leaks may result
in entry of harmful and potentially lethal
fumes into the passenger compartment. If
you smell exhaust fumes inside your
vehicle, have your vehicle inspected
immediately. Do not drive if you smell
exhaust fumes.
Note: If you use your vehicle regularly above
the altitude of 5,000 ft (1,524 m) and under
the temperature of -4.0°F (-20°C), it is
recommended to use the alternative engine
oil. See Capacities and Specifications
(page 429).
If you stop your vehicle and leave the engine
idling for long periods, we recommend that
you do one of the following:
• Open the windows at least 1 in (2.5 cm).
• Set your climate control to outside air.
PUSH BUTTON IGNITION SWITCH
E357998
Switching the Ignition Off
When the ignition is on or in accessory mode,
press the push button ignition switch once
without your foot on the brake pedal.
Switching the Ignition to Accessory
Mode
When the ignition is off, press the push
button ignition switch once without your foot
on the brake pedal.
All electrical circuits and accessories are
operational and the warning lamps and
indicators illuminate.
185
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Starting and Stopping the Engine
Note: Your vehicle has a battery saver
feature that shuts your vehicle off when it
detects a certain amount of battery drain, or
after approximately 30 minutes of inactivity
in accessory mode.
Note: The system may not function if the
remote control is close to metal objects or
electronic devices, for example keys or a
cell phone.
Note: You need a valid key inside your
vehicle to switch the ignition on and start the
engine.
STARTING THE ENGINE
STARTING A GASOLINE ENGINE
Before starting your vehicle, check the
following:
• Make sure that the headlamps and
electrical accessories are off.
• Make sure that the parking brake is on.
• Make sure that the transmission is in park
(P).
1. Fully press the brake pedal.
Note: Do not touch the accelerator pedal.
E357998
2. Press the push button ignition switch.
Note: The engine may continue cranking for
up to 15 seconds or until it starts.
Note: The engine takes longer to start at
lower temperatures. It may crank for several
seconds when very cold.
RESTARTING THE ENGINE AFTER
STOPPING IT
The system allows you to start the engine
within 10 seconds of switching it off, even if
it does not detect a valid passive key.
Within 10 seconds of switching the engine
off, fully press the brake pedal and press the
push button ignition switch. After 10 seconds,
you can no longer start the engine if the
system does not detect a valid passive key.
When you start the engine, it remains running
until you press the push button ignition
switch, even if your vehicle does not detect
a valid passive key. If you open and close a
door when the engine is running, the system
searches for a valid passive key.
ENGINE BLOCK HEATER (IF EQUIPPED)
ENGINE BLOCK HEATER
PRECAUTIONS
WARNING: Failure to follow engine
block heater instructions could result in
property damage or serious personal
injury.
WARNING: Do not use your heater
with ungrounded electrical systems or
two-pronged adapters. There is a risk of
electrical shock.
186
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Starting and Stopping the Engine
WARNING: Do not fully close the
hood, or allow it to drop under its own
weight when using the engine block
heater. This could damage the power cable
and may cause an electrical short resulting
in fire, injury and property damage.
We recommend that you do the following for
a safe and correct operation:
• Use a 16-gauge outdoor extension cord
that is product certified by Underwriter’ s
Laboratory (UL) or Canadian Standards
Association (CSA). This extension cord
must be suitable for use outdoors, in cold
temperatures, and be clearly marked
Suitable for Use with Outdoor
Appliances. Do not use an indoor
extension cord outdoors. This could
result in an electric shock or become a
fire hazard.
• Use as short an extension cord as
possible.
• Do not use multiple extension cords.
• Make sure that when in operation, the
extension cord plug and engine block
heater cord plug connections are free
and clear of water. This could cause an
electric shock or fire.
• If the engine block heater cord is under
the hood, do not remove the wiring from
its original location. Do not close the
hood on the extension wiring.
• Park your vehicle in a clean area, clear
of combustible materials.
• Firmly connect the engine block heater
cord and the extension cord.
• Check the extension cord for heat
anywhere when the system has been
operating for approximately 30 minutes.
• Unplug and properly stow the system
before starting and driving your vehicle.
The protective cover seals the terminals
of the engine block heater cord plug
when not in use.
• Check the engine block heater system
for proper operation before winter.
HOW DOES THE ENGINE BLOCK
HEATER WORK
The engine block heater warms the engine
coolant. This allows the climate control
system to quickly respond. The equipment
includes a heater element installed in the
engine block and a wire harness. You can
connect the system to a grounded 110 volt
AC electrical source.
Note: The engine block heater is most
effective when outdoor temperatures are
below 0°F (-18°C). We recommend the use
of engine block heater to improve engine
cold start performance.
USING THE ENGINE BLOCK HEATER
Make sure the receptacle terminals are clean
and dry prior to use. Clean them with a dry
cloth if necessary.
187
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Starting and Stopping the Engine
The heater uses 0.4 to 1.0 kilowatt-hours of
energy per hour of use. The system does not
have a thermostat. It achieves maximum
temperature after approximately three hours
of operation. Using the engine block heater
longer than three hours does not improve
system performance and unnecessarily uses
electricity.
STOPPING THE ENGINE
STOPPING THE ENGINE WHEN YOUR
VEHICLE IS STATIONARY
1. Shift into park (P).
2. Apply the parking brake.
3. Wait until the engine reaches idle speed.
E357998
4. Press the push button ignition switch.
STOPPING THE ENGINE WHEN YOUR
VEHICLE IS MOVING
WARNING: Switching off the engine
when your vehicle is still moving results in
a significant decrease in braking
assistance. Higher effort is required to
apply the brakes and to stop your vehicle.
A significant decrease in steering
assistance could also occur. The steering
does not lock, but higher effort could be
required to steer your vehicle. When you
switch the ignition off, some electrical
circuits, for example airbags, also turn off.
If you unintentionally switch the ignition
off, shift into neutral (N) and restart the
engine.
E357998
1. Press and hold the push button ignition
switch until the engine stops, or press it
three times within two seconds.
2. Shift into neutral and use the brakes to
bring your vehicle to a safe stop.
3. Shift into park (P).
4. Apply the parking brake.
AUTOMATIC ENGINE STOP
WHAT IS AUTOMATIC ENGINE STOP
Automatic engine stop is a feature that
switches the engine off if it has been idling
for an extended period to help you save fuel.
188
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Starting and Stopping the Engine
HOW DOES AUTOMATIC ENGINE
STOP WORK
Automatic engine stop turns the engine off.
The ignition also turns off in order to save
battery power. Before the engine shuts
down, a message appears in the information
display showing a timer counting down. If
you do not intervene within 30 seconds, the
engine shuts down. Another message
appears in the information display to inform
you that the engine has shut down in order
to save fuel. Start your vehicle as you
normally do.
SWITCHING AUTOMATIC ENGINE
STOP ON AND OFF
1. From the settings menu, press Vehicle.
See Center Display (page 456).
2. Switch 30min Max Idle on or off.
Note: You cannot permanently switch off
the automatic shutdown. If you switch it off,
it turns on each time you switch the ignition
on.
OVERRIDING AUTOMATIC ENGINE
STOP
You can stop the engine shutdown, or reset
the timer, at any point before the 30-second
countdown has expired by doing any of the
following:
• Pressing the brake pedal or accelerator
pedal.
• Pressing the OK or RESET button during
the countdown.
Note: You cannot permanently switch off
the automatic engine shutdown feature.
When you switch it off temporarily, it turns
on at the next ignition cycle.
ACCESSING THE PASSIVE KEY
BACKUP POSITION
If you are unable to start your vehicle, do the
following:
E415486
1. Access the backup slot.
2. Insert the passive key into the backup
slot.
3. With the key in this position, press the
brake pedal, then press the push button
ignition switch to switch the ignition on
and start your vehicle.
189
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Starting and Stopping the Engine
STARTING AND STOPPING THE
ENGINE – TROUBLESHOOTING
STARTING AND STOPPING THE
ENGINE – WARNING LAMPS
Malfunction Indicator Lamp
E67028
If it illuminates when the engine is
running, the on-board diagnostics
system is detecting a malfunction
of the vehicle emission control system.
If it flashes, engine misfire could be
occurring. Increased exhaust gas
temperatures could damage the catalytic
converter or other vehicle components.
Avoid heavy acceleration and deceleration,
and have your vehicle checked as soon as
possible.
Powertrain Warning Lamp
E415072
If it illuminates when the engine is
running, this indicates a powertrain
or four-wheel drive fault. If it
flashes when you are driving, immediately
reduce the vehicle speed. Avoid heavy
acceleration and deceleration, and have your
vehicle checked as soon as possible.
If both lamps illuminate when the engine is
running, stop your vehicle as soon as it is
safe to do so. Continuing to drive your
vehicle could cause reduced power or the
engine to stop. Switch the ignition off and
attempt to restart the engine. Have your
vehicle checked as soon as possible.
Oil Pressure Warning Lamp
E67022
It illuminates when you switch the
ignition on. If it illuminates when
the engine is running, this indicates
a malfunction. Stop your vehicle and switch
the engine off. Check the engine oil level.
If the oil level is sufficient, this indicates a
system malfunction. Have your vehicle
checked as soon as possible.
190
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Starting and Stopping the Engine
STARTING AND STOPPING THE ENGINE – INFORMATION MESSAGES
ActionMessage
Displays if you exceed the starting time limit. You cannot attempt to start the engine for 15 minutes.
If you cannot start the engine after 15 minutes passes, have your vehicle immediately checked.
Cranking Time Exceeded
Displays if you are unable to start your vehicle with a correctly coded key. The system has
detected a fault that requires service. Have your vehicle checked as soon as possible.
Starting System Fault
Displays if the system does not detect a valid passive key.No Key Detected
191
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Starting and Stopping the Engine
STARTING AND STOPPING THE
ENGINE – FREQUENTLY ASKED
QUESTIONS
Why is the engine speed high when I
am starting the engine?
• The speed at which the engine idles
immediately after starting is optimized to
minimize vehicle emissions and maximize
cabin comfort and fuel economy.
Why does the engine not crank?
• You can only attempt to start the engine
for a limited amount of time before the
starting system temporarily disables. If
you exceed the starting time limit, a
message may appear and you cannot
attempt to start the engine for at least 15
minutes.
Why do I experience different driving
characteristics?
• If you disconnect the battery, your vehicle
may exhibit some unusual driving
characteristics for approximately 5.0 mi
(8 km) after you reconnect it. This is
because the engine management system
must realign itself with the engine. You
can disregard any unusual driving
characteristics during this period.
Why can I not start the engine?
If you cannot start the engine after 3
attempts, wait 10 seconds and do the
following:
1. Fully press the brake pedal or the clutch
pedal.
Note: Make sure that the parking brake is
applied.
Note: Make sure that the transmission is in
park (P) or neutral (N).
2. Fully press the accelerator pedal and
hold it there.
3. Press the push button ignition switch.
Note: The engine cranks for a short period
of time and then it stops.
4. Release the accelerator pedal.
E357998
5. Press the push button ignition switch.
Why does the system not detect a
passive key?
• If the system does not detect a passive
key and you are unable to start the
engine, insert the passive key into the
backup position and press the push
button ignition switch to start the engine.
See Accessing the Passive Key Backup
Position (page 189).
192
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Starting and Stopping the Engine
WHAT IS AUTO-START-STOP
The system is designed to help reduce fuel
consumption and CO
2
emissions by stopping
the engine when it is idling, for example at
traffic lights.
AUTO-START-STOP PRECAUTIONS
WARNING: Apply the parking brake,
shift into park (P), switch the ignition off
and remove the key before you leave your
vehicle. Failure to follow this instruction
could result in personal injury or death.
WARNING: Apply the parking brake,
shift into park (P), switch the ignition off
and remove the key before you open the
hood or have any service or repair work
completed. If you do not switch the ignition
off, the engine could restart at any time.
Failure to follow this instruction could result
in personal injury or death.
SWITCHING AUTO-START-STOP
ON AND OFF
The system turns on when you switch the
ignition on.
E121377
Press the button to switch the
system off.
Note: OFF illuminates in the switch.
Note: Deactivating the system using the
button lasts only one key cycle.
Press the button again to switch the system
back on.
Note: The system turns off if it detects a
malfunction. If the system malfunctions,
have your vehicle checked as soon as
possible.
STOPPING THE ENGINE
Stop your vehicle, keep your foot on the
brake pedal and the transmission in drive
(D).
RESTARTING THE ENGINE
Release the brake pedal or press the
accelerator pedal.
A message appears in the instrument cluster
display if the system requires you to take
action.
AUTO-START-STOP INDICATORS
WARNING: The system may require
the engine to automatically restart when
the auto-start-stop indicator illuminates
green or flashes amber. Failure to follow
this instruction could result in personal
injury.
E121377
The auto-start-stop indicator
illuminates green when the engine
stops. It flashes amber and a
message appears when you need to take
action.
193
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Auto-Start-Stop
E146361
The auto-start-stop indicator
illuminates gray with a
strikethrough when the system is
not available.
AUTO-START-STOP –
TROUBLESHOOTING
AUTO-START-STOP – INFORMATION
MESSAGES
A message appears in the instrument cluster
display if the system requires you to take
action.
ActionConditionMessage
Press the brake pedal to restart the engine.The system needs to restart the engine but
requires your confirmation.
Auto StartStop Press Brake to Start Engine
Press the brake pedal or the accelerator pedal
to restart the engine.
The system needs to restart the engine but
requires your confirmation.
Auto StartStop Press a Pedal to Start Engine
194
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Auto-Start-Stop
AUTO-START-STOP – FREQUENTLY
ASKED QUESTIONS
Why does the engine not always stop
when I expect it to?
The system is designed to work in a way that
complements other vehicle systems, allowing
them to operate at optimum performance.
The system does not stop the engine if:
• The driver door is open.
• Your vehicle is at high altitude.
• The heated windshield is on.
• The engine is warming up.
• The outside temperature is too low or
too high.
• The battery charge is low.
• The battery temperature is outside the
optimal operating range.
• The engine is required to run to maintain
interior climate and reduce fogging.
Why does the engine sometimes
restart when I do not expect it to?
The system is designed to work in a way that
complements other vehicle systems, allowing
them to operate at optimum performance.
The system restarts the engine if:
• You switch the heated windshield on.
• You switch maximum defrost on.
• Your vehicle starts to roll downhill in
neutral.
• The engine is required to run to maintain
adequate brake system assistance.
• The engine is required to run to maintain
interior climate and reduce fogging.
Can I permanently switch the system
off?
No. The system plays an important role in
reducing the fuel consumption and the CO
2
emissions.
Will the frequent engine starts cause
parts to wear out?
Your vehicle has an enhanced battery and
starter motor that are designed for the
increased number of engine starts.
195
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Auto-Start-Stop
FUEL AND REFUELING
PRECAUTIONS
WARNING: Fuels can cause serious
injury or death if misused or mishandled.
WARNING: Fuel may contain
benzene, which is a cancer-causing agent.
WARNING: Read and follow all the
instructions on the pump island.
WARNING: When refueling always
shut the engine off and never allow sparks
or open flames near the fuel tank filler
valve. Never smoke or use a cell phone
while refueling. Fuel vapor is extremely
hazardous under certain conditions. Avoid
inhaling excess fumes.
Follow these guidelines when refueling:
• Extinguish all smoking materials and any
open flames before refueling your
vehicle.
• Switch the engine off before refueling.
• Automotive fuels can be harmful or fatal
if swallowed. Fuel is highly toxic and if
swallowed can cause death or permanent
injury. If fuel is swallowed immediately
call a physician, even if no symptoms are
immediately apparent. The toxic effects
of fuel may not be apparent for hours.
• Avoid inhaling fuel vapors. Inhaling fuel
vapor can lead to eye and respiratory
tract irritation. In severe cases, excessive
or prolonged breathing of fuel vapor can
cause serious illness and permanent
injury.
• Avoid getting fuel in your eyes. If you
splash fuel in your eyes, immediately
remove contact lenses, if worn, flush with
water for 15 minutes and seek medical
attention. Failure to seek proper medical
attention could lead to permanent injury.
• Fuels can be harmful if absorbed through
the skin. If you splash fuel on your skin,
clothing or both, promptly remove
contaminated clothing and thoroughly
wash your skin with soap and water.
Repeated or prolonged skin contact
causes skin irritation.
• Be particularly careful if you are taking
Antabuse or other forms of Disulfiram for
the treatment of alcoholism. Breathing
fuel vapors could cause an adverse
reaction, serious personal injury or
sickness. Immediately call a physician if
you experience any adverse reactions.
196
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Fuel and Refueling
FUEL QUALITY
SELECTING THE CORRECT FUEL
E161513
Your vehicle operates on regular unleaded
gasoline with a minimum pump (R+M)/2
octane rating of 87.
Some fuel stations, particularly those in high
altitude areas, offer fuels posted as regular
unleaded gasoline with an octane rating
below 87. The use of these fuels could result
in engine damage that will not be covered
by the vehicle Warranty.
For best overall vehicle and engine
performance, premium fuel with an octane
rating of 91 or higher is recommended. The
performance gained by using premium fuel
is most noticeable in hot weather as well as
other conditions, for example when towing
a trailer. See Towing a Trailer (page 338).
Do not be concerned if the engine
sometimes knocks lightly. However, if the
engine knocks heavily while using fuel with
the recommended octane rating, contact an
authorized dealer to prevent any engine
damage.
We recommend Top Tier detergent
gasolines, where available to help minimize
engine deposits and maintain optimal vehicle
and engine performance.
For additional information, visit
www.toptiergas.com.
Note: Use of any fuel for which the vehicle
was not designed can impair the emission
control system, cause loss of vehicle
performance, and cause damage to the
engine which may not be covered by the
vehicle Warranty.
Do not use:
• Diesel fuel.
• Fuels containing kerosene or paraffin.
• Fuel containing more than 15% ethanol
(E15) or E85 fuel.
• Fuels containing methanol.
• Fuels containing metallic-based additives,
including manganese-based compounds.
• Fuels containing the octane booster
additive, methylcyclopentadienyl
manganese tricarbonyl (MMT).
• Leaded fuel, using leaded fuel is
prohibited by law.
The use of fuels with metallic compounds
such as methylcyclopentadienyl manganese
tricarbonyl, which is a manganese-based fuel
additive, will impair engine performance and
affect the emission control system.
LOCATING THE FUEL FILLER
FUNNEL
The fuel filler funnel is under the luggage
compartment floor covering.
197
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Fuel and Refueling
RUNNING OUT OF FUEL
FILLING A PORTABLE FUEL
CONTAINER
WARNING: Flow of fuel through a
fuel pump nozzle can produce static
electricity. This can cause a fire if you are
filling an ungrounded fuel container.
Use the following guidelines to avoid
electrostatic charge build-up, which can
produce a spark, when filling an ungrounded
fuel container:
• Only use an approved fuel container to
transfer fuel to your vehicle. Place the
container on the ground when filling it.
• Do not fill a fuel container when it is
inside your vehicle (including the cargo
area).
• Keep the fuel pump nozzle in contact
with the fuel container when filling it.
• Do not use a device that holds the fuel
pump nozzle lever in the fill position.
ADDING FUEL FROM A PORTABLE
FUEL CONTAINER
WARNING: Do not insert the nozzle
of a fuel container or an aftermarket funnel
into the fuel filler neck. This may damage
the fuel system filler neck or its seal and
cause fuel to run onto the ground.
WARNING: Do not pry open the fuel
tank filler valve. This could damage the fuel
system. Failure to follow this instruction
could result in fire, personal injury or death.
WARNING: Do not dispose of fuel in
the household refuse or the public sewage
system. Use an authorized waste disposal
facility.
When refueling the vehicle fuel tank from a
fuel container, use the fuel filler funnel
included with your vehicle. See Locating
the Fuel Filler Funnel (page 197).
Note: Do not use aftermarket funnels as they
may not work with the capless fuel system
and can damage it.
When refueling the vehicle fuel tank from a
fuel container, do the following:
1. Fully open the fuel filler door.
E157452
2. Fully insert the fuel filler funnel into the
fuel filler inlet.
3. Add fuel to your vehicle from the fuel
container.
4. Remove the fuel filler funnel.
5. Fully close the fuel filler door.
198
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Fuel and Refueling
6. Clean the fuel filler funnel and place it
back in your vehicle or correctly dispose
of it.
Note: If your vehicle runs out of fuel add a
minimum of 1.3 gal (5 L) of fuel to restart the
engine.
Note: You may need to switch the ignition
from off to on several times after refueling
to allow the fuel system to pump the fuel
from the tank to the engine. When restarting,
cranking time takes a few seconds longer
than normal.
Note: Extra funnels can be purchased from
an authorized dealer if you choose to
dispose of the funnel.
REFUELING
REFUELING SYSTEM OVERVIEW
E267248
B
C
A
Fuel filler door.A
Fuel filler inlet.B
Fuel tank filler pipe.C
REFUELING YOUR VEHICLE
WARNING: When refueling always
shut the engine off and never allow sparks
or open flames near the fuel tank filler
valve. Never smoke or use a cell phone
while refueling. Fuel vapor is extremely
hazardous under certain conditions. Avoid
inhaling excess fumes.
WARNING: Fuel vapor burns violently
and a fuel fire can cause severe injuries.
WARNING: The fuel system may be
under pressure. If you hear a hissing sound
near the fuel filler inlet, do not refuel until
the sound stops. Otherwise, fuel may spray
out, which could cause serious personal
injury.
WARNING: Keep children away from
the fuel pump. Never let children pump
fuel.
199
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Fuel and Refueling
WARNING: Do not pry open the fuel
tank filler valve. This could damage the fuel
system. Failure to follow this instruction
could result in fire, personal injury or death.
WARNING: Stay outside your vehicle
and do not leave the fuel pump unattended
when refueling your vehicle.
WARNING: Do not remove the fuel
pump nozzle from its fully inserted position
when refueling.
WARNING: Stop refueling when the
fuel pump nozzle automatically shuts off
for the first time. Failure to follow this will
fill the expansion space in the fuel tank and
could lead to fuel overflowing.
WARNING: Do not overfill the fuel
tank. The pressure in an overfilled tank
may cause leakage and lead to fuel spray
and fire.
WARNING: Wait at least five seconds
before removing the fuel pump nozzle to
allow any residual fuel to drain into the fuel
tank.
1. Fully open the fuel filler door.
2. Select the correct fuel pump nozzle for
your vehicle.
E139202
3. Insert the fuel pump nozzle up to the first
notch. Keep the fuel pump nozzle resting
on the fuel tank filler pipe.
E327438
4. Hold the fuel pump nozzle in position A
when refueling. Holding the fuel pump
nozzle in position B can affect the flow
of fuel and shut off the fuel pump nozzle
before the fuel tank is full.
200
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Fuel and Refueling
E119081
5. When the pump shuts off, wait five
seconds, then raise the fuel pump nozzle
and slowly remove it.
6. Fully close the fuel filler door.
Note: Do not attempt to start the engine if
you have filled the fuel tank with incorrect
fuel. Incorrect fuel use could cause damage
not covered by the vehicle Warranty. Have
your vehicle immediately checked.
FUEL TANK CAPACITY
Advertised Capacity
The advertised capacity is the maximum
amount of fuel that you can add to the fuel
tank when the fuel gauge indicates empty.
In addition, the fuel tank contains an empty
reserve. The empty reserve is an unspecified
amount of fuel that remains in the fuel tank
when the fuel gauge indicates empty. See
Fuel Tank Capacity (page 434).
Note: When refueling your vehicle after the
fuel gauge indicates empty, you might not
be able to refuel the full amount of the
advertised capacity due to the empty
reserve still present in the fuel tank.
FUEL AND REFUELING –
TROUBLESHOOTING
FUEL AND REFUELING – WARNING
LAMPS
If it illuminates when you are
driving, refuel as soon as possible.
FUEL AND REFUELING –
INFORMATION MESSAGES
Refueling System Warning
If the fuel tank filler valve does not fully close,
a message could appear in the instrument
cluster display.
Message
Check Fuel Fill Inlet
If the message appears, do the following:
1. Stop your vehicle as soon as it is safe to
do so and switch the engine off.
2. Shift into park (P) or neutral (N).
3. Apply the parking brake.
4. Fully open the fuel filler door.
5. Check the fuel tank filler valve for any
debris that may be restricting its
movement.
6. Remove any debris from the fuel tank
filler valve.
201
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Fuel and Refueling
7. Fully insert a fuel pump nozzle or the fuel
filler funnel provided with your vehicle
into the fuel filler pipe. See Locating the
Fuel Filler Funnel (page 197). This action
should dislodge any debris that may be
preventing the fuel tank filler valve from
fully closing.
8. Remove the fuel pump nozzle or fuel filler
funnel from the fuel filler pipe.
9. Fully close the fuel filler door.
Note: The message may not immediately
reset. If the message continues to appear
and a warning lamp illuminates, have your
vehicle checked as soon as possible.
202
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Fuel and Refueling
WHAT IS THE CATALYTIC
CONVERTER
The catalytic converter is part of your
vehicle's emissions system and filters harmful
pollutants from the exhaust gas.
CATALYTIC CONVERTER
PRECAUTIONS
WARNING: Do not park, idle or drive
your vehicle on dry grass or other dry
ground cover. The emission system heats
up the engine compartment and exhaust
system, creating the risk of fire.
WARNING: The normal operating
temperature of the exhaust system is very
high. Never work around or attempt to
repair any part of the exhaust system until
it has cooled. Use special care when
working around the catalytic converter.
The catalytic converter heats up to a very
high temperature after only a short period
of engine operation and stays hot after the
engine is switched off.
WARNING: Exhaust leaks may result
in entry of harmful and potentially lethal
fumes into the passenger compartment. If
you smell exhaust fumes inside your
vehicle, have your vehicle inspected
immediately. Do not drive if you smell
exhaust fumes.
To avoid damaging the catalytic converter:
• Do not crank the engine for more than
10 seconds at a time.
• Do not run the engine with a spark plug
lead disconnected.
• Do not push-start or tow-start your
vehicle. Use booster cables. See Jump
Starting the Vehicle (page 351).
• Use the correct fuel. See Fuel and
Refueling (page 196).
• Do not switch the ignition off when your
vehicle is moving.
• Avoid running out of fuel.
• Have the items listed in scheduled
maintenance information performed
according to the specified schedule.
Note: Do not make any unauthorized
changes to your vehicle or engine. By law,
vehicle owners and anyone who
manufactures, repairs, or services a fleet of
vehicles are not permitted to intentionally
remove an emission control device or
prevent it from working.
203
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Catalytic Converter
CATALYTIC CONVERTER –
TROUBLESHOOTING
CATALYTIC CONVERTER – WARNING
LAMPS
Your vehicle has an on-board diagnostics
system that monitors the emission control
system. If any of the following warning lamps
illuminate, this may indicate that the on-board
diagnostics system has detected an emission
control system malfunction.
E103308
E67021
E67028
Continuing to drive your vehicle may cause
reduced power or the engine to stop. Failure
to respond to a warning lamp may cause
damage that your vehicle Warranty may not
cover. Have your vehicle checked as soon
as possible.
204
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Catalytic Converter
AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION
PRECAUTIONS
WARNING: Apply the parking brake,
shift into park (P), switch the vehicle off and
remove the key or remote control before
you leave your vehicle. Failure to follow
this instruction could result in personal
injury or death.
WARNING: When your vehicle is
stationary, keep the brake pedal fully
pressed when shifting gears. Failure to
follow this instruction could result in
personal injury, death or property damage.
WARNING: Do not apply the brake
pedal and accelerator pedal
simultaneously. Applying both pedals
simultaneously for more than a few
seconds limits vehicle performance, which
may result in difficulty maintaining speed
in traffic and could lead to serious injury.
AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION
POSITIONS
PARK (P)
WARNING: Shift into park (P) only
when your vehicle is stationary.
In park (P) power is not transmitted to the
driven wheels.
Note: A tone sounds if you attempt to exit
your vehicle without the vehicle in park (P).
Note: Your vehicle may not shift out of park
(P) if the 12 V battery has run out of charge.
Note: Your vehicle may not shift out of park
(P) if a fuse is blown.
Note: Your vehicle may not shift out of park
(P) unless the key or remote control is inside
your vehicle.
Note: The electronic parking brake could
apply when you power your vehicle on with
the selector in park (P).
Note: The electronic parking brake could
apply if you shift to park (P) without fully
pressing the brake pedal.
Note: The electronic parking brake could
apply if you shift to park (P) on a slope.
Note: Do not manually release the parking
brake when the selector is in park (P). See
Automatically Releasing the Electric
Parking Brake (page 220).
Note: Your vehicle could shift into park (P) if
you attempt to exit your vehicle without the
vehicle in park (P). See How Does
Temporary Neutral Mode Work (page 209).
Note: A tone could sound when you select
park (P).
REVERSE (R)
WARNING: Shift into reverse (R) only
when your vehicle is stationary.
In reverse (R) power is transmitted to the
driven wheels.
205
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Automatic Transmission
NEUTRAL (N)
WARNING: In neutral (N) your vehicle
is free to roll.
In neutral (N) power is not transmitted to the
driven wheels.
DRIVE (D)
In drive (D) power is transmitted to the driven
wheels.
SHIFTING YOUR VEHICLE INTO
GEAR
The selector is on the center stack.
E391565
1. Press and hold the brake pedal.
2. Press a button to select a position.
AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION
POSITION INDICATORS
The instrument cluster displays the current
position.
E358682
Note: The position could illuminate on the
selector.
SHIFTING YOUR IMMOBILE
VEHICLE OUT OF PARK (P)
WARNING: When doing this
procedure, you need to take the
transmission out of park (P) which means
your vehicle can roll freely. To avoid
unwanted vehicle movement, apply the
parking brake prior to doing this
procedure. Use wheel chocks if
appropriate.
WARNING: Do not drive your vehicle
until you verify that the stoplamps are
working.
Use this procedure to shift your vehicle out
of park (P) in the event of an electrical
malfunction or emergency.
Activating Manual Park Release
1. Apply the parking brake.
Note: If the 12V battery has run out of
charge, use an external power source to
apply the parking brake.
206
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Automatic Transmission
2. Using a screwdriver, remove the access
cover in the center console.
Note: Do not pull the lever.
E294326
3. Sit in the driver seat.
4. Power your vehicle on without your foot
on the brake pedal.
Note: Do not attempt this procedure when
the engine is running. Failure to follow this
instruction could result in vehicle damage
not covered by the vehicle warranty.
5. Press and hold the brake pedal.
6. Insert the tool into the lever slot. Pull the
lever towards the rear of the vehicle until
it engages.
Note: The lever clicks as it engages.
Note: A tool longer than 5 in (120 mm) could
hit the underside of the armrest console
before the lever engages.
E297270
Note: Do not use excessive force. Failure to
follow this instruction could result in vehicle
damage not covered by the vehicle
warranty.
Note: A message appears when your vehicle
is out of park (P). If you do not receive a
message attempt the procedure again.
Note: A warning lamp could illuminate.
7. Release the parking brake.
8. Switch your vehicle off.
9. Release the brake pedal.
Note: Your vehicle is free to roll.
10. Disconnect the negative battery cable
from the 12V battery as soon as it is
safe to do so.
Note: If your vehicle detects wheel speed
when the 12V battery is connected, the
electronic parking brake could apply.
Returning Your Vehicle to Normal
Mode
1. Connect the negative battery cable to
the 12V battery as soon as it is safe to do
so.
Note: If your vehicle detects wheel speed
when the 12V battery is connected, the
electronic parking brake could apply.
2. Apply the parking brake.
Note: If the 12V battery has run out of
charge, use an external power source to
apply the parking brake.
3. Sit in the driver seat.
4. Press and hold the brake pedal.
207
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Automatic Transmission
Note: Do not start your vehicle.
5. Insert the tool into the lever slot. Push
the tool down and pull towards the rear
of the vehicle to release the lever.
Remove the tool. The lever automatically
returns to the stowed position.
6. Start your vehicle.
7. Confirm the instrument cluster displays
park (P).
Note: If the instrument cluster does not
display park (P), the warning lamp remains
illuminated, or a message persists contact
an authorized dealer for service.
8. Switch your vehicle off.
9. Release the brake pedal.
10. Install the access cover.
AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION
AUDIBLE WARNINGS
Transmission Not In Park (P) Audible
Warning
Sounds if you open the driver door before
shifting into park (P).
Park Selection Audible Warning
Sounds when you shift into park (P).
MANUALLY SHIFTING GEARS
SHIFTING USING THE PADDLE
SHIFTERS
The instrument cluster displays the current
gear. The current gear flashes when your
vehicle cannot shift into the requested gear.
Your vehicle will not shift if the requested
gear raises or lowers the engine speed
beyond the limit.
Your vehicle could shift when you fully press
the accelerator or brake pedal.
Note: Prolonged driving with high engine
speed could cause vehicle damage not
covered by the vehicle warranty.
Note: Drive modes could affect when the
vehicle shifts into the requested gear.
E144821
Manually Shifting Gears in Drive (D)
Use this feature to temporarily change gear.
Note: We recommend using this feature for
engine braking or driving on hilly or
mountainous roads.
• Pull any paddle to switch the feature on.
• Pull the right (+) paddle to upshift.
• Pull the left (-) paddle to downshift.
• Hold the + paddle for a few seconds to
switch the feature off.
208
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Automatic Transmission
Note: The feature switches off after a short
period of time if neither paddle is pulled.
TEMPORARY NEUTRAL MODE
HOW DOES TEMPORARY NEUTRAL
MODE WORK
Use this mode to keep your vehicle in neutral
(N), for a limited time, when you exit your
vehicle or switch your vehicle off. For
example, if you exit your vehicle before an
automatic car wash.
Note: You do not need to use this mode at
an automatic car wash if you shift into
neutral (N) and stay in your vehicle with
power on.
Note: Do not tow your vehicle in this mode.
Note: Automatic return to park (P) is delayed
when your vehicle is in this mode. See How
Does Automatic Return to Park (P) Work
(page 210).
TEMPORARY NEUTRAL MODE
LIMITATIONS
This mode could be unavailable if your 12 V
battery charge level is low. Connect an
external power source and attempt the
procedure again.
Your vehicle could shift to park (P) after 30
minutes, or when the vehicle battery charge
level is low. Prolonged use of this mode can
cause the 12 V battery to run out of charge.
This mode could be unavailable if your
vehicle is below operating temperature.
Warm up your vehicle and attempt the
procedure again.
Do not tow your vehicle in this mode. Failure
to follow these instructions could result in
vehicle damage not covered by the vehicle
warranty.
ENTERING TEMPORARY NEUTRAL
MODE
1. Bring your vehicle to a complete stop.
2. Press and hold the brake pedal.
3. Power your vehicle on.
4. Shift into neutral (N).
Note: An instructional message appears.
5. Shift into neutral (N) again.
Note: A confirmation message appears
when your vehicle enters the mode.
6. Release the brake pedal.
Note: Your vehicle is free to roll.
7. Switch your vehicle off.
Note: Do not tow your vehicle in this mode.
Note: The neutral (N) indicator on the
selector may flash in this mode.
EXITING TEMPORARY NEUTRAL
MODE
1. Press the brake pedal.
2. Shift into park (P), or power your vehicle
on and shift into drive (D) or reverse (R).
209
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Automatic Transmission
AUTOMATIC RETURN TO PARK (P)
HOW DOES AUTOMATIC RETURN TO
PARK (P) WORK
Your vehicle shifts into park (P) if you attempt
to exit your vehicle without the vehicle in
park (P).
Your vehicle shifts into park (P) when your
vehicle is stationary and any of the following
occur:
• You switch the vehicle off.
• You open the driver door with the driver
seatbelt unfastened.
• You unfasten the driver seatbelt when
the driver door is open.
Note: Do not use automatic return to park
(P) when your vehicle is moving, except in
an emergency. See Starting and Stopping
the Engine (page 185).
AUTOMATIC RETURN TO PARK (P)
LIMITATIONS
Automatic return to park (P) may not work if
any of the following occur:
• The driver door ajar sensor is
malfunctioning.
• The driver seatbelt sensor is
malfunctioning.
See an authorized dealer if any of the
following occur:
• Seatbelt indicator illuminates or tone
sounds with the driver seatbelt fastened.
• Door ajar indicator does not illuminate
with the driver door open.
• Door ajar indicator illuminates with the
driver door closed.
• Transmission not in park message
appears, with the driver door closed, after
you shift out of park (P).
AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION –
TROUBLESHOOTING
AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION –
INFORMATION MESSAGES
DescriptionMessage
The electric parking
brake is not fully
applied.
Park Brake Not
Applied
A reminder to shift
into park. In addition,
this message is
typically after recon-
necting or rechar-
ging the battery until
you cycle the igni-
tion to the on mode.
Transmission Not in
Park
Displays when there
is a system fault and
the park brake
needs to be pressed
before exiting the
vehicle. See your
authorized dealer.
SHIFT SYS FAULT
Apply Park Brake
Before Exiting the
Vehicle
210
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Automatic Transmission
DescriptionMessage
The system has
detected a fault that
requires service.
Have your vehicle
checked as soon as
possible.
Transmission
Malfunction Service
Now
Displays when you
shift into neutral (N).
Select N To Confirm
Stay In Neutral Mode
Displays to confirm
that your vehicle has
entered Stay in
Neutral Mode.
Stay in Neutral Mode
Engaged
211
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Automatic Transmission
HOW DOES ALL-WHEEL DRIVE
WORK
WARNING: Vehicles with a higher
center of gravity (utility and four-wheel
drive vehicles) handle differently than
vehicles with a lower center of gravity
(passenger cars). Avoid sharp turns,
excessive speed and abrupt steering in
these vehicles. Failure to drive cautiously
increases the risk of losing control of your
vehicle, vehicle rollover, personal injury
and death.
WARNING: Do not become
overconfident in the ability of all-wheel
drive vehicles. Although an all-wheel drive
vehicle may accelerate better than a
two-wheel drive vehicle in low traction
situations, it won't stop any faster than
two-wheel drive vehicles. Always drive at
a safe speed.
This system is a proactive system. It has the
ability to anticipate wheel slip and transfer
torque to the front wheels before slip occurs.
Even when wheel slip is not present, the
system is continuously adjusting to the
torque distribution, in an attempt to improve
straight line and cornering behavior, both on
and off road.
The system automatically turns on every time
you switch the ignition on.
If any component requires maintenance, a
message appears in the information display.
The intelligent AWD system continuously
monitors vehicle conditions and adjusts the
power distribution between the front and
rear wheels. It combines transparent
all-surface operation with highly capable
all-wheel drive.
The AWD system is always active and
requires no driver input. It is capable of
handling all road conditions including street
and highway driving as well as off-road and
winter driving. You can optimize more AWD
control by selecting different drive modes.
See Selecting a Drive Mode (page 285).
Note: A warning message displays in the
information display when an AWD system
fault is present. See All-Wheel Drive –
Information Messages (page 215). An AWD
system fault causes the AWD system to
default to rear-wheel drive only mode. When
this warning message displays, have your
vehicle serviced.
Note: A warning message displays in the
information display if the AWD system
overheats. See All-Wheel Drive –
Information Messages (page 215). This
condition could occur if you operate your
vehicle in extreme conditions with excessive
wheel slip, such as deep sand. To resume
normal AWD function as soon as possible,
stop the vehicle in a safe location and stop
the engine for at least 10 minutes. After you
restart the engine and the AWD system
adequately cools, the warning message
turns off and normal AWD function returns.
212
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
All-Wheel Drive
ALL-WHEEL DRIVE LIMITATIONS
Never use a spare tire of a different size
other than the tire provided. The AWD
system will disable and enter rear-wheel
drive only mode to protect driveline
components if a non-full sized tire is installed.
Some limited AWD traction could be
provided if a mini-spare is installed on one
of the front wheels. If you are in driving
conditions where limited AWD traction is
needed while a mini-spare is installed, it is
recommended the mini-spare be installed
on the front axle.
If a mini-spare is installed, this condition is
indicated by a message in the information
display. If there is a message in the
information display from using a non-full
sized spare tire, this indicator should turn off
after reinstalling the repaired or replaced
normal road tire and cycling the ignition off
and on. It is recommended to reinstall the
repaired or replaced road tire as soon as
possible. Major dissimilar tire sizes between
the front and rear axles could cause the AWD
system to stop functioning and default to
rear-wheel drive or damage the AWD system.
Operating AWD Vehicles With
Mismatched Tires
WARNING: Only use replacement
tires and wheels that are the same size,
load index, speed rating, and type as those
originally provided for your vehicle. The
recommended tire and wheel sizes can be
found on the Tire Label on the driver side
door frame or the edge of the driver door.
If this information is not found in those
locations, or for additional options, contact
your authorized dealer. Use of any tire or
wheel not recommended, could affect the
safety and performance of your vehicle,
which could result in an increased risk of
loss of vehicle control, vehicle rollover,
personal injury and death.
Major dissimilar tire sizes between the front
and rear axles (for example, 17 inch low
profile tires on the front axle and 22 inch high
profile tires on the rear axle) could cause the
AWD system to stop functioning and default
to rear-wheel drive or damage the AWD
system. For optimum AWD Performance, it
is recommended to follow the tire rotation
maintenance schedule. To avoid potential
AWD malfunction or AWD system damage,
it is recommended to replace all four tires
rather than mixing significantly worn tires
with new tires. For example, using 3 worn
tread tires and 1 new tread tire all of the same
original tire size/brand and can be tolerated
by the AWD system as long as the worn tires
still have usable tread depth.
How Utility Vehicles Differ from Other
Vehicles
Truck and utility vehicles can differ from
some other vehicles. Your vehicle may be
higher to allow it to travel over rough terrain
without getting hung up or damaging
underbody components.
The differences that make your vehicle so
versatile also make it handle differently than
an ordinary passenger car.
Maintain steering wheel control at all times,
especially in rough terrain. Since sudden
changes in terrain can result in abrupt
steering wheel motion, make sure you grip
the steering wheel from the outside. Do not
grip the spokes.
213
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
All-Wheel Drive
Drive cautiously to avoid vehicle damage
from concealed objects such as rocks and
stumps.
You should either know the terrain or
examine maps of the area before driving.
Map out your route before driving in the area.
To maintain steering and braking control of
your vehicle, you must have all four wheels
on the ground and they must be rolling, not
sliding or spinning.
214
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
All-Wheel Drive
ALL-WHEEL DRIVE – TROUBLESHOOTING
ALL-WHEEL DRIVE – INFORMATION MESSAGES
ActionMessage
The all-wheel drive system temporarily turns off to protect itself from overheating.AWD Temporarily Disabled
The all-wheel drive system is locking up the torque transfer clutch to help reduce clutch
temperature.
AWD Temporarily Locked
The all-wheel drive system temporarily turns off to protect itself from overheating or if you are
using the temporary spare tire.
AWD OFF
The all-wheel drive system will resume normal function and clear this message after driving a
short distance with the road tire re-installed or after the system cools.
AWD Restored
The all-wheel drive system is not operating properly. If the warning stays on or continues to
come on, contact an authorized dealer.
AWD Fault Service Required
Displays when the transfer case fluid requires service.Change AWD Power Transfer Unit Lube
Displays when you have the transfer case fluid changed and reset to new.AWD Power Transfer Unit Lube Set to New
215
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
All-Wheel Drive
BRAKE PRECAUTIONS
Wet brakes result in reduced braking
efficiency. Gently press the brake pedal a
few times when leaving a car wash or driving
from standing water to dry the brakes.
Note: Depending on applicable laws and
regulations in the country for which your
vehicle was originally built, your brake lamps
may flash during heavy braking. Following
this, your hazard lights may also flash when
your vehicle comes to a stop.
ANTI-LOCK BRAKING SYSTEM
ANTI-LOCK BRAKING SYSTEM
LIMITATIONS
The anti-lock braking system does not
eliminate the risk of crash when:
• You drive too closely to the vehicle in
front of you.
• Your vehicle is hydroplaning.
• You take corners too fast.
• The road surface is poor.
Note: If the system activates, the brake
pedal could pulse and travel further.
Maintain pressure on the brake pedal.
ANTI-LOCK BRAKING SYSTEM
INDICATORS
This system helps you maintain steering
control during emergency stops by keeping
the brakes from locking.
E67020
If the warning lamp illuminates
when you are driving, this indicates
a malfunction. Your vehicle
continues to have normal braking without
the anti-lock brake system function. Have
your vehicle checked as soon as possible.
The warning lamp also momentarily
illuminates when you switch the ignition on
to confirm the lamp is functional. If it does
not illuminate when you switch the ignition
on, or begins to flash at any time, have the
system checked by an authorized dealer.
BRAKE OVER ACCELERATOR
In the event the accelerator pedal becomes
stuck or entrapped, apply steady and firm
pressure to the brake pedal to slow the
vehicle and reduce engine power. If you
experience this condition, apply the brakes
and bring your vehicle to a safe stop. Move
the transmission to park (P), switch the
engine off and apply the parking brake.
Inspect the accelerator pedal for any
interference. If none are found and the
condition persists, have your vehicle towed
to the nearest authorized dealer.
LOCATING THE BRAKE FLUID
RESERVOIR
See Under Hood Overview (page 372).
216
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Brakes
CHECKING THE BRAKE FLUID
WARNING: Do not use any fluid other
than the recommended brake fluid as this
will reduce brake efficiency. Use of
incorrect fluid could result in the loss of
vehicle control, serious personal injury or
death.
WARNING: Only use brake fluid from
a sealed container. Contamination with dirt,
water, petroleum products or other
materials may result in brake system
damage or failure. Failure to adhere to this
warning could result in the loss of vehicle
control, serious personal injury or death.
WARNING: Do not allow the fluid to
touch your skin or eyes. If this happens,
rinse the affected areas immediately with
plenty of water and contact your physician.
WARNING: The brake system could
be affected if the brake fluid level is below
the MIN mark or above the MAX mark on
the brake fluid reservoir.
1. Park your vehicle on a level surface.
E170684
2. Look at the brake fluid reservoir to see
where the brake fluid level is relative to
the MIN and the MAX marks on the
reservoir.
Note: To avoid fluid contamination, the
reservoir cap must remain in place and fully
tight, unless you are adding fluid.
Only use fluid that meets our specifications.
See Capacities and Specifications (page
429).
BRAKE FLUID SPECIFICATION
See Brake Fluid Specification (page 437).
BRAKES – TROUBLESHOOTING
BRAKES – WARNING LAMPS
WARNING: Driving your vehicle with
the warning lamp on is dangerous. A
significant decrease in braking
performance may occur. It may take you
longer to stop your vehicle. Have your
vehicle checked as soon as possible.
Driving extended distances with the
parking brake engaged can cause brake
failure and the risk of personal injury.
217
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Brakes
E67020
If the ABS indicator illuminates
when you are driving, this indicates
a malfunction. Your vehicle
continues to have normal braking without
the anti-lock braking system function. See
an authorized dealer.
It also momentarily illuminates when you
switch the ignition on to confirm the lamp is
functional. If it does not illuminate when you
switch the ignition on, or begins to flash at
any time, have the system checked by an
authorized dealer.
E270480
E67024
The brake indicator momentarily
illuminates when you switch the
ignition on to confirm the lamp is
functional. It may also illuminate when you
apply the parking brake and the ignition is
on. If it illuminates when your vehicle is
moving, make sure the parking brake is
disengaged. If the parking brake is
disengaged, this indicates low brake fluid
level or a brake system fault. See an
authorized dealer.
Note: Lamps may vary depending on region.
BRAKES – INFORMATION MESSAGES
The brake fluid level
is low and the brake
system should be
inspected immedi-
ately. See Checking
the Brake Fluid
(page 217).
Brake Fluid Level
Low
The brake system
needs servicing.
Stop the vehicle in a
safe place. Contact
an authorized
dealer.
Check Brake System
BRAKES – FREQUENTLY ASKED
QUESTIONS
Is brake dust on the wheels normal?
Brake dust could accumulate on the
wheels, even under normal driving
conditions. Some dust is inevitable as
the brakes wear and does not contribute
to brake noise. See Cleaning Wheels
(page 390).
Will wet driving conditions effect my
braking abilities?
Wet brakes result in reduced braking
efficiency. Gently press the brake pedal
a few times when driving from a car
wash or standing water to dry the
brakes.
Is brake noise considered normal?
Occasional brake noise is normal. If a
metal-to-metal, continuous grinding or
continuous squeal sound is present, the
brake linings may be worn-out and an
authorized dealer should check them.
If the vehicle has continuous vibration
or shudder in the steering wheel while
braking, an authorized dealer should
check your vehicle.
When should you replace the brake fluid?
Brake fluid absorbs water over time
which degrades the effectiveness of the
brake fluid. Change the brake fluid at
the specified intervals to prevent
degraded braking performance. See
General Maintenance Information
(page 481).
218
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Brakes
WHAT IS THE ELECTRIC PARKING
BRAKE
The electric parking brake is used to hold
your vehicle on slopes and flat roads.
APPLYING THE ELECTRIC
PARKING BRAKE
WARNING: Apply the parking brake,
shift into park (P), switch the ignition off
and remove the key before you leave your
vehicle. Failure to follow this instruction
could result in personal injury or death.
WARNING: If you drive extended
distances with the parking brake applied,
you could cause damage to the brake
system.
WARNING: The electric parking
brake does not operate if the vehicle
battery has run out of charge.
WARNING: If the parking brake is
fully released, but the brake warning lamp
remains illuminated, the brakes may not
be working properly. Have your vehicle
checked as soon as possible.
E267156
The switch is on the lower part of
the instrument panel.
Pull the switch up to apply the electric
parking brake. The red warning lamp flashes,
then steadily illuminates when the parking
brake is applied.
Note: You can apply the electric parking
brake when the ignition is off.
Note: The electric parking brake could
automatically apply when park (P) is
selected. See Park (P) (page 205).
APPLYING THE ELECTRIC
PARKING BRAKE IN AN
EMERGENCY
You can use the electric parking brake to
slow or stop your vehicle in an emergency.
Pull the switch up and hold it.
The red warning lamp illuminates, a tone
sounds and the stoplamps turn on when you
use the electric parking brake in an
emergency.
The electric parking brake continues to slow
your vehicle down unless you release the
switch.
Note: Do not apply the electric parking brake
when your vehicle is moving, except in an
emergency. If you repeatedly use the electric
parking brake to slow or stop your vehicle,
you could cause damage to the brake
system.
219
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Electric Parking Brake
MANUALLY RELEASING THE
ELECTRIC PARKING BRAKE
1. Switch the ignition on.
2. Press and hold the brake pedal.
3. Push the switch down.
The red warning lamp turns off.
Pulling Away When Towing a Trailer Uphill
1. Press and hold the brake pedal.
2. Pull the switch upward and hold it.
3. Shift into gear.
4. Press the accelerator pedal until engine
has developed sufficient torque to
prevent your vehicle from rolling down
the hill.
5. Release the switch and pull away in a
normal manner.
AUTOMATICALLY RELEASING THE
ELECTRIC PARKING BRAKE
1. Close the driver door.
2. Shift into gear.
3. Press the accelerator pedal and pull away
in a normal manner.
ELECTRIC PARKING BRAKE
AUDIBLE WARNING
Sounds when the parking brake is on and
your vehicle is moving. If the warning tone
continues after you have released the
parking brake, this indicates a malfunction.
Have your vehicle checked as soon as
possible.
RELEASING THE ELECTRIC
PARKING BRAKE IF THE VEHICLE
BATTERY HAS RUN OUT OF
CHARGE
WARNING: The electric parking
brake does not operate if the vehicle
battery has run out of charge.
Connect a booster battery to the vehicle
battery to release the electric parking brake
if the vehicle battery has run out of charge.
See Jump Starting the Vehicle (page 351).
ELECTRIC PARKING BRAKE –
TROUBLESHOOTING
ELECTRIC PARKING BRAKE –
WARNING LAMPS
Brake System
E270480
E67024
It illuminates red when you apply
the parking brake and your vehicle
is on. If the lamp flashes when the
parking brake has been released,
this indicates the parking brake
system requires service. Have your vehicle
checked as soon as possible.
Note: Lamps may vary depending on region.
220
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Electric Parking Brake
Electric Parking Brake
E67024
E146190
When the lamp illuminates yellow,
it indicates a malfunction in the
electric parking brake. Have your
vehicle checked as soon as possible.
Note: Lamps may vary depending on region.
221
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Electric Parking Brake
ELECTRIC PARKING BRAKE – INFORMATION MESSAGES
Park Brake
ActionMessage
The electric parking brake is set, the engine is running and you drive your vehicle more than
3 mph (5 km/h). If the warning stays on after the electric parking brake is released, have the
system checked as soon as possible.
Park Brake Engaged
The electric parking brake is set and a manual release is attempted without the brake pedal
being pressed.
To Release: Press Brake and Switch
The electric parking brake is set and an automatic release is attempted but cannot be performed.
Perform a manual release.
Park Brake Use Switch to Release
The electric parking brake is set and your vehicle speed exceeds 3 mph (5 km/h). Release the
electric parking brake before continuing to drive.
Release Park Brake
The electric parking brake is not fully applied.Park Brake Not Applied
The electric parking brake is not fully released.Park Brake Not Released
The electric parking brake system has been put into a special mode to allow brake service. Have
the system checked as soon as possible.
Brake maintenance mode
The electric parking brake system has detected a condition that requires service. Some function-
ality may still be available. Have the system checked as soon as possible.
Park Brake Limited Function Service
Required
The electric parking brake system has detected a condition that requires service. Have the
system checked as soon as possible.
Park Brake Malfunction Service Now
222
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Electric Parking Brake
ActionMessage
Numerous electric parking brake applies have overheated the system. Wait 2 minutes before
attempting to apply again.
Park Brake System Overheated
223
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Electric Parking Brake
WHAT IS REVERSE BRAKE ASSIST
Reverse brake assist is designed to reduce
impact damage or assist in avoiding a
collision while in reverse (R). Using sensors
on the rear of the vehicle, it can detect a
possible collision and apply the brakes. If full
braking occurs, the system attempts to stop
the vehicle a safe distance from the obstacle.
HOW DOES REVERSE BRAKE
ASSIST WORK
Reverse brake assist functions when in
reverse (R) and traveling at a speed of
1–7 mph (2–12 km/h).
If the system detects an obstacle behind your
vehicle, it provides a warning through the
rear parking aid or cross traffic alert system.
REVERSE BRAKE ASSIST
PRECAUTIONS
WARNING: You are responsible for
controlling your vehicle at all times. The
system is designed to be an aid and does
not relieve you of your responsibility to
drive with due care and attention. Failure
to follow this instruction could result in the
loss of control of your vehicle, personal
injury or death.
WARNING: To help avoid personal
injury, always use caution when in reverse
(R) and when using the sensing system.
WARNING: The system may not
operate properly during severe weather
conditions, for example snow, ice, heavy
rain and spray. Always drive with due care
and attention. Failure to take care may
result in a crash.
WARNING: Traffic control systems,
fluorescent lamps, inclement weather, air
brakes, external motors and fans may
affect the correct operation of the sensing
system. This may cause reduced
performance or false alerts.
WARNING: Some situations and
objects prevent hazard detection. For
example low or direct sunlight, inclement
weather, unconventional vehicle types, and
pedestrians. Apply the brakes when
necessary. Failure to follow this instruction
could result in the loss of control of your
vehicle, personal injury or death.
WARNING: Do not use the system
with accessories that extend beyond the
front or rear of your vehicle, for example a
trailer hitch or bike rack. The system is not
able to make corrections for the additional
length of the accessories.
224
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Reverse Brake Assist
The system only applies the brakes for a
short period of time when an event occurs.
Act as soon as you notice the brakes apply
to remain in control of the vehicle. If you do
not intervene the vehicle may start to move
again.
Note: Certain add-on devices around the
bumper or fascia may create false alerts. For
example, large trailer hitches, bicycle or
surfboard racks, license plate brackets,
bumper covers or any other device that may
block the normal detection zone of the
system. Remove the add-on device to
prevent false alerts.
Note: The system does not react to small or
moving objects, particularly those close to
the ground.
Note: The system does not operate during
hard acceleration or steering.
Note: If your vehicle sustains damage to the
bumper or fascia leaving it misaligned or
bent, it could alter the sensing zone causing
inaccurate measurement of obstacles or
false alerts.
Note: Vehicle loading and suspension
changes can impact the angle of the sensors
and may change the normal detection zone
of the system resulting in inaccurate
measurement of obstacles or false alerts.
Note: When you connect a trailer, the system
may detect the trailer and provide an alert,
or the system turns off. If the system does
not turn off, manually switch the system off
after you connect the trailer.
Note: You may experience reduced system
performance on road surfaces that limit
deceleration. For example, roads with ice,
loose gravel, mud or sand.
SWITCHING REVERSE BRAKE
ASSIST ON AND OFF
1. From the settings menu, press Driver
Assistance.
2. Switch Reverse Brake Assist on or off.
Note: The system is unavailable when the
rear parking aid or cross traffic alert is off.
Note: If your vehicle is not equipped with
cross traffic alert the reverse braking assist
relies on input from the rear parking aid and
rear camera sensors.
Note: The default setting is on in some
regions.
OVERRIDING REVERSE BRAKE
ASSIST
There could be instances when unexpected
or unwanted braking occurs. Firmly pressing
the accelerator pedal or switching the feature
off overrides the system.
REVERSE BRAKE ASSIST
INDICATORS
If the system determines that a collision with
an obstacle may occur, full braking may
apply.
E293490
A message and warning indicator
appear when the system applies
the brakes.
225
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Reverse Brake Assist
REVERSE BRAKE ASSIST – TROUBLESHOOTING
REVERSE BRAKE ASSIST – INFORMATION MESSAGES
DescriptionMessage
Displays for a few seconds when the system applies the brakes.Reverse Brake Assist
Displays when a related system or feature error occurs. Make sure
the exterior cameras are clean and not obstructed. Drive the vehicle
on a straight road for a short period. If the message remains, have
the system checked as soon as possible.
Reverse Brake Assist Not Available See Manual
Displays when a system error has occurred. Have your vehicle
checked as soon as possible.
Reverse Brake Assist Fault
Displays when reverse brake assist is off.Reverse Brake Assist Off
226
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Reverse Brake Assist
REVERSE BRAKE ASSIST –
FREQUENTLY ASKED QUESTIONS
Why is reverse brake assist
unavailable?
• Make sure you switch the system on.
See Switching Reverse Brake Assist On
and Off (page 225).
• Make sure that the liftgate or tailgate,
hood and all doors are closed.
• Make sure the cross traffic alert system
is on. See What Is Cross Traffic Alert
(page 310).
• Make sure the rear parking aid system is
on. See What is the Rear Parking Aid
(page 244).
• Your vehicle may have sustained a rear
end impact. Have the sensors checked
for proper coverage and operation.
• Make sure the exterior cameras are not
dirty or obstructed. If dirty, clean the
cameras. If the reverse brake assist
unavailable message still appears after
cleaning the cameras, wait a short time
for the message to clear. If the message
does not clear, drive the vehicle on a
straight road for a short period. If the
message remains, have the system
checked.
• Make sure the sensors are not blocked
or faulted. See Locating the Rear
Parking Aid Sensors (page 244). See
Locating the Cross Traffic Alert Sensors
(page 311).
• You recently had your vehicle serviced,
or the battery disconnected. Drive your
vehicle a short distance to resume
system operation.
• The system does not function when you
connect a trailer. Operation resumes
when you disconnect the trailer.
Note: If you are still having problems with
reverse brake assist, have the system
checked as soon as possible.
227
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Reverse Brake Assist
WHAT IS CROSS TRAFFIC
BRAKING
The system is designed to reduce impact
damage or assist in avoiding a collision by
using the sensors on the rear of your vehicle
to detect a possible collision and applying
the brakes.
HOW DOES CROSS TRAFFIC
BRAKING WORK
The system only reacts for vehicles
approaching from the sides when you shift
into reverse (R).
If the system detects a vehicle approaching
your vehicle, it provides a warning through
the cross traffic alert system. See What Is
Cross Traffic Alert (page 310).
The system only applies the brakes for a
short period of time when an event occurs.
Take action as soon as you notice the system
applying the brakes in order to remain in
control of your vehicle, the system does not
do this for you.
Note: You need to enable cross traffic alert
for the system to function.
CROSS TRAFFIC BRAKING
PRECAUTIONS
WARNING: You are responsible for
controlling your vehicle at all times. The
system is designed to be an aid and does
not relieve you of your responsibility to
drive with due care and attention. Failure
to follow this instruction could result in the
loss of control of your vehicle, personal
injury or death.
WARNING: To help avoid personal
injury, always use caution when in reverse
(R) and when using the sensing system.
WARNING: The system may not
operate properly during severe weather
conditions, for example snow, ice, heavy
rain and spray. Always drive with due care
and attention. Failure to take care may
result in a crash.
WARNING: Traffic control systems,
fluorescent lamps, inclement weather, air
brakes, external motors and fans may
affect the correct operation of the sensing
system. This may cause reduced
performance or false alerts.
WARNING: Some situations and
objects prevent hazard detection, for
example, inclement weather,
unconventional vehicle types and
pedestrians. Apply the brakes when
necessary. Failure to follow this instruction
could result in the loss of control of your
vehicle, personal injury or death.
WARNING: Do not use the system
with accessories that extend beyond the
front or rear of your vehicle, for example a
trailer hitch or bike rack. The system is not
able to make corrections for the additional
length of the accessories.
228
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Cross Traffic Braking
Note: Certain add-on devices around the
bumper or fascia may create false alerts. For
example, large trailer hitches, bicycle or
surfboard racks, license plate brackets,
bumper covers or any other device that may
block the normal detection zone of the
system. Remove the add-on device to
prevent false alerts.
Note: If your vehicle sustains damage to the
bumper or fascia leaving it misaligned or
bent, it could alter the sensing zone causing
inaccurate measurement of obstacles or
false alerts.
Note: Vehicle loading and suspension
changes can impact the angle of the sensors
and may change the normal detection zone
of the system resulting in inaccurate
measurement of obstacles or false alerts.
Note: When you connect a trailer, the system
may detect the trailer and provide an alert,
or the system turns off. If the system does
not turn off, switch the system off manually
after you connect the trailer.
Note: You may experience reduced system
performance on road surfaces that limit
deceleration. For example, roads with ice,
loose gravel, mud or sand.
SWITCHING CROSS TRAFFIC
BRAKING ON AND OFF
1. From the settings menu, press Driver
Assistance. See Center Display (page
456).
2. Press Cross Traffic Alert or Braking.
3. Switch the feature on or off.
OVERRIDING CROSS TRAFFIC
BRAKING
There could be instances when unexpected
or unwanted braking occurs. Firmly pressing
the accelerator pedal or switching the feature
off overrides the system.
CROSS TRAFFIC BRAKING
INDICATORS
If the system determines that a collision with
an obstacle may occur, full braking may
apply. Bring your vehicle to a stop a safe
distance away from the obstacle.
E293490
A message and warning indicator
appear when the system applies
the brakes.
229
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Cross Traffic Braking
CROSS TRAFFIC BRAKING – TROUBLESHOOTING
CROSS TRAFFIC BRAKING – INFORMATION MESSAGES
ActionMessage
Drive the vehicle on a straight road for a short period. Make sure the
parking aids and cross traffic alert systems are on. If the message
remains on, have the system checked as soon as possible.
Reverse Brake Assist Not Available See Manual
Displays when a system error has occurred. Have your vehicle
checked as soon as possible.
Reverse Brake Assist Fault
Displays when cross traffic braking is off.Reverse Brake Assist Off
230
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Cross Traffic Braking
CROSS TRAFFIC BRAKING –
FREQUENTLY ASKED QUESTIONS
Why is cross traffic braking unavailable?
• Make sure the cross traffic alert system
is on. See Cross Traffic Alert (page 310).
• The vehicle has sustained a rear end
impact. Contact an authorized dealer to
have the sensors checked for proper
coverage and operation.
• An ABS, traction control or stability
control event may have occurred. Cross
traffic braking resumes operation when
the event is complete.
• Make sure there are no blocked or
faulted sensors. See Cross Traffic Alert
(page 310).
• You recently had your vehicle serviced,
or the battery disconnected. Drive your
vehicle a short distance to resume
system operation.
Note: If the answers to why the system is
unavailable do not assist in returning cross
traffic braking to available, have the system
checked as soon as possible.
231
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Cross Traffic Braking
WHAT IS HILL START ASSIST
Hill Start Assist applies the brakes to hold
your vehicle after you bring it to a stop on a
slope. This makes it easier for you to pull
away without using the parking brake.
HOW DOES HILL START ASSIST
WORK
When the system activates, your vehicle
remains stationary for a few seconds after
you release the brake pedal. This gives you
time to move your foot from the brake pedal
to the accelerator pedal. The brakes release
when you apply the accelerator pedal and
the vehicle begins to move forward, or the
system exceeds the time allowed for
automatically applying the brakes.
The system activates when your vehicle is
in any forward gear and facing uphill, or
when your vehicle is in reverse (R) and facing
downhill.
HILL START ASSIST PRECAUTIONS
WARNING: The system does not
replace the parking brake. When you leave
your vehicle, always apply the parking
brake.
WARNING: You must remain in your
vehicle when the system turns on. At all
times you are responsible for controlling
your vehicle, supervising the system, and
intervening if required. Failure to follow
this instruction could result in the loss of
control of your vehicle, personal injury or
death.
HILL START ASSIST –
TROUBLESHOOTING
HILL START ASSIST – INFORMATION
MESSAGES
DetailsMessage
Displays when
system is not avail-
able. Have your
vehicle checked as
soon as possible.
Hill Start Assist Not
Available
232
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Hill Start Assist
HOW DOES AUTO HOLD WORK
Auto hold applies the brakes to hold your
vehicle after you bring the vehicle to a stop.
This can help when waiting on a hill or in
traffic.
SWITCHING AUTO HOLD ON AND
OFF
WARNING: The system does not
replace the parking brake. When you leave
your vehicle, always apply the parking
brake.
WARNING: You must remain in your
vehicle when the system turns on. At all
times you are responsible for controlling
your vehicle, supervising the system, and
intervening if required. Failure to follow
this instruction could result in the loss of
control of your vehicle, personal injury or
death.
WARNING: The system will turn off
if a malfunction is apparent. Failure to take
care may result in the loss of control of
your vehicle, serious personal injury or
death.
1. From the controls menu, switch Auto hold
on or off. See Center Display (page 456).
Note: You can only switch the system on
after you close the driver door and start the
engine.
Note: The system remembers the last setting
when you start your vehicle.
Make sure you switch the system off before
towing with your vehicle or before using an
automatic car wash.
USING AUTO HOLD
1. Bring your vehicle to a complete stop.
The auto hold active indicator illuminates
in the information display.
2. Release the brake pedal. The system
holds your vehicle at a standstill. The
auto hold active indicator remains
illuminated in the information display.
3. Apply the accelerator and drive off in a
normal manner. The system releases the
brakes and the auto hold active indicator
switches off.
Note: The system only activates if you apply
enough brake pressure on the brake pedal
to bring the vehicle to a standstill.
Note: Under certain conditions, the system
could apply the electric parking brake. The
brake system warning lamp illuminates. The
electric parking brake releases when you
press the accelerator pedal. See
Automatically Releasing the Electric
Parking Brake (page 220).
Note: The system switches off if you shift
into reverse (R) or neutral (N) while pressing
the brake pedal.
233
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Auto Hold
There could be actions that can cause the
auto hold system not to work when the
following occur:
• When you use active park assist.
• Your vehicle is in stay in neutral mode.
• The driver door is open.
• You shift into reverse (R) or neutral (N)
before the system is active.
AUTO HOLD INDICATORS
E323448
Illuminates when the system is
active.
E323449
Illuminates when the system is on
but cannot hold your vehicle at a
standstill at this particular time.
234
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Auto Hold
WHAT IS TRACTION CONTROL
The traction control system helps to avoid
drive wheel spin and loss of traction.
HOW DOES TRACTION CONTROL
WORK
If your wheels begin to spin, the loss of
traction can compromise steering control
and stability of the vehicle. The traction
control system applies the brakes to
individual wheels and when needed, reduces
engine power at the same time to increase
traction.
SWITCHING TRACTION CONTROL
ON AND OFF
WARNING: Operating your vehicle
with the traction control disabled could
lead to an increased risk of loss of vehicle
control, vehicle rollover, personal injury
and death.
E356488
The traction control system turns on each
time you switch the ignition on.
The button for your traction control system
is located on the center console.
Press and release the button to switch
traction control off. The stability control
system remains fully active.
When you switch traction control off, a
message and an illuminated icon appear on
the instrument cluster.
Press the switch again to turn the traction
control system back on to normal operation.
If your vehicle is stuck in mud or snow,
switching traction control off may be
beneficial as this allows the wheels to spin.
Note: When you switch traction control off,
stability control remains fully active.
TRACTION CONTROL INDICATOR
Stability and Traction Control Indicator
E138639
If the indicator does not illuminate
when you switch the ignition on,
or remains on when the engine is
running, this indicates a malfunction. Have
your vehicle checked by an authorized
dealer as soon as possible.
E130458
The traction control off indicator
illuminates when you switch the
traction control system off, or when
an alternative stability control mode is
selected that requires the traction control off
depending on the drive mode selected.
235
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Traction Control
TRACTION CONTROL – TROUBLESHOOTING
TRACTION CONTROL – INFORMATION MESSAGES
ActionMessage
The system detects a condition that requires service. Have the system checked as soon as
possible.
Service AdvanceTrac
The status of the traction control system after you switch it off.Traction Control Off
The status of the traction control system after you switch it on.Traction Control On
236
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Traction Control
HOW DOES STABILITY CONTROL
WORK
WARNING: Vehicle modifications
involving braking system, aftermarket roof
racks, suspension, steering system, tire
construction and wheel and tire size may
change the handling characteristics of your
vehicle and may adversely affect the
performance of the electronic stability
control system. In addition, installing any
stereo speakers may interfere with and
adversely affect the electronic stability
control system. Reducing the effectiveness
of the electronic stability control system
could lead to an increased risk of loss of
vehicle control, vehicle rollover, personal
injury and death.
WARNING: Remember that even
advanced technology cannot defy the laws
of physics. It's always possible to lose
control of a vehicle due to inappropriate
driver input for the conditions. Aggressive
driving on any road condition can cause
you to lose control of your vehicle
increasing the risk of personal injury or
property damage. Activation of the
electronic stability control system is an
indication that at least some of the tires
have exceeded their ability to grip the
road; this could reduce the operator's
ability to control the vehicle potentially
resulting in a loss of vehicle control, vehicle
rollover, personal injury and death.
WARNING: You are responsible for
controlling your vehicle at all times. The
system is designed to be an aid and does
not relieve you of your responsibility to
drive with due care and attention. Failure
to follow this instruction could result in the
loss of control of your vehicle, personal
injury or death.
If a driving condition activates either the
stability control or traction control you may
experience the following conditions:
• The stability and traction control light
flashes.
• Your vehicle slows down.
• Reduced engine power.
The stability control system has several
features built into it to help you maintain
control of your vehicle:
Electronic Stability Control
Electronic stability control enhances your
vehicle’s ability to prevent skids or lateral
slides by applying brakes to one or more of
the wheels individually and, if necessary,
reducing engine power.
Roll Stability Control
Roll stability control enhances your vehicle’ s
ability to prevent rollovers by detecting your
vehicle’s roll motion and the rate at which it
changes by applying the brakes to one or
more wheels individually.
Curve Control
Curve control enhances your vehicle’ s ability
to follow the road when cornering severely
or avoiding objects in the roadway. Curve
control operates by reducing engine power
and, if necessary, applying brakes to one or
more of the wheels individually.
237
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Stability Control
Side Wind Stabilization
Side wind stabilization is an advanced
feature that works by carefully applying the
brakes on one side of the vehicle to reduce
the effect of a side wind gust on the vehicle's
path.
Traction Control
Traction control enhances your vehicle’s
ability to maintain traction of the wheels by
detecting and controlling wheel spin. See
What Is Traction Control (page 235).
E72903
Vehicle without stability control
skidding off its intended route.
A
Vehicle with stability control
maintaining control on a slippery
surface.
B
SWITCHING STABILITY CONTROL
ON AND OFF
The system turns on each time you switch
the ignition on.
Shifting the transmission into reverse (R) will
disable the system.
You can switch the traction control system
off or on independently. See Switching
Traction Control On and Off (page 235).
238
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Stability Control
Stability Control and Traction Control with Roll Stability Control
Traction Control System
2
Electronic Stability Control
2
Roll Stability Control
2
Stability Control OFF Light
Enabled
Enabled
2
EnabledIlluminated during bulb
check
Default at start-up
Disabled
1
Enabled
2
EnabledilluminatedButton pressed moment-
arily
Disabled
1
DisabledEnabledilluminatedButton not pressed and
transfer case is switched
to 4x4 Low
1
The Traction Control system can still be enabled but with tighter or looser thresholds.
2
Functions can vary depending on what selectable drive mode the vehicle is currently in.
STABILITY CONTROL INDICATOR
E138639
If it does not illuminate when you
switch the power on, or remains
on, this indicates a malfunction.
Have your vehicle checked by an authorized
dealer as soon as possible.
239
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Stability Control
ELECTRIC POWER STEERING
HOW DOES ELECTRIC POWER
STEERING WORK
The electric power steering system uses an
electric motor to provide assistance when
turning the steering wheel to steer your
vehicle. If your vehicle detects a steering
concern when you are driving, a warning
message appears and the system reduces
steering assistance. If your vehicle loses
electrical power, the steering system still
operates and you can manually steer your
vehicle. Manually steering your vehicle
requires more effort.
Note: When the battery is disconnected or
a new battery is installed, you must drive
your vehicle a short distance before the
system relearns the strategy and reactivates
all systems.
Steering Tips
If the steering wanders or pulls, check for:
• An improperly inflated tire.
• Uneven tire wear.
• Loose or worn suspension components.
• Improper vehicle alignment.
Note: A high crown in the road or high
crosswinds could also make the steering
wander or pull.
ELECTRIC POWER STEERING
PRECAUTIONS
WARNING: The electric power
steering system has diagnostic checks that
continuously monitor the system. If a fault
is detected, a message displays in the
information display. Stop your vehicle as
soon as it is safe to do so. Switch the
vehicle off. After at least 10 seconds, switch
the vehicle on and watch the information
display for a steering system warning
message. If a steering system warning
message returns, have the system checked
as soon as possible.
WARNING: If the system detects an
error, you may not feel a difference in the
steering, however a serious condition may
exist. Have your vehicle checked as soon
as possible. Failure to do so may result in
loss of steering control.
Adapt your speed and driving behavior
according to reduced steering assist.
Extreme continuous steering may increase
the effort to steer. This occurs to prevent
internal overheating and damage to the
steering system. If this occurs, you will not
lose the ability to steer your vehicle manually
nor will it cause damage to the system.
Normal steering and driving allows the
system to cool down and steering assist
returns to normal.
Note: There is no fluid reservoir to check or
fill.
240
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Steering
STEERING – TROUBLESHOOTING
STEERING – WARNING LAMPS
E223375
The electric power steering system
indicator illuminates if the system
detects a fault during the
continuous diagnostic checks.
Note: If a red warning message displays,
stop your vehicle as soon as it is safe to do
so.
STEERING – INFORMATION MESSAGES
ActionMessage
The power steering system has detected a condition that requires
service. Have your vehicle checked as soon as possible.
Steering Fault Service Now
The power steering system is not working. Stop your vehicle in a safe
place. Have your vehicle checked as soon as possible.
Steering Loss Stop Safely
The power steering system has detected a condition that requires
service. Have your vehicle checked as soon as possible.
Steering assist fault Service required
241
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Steering
STEERING – FREQUENTLY ASKED
QUESTIONS
Why does it seem that the steering is
wandering or pulling?
• Check your vehicle for an improperly
inflated or uneven tire, loose or worn
suspension or steering components, or
improper vehicle alignment.
The system is functioning properly and
the components have been checked,
why is the steering system continuing
to pull or wander?
• A high crown in the road or crosswinds
could make the steering system feel like
it is wandering or pulling.
242
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Steering
PARKING AID PRECAUTIONS
WARNING: To help avoid personal
injury, always use caution when in reverse
(R) and when using the sensing system.
WARNING: The system may not
detect objects with surfaces that absorb
reflection. Always drive with due care and
attention. Failure to take care may result
in a crash.
WARNING: Traffic control systems,
fluorescent lamps, inclement weather, air
brakes, external motors and fans may
affect the correct operation of the sensing
system. This may cause reduced
performance or false alerts.
WARNING: The system may not
detect small or moving objects, particularly
those close to the ground.
WARNING: The parking aid system
can only assist you to detect objects when
your vehicle is moving at parking speeds.
To help avoid personal injury you must
take care when using the parking aid
system.
WARNING: The system may not
function if the sensor is blocked.
WARNING: In cold and severe
weather conditions the system may not
function. Rain, snow and spray can all limit
sensor performance.
WARNING: If damage occurs in the
immediate area surrounding the sensor,
have your vehicle checked as soon as
possible.
Note: If your vehicle sustains damage
leaving the sensors misaligned, this will
cause inaccurate measurements or false
alerts.
When you connect a trailer to your vehicle,
the rear parking aid detects the trailer and
provides an alert. Disable the parking aid
when you connect a trailer to prevent the
alert.
Note: Connected trailers might be detected
by the vehicle and parking aid turns off
automatically in those instances.
Note: Certain add-on devices installed
around the bumper or fascia may create
false alerts. For example, large trailer
hitches, bike or surfboard racks, license plate
brackets, bumper covers or any other device
could block the normal detection zone of the
parking aid system. Aftermarket spare tires
or spare tire covers mounted to the rear
tailgate could cause false alerts from the
park aid system. Remove the add-on device
to prevent false alerts.
Note: Keep the sensors free from snow, ice
and large accumulations of dirt. If the
sensors are covered, the system's accuracy
can be affected.
Do not clean the sensors with sharp objects.
243
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Parking Aids
SWITCHING PARKING AID ON AND
OFF
Muting the Audible Tone
E326188
P
Press the parking aid button and
use the menu to switch the
system's audible tone on and off.
E383616
You can also switch the tone on
and off by shifting into reverse (R)
and pressing the button on the
rear view camera display screen.
REAR PARKING AID
WHAT IS THE REAR PARKING AID
Rear parking sensors detect objects behind
your vehicle when in reverse (R).
REAR PARKING AID LIMITATIONS
There is a decreased coverage area at the
outer corners.
The rear parking aid sensors are active when
your vehicle is in reverse (R) and the vehicle
speed is less than 5 mph (8 km/h).
The sensor coverage area is up to 71 in
(180 cm) from the rear bumper.
The rear parking aid detects large objects
when you shift into reverse (R) and any of
the following occur:
• Your vehicle is moving backward at a low
speed.
• Your vehicle is stationary but an object
is approaching the rear of your vehicle
at a low speed.
• Your vehicle is moving backward at a low
speed and an object is moving towards
your vehicle, for example another vehicle
at a low speed.
The system shall provide no audible warning
for the object behind the vehicle when in
neutral (N) gear.
LOCATING THE REAR PARKING AID
SENSORS
E374927
The rear parking aid sensors are in the rear
bumper.
REAR PARKING AID AUDIBLE
WARNINGS
A warning tone sounds when your vehicle
approaches an object. As your vehicle
moves closer to an object, the rate of the
tone increases. The warning tone
continuously sounds when an object is 12 in
(30 cm) or less from the rear bumper.
244
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Parking Aids
If your vehicle remains stationary for a few
seconds, the audible warning turns off. If your
vehicle moves backward the tone sounds
again.
Note: When the parking aid system sounds
a tone, the audio system could reduce the
set volume.
FRONT PARKING AID
WHAT IS THE FRONT PARKING AID
Front parking sensors detect objects in front
of your vehicle.
FRONT PARKING AID LIMITATIONS
The front parking aid sensors are active
when your vehicle is in any position other
than park (P) and the vehicle speed is less
than 5 mph (8 km/h).
The sensor coverage area is up to 28 in
(70 cm) from the front bumper.
If your vehicle is in reverse (R), the front
parking aid detects objects and provides an
audible warning when your vehicle is moving
at a low speed and when an object is moving
toward your vehicle, for example, another
vehicle at a low speed. If your vehicle
remains stationary for a few seconds, the
audible warning turns off. Visual indication
is always active in reverse (R).
If your vehicle is in any forward gear, the
front parking aid provides audible warnings
and a visual indication when your vehicle is
moving at a speed of 5 mph (8 km/h) or
below and the system detects an object
within the detection zone. If your vehicle
remains stationary for a few seconds, the
visual indication and audible warning turns
off.
If your vehicle is in neutral (N), the front and
rear sensors provide a visual indication only
when your vehicle is moving below a speed
of 5 mph (8 km/h) and the system detects
obstacles inside the detection areas. Once
your vehicle stops, the visual indication and
audible warning stops after a few seconds.
LOCATING THE FRONT PARKING AID
SENSORS
E374928
The front parking aid sensors are in the front
bumper.
FRONT PARKING AID AUDIBLE
WARNINGS
A warning tone sounds when there is an
object within 28 in (70 cm) from the front
bumper. As your vehicle moves closer to an
object, the rate of the tone increases.
245
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Parking Aids
The warning tone continuously sounds when
an object is 12 in (30 cm) or less from the
front bumper.
Note: If the detected object is 12 in (30 cm)
or less from your vehicle, visual indication
remains on.
PARKING AID INDICATORS
E190459
The system provides object distance
indication through the information and
entertainment display.
• As the distance to the object decreases,
the indicator waves and the lines move
toward the vehicle icon.
• If there is no object detected, the
distance indicator lines are grey.
Visual indication remains on when your
vehicle is in reverse (R). In any other gear,
when you stop your vehicle, visual indication
turns off after four seconds.
If the parking aids are not available, the side
distance indicator lines do not display.
PARKING AIDS – TROUBLESHOOTING
PARKING AIDS – INFORMATION
MESSAGES
If a fault is present in the parking aids, a
warning message appears in the instrument
cluster or the touchscreen.
246
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Parking Aids
ActionMessage
The system detects a condition that requires service. Have your
vehicle checked as soon as possible.
Park Aid Fault
Inclement weather, ice, mud, or water is blocking the sensor, causing
the system to become unavailable. You can typically clean the sensor
to resolve.
Sensor Blocked
A correct trailer connection is sensed during a given ignition cycle.Trailer Connected
247
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Parking Aids
WHAT IS THE REAR VIEW CAMERA
The rear view camera provides a video
image of the area behind your vehicle when
the transmission is in reverse (R).
REAR VIEW CAMERA
PRECAUTIONS
WARNING: The rear view camera
system is a reverse aid supplement device
that still requires the driver to use it in
conjunction with the interior and exterior
mirrors for maximum coverage.
WARNING: Objects that are close to
either corner of the bumper or under the
bumper, might not be seen on the screen
due to the limited coverage of the camera
system.
WARNING: Reverse your vehicle
slowly. Failure to follow this instruction
could result in the loss of control of your
vehicle, personal injury or death.
WARNING: Use caution when the
liftgate is ajar. If the liftgate is ajar, the
camera is out of position and the video
image could be incorrect. All guide lines
disappear when the liftgate is ajar. Failure
to follow this instruction could result in
personal injury.
WARNING: Use caution when turning
camera features on or off when the
transmission is not in park (P). Make sure
your vehicle is not moving.
Note: When towing, the camera only sees
what you are towing. This might not provide
adequate coverage and you might not see
some objects. In some vehicles, the guide
lines may disappear when you connect the
trailer tow connector.
LOCATING THE REAR VIEW
CAMERA
The rear view camera is on the liftgate or
tailgate. It provides a view of the area behind
your vehicle.
REAR VIEW CAMERA GUIDE LINES
E306774
Active guide lines.A
Centerline.B
Fixed guide line: Green zone.C
248
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Rear View Camera
Fixed guide line: Yellow zone.D
Fixed guide line: Red zone.E
Rear bumper.F
Active guide lines only show with fixed guide
lines. To use active guide lines, turn the
steering wheel to point the guide lines
toward an intended path. If the steering
wheel position changes while reversing, your
vehicle might deviate from the intended path.
The fixed and active guide lines fade in and
out depending on the steering wheel
position. The active guide lines do not
display when the steering wheel position is
straight.
Use caution while reversing. Objects in the
red zone are closest to your vehicle and
objects in the green zone are farther away.
Objects get closer to your vehicle as they
move from the green zone to the yellow or
red zones. Use the side view mirrors and rear
view mirror to get better coverage on both
sides and rear of your vehicle.
Note: Active guide lines and fixed guide lines
are only available when the transmission is
in reverse (R).
Note: The centerline is only available if the
active or fixed guide lines are on.
Note: Not all camera modes work properly
without an auxiliary camera.
REAR VIEW CAMERA SETTINGS
ZOOMING THE REAR VIEW CAMERA
IN AND OUT
WARNING: When manual zoom is
on, the full area behind your vehicle may
not show. Be aware of your surroundings
when using the manual zoom feature.
Selectable settings for this feature are zoom
in (+) and zoom out (-). Press the symbol on
the camera screen to change the view. The
default setting is zoom off.
This allows you to get a closer view of an
object behind your vehicle. The zoomed
image keeps the bumper in the image to
provide a reference. The zoom is only active
while the transmission is in reverse (R).
Note: Zooming in also engages park hold
which applies the electric park brake when
you shift to park (P). When you press the
zoom button, the electronic park hold button
illuminates on the touchscreen. See
Connecting a Trailer (page 335).
Note: Manual zoom is only available when
the transmission is in reverse (R).
Note: Only the centerline shows when you
enable manual zoom.
SWITCHING REAR VIEW CAMERA
DELAY ON AND OFF
You can switch rear view camera delay on
and off under the settings menu, and then
the driver assistance menu.
249
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Rear View Camera
When shifting the transmission out of reverse
(R) and into any gear other than park (P), the
camera image remains in the display until
the vehicle speed reaches approximately
5 mph (8 km/h) or you shift your vehicle into
park (P).
SWITCHING THE REAR VIEW CAMERA
VIEW
E310967
Rear normal view provides a view
of what is directly behind your
vehicle. This view is available at all
speeds in reverse (R), drive (D) and neutral
(N). When your vehicle is not in reverse (R),
this view may be displayed with different text
or graphics.
E310974
Rear split view provides a
wide-angle view of what is behind
your vehicle.
E350276
The hitch view provides a
wide-angle view of the area around
the tow hitch. This view is available
at all speeds in reverse (R), drive (D) and
neutral (N).
E224485
Zooms in on the view and park
hold is activated when your vehicle
is in park (P). See Connecting a
Trailer (page 335).
250
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Rear View Camera
WHAT IS THE 360 DEGREE
CAMERA
The 360 degree camera system consists of
front, side and rear cameras which provide
visibility around your vehicle.
HOW DOES THE 360 DEGREE
CAMERA WORK
The 360 degree camera system consists of
front, side and rear cameras.
The 360 Degree Camera system:
• Allows you to see what is directly in front
of or behind your vehicle.
• Provides a cross traffic view in front of
and behind your vehicle.
• Allows you to see a top-down view of the
area outside your vehicle, including the
blind spots and obstacles near your
vehicle.
360 DEGREE CAMERA
PRECAUTIONS
WARNING: The 360 degree camera
system still requires the driver to use it in
conjunction with looking out of the
windows, and checking the interior and
exterior mirrors for maximum coverage.
WARNING: Objects that are close to
either corner of the bumper or under the
bumper, might not be seen on the screen
due to the limited coverage of the camera
system.
WARNING: Use caution when turning
camera features on or off when the
transmission is not in park (P). Make sure
your vehicle is not moving.
WARNING: You are responsible for
controlling your vehicle at all times. The
system is designed to be an aid and does
not relieve you of your responsibility to
drive with due care and attention. Failure
to follow this instruction could result in the
loss of control of your vehicle, personal
injury or death.
WARNING: Use caution when the
rear cargo door is ajar. If the rear cargo
door is ajar, the camera will be out of
position and the video image could be
incorrect. All guide lines disappear when
the rear cargo door is ajar. Failure to follow
this instruction could result in personal
injury.
WARNING: When manual zoom is
on, the full area behind your vehicle may
not show. Be aware of your surroundings
when using the manual zoom feature.
251
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
360 Degree Camera (If Equipped)
LOCATING THE 360 DEGREE
CAMERAS
Rear View Camera
The rear view camera is on the liftgate. It
provides a video image of the area behind
your vehicle.
Front View Camera
The front view camera is in the grille. It
provides a video image of the area in front
of your vehicle.
Side View Camera
The side view camera is on the outside
mirror. It provides a video image of the area
on the sides of your vehicle to aid you when
parking.
360 DEGREE CAMERA GUIDE
LINES
Note: Active guide lines are only available
when the transmission is in reverse (R).
E306774
Active guide lines.A
Centerline.B
Fixed guide line: Green zone.C
Fixed guide line: Yellow zone.D
Fixed guide line: Red zone.E
Rear bumper.F
Active guide lines only show with fixed guide
lines. Turn the steering wheel to point the
guide lines toward an intended path. If the
steering wheel position changes when
reversing, your vehicle could deviate from
the intended path.
The fixed and active guide lines fade in and
out depending on the steering wheel
position. The active guide lines do not
display when the steering wheel position is
straight.
Objects in the red zone are closest to your
vehicle and objects in the green zone are
farther away. Objects get closer to your
vehicle as they move from the green zone
to the yellow or red zones. Use the side view
mirrors and rear view mirror to get better
coverage on both sides and rear of your
vehicle.
252
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
360 Degree Camera (If Equipped)
Keep Out Zone
E401302
The keep out zone is represented by the
yellow dotted lines running parallel to your
vehicle.
360 DEGREE CAMERA SETTINGS
SWITCHING THE 360 DEGREE
CAMERA ON AND OFF
E332186
The 360 degree camera system
button is on the instrument panel
and allows you to toggle the front
camera on or off. The front and rear cameras
have multiple screens which consist of:
• Normal view.
• Normal view with 360.
• Split view.
Note: The rear view camera activates when
you switch into reverse (R). Additional views
are then accessible on the touchscreen.
When in park (P), neutral (N) or drive (D), only
the front images display when you press the
button. When in reverse (R), only the rear
images display when you press the button.
Note: The 360 degree camera system turns
off when your vehicle is in motion at low
speed, except when in reverse (R).
SWITCHING THE 360 DEGREE
CAMERA VIEW
E422118
Front normal view provides an
image of what is directly in front of
your vehicle.
E422119
Front split view provides an
extended view of what is in front
of your vehicle.
E310996
Normal + 360 degree view
contains the normal camera view
next to a 360 degree camera view.
E310967
Rear normal view provides an
image of what is directly behind
your vehicle.
E310974
Rear split view provides an
extended view of what is behind
your vehicle.
E350276
The hitch view provides an image
of the area around the tow hitch.
E224485
Zooms in on the image. See
Connecting a Trailer (page 335).
253
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
360 Degree Camera (If Equipped)
E337359
Zooms in on the 360 degree
image.
Note: The hitch view is available when your
vehicle speed is greater than 6 mph
(10 km/h).
254
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
360 Degree Camera (If Equipped)
HOW DOES ADAPTIVE CRUISE
CONTROL WITH STOP AND GO
WORK
Adaptive cruise control with stop and go
uses radar and camera sensors to maintain
a set gap between your vehicle and the
vehicle in front of you while following it to a
complete stop. Stop and go can also be set
to follow a vehicle directly in front of you and
adjust the set speed, while you are at a
complete stop.
ADAPTIVE CRUISE CONTROL
PRECAUTIONS
WARNING: You are responsible for
controlling your vehicle at all times. The
system is designed to be an aid and does
not relieve you of your responsibility to
drive with due care and attention. Failure
to follow this instruction could result in the
loss of control of your vehicle, personal
injury or death.
WARNING: Do not use adaptive
cruise control on winding roads, in heavy
traffic or when the road surface is slippery.
This could result in loss of vehicle control,
serious injury or death.
WARNING: Pay close attention to
changing road conditions such as entering
or leaving a highway, on roads with
intersections or roundabouts, roads
without visible lanes of travel, roads that
are unpaved, or steep slopes. Failure to
follow this instruction could result in the
loss of control of your vehicle, personal
injury or death.
WARNING: The system is not a crash
warning or avoidance system.
WARNING: Do not use the system
when towing a trailer that has aftermarket
electronic trailer brake controls. Failure to
follow this instruction could result in the
loss of control of your vehicle, personal
injury or death.
WARNING: Do not use tire sizes
other than those recommended because
this can affect the normal operation of the
system. Failure to do so may result in a loss
of vehicle control, which could result in
serious injury.
WARNING: Do not use the system
with a snow plow blade installed.
WARNING: In situations with poor
visibility, such as fog, heavy rain or other
inclement weather, you may need to
override or completely switch off the
system.
When Following a Vehicle
WARNING: When following a vehicle
that is braking, your vehicle does not
always decelerate quickly enough to avoid
a crash without driver intervention. Apply
the brakes when necessary. Failure to
follow this instruction could result in
personal injury or death.
255
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Adaptive Cruise Control
Hilly Condition Usage
Select a lower gear when the system is
active in situations such as prolonged
downhill driving on steep slopes, for example
in mountainous areas.
ADAPTIVE CRUISE CONTROL
LIMITATIONS
Sensor Limitations
WARNING: On rare occasions,
detection issues can occur due to the road
infrastructures, for example bridges,
tunnels and safety barriers. In these cases,
the system may brake late or
unexpectedly. At all times, you are
responsible for controlling your vehicle,
supervising the system and intervening, if
required.
WARNING: If the system
malfunctions, have your vehicle checked
as soon as possible.
WARNING: Large contrasts in outside
lighting can limit sensor performance.
WARNING: The system only warns
of vehicles detected by the radar sensor.
In some cases there may be no warning
or a delayed warning. Apply the brakes
when necessary. Failure to follow this
instruction could result in personal injury
or death.
WARNING: The system may not
detect stationary or slow moving vehicles
below 6 mph (10 km/h).
WARNING: The system does not
detect pedestrians or objects in the road.
WARNING: The system does not
detect oncoming vehicles in the same lane.
WARNING: The system may not
operate properly if the sensor is blocked.
Keep the windshield free from obstruction.
WARNING: The system may
incorrectly track lane markings as other
structures or objects. This can result in a
false or missed warning.
E392072
Camera.1.
Radar sensor.2.
The camera is on the windshield behind the
interior mirror.
256
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Adaptive Cruise Control
The radar sensor is in the lower grille.
Note: You cannot see the sensor. It is behind
a fascia panel.
Note: Keep the front of your vehicle free of
dirt, metal badges or objects. Vehicle front
protectors, aftermarket lights, additional
paint or plastic coatings could also degrade
sensor performance.
A message displays if something obstructs
the camera or the sensor. When something
blocks the sensor, the system cannot detect
a vehicle ahead and does not function. See
Adaptive Cruise Control – Information
Messages (page 272).
The radar sensor has a limited field of view.
It may not detect vehicles at all or detect a
vehicle later than expected in some
situations. The lead vehicle image does not
illuminate if the system does not detect a
vehicle in front of you.
257
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Adaptive Cruise Control
Detection Issues Can Occur:
E71621
When driving on a different line
than the vehicle in front.
A
B With vehicles that edge into your
lane. The system can only detect
these vehicles once they move
fully into your lane.
There may be issues with the
detection of vehicles in front when
driving into and coming out of a
bend or curve in the road.
C
In these cases, the system may brake late or
unexpectedly.
If something hits the front end of your vehicle
or damage occurs, the radar-sensing zone
may change. This could cause missed or
false vehicle detection.
Optimal system performance requires a clear
view of the road by the windshield camera.
Optimal performance may not occur if:
• The camera is blocked.
• There is poor visibility or lighting
conditions.
• There are bad weather conditions.
SWITCHING ADAPTIVE CRUISE
CONTROL ON AND OFF
The cruise controls are on the steering
wheel.
Switching Adaptive Cruise Control On
E144529
Press the button to activate the
system. When the system
activates, the set speed is equal to
whichever is greater, the current vehicle
speed, or 15 mph when in imperial units or
20 km/h when in metric units. If the speed is
too low, or other conditions are not correct
for adaptive cruise control activation, the
system enters standby mode. When you are
below 15 mph when in imperial units or 20
km/h when in metric units, adaptive cruise
control does not activate unless you are
following another vehicle.
The indicator, current gap setting and set
speed appear in the instrument cluster
display.
258
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Adaptive Cruise Control
Switching Adaptive Cruise Control Off
E144529
Press the button when the system
is in standby mode or switch your
vehicle off.
Note: When you switch the system off, the
set speed clears.
ADAPTIVE CRUISE CONTROL
AUTOMATIC CANCELLATION
The system may cancel if:
• The tires lose traction.
• You apply the parking brake.
The system may cancel and set the parking
brake if:
• You unbuckle the seatbelt and open the
driver door after adaptive cruise control
stops your vehicle.
• Adaptive cruise control holds your
vehicle at a stop continuously for more
than three minutes.
The system may deactivate or prevent
activating when requested if:
• The vehicle has a blocked sensor.
• The brake temperature is too high.
• There is a failure in the system or a
related system.
SETTING THE ADAPTIVE CRUISE
CONTROL SPEED
Drive to the speed you prefer.
E246884
E246885
Press either button to set the
current speed.
Take your foot off the accelerator pedal.
The indicator, current gap setting and set
speed appear in the instrument cluster
display when initially activating adaptive
cruise control.
E371374
After a few seconds, the graphic in the
instrument cluster display changes to show
that adaptive cruise control is active.
259
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Adaptive Cruise Control
E371375
A vehicle image illuminates if there is a
vehicle detected in front of you.
Note: When adaptive cruise control is active,
the speedometer can vary slightly from the
set speed displayed in the instrument cluster
display.
Setting the Adaptive Cruise Speed
from a Complete Stop
E246884
E246885
Press the SET+ or SET- buttons
while keeping the brake pedal fully
depressed.
The set speed adjusts to 20 km/h when in
metric units or 15 mph when in imperial units.
The indicator, current gap setting and set
speed appear in the instrument cluster
display.
Note: The system activates from a complete
stop only when it detects a lead vehicle in
close proximity.
Manually Changing the Set Speed
E246884
Press the button to increase the
set speed in small increments.
Press and hold the button to
increase the set speed in large increments.
Release the button when the set speed is
equal to the desired speed.
E246885
Press the button to decrease the
set speed in small increments.
Press and hold the button to
decrease the set speed in large increments.
Release the button when the set speed is
equal to the desired speed.
You can also press the accelerator or brake
pedal until you reach the speed you prefer.
Press either button to select the current
speed as the set speed.
The system could apply the brakes to slow
the vehicle to the new set speed. The set
speed continuously displays in the
instrument cluster display when the system
is active.
SETTING THE ADAPTIVE CRUISE
CONTROL GAP
You can decrease or increase the distance
between your vehicle and the vehicle in front
by pressing the gap control.
Press the button to cycle through
the four gap settings.
260
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Adaptive Cruise Control
E370638
The selected gap appears in the instrument
cluster display as shown by the bars in the
image.
Note: The gap setting is time dependent and
therefore, the distance adjusts with your
vehicle speed.
Note: It is your responsibility to select a gap
appropriate to the driving conditions.
Adaptive Cruise Control Gap Settings
Dynamic
Behavior
Gap DistanceGraphic
Display,
Bars Indic-
ated
Between
Vehicles
SportClosest1
NormalClose2
NormalMedium3
ComfortFar4
Each time you switch the system on, it
selects the last chosen gap setting.
Following a Vehicle
When a vehicle ahead of you enters the
same lane or a slower vehicle is ahead in the
same lane, the vehicle speed adjusts to
maintain the gap setting.
Note: When you are following a vehicle and
you switch on a turn signal lamp, adaptive
cruise control may provide a small,
temporary acceleration to help you pass.
Your vehicle maintains a consistent gap from
the vehicle ahead until:
• The vehicle in front of you accelerates to
a speed above the set speed.
• The vehicle in front of you moves out of
the lane you are in.
• You set a new gap distance.
The system applies the brakes to slow down
your vehicle to maintain a safe gap distance
from the vehicle in front of you. The system
only applies limited braking. You can
override the system by applying the brakes.
Note: The brakes may emit noise when
applied by the system.
If the system determines that its maximum
braking level is not sufficient, an audible
warning sounds, a message appears in the
instrument cluster display and an indicator
flashes when the system continues to brake.
Take immediate action.
261
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Adaptive Cruise Control
CANCELING THE SET SPEED
E281471
Press the button or tap the brake
pedal.
The set speed does not erase.
RESUMING THE SET SPEED
E281472
Press the button.
Your vehicle speed returns to the previously
set speed and gap setting. The set speed
displays continuously in the information
display when the system is active.
Note: Only use resume if you are aware of
the set speed and intend to return to it.
Resuming the Set Speed from a
Complete Stop (If Equipped)
If your vehicle follows a vehicle to a complete
stop and remains stationary for less than a
few seconds, your vehicle accelerates from
a stationary position to follow the vehicle
ahead.
If your vehicle follows a vehicle to a complete
stop and remains stationary for more than a
few seconds, an indicator and message
displays.
E377039
DetailsMessage
Cruise control does not resume automatically when this display is
active.
Stopped
If the lead vehicle begins to move, you are prompted to press the
resume button.
Press button to resume
262
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Adaptive Cruise Control
DetailsMessage
Press and release the button or use the accelerator pedal to resume
following the lead vehicle.
Displays when on a limited access highway after following a vehicle
to a complete stop. In this situation, the vehicle resumes following the
lead vehicle without a button press or pressing the accelerator pedal.
The system can remain in auto-resume state for approximately 30
seconds, after which it no longer automatically resumes.
Auto-Resume
OVERRIDING THE SET SPEED
WARNING: If you override the system
by pressing the accelerator pedal, it does
not automatically apply the brakes to
maintain a gap from any vehicle ahead.
When you press the accelerator pedal, you
override the set speed and gap distance.
Use the accelerator pedal to intentionally
exceed the set speed limit.
When you override the system, the indicator
remains blue, the set speed is dimmed and
the lead vehicle icon does not appear in the
instrument cluster display.
The system resumes operation when you
release the accelerator pedal. The vehicle
speed decreases to the set speed, or a lower
speed if following a slower vehicle.
ADAPTIVE CRUISE CONTROL
INDICATORS
E144529
Illuminates when you switch
adaptive cruise control on. The
color of the indicator changes to
indicate the system status.
White indicates the system is on but inactive.
Blue indicates that you set the speed and
the system is active.
SWITCHING FROM ADAPTIVE
CRUISE CONTROL TO CRUISE
CONTROL
WARNING: Normal cruise control will
not brake when your vehicle is
approaching slower vehicles. Always be
aware of which mode you have selected
and apply the brakes when necessary.
263
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Adaptive Cruise Control
1. From the settings menu, press Driver
Assistance. See Center Display (page
456).
2. Press Cruise Control.
3. Press Normal Cruise Control.
E332905
The cruise control indicator
replaces the adaptive cruise
control indicator if you select
normal cruise control. The gap setting does
not display, and the system does not respond
to lead vehicles. Automatic braking remains
active to maintain set speed. The system
remembers the last setting when you start
your vehicle.
LANE CENTERING
HOW DOES LANE CENTERING WORK
Adaptive cruise control with lane centering
uses the vehicle's front radar sensor and
front windshield camera sensor, together
with the steering sensor to operate.
Using these sensors, the system applies
continuous steering assistance towards
driving in the middle of the lane.
Note: The gap setting for adaptive cruise
control with lane centering, operates in the
same way as normal adaptive cruise control.
LANE CENTERING PRECAUTIONS
WARNING: Do not use the system
when towing a trailer or when the vehicle
is loaded to near or over maximum
payload. Failure to follow this instruction
could result in the loss of control of your
vehicle, personal injury or death.
WARNING: Do not use the system if
any changes or modifications to the
steering, suspension system or wheels and
tires have been made. Any changes or
modifications to the steering, suspension
system or wheels and tires could affect the
functionality and performance of the
system. Failure to follow this instruction
could result in the loss of control of your
vehicle, personal injury or death.
Adaptive cruise control precautions apply to
lane centering unless stated otherwise or
contradicted by a lane centering precaution.
See Adaptive Cruise Control Precautions
(page 255).
LANE CENTERING REQUIREMENTS
You must keep your hands on the steering
wheel at all times.
264
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Adaptive Cruise Control
Lane centering only activates when all of the
following occur:
• Adaptive cruise control with lane
centering is enabled in the touchscreen.
See Switching Lane Centering On and
Off (page 266).
• You have adaptive cruise control with
stop and go enabled and set.
• The steering system detects your hands
on the steering wheel.
• The system detects both lane markings
when driving on a straight road.
• Your vehicle is initially centered in the
lane between two visible line markings.
Note: If the system does not detect valid
lane line markings, the system remains in
standby until valid line markings are
available.
Note: If the system does not detect your
hands on the steering wheel, apply a slight
force to the steering wheel.
LANE CENTERING LIMITATIONS
Adaptive cruise control limitations apply to
lane centering unless stated otherwise or
contradicted by a lane centering limitation.
See Adaptive Cruise Control Limitations
(page 256).
Lane centering may not correctly operate in
any of the following conditions:
• The lane width is too narrow or wide.
• The curve in the road is too sharp.
• The system does not detect the minimum
required lane markings or when lanes
merge or split.
• When the required steering effort to
maintain lane center exceeds the lane
centering system limit.
• When driving in areas that are under
construction or when road work is in
progress.
• If the front windshield camera and/or the
front radar are blocked.
• When using a spare tire.
• Inclement weather conditions including,
but not limited to, high wind, heavy rain,
and fog.
• Driving into direct sunlight and/or low
light conditions.
• When modification to the steering system
has been made, including alterations to
the steering wheel.
• When towing a trailer.
• When the vehicle is loaded to near or
maximum payload. See See Load
Carrying (page 325).
See Lane Centering Precautions (page 264).
Note: System operation may also be limited
under snow, heavy rain, or road spray
conditions.
Note: The system's steering assistance is
limited and may not have sufficient effort for
all driving situations and/or conditions, such
as driving through sharp curves or driving
through curves at high speeds.
265
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Adaptive Cruise Control
SWITCHING LANE CENTERING ON
AND OFF
You must keep your hands on the steering
wheel at all times.
The controls are on the turn signal lever.
E308131
Press the button.
The indicator appears in the instrument
cluster. When the lane centering system is
on, the color of the indicator changes to
indicate the system status.
You can override the system at any time by
steering your vehicle.
Note: The lane centering requirements must
be met before you can enable the feature.
See Lane Centering Requirements (page
264).
Enabling and Disabling Lane Centering
1. From the settings menu, press Driver
Assistance. See Center Display (page
456).
2. Press Cruise Control.
3. Press Adaptive Cruise Control.
4. Switch Lane Centering on or off.
LANE CENTERING ALERTS
You must keep your hands on the steering
wheel at all times.
When the system is active and detects no
steering activity for a period of time, the
system alerts you to put your hands on the
steering wheel. If you do not react to the
warnings the system cancels and slows your
vehicle down to idle speeds while
maintaining steering control. See Lane
Centering Automatic Cancellation (page
266).
The system also alerts you if your vehicle
crosses lane markings without detected
steering activity.
Note: The system could detect a light grip
or touch on the steering wheel as hands-off
driving.
LANE CENTERING AUTOMATIC
CANCELLATION
When an external condition cancels the
system, for example, no lane line markings
available, a tone sounds and a message
appears in the instrument cluster display.
When an external condition cancels the
system, and your hands are not on the
steering wheel, the system immediately
alerts you to take control of the vehicle. If
this alert is ignored, the system slows the
vehicle while maintaining steering assistance
when lane markings are available. When no
lane markings are available, the vehicle
comes to a stop.
E281472
If your vehicle starts to slow down
after system cancellation, you must
take full control of the vehicle. To
re-enable adaptive cruise control with lane
centering after cancellation, press and
release the resume button.
Automatic cancellation can also occur if:
• The lane becomes too wide or narrow.
• The system cannot detect valid lane
markings.
266
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Adaptive Cruise Control
• Lane markings cross over one another.
• The curve of the road is too sharp.
Note: If your vehicle slows down due to your
inactivity twice within a key cycle, the system
disables. To reset the system, when the
vehicle is stationary, return the gear selector
to park (P) and turn the vehicle off. Then,
restart the vehicle with your foot on the
brake pedal.
LANE CENTERING MANUAL
CANCELLATION
When you perform the following actions,
adaptive cruise control with lane centering
will cancel:
• The brake pedal is pressed.
• Adaptive cruise control button on the
steering wheel is switched off .
The lane centering system is momentarily
suppressed when either of the following
actions are performed:
• Turn signal indicator is latched or tapped
with added steering input.
• You steer the vehicle out of lane.
LANE CENTERING INDICATORS
E297977
Illuminates when you switch lane
centering on. The color of the
indicator changes to indicate the
system status.
Gray status indicates the system is on but in
standby mode.
Blue status indicates the system is enabled
and applying steering assistance to keep the
vehicle in the center of the lane.
Amber status with an audible tone, that then
changes to gray status, indicates a system
automatic cancellation.
LANE CENTERING –
TROUBLESHOOTING
LANE CENTERING – INFORMATION
MESSAGES
Note: Depending on your vehicle options
and instrument cluster type, some messages
can appear different or not at all.
267
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Adaptive Cruise Control
DetailsMessage
You must return your hands to the steering wheel and provide steering input to cancel the
message.
Keep Hands on Steering Wheel
Lane centering is currently not available, due to conditions that prevent the system from becoming
active. To reset the system, when the vehicle is stationary, return the gear selector to park (P)
and turn the vehicle off. Then, restart the vehicle with your foot on the brake pedal.
Lane Centering Assist Not Available
Adaptive cruise control with lane centering is about to cancel. You must immediately take full
control of the vehicle.
Resume Control
Adaptive cruise control with lane centering is in standby mode. When safe to do so, you can
resume adaptive cruise control with lane centering by applying pressure on the accelerator
pedal. Alternatively, you can also re-enable adaptive cruise control with lane centering by pressing
the resume button on the steering wheel.
Press Accelerator Pedal to Resume
268
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Adaptive Cruise Control
PREDICTIVE SPEED ASSIST (IF EQUIPPED)
HOW DOES PREDICTIVE SPEED
ASSIST WORK
Predictive Speed Assist works with adaptive
cruise control and adjusts the vehicle speed
to the road geometry and to the speed limit
detected by the speed sign recognition
system. As the system identifies curves and
highway exits, the vehicle speed temporarily
decreases ahead of and during the changing
road geometry. When passing new speed
signs, the set speed updates. See Predictive
Speed Assist Precautions (page 269).
There are limitations that affect the accuracy
of the speed sign recognition system and its
ability to determine the current speed limit.
Predictive speed assist and its ability to
determine the current speed limit shares
these limitations. See Speed Sign
Recognition (page 322).
Note: The adaptive cruise control gap setting
operates normally when the feature is
enabled.
PREDICTIVE SPEED ASSIST
PRECAUTIONS
WARNING: You are responsible for
controlling your vehicle at all times. The
system is designed to be an aid and does
not relieve you of your responsibility to
drive with due care and attention. Failure
to follow this instruction could result in the
loss of control of your vehicle, personal
injury or death.
WARNING: Pay close attention to
changing road conditions. You may need
to override the system by pressing the
brake or accelerator pedal if the adjusted
speed becomes higher or lower than
necessary.
WARNING: The system only provides
limited braking. Your vehicle may not
always decelerate quickly enough to avoid
a crash without driver intervention. Apply
the brakes when necessary.
WARNING: The system does not
activate the turn signal.
Adaptive cruise control precautions apply to
predictive speed assist unless stated
otherwise or contradicted by a predictive
speed assist precaution. See Adaptive
Cruise Control Precautions (page 255).
The system only applies limited braking. You
can override the system with the accelerator
pedal or cancel the system by applying the
brakes.
The system may adapt to various drive
modes. See Drive Mode Control (page 285).
This could influence speed adjustments and
accelerations.
269
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Adaptive Cruise Control
PREDICTIVE SPEED ASSIST
LIMITATIONS
WARNING: The system may not
always adjust vehicle speed in certain road
or weather conditions such as crossing
traffic, yield or stop signs, right of way,
traffic lights, speed bumps, rain, snow, fog.
You must always apply the brake or
accelerator pedal when necessary.
The road geometry and speed limit
information provided by the navigation map
data could be inaccurate or out of date.
The system may not detect and read speed
limit signs with conditional information, for
example, when a sign is flashing, during
specific time ranges, or when children are
present.
Note: The system does not set the vehicle
speed to speed limits shown with a
supplementary traffic sign.
Under certain conditions, the system may
not adjust the vehicle speed until after your
vehicle passes the speed limit.
Detection of road geometry operates only
where related information is available. Road
geometry information may not be available
in some areas.
SWITCHING PREDICTIVE SPEED
ASSIST MODE ON AND OFF
1. From the settings menu, press Driver
Assistance. See Center Display (page
456).
2. Press Cruise Control.
3. Press Adaptive Cruise Control.
4. Switch Predictive Speed Assist on or off.
ADJUSTING THE SET SPEED
TOLERANCE
1. From the settings menu, press Driver
Assistance. See Center Display (page
456).
2. Press Cruise Control.
3. Press Adaptive Cruise Control.
4. Switch Predictive Speed Assist on.
5. Press Tolerance.
6. Adjust the slider to set the tolerance.
Note: You can set tolerance for vehicle
speed adjustment based on speed sign
recognition only.
PREDICTIVE SPEED ASSIST ALERTS
If the speed sign recognition system detects
a speed limit below the minimum adaptive
cruise control set speed, a tone sounds and
the system returns to standby mode.
PREDICTIVE SPEED ASSIST
INDICATORS
A blue marker around the road geometry
indicator means the system is active.
270
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Adaptive Cruise Control
Speed sign indicator
E413376
When the system detects a new speed sign,
a gray indicator appears above the speed
limit icon while the system adjusts the vehicle
speed to the speed limit. When the speed
limit is reached, the set speed updates and
the gray indicator disappears.
Road geometry indicator
When the system detects a curve or highway
exit, the vehicle starts to decelerate, and the
indicator appears and changes color.
Road geometry indicator symbols
E379737
Left curve.
E379738
Right curve.
271
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Adaptive Cruise Control
PREDICTIVE SPEED ASSIST – TROUBLESHOOTING
PREDICTIVE SPEED ASSIST – INFORMATION MESSAGES
DetailsMessage
Navigation system based speed limit information is not available. If the message continues to
appear, have your vehicle checked as soon as possible.
Adaptive Cruise Control Speed Sign
Recognition Not Available
The system is going to cancel and you must take control.Driver Resume Control
ADAPTIVE CRUISE CONTROL –
TROUBLESHOOTING
ADAPTIVE CRUISE CONTROL –
INFORMATION MESSAGES
Note: Depending on your vehicle options
and instrument cluster type, not all messages
display or are available.
Note: The system could abbreviate or
shorten certain messages depending upon
which cluster type you have.
272
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Adaptive Cruise Control
DetailsMessage
Contact an authorized dealer to have the radar checked for proper
coverage and operation.
Front Sensor Not Aligned
Conditions exist preventing the system from being available.Cruise Control Not Available
You have a blocked radar because of poor radar visibility due to
inclement weather or ice, mud, or water in front of the sensor. You
can typically clean the sensor to resolve this issue.
Adaptive Cruise Control Not Available
Sensor Blocked
See Manual
Due to the nature of sensor technology, it is possible to get a blockage
warning with no actual block. This happens, for example, when driving
in sparse rural or desert environments. A false blocked condition
either self clears, or clears after you restart your vehicle.
You have selected normal cruise control. The system does not brake
or react to traffic.
Normal Cruise Active Adaptive Braking Off
Displays when the adaptive cruise control is going to cancel and you
must take control.
Adaptive Cruise - Driver Resume Control
Displays when the vehicle speed is too slow to activate the adaptive
cruise control and there is no lead vehicle in range.
Cruise Control Speed Too Low to Activate
273
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Adaptive Cruise Control
WHAT IS BLUECRUISE
BlueCruise keeps your vehicle centered in
the lane and offers a hands-free driving
mode in certain situations when using
adaptive cruise control.
HOW DOES BLUECRUISE WORK
BlueCruise uses cameras to monitor your
vehicle position within a lane and applies
steering support to keep your vehicle
centered in the lane.
Using the cameras and location information,
BlueCruise allows you to remove your hands
from the steering wheel and offers a
hands-free driving mode in certain areas.
When active, BlueCruise uses a driver facing
camera and infrared lighting to monitor your
eyes and head position to detect if you are
distracted. If the system determines you are
distracted, it alerts you to return your eyes
to the road.
E389703
Lighting and camera area.A
E381702
Steering column too high, camera cannot
see the face.
E381703
274
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Lincoln BlueCruise (If Equipped)
Appropriate position, camera can see the
face.
For the most optimal experience from the
driver facing camera:
• Make sure to not wear any facial
coverings.
• Raise the seating position and/or lower
the steering column so your face is seen
by the driver facing camera.
• Avoid leaning the seat back so the driver
facing camera can see your face.
• Avoid using infrared blocking sunglasses.
• Make sure your hands, arms or other
objects are not blocking the driver facing
camera.
Note: When BlueCruise is active, in certain
crash or near crash-like situations, such as
an air bag deployment or hitting a road
obstacle, camera data may record through
the vehicle event data recorder. See Event
Data (page 26).
Note: No data records under normal driving
conditions.
BLUECRUISE PRECAUTIONS
WARNING: You are responsible for
keeping your eyes on the road at all times.
The system is designed to be an aid and
does not relieve you of your responsibility
to drive with due care and attention. Failure
to follow this instruction could result in the
loss of control of your vehicle, personal
injury or death.
WARNING: You are responsible for
controlling your vehicle at all times. The
system is designed to be an aid and does
not relieve you of your responsibility to
drive with due care and attention. Failure
to follow this instruction could result in the
loss of control of your vehicle, personal
injury or death.
WARNING: Do not use the system
when towing a trailer. Failure to follow this
instruction could result in the loss of
control of your vehicle, personal injury or
death.
WARNING: Obstructions to the driver
facing camera or infrared lighting could
prevent the system from properly
operating. Keep the camera and lighting
areas free from obstruction. Failure to
follow this instruction could result in the
loss of control of your vehicle, personal
injury or death.
WARNING: Do not use the system if
any changes or modifications to the
steering wheel have been made. Any
changes or modifications to the steering
wheel could affect the functionality or
performance of the system. Failure to
follow this instruction could result in the
loss of control of your vehicle, personal
injury or death.
WARNING: The system may not
function if the sensor is blocked.
275
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Lincoln BlueCruise (If Equipped)
WARNING: Pay close attention to
changing road conditions such as entering
or leaving a highway, on roads with
intersections or roundabouts, roads
without visible lanes of travel, roads that
are unpaved, or steep slopes, railroad
crossings, pedestrian crossings, and school
zones. Failure to follow this instruction
could result in the loss of control of your
vehicle, personal injury or death.
WARNING: The system is not a crash
warning or avoidance system.
WARNING: Large contrasts in outside
lighting can limit sensor performance.
WARNING: The system attempts to
keep your vehicle in the center of the lane
as well as maintain speed and gap control.
The system may not be able to perform
these tasks in all situations. Do not use the
system in complex or uncertain driving
conditions. Failure to follow this instruction
could result in the loss of control of your
vehicle, personal injury or death.
WARNING: Your vehicle could drift
out of the lane of travel. Always be
prepared to manually steer your vehicle.
Failure to follow this instruction could result
in the loss of control of your vehicle,
personal injury or death.
WARNING: The system will not
operate if the sensor cannot track the road
lane markings.
BLUECRUISE REQUIREMENTS
BlueCruise only activates when all of the
following occur:
• BlueCruise service plan is active. See
Lincoln.com
(https://www.lincoln.com/connectedservices/)
or the Lincoln Way App for details.
• Modem is enabled. See Connecting the
Vehicle to a Mobile Network (page 443).
• BlueCruise is enabled in your center
display screen. See BlueCruise Settings
(page 277).
• Adaptive cruise control is on.
• The system detects both lane markings.
• Your hands are on the steering wheel.
• Your eyes are on the road.
Note: For hands-free mode to work, your
vehicle must be on certain limited access
divided freeways.
Note: The system may require updated
software for hands-free mode. See Vehicle
Software Updates (page 473).
Note: Without an active BlueCruise
subscription, your vehicle is still capable of
lane centering. This system requires you to
keep your hands on the steering wheel at
all times. See Lane Centering Requirements
(page 264).
BLUECRUISE LIMITATIONS
Any of the following conditions could result
in BlueCruise not correctly operating:
• You do not have your vehicle centered
in the lane.
• The lane is too narrow or too wide.
276
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Lincoln BlueCruise (If Equipped)
• The system does not detect at least one
lane marking or when lanes merge or
split.
• You are applying a low amount of
steering input.
• You are using the system in areas under
construction.
• If you make any aftermarket modifications
to the steering system.
• You are using a spare tire.
The driver-facing camera may not operate
correctly due to any of the following:
• You have a pre-existing eye condition,
such as an eye misalignment, or have
had eye surgery.
• You cover your facial features by a mask,
hat or other items.
• The lighting conditions change
significantly.
• You are not in the field of view of the
camera.
• You position or tilt yourself to one side.
• You are moving around extensively.
• You are wearing glasses or sunglasses
that are too dark or reflective.
Note: The system has limited steering
assistance and may not be sufficient for all
driving situations.
Note: In exceptional conditions, such as
inclement weather or direct sunlight, the
system could deviate from the center line.
Note: The information provided by the
navigation map data could be inaccurate or
out of date.
BLUECRUISE SETTINGS
Enabling BlueCruise
1. From the settings menu, press Driver
Assistance. See Center Display (page
456).
2. Press Cruise Control.
3. Press Adaptive Cruise Control.
4. Press Lane Centering With Hands Free.
Enabling Activation Prompts
1. From the settings menu, press Driver
Assistance. See Center Display (page
456).
2. Press Cruise Control.
3. Press Adaptive Cruise Control.
4. Press Activation Prompts.
SWITCHING BLUECRUISE ON AND
OFF
Switching BlueCruise On
The controls are on the steering wheel.
Using Activation Prompts
E144529
When the prompt appears, press
the button to switch BlueCruise on.
The indicator appears in the
instrument cluster. When the system is on,
the color of the indicator changes to indicate
the system status.
Note: You must enable activation prompts
in the touchscreen.
277
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Lincoln BlueCruise (If Equipped)
Using Steering Wheel Controls
E308131
E144529
Using the adaptive cruise control
and lane keeping buttons, make
sure both systems are active.
BlueCruise activates.
Switching BlueCruise Off
E308131
E144529
Press either the lane keeping or
adaptive cruise control button
when system is active or in
standby mode.
BlueCruise turns off through each
ignition cycle.
BLUECRUISE ALERTS
When BlueCruise is providing hands-on
driving or transitioning to hands-on driving
from hands-free driving and detects no
steering activity for a certain period of time,
the system alerts you with a message in the
instrument cluster to put your hands on the
steering wheel. After the first alert, the
system alerts you with a message in the
instrument cluster and an audible warning.
When BlueCruise is providing hands-on or
hands-free driving and detects you are not
looking at the road for a certain period of
time, the system alerts you to return your
eyes to the road. Depending on where you
are looking, the alert can be a message in
the instrument cluster and an audible
warning.
If you do not react to the warnings,
BlueCruise cancels, quickly activates and
releases the brakes, and slows your vehicle
down to low speeds while maintaining
steering control.
If your vehicle slows down and you resume
control, a message appears to prompt you
to press the accelerator pedal to allow the
system to resume.
Note: If the system detects repeated
inactivity, it disables until the next key cycle.
BLUECRUISE AUTOMATIC
CANCELLATION
When an external condition cancels
BlueCruise, for example, no lane markings
available, a tone sounds and a message
appears in the instrument cluster.
E281472
If your vehicle starts to slow down,
you must take control by returning
your attention to the road and your
hands to the steering wheel. Then press and
release the button to reactivate BlueCruise.
System cancellation can also occur if:
• The lane becomes too narrow.
• The system cannot detect valid lane
markings.
278
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Lincoln BlueCruise (If Equipped)
• Lane markings cross.
• Your eyes are not on the road or your
hands are not on the steering wheel.
If you have your hands on the steering wheel
and your eyes are on the road when the
feature is active and a cancellation occurs,
the system sounds a tone and displays a
cancelled graphic in the instrument cluster.
If you are not paying attention to the road or
your hands are not on the steering wheel
and a cancellation occurs, the system
displays a message and a tone sounds until
you resume control. If you do not resume
control in time, BlueCruise quickly activates
and releases the brakes, and slows your
vehicle to low speeds while maintaining
steering control. If your vehicle slows down
and you resume control, a message appears
to prompt you to press the accelerator pedal
to allow the system to resume.
Note: The system disables until the vehicle
is turned off and back on if it detects
repeated inactivity.
BLUECRUISE INDICATORS
E297977
When on, the color of the indicator
changes to indicate the status.
Gray indicates BlueCruise is on but inactive.
Green indicates BlueCruise is active and
applying continuous steering support.
Blue indicates BlueCruise is active and
hands-free driving mode is available.
Hands-On Driving Support Available
E333236
The graphic in the cluster changes to a wheel
with hands on it indicating hands-on driving
mode is active.
When this indicator is present, you must keep
your hands on the steering wheel.
Hands-Free Driving Support Available
E333232
The graphic in the cluster changes to a wheel
without hands on it indicating hands-free
driving mode is available.
When this indicator is present, you can
remove your hands from the steering wheel.
279
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Lincoln BlueCruise (If Equipped)
LANE CHANGE ASSIST
HOW DOES LANE CHANGE ASSIST
WORK
E393071
Lane change assist can automatically
perform a single lane change when you
request the lane change using the turn signal
lever. This feature is available down to
40 mph (65 km/h).
WARNING: Do not use the lane
change assist system as a replacement for
using the interior and exterior mirrors or
looking over your shoulder before
changing lanes. The lane change assist
system is not a replacement for careful
driving.
1. Make sure the lane you are requesting
is clear of traffic or obstacles.
2. Tap or latch the lever in the direction of
your planned lane change.
3. Once the lane change is complete, move
the turn signal lever back to the middle
position if necessary.
Note: When using lane change assist you
can tap or latch the lever.
Lane Change Suggestion
If you are approaching or have been
following a slower moving vehicle, the
system may suggest a lane change to pass
that vehicle using an available passing lane.
LANE CHANGE ASSIST LIMITATIONS
Lane change assist will not perform the
requested maneuver if traffic is identified in
the selected lane.
SWITCHING LANE CHANGE ASSIST
ON AND OFF
1. From the settings menu, press Driver
Assistance. See Center Display (page
456).
2. Press Cruise Control.
3. Press Adaptive Cruise Control.
4. Press Lane Centering with Hands Free.
5. Press Lane Change Assist to toggle the
system on and off.
LANE CHANGE ASSIST
CANCELLATION
To cancel lane change assist, manually steer
your vehicle or return the turn signal lever to
the middle position.
280
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Lincoln BlueCruise (If Equipped)
LANE CHANGE ASSIST – TROUBLESHOOTING
LANE CHANGE ASSIST – INFORMATION MESSAGES
DetailsMessage
The lane you have selected to enter has a vehicle or obstacle.Lane busy
A lane is not recognized or available to perform the requested
maneuver.
No lane seen
The requested lane change is being performed.Changing lanes
If desired, press the turn signal lever in the direction indicated by the
lane change suggestion to initiate the lane change.
Lane change possible
Note: The instrument cluster display may
abbreviate or shorten certain messages.
IN-LANE REPOSITIONING
HOW DOES IN-LANE REPOSITIONING
WORK
BlueCruise with in-lane repositioning uses
the vehicle's front and corner radar sensors
together with the front windshield camera
sensor to operate.
Using these sensors, the system
automatically adjusts your vehicle’ s position
in the lane based on the current driving
situation.
Note: In-lane repositioning is active only
when BlueCruise is enabled while traveling
on divided highways and when any of the
following occur:
281
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Lincoln BlueCruise (If Equipped)
• Passing or being passed by adjacent lane
vehicles in close proximity.
• In a curve.
• Driving in outer lanes.
Note: In certain situations, the vehicle may
bias without showing the indicators.
Note: Keep the front of your vehicle free of
dirt, metal badges or objects. Vehicle front
protectors, aftermarket lights, additional
paint or plastic coatings could also degrade
sensor performance.
Note: The radar sensor has a limited field of
view. It may not detect vehicles at all or
detect a vehicle later than expected in some
situations.
SWITCHING IN-LANE REPOSITIONING
ON AND OFF
1. From the settings menu, press Driver
Assistance. See Center Display (page
456).
2. Press Cruise Control.
3. Press Adaptive Cruise Control.
4. Press Lane Centering with Hands Free.
5. Press In-Lane Repositioning to toggle the
system on or off.
IN-LANE REPOSITIONING INDICATORS
E383893
Biased towards right-hand side of the lane.
E383894
Biased towards left-hand side of the lane.
BLUECRUISE – TROUBLESHOOTING
BLUECRUISE – INFORMATION
MESSAGES
Depending on your vehicle options and
instrument cluster type, not all messages
display or are available.
282
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Lincoln BlueCruise (If Equipped)
DetailsMessage
Make sure you return your hands to the steering wheel and provide
steering input.
Keep Hands on Steering Wheel
The system is going to cancel and you must take control by returning
your attention to the road and your hands to the steering wheel.
Resume Control
Return your attention to the road.Watch the Road
Conditions exist preventing the system from being available. If the
message continues to display, have the system checked as soon as
possible.
BlueCruise not available
Press the accelerator pedal and follow the prompts.Press Accelerator Pedal to Resume
Make sure your facial features are visible and in the field of view of
the driver facing camera.
Driver monitor camera cannot detect face See manual
Make sure your hands, arms or other objects are not obscuring the
camera.
Driver monitor camera is blocked See manual
Conditions exist preventing the system from being available. If the
message continues to display, have the system checked as soon as
possible.
Driver monitor camera fault See manual
BlueCruise is active, keep your attention on the road.BlueCruise On Watch the road Be prepared to resume control
The system is in standby mode, press the button on the steering wheel
to activate.
BlueCruise available Press {ICON} to activate
283
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Lincoln BlueCruise (If Equipped)
Note: The instrument cluster display may
abbreviate or shorten certain messages.
284
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Lincoln BlueCruise (If Equipped)
WHAT IS DRIVE MODE CONTROL
This feature connects multiple vehicle
systems through a single interface, providing
you with enhanced vehicle control and
driving dynamics for different driving
scenarios, terrains, weather, or various road
conditions.
HOW DOES DRIVE MODE
CONTROL WORK
When a drive mode is selected it alters
various electrical and mechanical systems
within the vehicle to a predetermined
configuration. The systems altered and
features available will depend on which
mode is selected.
Note: The drive mode system reverts to the
normal mode each time you start your
vehicle. At startup, the system displays a
prompt on the instrument cluster display that
gives you the option to return to the last
drive mode that you chose prior to shutting
the vehicle off. If you select yes, the system
returns to the last selected drive mode. If
you select no or do not make a selection,
the system remains in normal mode.
SELECTING A DRIVE MODE
Note: Drive mode changes may not be
available when the ignition is off.
E297680
Rotate the controller located on the center
console. Rotate the drive mode controller
once to activate the drive mode selection
menu in the display. Rotate the controller a
second time to select and engage the drive
mode.
DRIVE MODES
CONSERVE
E295413
This mode decreases accelerator
pedal responsiveness to soften
driver inputs and encourage
efficient driving. Depending on your vehicle’s
options, adaptive cruise control is slower to
return to the set speed and auto start- stop
engages more often. The system decreases
air conditioning output to conserve energy
when set to auto mode. Use this mode for
fuel efficient driving which allows for an
extended driving range.
285
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Drive Mode Control
DEEP CONDITIONS
E295420
This mode lowers accelerator
pedal responsiveness and delays
transmission upshifts for improved
vehicle control in low speed off-road
environments. The system optimizes the
traction and stability controls for improved
traction and to help maintain forward
momentum through loose deformable
terrains. Depending on your vehicle’s
options, the system disables auto-start stop
and optimizes the all-wheel drive system for
enhanced traction. Use this mode for driving
on two-track trails, loose gravel, and mixed
uneven terrain.
Note: This mode is for off-road use only.
EXCITE
E392863
This mode increases accelerator
pedal responsiveness and holds
the transmission in lower gears
longer for enhanced acceleration. The
system switches the chassis controls to their
sport settings. Depending on your vehicle’s
options, this feature sets the exhaust to a
louder tone, inhibits auto-start stop, increases
steering torque buildup, and it adjusts the
suspension for enhanced driver connectivity
and responsive driving dynamics. Use this
mode for a sportier and engaging driving
experience.
NORMAL
E225310
This mode adjusts all systems to
their base settings and balances
vehicle performance for all around
drivability. Each time you switch your vehicle
off it defaults to this mode. Use this mode
for everyday driving, such as city and
highway routes or commuting.
SLIPPERY
E295414
This mode lowers accelerator
pedal responsiveness, adjusts
transmission shift points, and
optimizes traction and stability controls to
help mitigate wheel spin and maintain vehicle
control in slick driving conditions. Depending
on your vehicle’ s options, this feature adjusts
the all-wheel drive control to provide
optimum traction for slippery surfaces. Use
this mode for less than ideal road conditions
such as snow and ice covered roads or for
firm surfaces that are covered with loose or
slippery materials.
Note: Do not use this mode when driving on
dry pavement.
DRIVE MODE CONTROL –
TROUBLESHOOTING
DRIVE MODE CONTROL – WARNING
LAMPS
E130458
Some drive modes reduce traction
and stability control performance
and the indicator illuminates in the
instrument cluster.
Note: The system has diagnostic checks that
continuously monitor the system for proper
operation. If a mode is unavailable due to a
system fault, the drive mode system defaults
to normal. When the system defaults to
normal, the driveline settings remain the
same as prior to the system fault.
286
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Drive Mode Control
DRIVE MODE CONTROL – INFORMATION MESSAGES
DetailsMessage
The system is not available. If it is still not available the next time you switch the ignition on, the
system has malfunctioned. Have your vehicle checked as soon as possible.
Drive Mode Not Available
287
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Drive Mode Control
DRIVE MODE CONTROL –
FREQUENTLY ASKED QUESTIONS
Why did the system default to normal
mode?
• If a mode is unavailable due to a system
fault, it defaults to normal mode and the
driveline settings remain the same as
prior to the system fault.
Can I switch drive modes while I am
driving?
• In most instances, you can switch drive
modes while you are driving (if you
maintain attention on the road), or while
the vehicle is stationary. However, you
should not switch the vehicle into a drive
mode intended for off-road or track use
while driving on paved, public roads. For
example, while driving on a paved
highway, it would be acceptable to switch
from normal mode to conserve mode,
but not to deep conditions mode.
How long does it take for the vehicle
to switch modes after I make a
selection?
• After switching modes, the new drive
mode will activate within several
seconds, if all the appropriate
pre-conditions are met.
How should I decide which drive mode
to use?
• Selecting a drive mode usually depends
on the driving experience you would like
to have, and the driving conditions. For
example, if you want to have a more
exciting on-road driving experience, you
could switch into excite mode. If you find
yourself driving on slick roads, you could
switch into slippery mode.
Will drive modes impact my vehicle’s
fuel consumption?
• Drive modes can have an impact on your
vehicle’ s fuel consumption. In addition to
the active mode, your driving style will
also affect the fuel consumption.
288
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Drive Mode Control
WHAT IS THE LANE KEEPING
SYSTEM
The lane keeping system alerts you by
providing temporary steering assistance or
steering wheel vibration when it detects an
unintended lane or road departure.
HOW DOES THE LANE KEEPING
SYSTEM WORK
The lane keeping system uses a forward
looking camera mounted on the windshield
to monitor vehicle movement within the lane
of travel.
When the camera detects a drift out of the
lane of travel, the lane keeping system alerts
the driver by vibrating the steering wheel, or
aids the driver by providing a small steering
input to move the vehicle back into the lane
of travel.
The driver can select one of three modes:
• Alert
• Aid
• Alert + Aid
LANE KEEPING SYSTEM
PRECAUTIONS
WARNING: You are responsible for
controlling your vehicle at all times. The
system is designed to be an aid and does
not relieve you of your responsibility to
drive with due care and attention. Failure
to follow this instruction could result in the
loss of control of your vehicle, personal
injury or death.
WARNING: The system will not
operate if the sensor cannot track the road
lane markings.
WARNING: The sensor may
incorrectly track lane markings as other
structures or objects. This can result in a
false or missed warning.
WARNING: In cold and severe
weather conditions the system may not
function. Rain, snow and spray can all limit
sensor performance.
WARNING: The system may not
operate properly if the sensor is blocked.
Keep the windshield free from obstruction.
WARNING: If damage occurs in the
immediate area surrounding the sensor,
have your vehicle checked as soon as
possible.
WARNING: The system may not
correctly operate if your vehicle is fitted
with a suspension kit not approved by us.
WARNING: Large contrasts in outside
lighting can limit sensor performance.
289
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Lane Keeping System
LANE KEEPING SYSTEM
LIMITATIONS
The lane keeping system only operates when
the vehicle speed is greater than 40 mph
(64 km/h).
The system works when the camera can
detect at least one lane marking or the edge
of the road.
Note: When you select Aid or Alert and Aid
mode and the system detects no steering
activity for a short period of time, the system
alerts you to put your hands on the steering
wheel. The system may detect a light grip or
touch on the steering wheel as hands-off
driving.
The lane keeping system may not correctly
operate in any of the following conditions:
• The lane keeping system does not detect
at least one lane marking.
• You switch the turn signal on.
• You apply direct steering, accelerate fast
or brake hard.
• The vehicle speed is less than 40 mph
(64 km/h).
• The anti-lock brake, stability control or
traction control system activates.
• The lane is too narrow.
• Something is obscuring the camera or it
is unable to detect the lane markings due
to environment, traffic or vehicle
conditions.
• Entering or exiting a tight curve when
driving at high speeds.
The lane keeping system may not correct
lane positioning in any of the following
conditions:
• High winds.
• Uneven road surfaces.
• Heavy or uneven loads.
• Incorrect tire pressure.
SWITCHING THE LANE KEEPING
SYSTEM ON AND OFF
E308131
To activate the lane keeping
system, press the button on the
turn signal lever.
To deactivate the lane keeping system, press
the button again.
Note: When switching the system on or off
a message appears in the instrument cluster
display to show the status.
Note: The system stores the on or off setting
until manually changed by you.
SWITCHING THE LANE KEEPING
SYSTEM MODE
1. From the settings menu, press Driver
Assistance. See Center Display (page
456).
2. Press Lane-Keeping System.
3. Press Lane-Keeping Mode.
4. Select a mode.
Note: The system remembers the last setting
when you start your vehicle.
290
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Lane Keeping System
ALERT MODE
WHAT IS ALERT MODE
Alert mode vibrates the steering wheel when
it detects an unintended lane departure.
HOW DOES ALERT MODE WORK
E165515
When in alert mode, the lane keeping system
alerts you by vibrating the steering wheel.
The intensity of the vibration is set through
the lane keeping system menu.
ADJUSTING THE STEERING WHEEL
VIBRATION INTENSITY
1. From the settings menu, press Driver
Assistance. See Center Display (page
456).
2. Press Lane-Keeping System.
3. Press Lane-Keeping Intensity.
4. Select an intensity setting.
AID MODE
WHAT IS AID MODE
Aid mode provides temporary steering
assistance toward the center of the lane.
HOW DOES AID MODE WORK
E165516
The lane keeping system aids you when an
unintentional lane departure occurs. The
system provides a small steering input to
move the vehicle towards the center of the
lane.
291
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Lane Keeping System
ALERT AND AID MODE
WHAT IS ALERT AND AID MODE
Alert and aid mode uses multiple features to
keep you in your lane. The system first
provides a small steering input to bring your
vehicle back towards the center of the lane.
If your vehicle moves too far from the center
of the lane the system alerts you with
vibration in the steering wheel.
HOW DOES ALERT AND AID MODE
WORK
E165517
Alert.A
Aid.B
The lane keeping system detects a lane
departure and provides aid when the
vehicles enters B and applies the additional
alert warning if A is entered.
LANE KEEPING SYSTEM
INDICATORS
E272890
If you switch the lane keeping system on, a
graphic with lane markings appears in the
instrument cluster display.
When you switch the system off, the lane
marking graphics do not display.
Note: The overhead vehicle graphic may still
display if adaptive cruise control is enabled.
292
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Lane Keeping System
While the lane keeping system is on, the
color of the lane markings change to indicate
the system status.
RedOrangeWhiteGray
Indicates that the system is
providing or has just provided a
lane keeping alert warning.
Indicates that the system is
providing or has just provided a
lane keeping aid intervention.
Indicates that the system is avail-
able or ready to provide a warning
or intervention on the indicated
side.
Indicates that the system is
temporarily unavailable to provide
a warning or intervention on the
indicated side.
BLIND SPOT ASSIST (IF EQUIPPED)
WHAT IS BLIND SPOT ASSIST
Blind spot assist is an extension of the lane
keeping system.
It may help you identify adjacent vehicles
during a lane change.
Blind spot assist provides a blind spot
warning and steering assistance to help you
become aware of and steer away from
vehicles in your blind spot during lane
changes.
HOW DOES BLIND SPOT ASSIST
WORK
E270719
Activate and deactivate the system using the
lane keeping system button on the turn
signal stalk.
During lane changes, the design of the blind
spot assist detects vehicles in, or
approaching, your blind spot and provides
a warning, plus steering assistance to direct
your vehicle back into your lane.
When active, this system functions with or
without the use of turn signals and hazard
flashers.
You must keep your hands on the steering
wheel at all times.
293
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Lane Keeping System
BLIND SPOT ASSIST LIMITATIONS
All system limitations present in the basic
lane keeping system also apply to blind spot
assist.
Blind spot assist does not function under the
following conditions:
• No lane markings are detected.
• One or both rear radar sensors become
blocked or faulty.
• Attaching bike or cargo racks could
cause false alerts due to obstruction of
the sensor.
Blind spot assist may have difficulty detecting
hazards under the following conditions:
• If a vehicle is approaching in an adjacent
lane at a speed higher than your vehicle.
• Bad weather obstructing the sensors.
BLIND SPOT ASSIST WITH TRAILER
COVERAGE
WHAT IS BLIND SPOT ASSIST WITH
TRAILER COVERAGE
Blind spot assist with trailer coverage is an
extension of the lane keeping system.
It may help you identify adjacent vehicles
during a lane change.
Blind spot assist provides a blind spot
warning and steering assistance to help you
become aware of and steer away from
vehicles in your blind spot during lane
changes.
When attaching a trailer, ensure you have
properly set up the trailer coverage settings.
See Blind Spot Information System With
Trailer Coverage (page 302).
HOW DOES BLIND SPOT ASSIST WITH
TRAILER COVERAGE WORK
E270719
Activate and deactivate the system using the
lane keeping system button on the turn
signal stalk.
During lane changes, the design of the blind
spot assist with trailer coverage detects
vehicles in, or approaching, your blind spot
and provides a warning, plus steering
assistance to direct your vehicle back into
your lane.
294
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Lane Keeping System
If a supported trailer is connected, the
function is reduced to only detecting vehicles
on both sides of the vehicle and trailer,
extending rearward from the exterior mirrors
to the end of the trailer. See Blind Spot
Information System With Trailer Coverage
(page 302).
When active, this system functions with or
without the use of turn signals and hazard
flashers.
You must keep your hands on the steering
wheel at all times.
BLIND SPOT ASSIST WITH TRAILER
COVERAGE LIMITATIONS
All system limitations present in the basic
lane keeping system also apply to blind spot
assist.
Blind spot assist does not function under the
following conditions:
• No lane markings are detected.
• One or both rear radar sensors become
blocked or faulty.
• You have not configured the attached
trailer correctly in the trailer tow menus
or you attached an unsupported trailer.
The system only supports certain trailer
shapes and dimensions.
Note: Blind spot assist with trailer coverage
could have reduced performance if any of
the above limitations are present.
Blind spot assist may have difficulty detecting
hazards under the following conditions:
• If a vehicle is approaching in an adjacent
lane at a relative speed much higher than
your vehicle.
• Bad weather conditions are present that
obstruct the sensors.
• Attaching bike or cargo racks could
cause false alerts due to obstruction of
the sensor.
295
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Lane Keeping System
BLIND SPOT ASSIST WITH TRAILER COVERAGE INDICATORS
E310089
Diagram 1: Vehicle A uses its left turn signal
preparing to change from the right lane to
the middle lane. Vehicle B is already in the
middle lane and just entered Vehicle A's
blind spot causing the blind spot information
system alert indicator to flash on the exterior
mirror.
Diagram 2: The driver of Vehicle A begins
to steer into the center lane not aware of
Vehicle B.
Diagram 3: Blind spot assist counter steers
to help alert the driver of Vehicle A to direct
their vehicle back into the right lane to help
avoid a possible collision with Vehicle B.
The lane keeping aid warning lamp or yellow
lane marking in your instrument cluster
display indicate blind spot assist activation.
In addition, the blind spot information system
alert indicator flashes on the exterior mirror
on the same side as the detection. See Blind
Spot Information System (page 300).
296
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Lane Keeping System
Blind Spot Assist Information Messages
ActionMessage
Displays if you attach a trailer to your vehicle with the blind spot information system switched off
or you have not configured the trailer.
Blind Spot Assist Not Available Trailer
Attached
Displays if your blind spot information system sensors are blocked.Blind Spot Assist Not Available Side
Sensor Blocked
The system has detected a fault that requires service. Have your vehicle checked as soon as
possible.
Blind Spot Assist System fault
Lost communication with the trailer module. Blind spot assist is disabled until the failure is fixed.Trailer Brake Module Fault
Lost communication with the trailer module. Blind spot assist is disabled until the failure is fixed.Trailer Lighting Module Fault See Manual
Front camera fault. Blind spot assist is disabled until the failure is fixed.Front Camera Fault Service Required
297
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Lane Keeping System
LANE KEEPING SYSTEM – TROUBLESHOOTING
LANE KEEPING SYSTEM – INFORMATION MESSAGES
ActionMessage
The system has malfunctioned. Have your vehicle checked as soon
as possible.
Lane Keeping Sys. Malfunction Service Required
The system has detected a condition that has caused the system to
be temporarily unavailable.
Front Camera Temporarily Not Available
The system has detected a condition that requires you to clean the
windshield in order for it to operate properly.
Front Camera Low Visibility Clean Screen
The system has malfunctioned. Have your vehicle checked as soon
as possible.
Front Camera Malfunction Service Required
The system requests that you keep your hands on the steering wheel.Keep Hands on Steering Wheel
298
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Lane Keeping System
LANE KEEPING SYSTEM –
FREQUENTLY ASKED QUESTIONS
Why is the feature not available (lane
markings are gray) when I can see the
lane markings on the road?
• Your vehicle speed is less than 40 mph
(65 km/h).
• The sun is shining directly into the
camera lens.
• A quick intentional lane change has
occurred.
• You are driving your vehicle too close to
the lane markings for an extended
interval of time.
• Driving at high speeds in curves.
• The last alert warning or aid intervention
occurred a short time ago.
• Ambiguous lane markings, for example,
in construction zones.
• Rapid transition from light to dark, or from
dark to light.
• Sudden offset in lane markings.
• ABS or AdvanceTrac™ is active.
• There is a camera blockage due to dirt,
grime, fog, frost or water on the
windshield.
• You are driving too close to the vehicle
in front of you.
• Transitioning between no lane markings
to lane markings, or vice versa.
• There is standing water on the road.
• Faint lane markings, for example, partial
yellow lane markings on concrete roads.
• Lane width is too narrow or too wide.
• You have not calibrated the camera after
a windshield replacement.
• Driving on roads with tight curves or
uneven surfaces.
Why does the vehicle not come back
toward the middle of the lane, as
expected, in the Aid, or Aid + Alert
mode?
• High cross winds are present.
• There is a large road crown.
• Rough roads, grooves or shoulder
drop-offs.
• Heavy, uneven loading of the vehicle or
improper tire inflation pressure.
• You changed the tires or modified the
suspension.
299
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Lane Keeping System
WHAT IS BLIND SPOT
INFORMATION SYSTEM
Blind spot information system detects
vehicles that may have entered the blind
spot zone.
HOW DOES BLIND SPOT
INFORMATION SYSTEM WORK
Blind spot information system uses sensors
on both sides of your vehicle, detecting
rearward from the exterior mirrors to
approximately 13 ft (4 m) beyond the rear
bumper. The detection area extends to
approximately 59 ft (18 m) beyond the rear
bumper when the vehicle speed is greater
than 30 mph (48 km/h) to alert you of faster
approaching vehicles.
E255695
BLIND SPOT INFORMATION
SYSTEM PRECAUTIONS
WARNING: Do not use the blind spot
information system as a replacement for
using the interior and exterior mirrors or
looking over your shoulder before
changing lanes. The blind spot information
system is not a replacement for careful
driving.
WARNING: The system may not
operate properly during severe weather
conditions, for example snow, ice, heavy
rain and spray. Always drive with due care
and attention. Failure to take care may
result in a crash.
Note: Blind spot information system does
not prevent contact with other vehicles. It
does not detect parked vehicles,
pedestrians, animals or other infrastructure.
BLIND SPOT INFORMATION
SYSTEM LIMITATIONS
Blind spot information system does not
operate in park (P) or reverse (R).
The system may not alert you if a vehicle
quickly passes through the detection zone
while overtaking.
Note: For vehicles without the trailer
coverage feature, we recommend that you
switch the blind spot information system off
when you attach a trailer.
300
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Blind Spot Information System
BLIND SPOT INFORMATION
SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS
Blind spot information system turns on when
all the following occur:
• You start your vehicle.
• You shift into drive (D).
• The vehicle speed is greater than 6 mph
(10 km/h).
SWITCHING BLIND SPOT
INFORMATION SYSTEM ON AND
OFF
1. From the settings menu, press Driver
Assistance.
2. Switch Blind Spot Information System on
or off.
When you switch blind spot information
system off, a warning lamp illuminates. When
you switch the system on or off, the alert
indicators flash twice. A telltale remains
illuminated in the instrument cluster when
the blind spot information system is switched
off in the settings menu.
Note: The system remembers the last setting
when you start your vehicle.
LOCATING THE BLIND SPOT
INFORMATION SYSTEM SENSORS
E205199
The sensors are behind the rear bumper on
both sides of your vehicle.
Note: Keep the sensors free from snow, ice
and large accumulations of dirt.
Note: Do not cover the sensors with bumper
stickers, repair compound or other objects.
Note: Bike and cargo racks could cause
false alerts due to obstruction of the sensor.
Switch the feature off when using a bike or
cargo rack.
Note: Blocked sensors may affect system
accuracy.
If the sensors become blocked, a message
appears in the instrument cluster display.
See Blind Spot Information System –
Information Messages (page 304). The alert
indicators illuminate but the system does not
alert you.
301
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Blind Spot Information System
BLIND SPOT INFORMATION SYSTEM
WITH TRAILER COVERAGE
WHAT IS BLIND SPOT INFORMATION
SYSTEM WITH TRAILER COVERAGE
A
A
E293525
Trailer coverage detection zone.A.
Blind spot information system detects
vehicles that may have entered the blind
spot zone. The detection area is on both
sides your vehicle and trailer, extending
rearward from the exterior mirrors to the end
of your trailer.
BLIND SPOT INFORMATION SYSTEM
WITH TRAILER COVERAGE
LIMITATIONS
Trailer coverage only supports conventional
trailers. The system turns off if you select a
fifth wheel or gooseneck trailer type.
Make sure the trailer width is less than or
equal to 8 ft (2.4 m) and the length is less
than 33 ft (10.1 m). If you input values higher,
the system turns off.
Some trailers could cause a slight change in
system performance:
• Large box trailers could cause false alerts
to occur when driving next to
infrastructures or near parked cars. A
false alert could also occur while making
a 90-degree turn.
• Trailers that have a width greater than
8 ft (2.4 m) at the front and have a total
length greater than 20 ft (6 m) could
cause delayed alerts when a vehicle is
passing at high speeds.
• Box trailers that have a width greater than
8 ft (2.4 m) at the front could cause early
alerts when you pass a vehicle.
• Clamshell or V-nose box trailers with a
width greater than 8 ft (2.4 m) at the front
could cause delayed alerts when a
vehicle traveling the same speed as your
vehicle merges lanes.
SETTING A TRAILER LENGTH
E225008
Trailer length.A
Trailer width.B
Trailer hitch ball.C
302
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Blind Spot Information System
You can set up a trailer to work with the blind
spot information system through the
touchscreen by using the add trailer menu.
1. Input the trailer name, then save to
continue trailer setup.
Note: The system only supports conventional
trailers.
2. Trailer length measurement. The trailer
length is the distance between the trailer
hitch ball and the rear of the trailer. The
maximum length the system can support
is 33 ft (10.1 m).
3. Trailer width measurement. Measure the
width at the front of the trailer. It is not
measured at the widest point of the
trailer. The maximum width at the front
of the trailer the system can support is
8 ft (2.4 m).
Note: If the trailer is a bike rack or cargo
rack with electrical lighting, enter a length
of around 3 ft (1 m). Cross traffic alert remains
on for trailers with a length of 3 ft (1 m) or
less.
Note: The system requires proper
measurement and measure entry to properly
function.
SELECTING A TRAILER
When you connect a trailer to your vehicle,
the trailer set up menu appears in the
touchscreen. This menu allows you to set up
a new trailer or choose from a previously set
up trailer. A warning message appears and
the system turns off if you do not choose or
add a new trailer.
Note: The warning message may not appear
until your vehicle reaches 22 mph (35 km/h).
BLIND SPOT INFORMATION
SYSTEM INDICATORS
E309137
E249861
E249861
When blind spot information
system detects a vehicle, an alert
indicator illuminates in the exterior
mirror on the side from which the vehicle is
approaching. If you turn the turn signal on
for that side of your vehicle, the alert
indicator flashes.
303
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Blind Spot Information System
BLIND SPOT INFORMATION SYSTEM – TROUBLESHOOTING
BLIND SPOT INFORMATION SYSTEM – INFORMATION MESSAGES
ActionMessage
A fault with the system has occurred. Have your vehicle checked as
soon as possible.
Blind Spot System Fault
Something is blocking the sensors. Clean the sensors.Blind Spot Not Available Sensor Blocked See Manual
The system automatically turns off and displays this message when
you connect a trailer to your vehicle under any of the following
conditions:
- Your vehicle does not have blind spot information system with trailer
coverage.
- You switch the blind spot information system off through the touch-
screen.
- Your trailer exceeds the limits for the system. See Setting a Trailer
Length (page 302). Only appears if your vehicle has blind spot
information system with trailer coverage.
Blind Spot Alert Deactivated Trailer Attached
304
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Blind Spot Information System
Note: When connecting a trailer, the system
may detect the trailer and turn the system
OFF. If the system does not automatically
turn OFF, manually switch the blind spot
information system OFF. If your vehicle has
the blind spot information system with trailer
coverage, the system prompts you to set up
a trailer that allows the feature to function,
if your trailer meets the requirements of the
system.
305
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Blind Spot Information System
WHAT IS EXIT WARNING
Exit warning uses radar sensors to alert you
to traffic objects approaching your open
door.
HOW DOES EXIT WARNING WORK
Exit warning detects traffic objects such as
vehicles, cyclists, scooters and motorcycles
that approach your vehicle from the rear and
cross into the exit warning zone. The exit
warning zones are along the left and right
sides of your vehicle and extend slightly past
a fully open door.
E371193
Note: The system cannot detect animals,
slow moving pedestrians or any type of
stationary object.
EXIT WARNING PRECAUTIONS
WARNING: The system is not a crash
warning or avoidance system.
WARNING: Always pay attention to
the traffic situation and the area around
the vehicle.
WARNING: In cold and severe
weather conditions the system may not
function. Rain, snow and spray can all limit
sensor performance.
WARNING: If damage occurs in the
immediate area surrounding the sensor,
have your vehicle checked as soon as
possible.
WARNING: You are responsible for
controlling your vehicle at all times. The
system is designed to be an aid and does
not relieve you of your responsibility to
drive with due care and attention. Failure
to follow this instruction could result in the
loss of control of your vehicle, personal
injury or death.
WARNING: The system may not
detect objects with surfaces that absorb
reflection. Always drive with due care and
attention. Failure to take care may result
in a crash.
Note: The exit warning system becomes
active once you have started your vehicle
and the vehicle is not moving.
306
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Exit Warning
EXIT WARNING LIMITATIONS
The exit warning system is operational in any
gear position once you start your vehicle and
anytime the vehicle is not moving. The exit
warning system remains on for about 3
minutes after turning your vehicle off. The
system turns off immediately when locking
the doors. Exit warning informs you when it
turns off.
Note: Do not use exit warning as a
replacement for paying attention when
exiting your vehicle.
Note: The system does not automatically
close the doors to prevent contact with other
vehicles.
Note: The system may not inform and/or
alert you if a traffic object is approaching
too quickly or if the parking position prevents
detection.
Exit Warning Alert
Note: Exit warning is designed to provide a
visual and audible alert during an exit when
an occupant opens any door and a traffic
object is approaching on the same side.
Exit Warning Prevention (If Equipped)
Depending on your vehicle's features, exit
warning is also designed to prevent the door
latch from opening when a traffic object is
approaching on the same side. In this
situation, the inner door handle is disabled,
and the door remains closed. A visual and
audible warning is also present during a
prevention. After the traffic object has passed
and no additional traffic objects are
approaching, the inner door handle is
automatically enabled and the occupant can
open the door to exit the vehicle.
Note: Occupants can override the prevention
function and open the door while the traffic
object is still approaching and the incident
is still imminent by requesting the door to
open twice quickly (within 5 seconds).
Exit Warning and Power Child Lock (If
Equipped)
Power child lock remains active and must be
manually deactivated if you attempt to switch
it off at the same time exit warning detects
an approaching traffic object.
A visual and audible warning occur in this
situation.
E371195
Note: The driver can override the exit
warning with power child lock function by
pressing the power child lock deactivation
button twice quickly (within 5 seconds).
Note: When the exit warning and power child
lock function is activated, doors can still be
opened from outside.
307
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Exit Warning
EXIT WARNING INDICATORS
E309137
When exit warning detects an approaching
traffic object on one side, the corresponding
alert indicator in the exterior mirror is
illuminated. If exit warning alert or the
optional exit warning prevention are active,
the same alert indicator flashes. See Blind
Spot Information System Indicators (page
303).
In addition to the mirror indicator there is also
visual indicator in the information display
noting what side a traffic object has been
detected on.
SWITCHING EXIT WARNING ON
AND OFF
You can switch off the exit warning system
using the touchscreen.
Exit warning turns off approximately 3
minutes after you switch your vehicle off. It
turns off immediately after you lock the
doors. When exit warning turns off, a
message appears in the instrument cluster
display.
Note: The system remembers the last setting
when you start your vehicle.
LOCATING THE EXIT WARNING
SENSORS
E205199
The sensors are behind the rear bumper on
both sides of your vehicle.
Note: Keep the sensors free from snow, ice
and large accumulations of dirt.
Note: Do not cover the sensors with bumper
stickers, repair compound or other objects.
Note: Blocked sensors may affect system
accuracy.
Note: The system may not correctly operate
when towing a trailer or bike rack.
308
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Exit Warning
EXIT WARNING – TROUBLESHOOTING
EXIT WARNING – INFORMATION MESSAGES
ReasonMessage
Left/Right exit warning alert or exit warning prevention is active.Left/Right Side Check surroundings before exiting
Displays if the exit warning system turns off/shuts down.Exit Warning turning off. Exit safely
Displays if the exit warning system detects any system error.Exit Warning System Fault
If exit warning detects a fault, the system
deactivates and a System Fault message
appears in the instrument cluster display.
309
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Exit Warning
WHAT IS CROSS TRAFFIC ALERT
The system alerts you of vehicles
approaching from the sides behind your
vehicle when you shift into reverse (R).
HOW DOES CROSS TRAFFIC
ALERT WORK
Cross traffic alert detects vehicles that
approach at a speed between 4–37 mph
(6–60 km/h). Coverage decreases when the
sensors are partially, mostly or fully
obstructed.
E142440
The sensor on the left-hand side is only
partially obstructed and zone coverage on
the right-hand side is maximized.
E142441
Zone coverage also decreases when parking
at narrow angles. The sensor on the left-hand
side is mostly obstructed and zone coverage
on that side is severely reduced.
Note: Slowly reversing helps increase the
coverage area and effectiveness.
CROSS TRAFFIC ALERT
PRECAUTIONS
WARNING: Do not use the cross
traffic alert system as a replacement for
using the interior and exterior mirrors or
looking over your shoulder before
reversing out of a parking space. The cross
traffic alert system is not a replacement for
careful driving.
WARNING: The system may not
operate properly during severe weather
conditions, for example snow, ice, heavy
rain and spray. Always drive with due care
and attention. Failure to take care may
result in a crash.
310
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Cross Traffic Alert
CROSS TRAFFIC ALERT
LIMITATIONS
The system may not correctly operate when
any of the following occur:
• Something is blocking the sensors.
• Adjacently parked vehicles or objects are
obstructing the sensors.
• Vehicles approach at speeds less than
4 mph (6 km/h) or greater than 37 mph
(60 km/h).
• Your vehicle speed is greater than 7 mph
(12 km/h).
• You reverse out of an angled parking
space.
Cross Traffic Alert Limitations with a
Trailer Attached
The system remains on when you attach a
trailer to vehicles with blind spot information
system with trailer coverage under the
following conditions:
• You connect a trailer.
• The trailer is a bike rack or cargo rack
with a maximum length of 3 ft (1 m).
• You set the trailer length to 3 ft (1 m) in
the instrument cluster display.
Note: The system may not correctly operate
when towing a trailer. For vehicles with a
trailer tow module and tow bar approved by
the manufacturer, the system turns off when
you attach a trailer. For vehicles with an
aftermarket trailer tow module or tow bar,
we recommend that you switch the system
off when you attach a trailer.
SWITCHING CROSS TRAFFIC
ALERT ON AND OFF
1. From the settings menu, press Driver
Assistance. See Center Display (page
456).
2. Press Cross Traffic Alert.
3. Switch the feature on or off.
When you switch the system on or off, the
alert indicators flash twice.
Note: The system switches on every time
you switch the ignition on.
LOCATING THE CROSS TRAFFIC
ALERT SENSORS
E205199
311
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Cross Traffic Alert
The sensors are behind the rear bumper on
both sides of your vehicle.
Note: Keep the sensors free from snow, ice
and large accumulations of dirt.
Note: Do not cover the sensors with bumper
stickers, repair compound or other objects.
Note: Blocked sensors may affect system
accuracy.
If something is blocking the sensors, a
message appears in the instrument cluster
display when you shift into reverse (R).
Note: Bike and cargo racks could cause
false alerts due to obstruction of the sensor.
Switch the feature off when using a bike or
cargo rack.
CROSS TRAFFIC ALERT
INDICATORS
When the cross traffic alert detects an
approaching vehicle, a tone sounds, a
warning lamp illuminates in the relevant
exterior mirror and arrows appear in the
touchscreen to show from which side the
vehicle is approaching.
If the system malfunctions, a warning lamp
illuminates in the instrument cluster and a
message appears in the instrument cluster
display. Have your vehicle checked as soon
as possible.
Note: In some conditions, the system could
alert you, even when there is nothing in the
detection zone, for example a vehicle
passing further away from your vehicle.
312
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Cross Traffic Alert
CROSS TRAFFIC ALERT – TROUBLESHOOTING
CROSS TRAFFIC ALERT – INFORMATION MESSAGES
ActionMessage
Displays instead of indication arrows when the system detects a
vehicle. Check for approaching traffic.
Only available in vehicles with 8 inch displays.
Cross Traffic Alert
Indicates blocked cross traffic alert system sensors. Clean the sensors.
If the message continues to appear, have your vehicle checked as
soon as possible.
Cross Traffic Not Available Sensor Blocked See Manual
The system has malfunctioned.
Have your vehicle checked as soon as possible.
Cross Traffic System Fault
Displays if you attach a trailer to your vehicle.Cross Traffic Alert Deactivated Trailer Attached
Note: When connecting a trailer, the system
may detect the trailer and turn the system
OFF. If the system does not turn OFF
automatically, switch the cross traffic alert
system OFF manually. See Switching Cross
Traffic Alert On and Off (page 311).
313
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Cross Traffic Alert
WHAT IS PRE-COLLISION ASSIST
Pre-collision assist detects and warns of
approaching hazards in the roadway. The
system provides multiple levels of assistance
to help avoid a collision if your vehicle is
rapidly approaching another stationary
vehicle, a vehicle traveling in the same
direction as yours, or a pedestrian or cyclist
within your driving path.
HOW DOES PRE-COLLISION
ASSIST WORK
The system warns the driver of potential
hazards by providing three levels of
assistance.
E156130
If your vehicle is rapidly approaching
potential hazards the system provides the
following levels of functionality:
1. Alert.
2. Brake support.
3. Automatic emergency braking.
E329466
Alert: When active, a flashing
visual warning appears and an
audible warning tone sounds.
Brake Support: The system helps reduce
the impact speed by preparing the brakes
for rapid braking. The system does not
automatically apply the brakes. If you press
the brake pedal, the system may apply
additional braking up to maximum braking
force, even if you lightly press the brake
pedal.
Automatic Emergency Braking: Automatic
emergency braking may activate if the
system determines that a collision is
imminent.
Note: If the pre-collision assist alerts are too
frequent or disturbing, you can reduce the
alert sensitivity. Setting the low sensitivity
results in fewer and later warnings of a
potential forward collision. The manufacturer
recommends using the high sensitivity
setting where possible.
Note: Automatic emergency braking
performance is not affected by the sensitivity
setting.
Each system has various levels of detection
capabilities. See Pre-Collision Assist
Limitations (page 315).
PRE-COLLISION ASSIST
PRECAUTIONS
WARNING: You are responsible for
controlling your vehicle at all times. The
system is designed to be an aid and does
not relieve you of your responsibility to
drive with due care and attention. Failure
to follow this instruction could result in the
loss of control of your vehicle, personal
injury or death.
WARNING: The system does not
operate during hard acceleration or
steering. Failure to take care may lead to
a crash or personal injury.
314
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Pre-Collision Assist
WARNING: The system may operate
with reduced function during cold and
inclement weather conditions. Snow, ice,
rain, spray and fog can adversely affect the
system. Keep the front camera and radar
free of snow and ice. Failure to follow this
instruction may result in the loss of control
of your vehicle, serious personal injury or
death.
WARNING: The system may not
operate properly if your vehicle has a
windshield not approved by us. Do not
carry out windshield repairs in the area
around the sensor.
WARNING: System performance
could be reduced in situations where the
vehicle camera has limited detection
capability. These situations include but are
not limited to direct or low sunlight,
vehicles at night without tail lights,
unconventional vehicle types, pedestrians
or cyclists with complex backgrounds,
running pedestrians or fast moving cyclists,
partly obscured pedestrians or cyclists,
pedestrians or cyclists that the system
cannot distinguish from a group. Failure to
take care may result in the loss of control
of your vehicle, personal injury or death.
WARNING: The Pre-Collision Assist
system with brake support cannot help
prevent all collisions. Do not rely on this
system to replace your judgment and the
need to maintain correct distance and
speed.
WARNING: Take additional care if
your vehicle is heavily loaded or you are
towing a trailer. These conditions could
result in reduced performance of this
system. Failure to follow this instruction
could result in the loss of control of your
vehicle, personal injury or death.
Note: The system does not detect animals.
PRE-COLLISION ASSIST
LIMITATIONS
Pre-collision assist depends on the detection
ability of its camera and sensors. Any
obstructions or damage to these areas can
limit detection or prevent the system from
functioning. See Locating the Pre-Collision
Assist Sensors (page 317).
The system is active at 3 mph (5 km/h) and
above.
Note: The pre-collision assist system
automatically disables when you select
four-wheel drive low or manually disable
AdvanceTrac™.
Note: Brake support and automatic
emergency braking are active up to the
maximum speed of your vehicle.
Pedestrian Detection Limitations
Pedestrian detection is active at speeds up
to 50 mph (80 km/h).
315
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Pre-Collision Assist
Pedestrian detection operates optimally
when detected hazards are clearly
identifiable. The system can have reduced
performance in situations where pedestrians
are running, partly obscured, have a complex
background, or when the system cannot
distinguish them from a group.
Cyclist Detection Limitations
Cyclist detection is active at speeds up to
50 mph (80 km/h).
Cyclist detection functions optimally when
detected hazards are clearly identifiable. The
system can have reduced performance in
situations where cyclists are fast-moving,
partly obscured, have a complex
background, or where the system cannot
distinguish them from a group.
Intersection Assist
The system operates when you turn across
the path of an oncoming vehicle, or a
pedestrian or cyclist crossing the road.
Detection of oncoming vehicles is active if
you are driving your vehicle at speeds up to
19 mph (30 km/h). Detection of crossing
pedestrians or cyclists at an intersection is
active if you are driving your vehicle at
speeds up to 19 mph (30 km/h). The system
also operates when you approach the path
of a crossing vehicle. Detection of crossing
vehicles is active if you are driving your
vehicle at speeds up to 40 mph (65 km/h).
Note: In the following intersection scenarios,
your vehicle is represented in yellow.
E406606
The previous image shows potential
intersection scenarios from the perspective
of the yellow vehicle. The system may detect
the red vehicles if you encounter them within
the appropriate detection speed.
E406607
316
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Pre-Collision Assist
The previous image shows potential
motorcycle, bicycle, and pedestrian
intersection scenarios from the perspective
of the yellow vehicle. The system may detect
these threats if you encounter them within
the appropriate detection speed.
Pre-Collision Assist - Oncoming
Vehicles
This feature expands the function of
pre-collision assist to oncoming vehicles
within your same lane. The system can help
to reduce the severity of a crash by providing
a warning to you as well as automatically
applying the brakes. Detection of oncoming
vehicles is active if you are driving your
vehicle above 19 mph (30 km/h).
SWITCHING PRE-COLLISION
ASSIST ON AND OFF
You cannot switch the system off.
Adjusting the Pre-Collision Assist
Settings
You can adjust the following settings by
using the touchscreen controls in the
pre-collision assist menu:
• Change alert and distance alert sensitivity
to one of three possible settings.
• If required, switch automatic emergency
braking on or off.
• If required, switch evasive steering assist
on or off.
Note: Automatic emergency braking and
evasive steering automatically turn on every
time you start your vehicle.
Note: If you switch automatic emergency
braking off, evasive steering assist switches
off.
LOCATING THE PRE-COLLISION
ASSIST SENSORS
E398863
Camera.1.
Radar sensor (if equipped).2.
Corner radar (if equipped).3.
317
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Pre-Collision Assist
If a message regarding a blocked sensor or
camera appears in the instrument cluster
display, something is obstructing the radar
or front windshield camera. The radar sensor
is behind the bumper in the center of the
lower grille. With a blocked sensor or
camera, the system may not properly
function, or performance may be reduced.
See Pre-Collision Assist – Information
Messages (page 320).
Note: Proper system operation requires a
clear view of the road by the camera. Have
any windshield damage in the area of the
camera's field of view repaired.
Note: If something hits the front end of your
vehicle or damage occurs, the radar sensing
zone could change. Have your vehicle
serviced to check the radar for proper
coverage and operation.
Note: If your vehicle detects excessive heat
at the camera or a potential misalignment
condition, a message could display in the
instrument cluster display indicating
temporary sensor unavailability. When
operational conditions are correct, the
message deactivates. For example, when
the ambient temperature around the sensor
decreases or the sensor successfully
recalibrates.
AUTOMATIC EMERGENCY BRAKING
WHAT IS AUTOMATIC EMERGENCY
BRAKING
Automatic emergency braking may activate
if the system determines that a collision is
imminent. The system may help to reduce
impact damage or avoid the crash
completely.
Automatic emergency braking is only
available up to certain speeds. See
Pre-Collision Assist Limitations (page 315).
SWITCHING AUTOMATIC EMERGENCY
BRAKING ON AND OFF
1. From the settings menu, press Driver
Assistance. See Center Display (page
456).
2. Press Pre-Collision Assist.
3. Press Auto Emergency Braking.
4. Switch the feature on or off.
Note: A telltale remains illuminated in the
instrument cluster when automatic
emergency braking is switched off using the
settings menu.
EVASIVE STEERING ASSIST
WHAT IS EVASIVE STEERING ASSIST
If your vehicle is rapidly approaching a road
user, evasive steering assist helps you steer
around the road user.
318
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Pre-Collision Assist
After you turn the steering wheel in an
attempt to avoid a crash with the road user,
the system applies additional steering torque
to help you steer around the road user. After
you pass the road user, the system applies
steering torque when you turn the steering
wheel to steer back into the lane. The system
deactivates after you fully pass the road user.
Note: Road users are defined as pedestrians
or bicyclists in your vehicle's path or another
stationary vehicle in the same lane or a
vehicle traveling in the same lane in the
same direction as you. See Pre-Collision
Assist Precautions (page 314).
EVASIVE STEERING ASSIST
LIMITATIONS
Evasive steering assist only activates when
all the following occur:
• Automatic emergency braking and
evasive steering assist are on.
• The system detects a road user ahead
and starts to apply the brakes.
• You significantly turn the steering wheel
to steer around a road user.
Note: Evasive steering assist does not
automatically steer around a road user. If
you do not turn the steering wheel, evasive
steering assist does not activate.
Note: Evasive steering assist does not
activate if the distance to the road user
ahead is too small and the system cannot
avoid a crash.
SWITCHING EVASIVE STEERING
ASSIST ON AND OFF
1. From the settings menu, press Driver
Assistance. See Center Display (page
456).
2. Press Pre-Collision Assist.
3. Press Evasive Steering Assist.
4. Switch the feature on or off.
Note: If you switch automatic emergency
braking off, evasive steering assist turns off.
Note: Automatic emergency braking and
evasive steering assist turn on every time
you start your vehicle.
PRE-COLLISION ASSIST –
TROUBLESHOOTING
PRE-COLLISION ASSIST – WARNING
LAMPS
E335612
A telltale illuminates in the
instrument cluster display to
indicate if the system is disabled,
unavailable, or temporarily degraded due to
external environmental conditions.
Note: No action is needed if the telltale
illuminates without a corresponding
information message. See Pre-Collision
Assist Precautions (page 314).
319
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Pre-Collision Assist
PRE-COLLISION ASSIST – INFORMATION MESSAGES
ActionMessage
You have a blocked sensor due to bad weather, ice, mud or water in
front of the radar sensor. You can typically clean the sensor to resolve.
Pre-Collision Assist Not Available Sensor Blocked
A fault with the system has occurred. Have your vehicle checked as
soon as possible.
Pre-Collision Assist Not Available
320
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Pre-Collision Assist
PRE-COLLISION ASSIST –
FREQUENTLY ASKED QUESTIONS
What should I do if the windshield in
front of the camera is dirty or
obstructed?
• Clean the outside of the windshield in
front of the camera.
What if the windshield in front of the
camera is clean, but the message
remains in the instrument cluster
display?
• Wait a short time. It could take several
minutes for the camera to detect that
there is no obstruction.
What should I do if the surface of the
radar in the grille is dirty or obstructed?
• Clean the grille surface in front of the
radar or remove the object causing the
obstruction.
What if the surface of the radar in the
grille is clean, but the message remains
in the instrument cluster display?
• Wait a short time. It could take several
minutes for the radar to detect that there
is no obstruction.
Can weather or road conditions
interfere with the radar signals?
• Yes, weather such as heavy rain, spray
or fog as well as water, snow or ice on
the surface of the road can interfere with
the radar signals. In these situations, the
system temporarily disables this feature.
Pre-collision assist reactivates a short
time after the weather conditions
improve.
What if the radar is out of alignment
due to a front end impact?
• Have your vehicle serviced to have the
radar checked for proper coverage and
operation.
321
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Pre-Collision Assist
WHAT IS SPEED SIGN
RECOGNITION
Speed sign recognition detects speed limit
signs to inform you of the current speed limit.
Detected speed signs appear in the
instrument cluster display.
HOW DOES SPEED SIGN
RECOGNITION WORK
Speed sign recognition uses the front
windshield camera to detect speed signs.
If your vehicle has speed sign recognition
with Map Data, stored speed sign data may
influence the indicated speed limit value.
SPEED SIGN RECOGNITION
PRECAUTIONS
WARNING: You are responsible for
controlling your vehicle at all times. The
system is designed to be an aid and does
not relieve you of your responsibility to
drive with due care and attention. Failure
to follow this instruction could result in the
loss of control of your vehicle, personal
injury or death.
WARNING: In cold and severe
weather conditions the system may not
function. Rain, snow and spray can all limit
sensor performance.
WARNING: The system may not
operate properly if the sensor is blocked.
Keep the windshield free from obstruction.
WARNING: Do not perform
windshield repairs in the area surrounding
the sensor.
WARNING: The system may not
correctly operate if your vehicle is fitted
with a suspension kit not approved by
Ford.
WARNING: Not all traffic signs can
be recognized by the system and
displayed correctly.
Note: Always fit our original parts when
replacing headlamp bulbs. Other bulbs may
reduce system performance.
SPEED SIGN RECOGNITION
LIMITATIONS
Speed sign recognition may not operate
correctly due to:
• Outdated map data.
• Incorrect recognition of speed limits by
the sensor of signs on parallel roads or
exit ramps.
• Missed recognition of faded, dirty, or
distorted signs.
322
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Speed Sign Recognition
SPEED SIGN RECOGNITION
INDICATORS
E317824
When the system detects a speed limit sign,
it appears in the instrument cluster display.
Note: Sign indicator image may vary based
on your vehicle's display type.
SPEED SIGN RECOGNITION
SETTINGS
1. From the driver assistance menu, press
Speed Limit Assist.
You can adjust the following settings:
• Switch the speed warning on or off.
• Set the speed limit tolerance (if
equipped).
E366956
If you see this icon next to a menu
option, press it for more
information.
SPEED SIGN RECOGNITION – TROUBLESHOOTING
SPEED SIGN RECOGNITION – INFORMATION MESSAGES
DetailsMessage
The traffic sign data provided by the Map Data is unavailable due to
weak or no signal. Wait for a short period of time for the signal to
improve. If the message continues to appear, have the system checked
as soon as possible.
Traffic Sign Reduced Performance See Manual
323
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Speed Sign Recognition
SPEED SIGN RECOGNITION –
FREQUENTLY ASKED QUESTIONS
Why does the speed limit change
without any sign on the road?
• The speed limit changes due to the
speed limit data stored in the map data.
Why does speed sign recognition show
a wrong speed limit?
• The system shows a wrong speed limit
due to incorrect and outdated map data
or due to incorrect recognition of the
speed limits by the camera.
324
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Speed Sign Recognition
LOAD CARRYING PRECAUTIONS
Keep your loaded vehicle weight within its
design rating capability, with or without a
trailer. Properly loading your vehicle provides
maximum return of vehicle design
performance. Before you load your vehicle,
become familiar with the following terms for
determining your vehicle’s weight rating, with
or without a trailer, from the vehicle’s Tire
and Loading Information label or Safety
Compliance Certification label.
WARNING: The appropriate loading
capacity of your vehicle can be limited
either by volume capacity (how much
space is available) or by payload capacity
(how much weight the vehicle should
carry). Once you have reached the
maximum payload of your vehicle, do not
add more cargo, even if there is space
available. Overloading or improperly
loading your vehicle can contribute to loss
of vehicle control and vehicle rollover.
WARNING: Exceeding the Safety
Compliance Certification label vehicle
weight limits can adversely affect the
performance and handling of your vehicle,
cause vehicle damage and can result in
the loss of control of your vehicle, serious
personal injury or death.
WARNING: Do not use replacement
tires with lower load carrying capacities
than the original tires because they may
lower your vehicle's GVWR and GAWR
limitations. Replacement tires with a higher
limit than the original tires do not increase
the GVWR and GAWR limitations.
WARNING: Do not exceed the GVWR
or the GAWR specified on the certification
label.
WARNING: Exceeding any vehicle
weight rating can adversely affect the
performance and handling of your vehicle,
cause vehicle damage and can result in
the loss of control of your vehicle, serious
personal injury or death.
WARNING: When loading the roof
racks, we recommend you evenly distribute
the load, as well as maintain a low center
of gravity. Loaded vehicles, with higher
centers of gravity, may handle differently
than unloaded vehicles. Take extra
precautions, such as slower speeds and
increased stopping distance, when driving
a heavily loaded vehicle.
The gross combined weight must never
exceed the Gross Combined Weight Rating.
325
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Load Carrying
LOCATING THE SAFETY
COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATION
LABELS
Safety Compliance Certification Label
Example:
E198828
The Safety Compliance Certification label is
located on the door hinge pillar, door-latch
post, or the door edge that meets the
door-latch post, next to the driver seating
position.
WHAT IS THE GROSS AXLE
WEIGHT RATING
GAWR (Gross Axle Weight Rating)
GAWR is the maximum allowable weight that
a single axle (front or rear) can carry. These
numbers are on the Safety Compliance
Certification label.
WHAT IS THE GROSS VEHICLE
WEIGHT RATING
GVWR is the maximum allowable weight of
the fully loaded vehicle. This includes all
options, equipment, passengers and cargo.
It appears on the Safety Compliance
Certification label.
WHAT IS THE MAXIMUM LOADED
TRAILER WEIGHT
Maximum loaded trailer weight is the highest
possible weight of a fully loaded trailer the
vehicle can tow. Consult an authorized
dealer (or the RV and Trailer Towing Guide
available at an authorized dealer) for more
detailed information. See Towing a Trailer
(page 338).
WHAT IS THE GROSS COMBINED
WEIGHT RATING
Gross Combined Weight Rating (GCWR) is
the maximum allowable weight of the vehicle
and the loaded trailer, including all cargo and
passengers, that the vehicle can handle
without risking damage. (Important: The
towing vehicle’s braking system is rated for
operation at Gross Vehicle Weight Rating,
not at Gross Combined Weight Rating.)
Separate functional brakes should be used
326
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Load Carrying
for safe control of towed vehicles and for
trailers where the Gross Combined Weight
of the towing vehicle plus the trailer exceed
the Gross Vehicle Weight Rating of the
towing vehicle. See Recommended Towing
Weights (page 341).
CALCULATING PAYLOAD
Tire and Loading Label Information
Example:
E198719
Payload is the combined weight of cargo and
passengers that your vehicle is carrying. The
maximum payload for your vehicle appears
on the Tire and Loading label. The label is
either on the B-pillar or the edge of the driver
door. Vehicles exported outside the US and
Canada may not have a tire and loading
label. Look for “The combined weight of
occupants and cargo should never exceed
XXX kg or XXX lb” for maximum payload.
The payload listed on the Tire and Loading
Information label is the maximum payload
for your vehicle as built by the assembly
plant. If you install any additional equipment
on your vehicle, you must determine the new
payload. Subtract the weight of the
equipment from the payload listed on the
Tire and Loading label. When towing, trailer
tongue weight or king pin weight is also part
of payload.
CALCULATING THE LOAD LIMIT
Steps for determining the correct load limit:
327
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Load Carrying
1. Locate the statement "The combined
weight of occupants and cargo should
never exceed XXX kg or XXX lb." on your
vehicle’s placard.
2. Determine the combined weight of the
driver and passengers that will be riding
in your vehicle.
3. Subtract the combined weight of the
driver and passengers from XXX kg or
XXX lb.
4. The resulting figure equals the available
amount of cargo and luggage load
capacity. For example, if the “XXX”
amount equals 1,400 lb. and there will be
five 150 lb. passengers in your vehicle,
the amount of available cargo and
luggage load capacity is 650 lb.
(1400-750 (5 x 150) = 650 lb.)
5. Determine the combined weight of
luggage and cargo being loaded on the
vehicle. That weight may not safely
exceed the available cargo and luggage
load capacity calculated in Step 4.
6. If your vehicle will be towing a trailer,
load from your trailer will be transferred
to your vehicle. Consult this manual to
determine how this reduces the available
cargo and luggage load capacity of your
vehicle.
Helpful examples for calculating the
available amount of cargo and luggage
load capacity
Suppose your vehicle has a 1400-pound
(635-kilogram) cargo and luggage capacity.
You decide to go golfing. Is there enough
load capacity to carry you, four of your
friends and all the golf bags? You and four
friends average 220 pounds (99 kilograms)
each and the golf bags weigh approximately
30 pounds (13.5 kilograms) each. The
calculation would be: 1400 - (5 x 220) - (5 x
30) = 1400 - 1100 - 150 = 150 pounds. Yes,
you have enough load capacity in your
vehicle to transport four friends and your golf
bags. In metric units, the calculation would
be: 635 kilograms - (5 x 99 kilograms) - (5 x
13.5 kilograms) = 635 - 495 - 67.5 = 72.5
kilograms.
Suppose your vehicle has a 1400-pound
(635-kilogram) cargo and luggage capacity.
You and one of your friends decide to pick
up cement from the local home improvement
store to finish that patio you have been
planning for the past two years. Measuring
the inside of the vehicle with the rear seat
folded down, you have room for twelve
100-pound (45-kilogram) bags of cement. Do
you have enough load capacity to transport
the cement to your home? If you and your
friend each weigh 220 pounds (99
kilograms), the calculation would be: 1400 -
(2 x 220) - (12 x 100) = 1400 - 440 - 1200 = -
240 pounds. No, you do not have enough
cargo capacity to carry that much weight. In
metric units, the calculation would be: 635
kilograms - (2 x 99 kilograms) - (12 x 45
kilograms) = 635 - 198 - 540 = -103 kilograms.
You will need to reduce the load weight by
at least 240 pounds (104 kilograms). If you
remove three 100-pound (45-kilogram)
cement bags, then the load calculation would
be: 1400 - (2 x 220) - (9 x 100) = 1400 - 440
328
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Load Carrying
- 900 = 60 pounds. Now you have the load
capacity to transport the cement and your
friend home. In metric units, the calculation
would be: 635 kilograms - (2 x 99 kilograms)
- (9 x 45 kilograms) = 635 - 198 - 405 = 32
kilograms.
The above calculations also assume that the
loads are positioned in your vehicle in a
manner that does not overload the front or
the rear gross axle weight rating specified
for your vehicle on the Safety Compliance
Certification label.
ROOF RACK (IF EQUIPPED)
ROOF RACK PRECAUTIONS
WARNING: Read and follow the
manufacturer's instructions when you are
fitting a roof rack.
WARNING: When loading the roof
racks, we recommend you evenly distribute
the load, as well as maintain a low center
of gravity. Loaded vehicles, with higher
centers of gravity, may handle differently
than unloaded vehicles. Take extra
precautions, such as slower speeds and
increased stopping distance, when driving
a heavily loaded vehicle.
Note: If you use a roof rack, the fuel
consumption of your vehicle will be higher
and you may experience different driving
characteristics.
Note: Never place loads directly on the roof
panel. The roof panel is not designed to
directly carry a load.
Make sure that you securely fasten the load.
Check the tightness of the load before
driving and at each fuel stop.
329
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Load Carrying
LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT
PRECAUTIONS
WARNING: Make sure that you
properly secure objects in the luggage
compartment. Failure to follow this
instruction could result in personal injury
in the event of a sudden stop or crash.
WARNING: Do not place objects on
the luggage cover. Failure to follow this
instruction could result in personal injury
or death in the event of a sudden stop or
crash.
WARNING: The appropriate loading
capacity of your vehicle can be limited
either by volume capacity (how much
space is available) or by payload capacity
(how much weight the vehicle should
carry). Once you have reached the
maximum payload of your vehicle, do not
add more cargo, even if there is space
available. Overloading or improperly
loading your vehicle can contribute to loss
of vehicle control and vehicle rollover.
WARNING: Make sure that you fully
close the liftgate to prevent exhaust fumes
from entering your vehicle. If you are
unable to fully close the liftgate, open the
air vents or the windows to allow fresh air
to enter your vehicle. Failure to follow this
instruction could result in personal injury
or death.
WARNING: Do not exceed the
maximum front and rear axle loads for your
vehicle.
Note: When loading long objects into your
vehicle, for example pipes, timber or
furniture, be careful not to damage the
interior trim.
INSTALLING AND REMOVING THE
LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT COVER
(IF EQUIPPED)
WARNING: Make sure that you
properly secure the luggage cover. Failure
to follow this instruction could result in
personal injury in the event of a sudden
stop or crash.
Installing the Luggage Cover
1. Insert the luggage cover.
E309671
330
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Luggage Compartment
2. Insert the retaining clips into the liftgate
trim panel.
Note: Make sure to support the luggage
cover when inserting the retaining clips.
E309672
3. Attach the retaining cord to the luggage
compartment trim panel.
Removing the Luggage Cover
1. Open the liftgate.
E309672
2. Detach the retaining cord on the luggage
compartment trim panel.
Note: Support the luggage cover when
detaching the retaining cord.
E309671
3. Detach the retaining clips on the liftgate
trim panel.
4. Lift the luggage cover out of the liftgate.
The luggage cover can be stowed in the
luggage compartment.
LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT ANCHOR
POINTS
LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT ANCHOR
POINT PRECAUTIONS
WARNING: Make sure that you
properly secure objects in the luggage
compartment. Failure to follow this
instruction could result in personal injury
in the event of a sudden stop or crash.
331
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Luggage Compartment
LOCATING THE LUGGAGE
COMPARTMENT ANCHOR POINTS
E132901
332
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Luggage Compartment
AIR SUSPENSION PRECAUTIONS
WARNING: If your vehicle has
self-leveling air suspension, you must
switch the system off before carrying out
any maintenance or repair. Failure to follow
this warning could result in serious
personal injury or death.
AIR SUSPENSION LIMITATIONS
The air suspension system may not operate
properly if you exceed the load limit. See
Calculating the Load Limit (page 327).
HOW DOES AIR SUSPENSION
WORK
The air suspension system automatically
adjusts to maintain a constant frame height,
allows for ease of vehicle loading, provides
improved vehicle ride, and increased driver
comfort.
You can adjust different ride settings through
the selectable drive modes. See Selecting
a Drive Mode (page 285).
Note: The air suspension system may not
operate properly if you exceed the load limit.
See Calculating the Load Limit (page 327).
Note: When your vehicle is off, the air
compressor may run for a short time. This is
normal.
SWITCHING SERVICE MODE ON
AND OFF
When the service mode is active, the air
suspension does not make any adjustments
while your vehicle is stationary.
Note: Always switch the air suspension
service mode to on before servicing your
vehicle.
You can switch the feature on or off on the
touchscreen in vehicle settings under the
main settings menu.
SWITCHING CARGO LOADING ON
AND OFF
The air suspension cargo loading feature
lowers your vehicle for easier access when
the system detects the liftgate is opening.
When the liftgate is closed your vehicle
returns to its normal height after a short time.
Note: To preserve your vehicle battery, your
vehicle may only lower for cargo mode one
to two times per ignition cycle.
You can switch the feature on or off on the
touchscreen in vehicle settings under the
main settings menu.
SWITCHING EASY ACCESS HEIGHT
ON AND OFF
The air suspension can lower your vehicle
to an easier access entry height when the
system detects the intelligent access key,
you press the unlock button, use the remote
start, or use Phone as a Key.
The leveling process stops when you open
a door or the target level is achieved.
333
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Air Suspension (If Equipped)
Note: To stop the leveling process, press the
lock button on the intelligent access key.
Note: To preserve your vehicle battery, your
vehicle may only lower for easy entry one to
two times per ignition cycle.
You can switch the feature on or off on the
touchscreen in vehicle settings under the
main settings menu.
AIR SUSPENSION – TROUBLESHOOTING
AIR SUSPENSION TROUBLESHOOTING – INFORMATION MESSAGES
DetailsMessage
The system detects a condition that requires service. Have the system checked as soon as
possible.
Air Suspension Fault Service Required
Suspension fault Drive below 45 km/h Service
required
334
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Air Suspension (If Equipped)
CONNECTING A TRAILER
PRECAUTIONS
Do not tow a trailer until you drive your
vehicle at least 1,000 mi (1,600 km).
Consult your local motor vehicle laws for
towing a trailer.
See the instructions included with towing
accessories for the proper installation and
adjustment specifications.
Service your vehicle more frequently if you
tow a trailer. See General Maintenance
Information (page 481).
If you use a rental trailer, follow the
instructions the rental agency gives you.
When attaching the trailer wiring connector
to your vehicle, only use a proper fitting
connector that works with the vehicle and
trailer functions.
Account for the trailer coupler weight as part
of your vehicle load when calculating the
total vehicle weight.
Do not exceed the load limits. See
Calculating the Load Limit (page 327).
CONNECTING A TRAILER
Trailer Towing Connector
E163167
When attaching the trailer wiring connector
to your vehicle, only use a proper fitting
connector that works with the vehicle and
trailer functions.
Trailer Lamps
WARNING: Never connect any trailer
lamp wiring to the vehicle's tail lamp wiring;
this may damage the electrical system
resulting in fire. Contact your authorized
dealer as soon as possible for assistance
in proper trailer tow wiring installation.
Additional electrical equipment may be
required.
Most towed vehicles require trailer lamps.
Make sure all running lights, brake lights, turn
signals and hazard lights are working.
Safety Chains
Install trailer safety chains to the trailer hitch
as recommended by the manufacturer. Cross
the chains under the trailer coupler and allow
enough slack for turning tight corners. Do
not allow the chains to drag on the ground.
Note: Do not attach safety chains to the
bumper. Always connect the safety chains
to the frame or hook retainers of your trailer
hitch.
335
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Connecting a Trailer
E265060
If the trailer safety chain hook has a latch,
make sure to fully close the latch.
TRAILER BATTERY CHARGE/ TRAILER
POWER FEED
This feature allows the trailer’s battery to
charge under the following situations:
• Your vehicle is in the accessory or engine
run position.
• If the vehicle’s battery voltage is in
optimum condition, above 12.5 volts, and
the trailer’ s battery can still hold a charge,
or is not too old.
The trailer power feed feature allows for a
12 volt power output on a 7-pin connector
when your vehicle is in the accessory or
engine run position.
Note: Trailer power feed can provide a
maximum output rate of 15 amps.
Note: Never place more demand than 15
amps of power on the trailer power feed, this
may damage the trailer lighting.
336
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Connecting a Trailer
CONNECTING A TRAILER – TROUBLESHOOTING
CONNECTING A TRAILER – INFORMATION MESSAGES
DescriptionMessage
The system senses a trailer connection disconnecting, either inten-
tionally or unintentionally, during a given ignition cycle.
Trailer Disconnected
There are certain faults in your vehicle wiring and trailer wiring or
brake system.
Trailer Wiring Fault
The left-hand trailer turn lamps require service.Trailer Left Turn Lamps Fault Check Lamps
The right-hand trailer turn lamps require service.Trailer Right Turn Lamps Fault Check Lamps
The vehicle battery voltage is low or there is a fault with your trailer
battery, your trailer battery voltage is below 8 volts, or your trailer
battery is connected in reverse polarity.
Trailer Battery Not Charging See Manual
The system detects a short created by the trailer lamps. Inspect and
repair the trailer wiring, or have the system checked as soon as
possible.
Trailer Lighting Module Fault See Manual
337
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Connecting a Trailer
TOWING A TRAILER PRECAUTIONS
WARNING: Do not exceed the GVWR
or the GAWR specified on the certification
label.
WARNING: Towing trailers beyond
the maximum recommended gross trailer
weight exceeds the limit of your vehicle
and could result in engine damage,
transmission damage, structural damage,
loss of vehicle control, vehicle rollover and
personal injury.
WARNING: Do not exceed the lowest
rating capacity for your vehicle or trailer
hitch. Overloading your vehicle or trailer
hitch can impair your vehicle stability and
handling. Failure to follow this instruction
could result in the loss of control of your
vehicle, personal injury or death.
WARNING: Make sure that the
vertical load on the tow ball is between the
minimum and maximum recommended
weight at all times. Failure to follow this
instruction could result in the loss of
control of your vehicle, personal injury or
death.
WARNING: Do not cut, drill, weld or
modify the trailer hitch. Modifying the trailer
hitch could reduce the hitch rating.
WARNING: The anti-lock brake
system does not control the trailer brakes.
TRAILER BRAKE PRECAUTIONS
WARNING: Do not connect a trailer's
hydraulic brake system directly to your
vehicle's brake system. Your vehicle may
not have enough braking power and your
chances of having a collision greatly
increase.
WARNING: Do not tow a trailer fitted
with electric trailer brakes unless your
vehicle is fitted with a compatible
aftermarket electronic trailer brake
controller. Failure to follow this instruction
could result in the loss of control of your
vehicle, personal injury or death. For
additional information and assistance, we
recommend that you contact an authorized
dealer.
Electric brakes and manual, automatic or
surge-type trailer brakes are safe if you install
them properly and adjust them to the
manufacturer's specifications. The trailer
brakes must meet local and federal
regulations.
The rating for the tow vehicle's braking
system operation is at the gross vehicle
weight rating, not the gross combined weight
rating.
Certain states require functioning trailer
brakes for trailers over a specified weight.
Be sure to check state regulations for this
specified weight.
338
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Towing a Trailer
Ford Motor Company recommends separate
functioning brake systems for trailers
weighing more than 1,500 lb (680 kg) when
loaded.
TOWING A TRAILER LIMITATIONS
The vehicle's load capacity designation is by
weight, not by volume, so you cannot
necessarily use all available space when
loading a vehicle or trailer.
Note: Your vehicle could have reduced
performance when operating at high
altitudes and when heavily loaded or towing
a trailer. When driving at elevation, to match
driving performance as perceived at sea
level, reduce gross vehicle weight and gross
combination weight by 2% per 1,000 ft
(300 m) elevation.
LOADING YOUR TRAILER
To help minimize how trailer movement
affects your vehicle when driving:
• Load the heaviest items closest to the
trailer floor.
• Load the heaviest items centered
between the left and right side trailer
tires.
• Load the heaviest items above the trailer
axles or just slightly forward toward the
trailer tongue. Do not allow the final
trailer tongue weight to go above or
below 10-15% of the loaded trailer weight.
The trailer tongue weight should never
exceed 10% of the maximum towing
capacity.
• Select a ball mount with the correct rise
or drop. When both the loaded vehicle
and trailer are connected, the trailer
frame should be level, or slightly angled
down toward your vehicle, when viewed
from the side.
TRAILER TOWING HINTS
Towing a trailer places an extra load on your
vehicle's engine, transmission, axle, brakes,
tires and suspension. Periodically inspect
these components during and after any
towing operation.
When driving with a trailer or payload, a slight
takeoff vibration or shudder may be present
due to the increased payload weight.
Your vehicle may have a temporary or
conventional spare tire. A temporary spare
tire is different in diameter or width,
tread-type, or is from a different manufacturer
than the road tires on your vehicle. Consult
information on the tire label or Safety
Compliance label for limitations when using.
When towing a trailer:
• Obey country specific regulations for
towing a trailer.
• Do not drive faster than 70 mph
(113 km/h) during the first 500 mi
(800 km).
• Do not make full-throttle starts.
339
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Towing a Trailer
• Check your hitch, electrical connections
and trailer wheel lug nuts thoroughly after
you have traveled 50 mi (80 km).
• When stopped in congested or heavy
traffic during hot weather, place the
transmission in park (P) to aid engine and
transmission cooling and to help A/C
performance.
• Turn off the speed control with heavy
loads or in hilly terrain. The speed control
may turn off when you are towing on
long, steep slopes.
• Shift to a lower gear when driving down
a long or steep hill. Do not continuously
apply the brakes, as they may overheat
and become less effective.
• If your transmission has Grade Assist or
Tow/Haul, use this feature when towing.
This provides engine braking and helps
eliminate excessive transmission shifting
for optimum fuel economy and
transmission cooling.
• Your vehicle has AdvanceTrac with roll
stability control. When towing a trailer,
additional loads could cause the
AdvanceTrac system to engage during
cornering maneuvers. Reduce cornering
speeds to make sure that you can
maintain control of the vehicle and trailer
if the AdvanceTrac system engages.
• Allow more distance for stopping with a
trailer attached. Anticipate stops and
gradually brake.
• Avoid parking on a slope. However, if
you must park on a slope, turn the
steering wheel to point your vehicle tires
away from traffic flow, set the parking
brake, place the transmission in park (P)
and place wheel chocks in front and back
of the trailer wheels.
Note: Chocks are not included with your
vehicle.
LAUNCHING OR RETRIEVING A
BOAT OR PERSONAL
WATERCRAFT
When backing down a ramp during boat
launching or retrieval:
• Do not allow the static water level to rise
above the bottom edge of the rear
bumper.
• Do not allow waves to break higher than
6 in (15 cm) above the bottom edge of
the rear bumper.
Exceeding 6 in (15 cm) could allow water to
enter vehicle components, causing internal
damage to the components and affecting
driveability, emissions and reliability.
Note: Replace the rear axle lubricant
anytime the rear axle has been submerged
in water.
Note: Disconnect the trailer wiring connector
before backing the trailer into the water.
Note: Reconnect the trailer wiring connector
after removing the trailer from the water.
340
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Towing a Trailer
AUTO TOW/HAUL
HOW DOES AUTO TOW/HAUL WORK
This mode helps keep the engine at the best
RPM range by changing shift points,
providing sufficient power for acceleration,
and reducing the frequency of transmission
shifting. This mode also provides engine
braking in all forward gears, which slows your
vehicle and assists you in controlling your
vehicle when descending a slope. The
amount of downshift braking provided varies
based on the amount you press the brake
pedal. The system tunes the steering and
suspension to enhance driving comfort when
towing or carrying heavy loads.
Note: This mode does not default to a
certain four-wheel drive mode and maintains
the previous selection. The system tunes the
steering and suspension to enhance driving
comfort when towing or carrying heavy
loads.
Switching Auto Tow/Haul On and Off
1. From the settings menu, press Towing.
2. Press settings.
3. Switch Auto Tow/Haul on or off.
TOWING WEIGHTS AND DIMENSIONS
RECOMMENDED TOWING WEIGHTS
WebsiteMarket
https://www.fordpro.com/en-us/fleet-vehicles/manuals-and-guides/United States of America
https://www.fordpro.com/en-us/fleet-vehicles/manuals-and-guides/Canada
341
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Towing a Trailer
WHAT IS THE MAXIMUM LOADED
TRAILER WEIGHT
The maximum loaded trailer weight is the
highest possible weight of a fully loaded
trailer the vehicle can tow.
CALCULATING THE MAXIMUM
LOADED TRAILER WEIGHT FOR YOUR
VEHICLE
1. Start with the gross combined weight
rating for your vehicle model and axle
ratio.
2. Subtract all of the following that apply to
your vehicle:
• Vehicle curb weight.
• Hitch hardware weight, for example a
draw bar, ball, locks or weight distributing
hardware.
• Driver weight.
• Passenger weight.
• Payload, cargo and luggage weight.
• Aftermarket equipment weight.
This equals the maximum loaded trailer
weight for this combination.
Note: The trailer tongue load is considered
part of the payload for your vehicle. Reduce
the total payload by the final trailer tongue
weight.
Note: Consult an authorized dealer to
determine the maximum trailer weight
allowed for your vehicle if you are not sure.
342
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Towing a Trailer
TOWING A TRAILER – TROUBLESHOOTING
TOWING A TRAILER – INFORMATION MESSAGES
DetailsMessage
The trailer sway control detects trailer sway. Reduce the vehicle's
speed.
Trailer Sway Reduce Speed
Verify the trailer brake connections are secure and that the aftermarket
trailer brake controller device is correctly installed. Perform a trailer
brake and trailer light check if possible. If the message persists, have
your vehicle checked as soon as possible.
Trailer brake system fault See manual
Perform a trailer brake and trailer light check if possible. If the message
persists, have your vehicle checked as soon as possible.
Trailer brake module fault
343
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Towing a Trailer
HOW DOES TRAILER SWAY
CONTROL WORK
The system applies the brakes to the
individual wheels and reduces engine torque
to aid vehicle stability.
If the trailer begins to sway, the stability
control lamp flashes and the message Trailer
Sway Reduce Speed appears in the
information display.
Stop your vehicle as soon as it is safe to do
so. Check the vertical weight on the tow ball
and trailer load distribution.
TRAILER SWAY CONTROL
PRECAUTIONS
WARNING: Turning off trailer sway
control increases the risk of loss of vehicle
control, serious injury or death. Ford does
not recommend disabling this feature
except in situations where speed reduction
may be detrimental (such as hill climbing),
the driver has significant trailer towing
experience, and can control trailer sway
and maintain safe operation.
Note: This feature only activates when
significant trailer sway occurs.
Note: This feature does not prevent trailer
sway, but reduces it once it begins.
Note: This feature cannot stop all trailers
from swaying.
Note: In some cases, if vehicle speed is too
high, the system may activate multiple times,
gradually reducing vehicle speed.
344
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Trailer Sway Control
BREAKING-IN
You need to break in new tires for
approximately 300 mi (480 km). During this
time, your vehicle may exhibit some unusual
driving characteristics.
DRIVING ECONOMICALLY
The following helps to improve fuel
consumption:
• Drive smoothly, accelerate gently and
anticipate the road ahead to avoid heavy
braking.
• Regularly check your tire pressures and
make sure that they are inflated to the
correct pressure.
• Follow the recommended maintenance
schedule and carry out the
recommended checks.
• Plan your journey and check the traffic
before you set off. It is more efficient to
combine errands into a single trip
whenever possible.
• Avoid idling the engine in cold weather
or for extended periods. Start the engine
only when you are ready to set off.
• Do not carry unnecessary weight in your
vehicle as extra weight wastes fuel.
• Do not add unnecessary accessories to
the exterior of your vehicle, for example
running boards. If you use a roof rack,
remember to fold it down or remove it
when not in use.
• Do not shift into neutral when you are
braking or when your vehicle is slowing
down.
• Shut all windows when driving at high
speeds.
• Switch off all electric systems when not
in use, for example air conditioning. Make
sure that you unplug any accessories
from the auxiliary power points when not
in use.
DRIVING IN COLD WEATHER
The functional operation of some
components and systems can be affected at
temperatures below approximately -13°F
(-25°C).
Driving on Snow and Ice
WARNING: If you are driving in
slippery conditions that require tire chains
or cables, then it is critical that you drive
cautiously. Keep speeds down, allow for
longer stopping distances and avoid
aggressive steering to reduce the chances
of a loss of vehicle control which can lead
to serious injury or death. If the rear end
of your vehicle slides while cornering, steer
in the direction of the slide until you regain
control of your vehicle.
On ice and snow, you should drive more
slowly than usual. Your vehicle has a four
wheel anti-lock brake system, do not pump
the brake pedal. See Anti-Lock Braking
System Limitations (page 216).
345
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Driving Hints
In snow and ice, all-wheel drive vehicles have
advantages over two-wheel drive vehicles
but can still skid. When driving on snowy or
icy roads, should you start to slide, turn the
steering wheel in the direction of the slide
until you regain control.
On snow and ice, avoid suddenly applying
power and avoid quick change of direction.
Apply the accelerator slowly and steadily
when starting from a stop.
Avoid sudden braking. An all-wheel drive
vehicle may accelerate better than a
two-wheel drive vehicle in snow and ice.
However, an all-wheel drive vehicle will not
stop any faster, as braking occurs at all four
wheels. Do not become overconfident to
road conditions.
DRIVING THROUGH MUD AND
WATER
Mud
Be cautious of sudden changes in vehicle
speed or direction when you are driving in
mud. Even all-wheel drive and four-wheel
drive vehicles can lose traction in mud. If
your vehicle slides, steer in the direction of
the slide until you regain control of your
vehicle. After driving through mud, clean off
residue stuck to rotating driveshafts and tires.
Excess residue can cause an imbalance that
could damage drive components.
Note: If your vehicle gets stuck in mud, it
could be rocked out by shifting between
forward and reverse gears, stopping
between shifts in a steady pattern. Press
lightly on the accelerator in each gear.
Water
If you must drive though water approach it
cautiously. See Driving Through Shallow
Water (page 347).
DRIVING ON HILLY OR SLOPING
TERRAIN
WARNING: Extreme care should be
used when steering the vehicle in reverse
down a slope so as not to cause the
vehicle to swerve out of control.
Although natural obstacles could make it
necessary to travel diagonally up or down a
hill or steep incline, you should try to drive
straight up or straight down.
Note: Avoid turning on steep slopes or hills.
A danger lies in losing traction, slipping
sideways and possible vehicle rollover.
Whenever driving on a hill, determine
beforehand the route you can use. Do not
drive over the crest of a hill without seeing
what conditions are on the other side. Do
not drive in reverse over a hill without the
aid of an observer.
346
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Driving Hints
Apply just enough power to the wheels to
climb the hill. Too much power causes the
tires to slip, spin or lose traction, and you
could lose control of your vehicle. When
descending a steep hill, do not descend the
hill in neutral. Avoid sudden hard braking to
keep the front wheels rolling and to maintain
your vehicle's steering.
Note: Your vehicle has anti-lock brakes,
apply the brakes steadily. Do not pump the
brakes.
DRIVING IN SAND
When driving over sand, try to keep all four
wheels on the most solid area of the trail.
Steadily drive through the terrain. Apply the
accelerator slowly and avoid excessive
wheel slip. Do not drive your vehicle in deep
sand for an extended period of time. This
could overheat the system. A message
appears in the instrument cluster display.
Note: If your vehicle gets stuck in sand, it
could be rocked out by shifting between
forward and reverse gears, stopping
between shifts in a steady pattern. Press
lightly on the accelerator pedal in each gear.
DRIVING THROUGH SHALLOW
WATER
WARNING: Do not attempt to cross
a deep or flowing body of water. Failure to
follow this instruction could result in the
loss of control of your vehicle, personal
injury or death.
Note: Driving through standing water can
cause vehicle damage.
Note: Engine damage can occur if water
enters the air filter.
Before driving through standing water, check
the depth. Never drive through water that is
higher than the bottom of the front rocker
area of your vehicle.
E266447
When driving through standing water, drive
very slowly and do not stop your vehicle.
Your brake performance and traction could
be limited. After driving through water and
as soon as it is safe to do so:
• Lightly press the brake pedal to dry the
brakes and to check that they work.
• Turn the steering wheel to check that the
steering power assist works.
Check the function of the following:
• Horn
• Exterior lights
347
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Driving Hints
FLOOR MATS
WARNING: Use a floor mat designed
to fit the footwell of your vehicle that does
not obstruct the pedal area. Failure to
follow this instruction could result in the
loss of control of your vehicle, personal
injury or death.
WARNING: Pedals that cannot move
freely can cause loss of vehicle control and
increase the risk of serious personal injury.
WARNING: Secure the floor mat to
both retention devices so that it cannot slip
out of position and interfere with the
pedals. Failure to follow this instruction
could result in the loss of control of your
vehicle, personal injury or death.
WARNING: Do not place additional
floor mats or any other covering on top of
the original floor mats. This could result in
the floor mat interfering with the operation
of the pedals. Failure to follow this
instruction could result in the loss of
control of your vehicle, personal injury or
death.
WARNING: Always make sure that
objects cannot fall into the driver foot well
while your vehicle is moving. Objects that
are loose can become trapped under the
pedals causing a loss of vehicle control.
E142666
To install floor mats that have eyelets,
position the floor mat eyelet over the
retention post and press down to lock in
position. Repeat for all eyelets on the floor
mat.
To remove the floor mats, reverse the
installation procedure.
Note: Regularly check the floor mats to make
sure they are secure.
348
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Driving Hints
ROADSIDE ASSISTANCE
Vehicles Sold in the United States:
Getting Roadside Assistance
If you have a vehicle concern, Lincoln offers
a complimentary roadside assistance
program. This program is separate from the
New Vehicle Limited Warranty.
The service is available:
• Throughout the life of the vehicle for
original owners.
• For six years or 70,000 mi (110,000 km),
whichever comes first, for subsequent
owners.
Knowing your vehicle's VIN, mileage and
your specific location allows help to get to
you faster.
Roadside Assistance covers:
• A flat tire change with a good spare. For
vehicles with an unusable tire inflation
kit, we provide towing service.
• Battery jump start.
• Lock-out assistance - key replacement
cost is the client's responsibility.
• Fuel delivery — independent service
contractors, if not prohibited by state,
local or municipal law shall deliver up to
2 gal (8 L) of gasoline fuel to a disabled
vehicle. Roadside Assistance limits fuel
delivery service to two no-charge
occurrences within a 12-month period.
• Winch out — available within 100 ft (30 m)
of a paved or county maintained road,
no recoveries.
• Towing — independent service
contractors, if not prohibited by state,
local or municipal law shall tow Lincoln
eligible vehicles to the client's selling or
preferred dealer within 100 mi (160 km)
of the disablement location or to the
nearest Lincoln dealer. If a client requests
a tow to a selling or preferred dealer that
is more than 100 mi (160 km) from the
disablement location, the client is
responsible for any mileage costs in
excess of 100 mi (160 km).
• Roadside Assistance includes up to $200
for a towed trailer if the disabled eligible
vehicle requires service at the nearest
authorized dealer. If the towing vehicle
is operational but the trailer is not, then
the trailer does not qualify for any
roadside services.
Vehicles Sold in the United States:
Using Roadside Assistance
United States clients who require roadside
assistance, call 1-800-521-4140 or contact
Roadside Assistance using the Lincoln Way
mobile app.
349
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Crash and Breakdown Information
If you need to arrange roadside assistance
on your own, Lincoln reimburses a
reasonable amount for towing to the nearest
Lincoln dealership within 100 mi (160 km). To
obtain reimbursement information, United
States clients, call 1-800-521-4140. Clients
need to submit their original receipts.
Vehicles Sold in Canada: Getting
Roadside Assistance
If you have a vehicle concern, Lincoln offers
a complimentary roadside assistance
program. This program is eligible within
Canada or the continental United States.
The service is available 24 hours a day,
seven days a week.
This program is separate from the New
Vehicle Limited Warranty, beginning from
the original warranty start date and lasts the
life of the vehicle for the original owner.
Subsequent owners receive coverage that
is concurrent with the 6 years or 70,000 mi
(110,000 km), whichever occurs first,
powertrain warranty coverage period.
Note: Canadian roadside coverage and
benefits may differ from the U.S. coverage.
For complete program coverage details,
review your warranty guide, contact your
dealer, call us in Canada at 1-844-665-2007,
or visit our website at
www.lincolncanada.com.
Download the Sykes4Lincoln Roadside
Assistance App for access to your roadside
assistance services. For more information,
scan here:
E398727
If you purchased your vehicle in Canada and
require roadside assistance, please call
1-844-665-2007 or contact Roadside
Assistance using the Lincoln Way mobile
app.
Ford Motor Company reserves the right to
modify or discontinue Roadside Assistance
at any time. Certain restrictions apply to
Roadside Assistance benefits.
For further details, call
1-800-521-4140 (United States)
1-844-665-2007 (Canada)
SWITCHING THE HAZARD
FLASHERS ON AND OFF
E75790
The hazard flasher button is on the
instrument panel. Press the button
to switch the hazard flashers on if
your vehicle is creating a safety hazard for
other road users.
When you switch the hazard flashers on, all
front and rear direction indicators flash.
Note: The hazard flashers operate when the
ignition is in any position, or if the key is not
in the ignition. The battery loses charge and
could have insufficient power to restart your
vehicle.
Press the button again to switch them off.
350
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Crash and Breakdown Information
JUMP STARTING THE VEHICLE
JUMP STARTING PRECAUTIONS
WARNING: Batteries normally
produce explosive gases which can cause
personal injury. Therefore, do not allow
flames, sparks or lighted substances to
come near the battery. When working near
the battery, always shield your face and
protect your eyes. Always provide correct
ventilation.
WARNING: Keep batteries out of
reach of children. Batteries contain sulfuric
acid. Avoid contact with skin, eyes or
clothing. Shield your eyes when working
near the battery to protect against possible
splashing of acid solution. In case of acid
contact with skin or eyes, flush immediately
with water for a minimum of 15 minutes and
get prompt medical attention. If acid is
swallowed, call a physician immediately.
WARNING: Use only adequately
sized cables with insulated clamps.
WARNING: Make sure that the cables
are clear of any moving parts and fuel
delivery system parts.
WARNING: Connect batteries with
only the same nominal voltage.
WARNING: If the engine is running
while the hood is open, stay clear of
moving engine components. Failure to
follow this warning could result in serious
personal injury or death.
Do not attempt to push-start an automatic
transmission vehicle. This could cause
transmission damage.
Do not disconnect the battery of the disabled
vehicle. This could damage your vehicle's
electrical system.
PREPARING THE VEHICLE
Use only a 12 volt supply to start your vehicle.
Park the booster vehicle close to the hood
of the disabled vehicle, making sure the two
vehicles do not touch.
JUMP STARTING THE VEHICLE
Locating the Jump Start Connection
Points
1. Open the hood. See Opening and
Closing the Hood (page 370).
2. Remove the access cover.
3. Remove the red protective cover from
the positive (+) jump connection point.
4. Locate the negative (-) jump connection
point on the rear mounting bolt for the
cross brace, as shown in the following
illustration.
351
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Crash and Breakdown Information
E288229
Connecting the Jumper Cables
WARNING: Do not connect the
negative jumper cable to any other part of
your vehicle. Use the ground point.
Note: If you are using a jump pack or booster
box, follow the manufacturer's instructions.
Note: In the illustration that follows, the
bottom vehicle represents the booster
vehicle.
E355173
1. Connect the positive (+) jumper cable to
the positive (+) terminal of the discharged
battery.
2. Connect the other end of the positive (+)
jumper cable to the positive (+) terminal
of the booster vehicle battery.
3. Connect the negative (-) jumper cable to
the negative (-) terminal of the booster
vehicle battery.
4. Make the final connection of the negative
(-) jumper cable to an exposed metal part
of the disabled vehicle's engine, away
from the battery and fuel injection
system, or connect the negative (-)
jumper cable to a ground connection
point if available.
Starting the Engine
1. Start the engine of the booster vehicle
and moderately rev the engine, or gently
press the accelerator to keep the engine
speed between 2000 RPM and 3000
RPM, as shown in your tachometer.
2. Start the engine of the disabled vehicle.
3. Once you start the disabled vehicle, run
both vehicle engines for an additional
three minutes before disconnecting the
jumper cables.
352
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Crash and Breakdown Information
Removing the Jumper Cables
Remove the jumper cables in the reverse
order that they were connected.
Note: Do not switch the headlamps on when
disconnecting the cables. The peak voltage
could blow the bulbs.
POST-CRASH ALERT SYSTEM
WHAT IS THE POST-CRASH ALERT
SYSTEM
The system helps draw attention to your
vehicle in the event of a serious impact.
HOW DOES THE POST-CRASH ALERT
SYSTEM WORK
The system is designed to turn the hazard
flashers on, turn the courtesy lamps on,
intermittently sound the horn and unlock all
doors in the event of a serious impact that
deploys an airbag or the seatbelt
pretensioners.
POST-CRASH ALERT SYSTEM
LIMITATIONS
Depending on applicable laws in the country
your vehicle was built for, the horn does not
sound in the event of a serious impact.
SWITCHING THE POST-CRASH ALERT
SYSTEM OFF
Press the hazard flasher switch, the unlock
button on the remote control, the panic
button on the remote control or cycle the
ignition to switch the system off.
Note: The alert turns off when the vehicle
battery runs out of charge.
POST-COLLISION BRAKING
How Does Post-Collision Braking Work
In the event of a moderate to severe crash,
the braking system reduces the vehicle’s
speed to prevent or reduce the impact of a
potential secondary crash.
Post-Collision Braking Limitations
Post-collision braking does not activate if any
of the following occur:
• The anti-lock braking system is damaged
during the collision.
• Electronic stability control is disabled.
Overriding Post-Collision Braking
You can override post-collision braking by
pressing the brake or accelerator pedal.
Post-Collision Braking Indicators
E138639
It flashes when a post-collision
braking event is occurring.
AUTOMATIC CRASH SHUTOFF
WHAT IS AUTOMATIC CRASH
SHUTOFF
The automatic crash shutoff is designed to
stop the fuel going to the engine in the event
of a moderate or severe crash.
Note: Not every impact causes a shutoff.
353
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Crash and Breakdown Information
AUTOMATIC CRASH SHUTOFF
PRECAUTIONS
WARNING: If your vehicle has been
involved in a crash, have the fuel system
checked. Failure to follow this instruction
could result in fire, personal injury or death.
RE-ENABLING YOUR VEHICLE
1. Switch the ignition off.
2. Attempt to start your vehicle.
3. Switch the ignition off.
4. Attempt to start your vehicle.
Note: If your vehicle does not start after the
third attempt, have your vehicle checked as
soon as possible.
TRANSPORTING THE VEHICLE
E143886
If you need to tow your vehicle, contact a
professional towing service or your roadside
assistance service provider.
Your manufacturer produces a towing
manual for all authorized tow truck operators.
Have your tow truck operator refer to this
manual for proper hook-up and towing
procedures.
We recommend the use of a wheel lift and
dollies or flatbed equipment to tow your
vehicle. Vehicle damage could occur if towed
incorrectly, or by any other means.
Front-wheel and rear-wheel drive vehicles
must have their designated drive wheels off
the ground regardless of towing direction.
Use tow dollies to prevent damage to the
transmission.
All-wheel or four-wheel drive vehicles require
that all wheels be off the ground using a
wheel lift and dollies or flatbed equipment.
This prevents damage to the transmission
and drive system.
Note: You need to switch on the ignition to
unlock the steering.
354
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Crash and Breakdown Information
Note: Make sure you check the steering
column before towing. It could lock if the
battery is dead.
FAIL-SAFE COOLING
WHAT IS FAIL-SAFE COOLING
Fail-safe cooling allows you to temporarily
drive your vehicle before any incremental
component damage occurs due to
overheating.
The fail-safe distance depends on outside
temperature, vehicle load and terrain.
HOW DOES FAIL-SAFE COOLING
WORK
If the engine reaches a preset
over-temperature condition, the engine
automatically switches to alternating cylinder
operation. Each disabled cylinder acts as an
air pump and cools the engine.
When this occurs, your vehicle still operates,
however:
• Engine power is limited.
• The air conditioning system turns off.
Continued operation increases the engine
temperature, causing the engine to
completely shut down. Your steering and
braking effort increases in this situation.
When the engine temperature cools, you can
re-start the engine.
Note: Have your vehicle checked as soon
as possible to minimize engine damage.
DRIVING WHEN FAIL-SAFE MODE IS
ACTIVATED
WARNING: Fail-safe mode is for use
during emergencies only. Operate your
vehicle in fail-safe mode only as long as
necessary to bring your vehicle to rest in
a safe location and seek immediate repairs.
When in fail-safe mode, your vehicle will
have limited power, will not be able to
maintain high-speed operation, and may
completely shut down without warning,
potentially losing engine power, power
steering assist, and power brake assist,
which may increase the possibility of a
crash resulting in serious injury.
WARNING: Do not remove the
coolant reservoir cap when the engine is
on or the cooling system is hot. Wait 10
minutes for the cooling system to cool
down. Cover the coolant reservoir cap with
a thick cloth to prevent the possibility of
scalding and slowly remove the cap.
Failure to follow this instruction could result
in personal injury.
Continued operation increases the engine
temperature, causing the engine to
completely shut down. Your steering and
braking effort increases in this situation.
When the engine temperature cools, you can
re-start the engine. Have your vehicle
checked as soon as possible to minimize
engine damage.
355
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Crash and Breakdown Information
Your vehicle has limited engine power when
in the fail-safe mode, drive your vehicle with
caution. Your vehicle does not maintain
high-speed operation and the engine may
operate poorly.
Remember that the engine is capable of
automatically shutting down to prevent
engine damage. In this situation:
1. Pull off the road as soon as safely
possible and switch the engine off.
2. If you are a member of a roadside
assistance program, we recommend that
you contact your roadside assistance
service provider.
3. If this is not possible, wait for a short
period of time for the engine to cool.
4. Check the coolant level. If the coolant
level is at or below the minimum mark,
add prediluted coolant immediately.
5. When the engine temperature cools, you
can re-start the engine. Have your vehicle
checked as soon as possible to minimize
engine damage.
Note: Driving your vehicle without repair
increases the chance of engine damage.
FAIL-SAFE COOLING INDICATORS
E103308
If the engine begins to overheat,
the coolant temperature gauge
moves toward the red zone.
E67028
A warning lamp illuminates and a
message may appear in the
instrument cluster display.
356
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Crash and Breakdown Information
TOWING YOUR VEHICLE
PRECAUTIONS
Use the following guidelines when towing
your vehicle. Failure to follow this instruction
could result in vehicle damage not covered
by the vehicle warranty.
Note: Make sure you properly secure your
vehicle to the tow vehicle.
Note: If you are unsure of the vehicle’s
configuration, contact an authorized dealer.
EMERGENCY TOWING
If your vehicle becomes inoperable without
access to wheel dollies or a vehicle transport
trailer, it can be flat-towed with all wheels on
the ground, regardless of the powertrain and
transmission configuration, under the
following conditions:
• Your vehicle is facing forward for towing
in a forward direction.
• Use the manual park release procedure.
Failure to do so may result in damage to
the transmission.
• Maximum speed is 35 mph (56 km/h).
• Maximum distance is 50 mi (80 km).
357
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Towing Your Vehicle
FUSE PRECAUTIONS
WARNING: Always disconnect the
battery before servicing high current fuses.
WARNING: To reduce risk of
electrical shock, always replace the cover
to the power distribution box before
reconnecting the battery or refilling fluid
reservoirs.
WARNING: Always replace a fuse
with one that has the specified amperage
rating. Using a fuse with a higher
amperage rating can cause severe wire
damage and could start a fire.
UNDER HOOD FUSE BOX
LOCATING THE UNDER HOOD FUSE
BOX
E402784
ACCESSING THE UNDER HOOD FUSE
BOX
Remove the top cover to get to the fuse box
and then remove the fuse box cover to
access the fuses.
E402785
358
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Fuses
IDENTIFYING THE FUSES IN THE UNDER HOOD FUSE BOX
E404150
Protected ComponentsFuse RatingFuse or Relay Number
Body control module feed 1.30 A1
Body control module feed 2.30 A3
Fuel pump feed.30 A4
359
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Fuses
Protected ComponentsFuse RatingFuse or Relay Number
Live Power.5 A5
Powertrain control module - vehicle power 1.20 A6
Powertrain control module - vehicle power 2.20 A7
Powertrain control module - vehicle power 3.20 A8
Powertrain control module - vehicle power 4.20 A9
Blower motor.40 A13
Powertrain control module - aux vehicle power 3.15 A14
Rear windshield washer.15 A16
Starter motor solenoid.30 A18
Run-start signal - electronic power assist steering.5 A22
Run-start signal - anti-lock brake system.5 A23
Run-start signal - powertrain control module.5 A24
Air quality sensor.10 A25
Run-start power - transmission oil pump.15 A26
Anti-lock brake system valves.40 A28
Anti-lock brake system pump.60 A29
360
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Fuses
Protected ComponentsFuse RatingFuse or Relay Number
Upfitter interface module power feed 1 (police).50 A30
Upfitter interface module power feed 2 (police).50 A31
Power outlet 1 - front bin.20 A32
Power outlet 2 - cargo area.20 A33
Power outlet 3 - main bin.20 A34
Power outlet 4 - back of console.20 A35
110 V inverter.40 A36
Climate controlled front seats (heated only seats).30 A38
Climate controlled driver seats (heated/ventilated seats).
Climate controlled passenger seats (heated/ventilated seats).30 A39
Audio amplifier - 28 speaker system.60 A40
Trailer tow brake control.30 A42
Body control module feed 3.40 A43
Run-start power - interior power distribution box.15 A45
Police accessory independent timed-release output.5 A48
Heated rear window.40 A50
361
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Fuses
Protected ComponentsFuse RatingFuse or Relay Number
Run-start power - heated steering wheel.20 A54
Trailer tow park lamps.20 A55
Trailer tow battery charge.30 A57
Trailer tow back up lamps.10 A58
Driveline control module.40 A64
Front wiper motor.30 A69
Onboard diagnostics connector.10 A70
Rear wiper motor.15 A71
Air suspension valves.20 A72
LED headlamp control module.5 A79
Rear blower motor.20 A88
Trailer tow lighting module.20 A91
Hybrid powertrain control module (FHEV only).15 A95
Cargo area power feed 2 (police).50 A103
Cargo area power feed 1 (police).50 A104
Police 6-way inline power feed 2.40 A106
362
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Fuses
Protected ComponentsFuse RatingFuse or Relay Number
Police 6-way inline power feed 1.40 A107
Police spot lamps.20 A108
Body control module feed 4.30 A111
Air suspension pump.50 A114
Audio amplifier power feed 1 - 10/14 speaker system.20 A115
Start signal - police tap-in.5 A116
Rear heated seats.30 A118
Police tap-in power feed 2.
Run-start power 2 - police tap-in.20 A
Fuel injectors.15 A120
Rain sensors.5 A124
USB power outlet - second row console.5 A125
Audio amplifier power feed 2 - 10/14 speaker system.20 A127
Lincoln star illumination.5 A128
Power folding seats.40 A131
Heated wiper blades.15 A133
363
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Fuses
Protected ComponentsFuse RatingFuse or Relay Number
USB power outlet - back of console.5 A139
USB power outlet - main bin.5 A140
USB power outlet - third row.5 A141
Hybrid battery energy control module (FHEV only).5 A146
Left LED headlamp.30 A148
Right LED headlamp.30 A149
Police 6-way inline power feed 3.40 A150
DC/DC converter (police).15 A159
Police tap-in power feed 3.10 A160
Motor electric cooling pump (FHEV only).10 A169
Traction battery cooling pump (FHEV only).10 A170
Center console blower motor.10 A177
364
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Fuses
INTERIOR FUSE BOX
LOCATING THE INTERIOR FUSE BOX
E402786
ACCESSING THE INTERIOR FUSE BOX
1. Open the glove compartment.
2. Push the tabs inward to release the
detent and fully lower the glove
compartment.
E402787
365
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Fuses
IDENTIFYING THE FUSES IN THE INTERIOR FUSE BOX
E404151
Protected ComponentsFuse RatingFuse or Relay Number
Wireless accessory charging module.7.5 A3
Driver seat switch.
366
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Fuses
Protected ComponentsFuse RatingFuse or Relay Number
Passenger seat switch.
Gear shift module.7.5 A7
Embedded modem.7.5 A8
Driver keypad.5 A9
Passenger keypad.
Rear audio control module.
Driver multi-contour seat module.15 A10
Passenger multi-contour seat module.
Climate control module.5 A12
Steering column control module.7.5 A13
Head up display module.7.5 A19
Bluetooth low energy module.
Headlamp switch.5 A20
Driver door module.60 A23
Glass roof.30 A24
Passenger door module.60 A26
Terrain management switch.10 A31
Enhanced central gateway.
367
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Fuses
Protected ComponentsFuse RatingFuse or Relay Number
Radio transceiver module.
Radio.20 A32
Instrument cluster.7.5 A33
Center display.10 A35
Power liftgate module.5 A39
Driver status monitor camera.
Phoenix module.15 A42
Integrated control panel.
Power liftgate module.30 A43
Driver seat motors.30 A44
Passenger seat motors.30 A45
Continuous control dampening.10 A50
All wheel drive module.5 A52
Auto dimming rear view mirror.5 A55
Glass roof.10 A60
Driver door E-latch.20 A62
Passenger door E-latch.20 A63
368
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Fuses
Protected ComponentsFuse RatingFuse or Relay Number
Passenger rear door E-latch.20 A64
Driver rear door E-latch.20 A65
Advanced driver assistance system.20 A70
IDENTIFYING FUSE TYPES
E267379
Micro 2.A
Micro 3.B
Maxi.C
Mini.D
M Case.E
J Case.F
J Case Low Profile.G
Slotted M Case.H
FUSES – TROUBLESHOOTING
FUSES – FREQUENTLY ASKED
QUESTIONS
When do I need to check a fuse?
• If electrical components in the vehicle
are not working.
When do I need to replace a fuse?
• If a fuse has blown.
How do I identify a blown fuse?
• You can identify a blown fuse by a
broken wire within the fuse.
369
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Fuses
MAINTENANCE PRECAUTIONS
Service your vehicle regularly to help
maintain its roadworthiness and resale value.
There is a large network of authorized
dealers that are there to help you with their
professional servicing expertise. We believe
that their specially trained technicians are
best qualified to service your vehicle properly
and expertly. They are supported by a wide
range of highly specialized tools developed
specifically for servicing your vehicle.
If your vehicle requires professional service,
an authorized dealer can provide the
necessary parts and service. Check your
warranty information to find out which parts
and services are covered.
Use only recommended fuels, lubricants,
fluids and service parts conforming to
specifications. See Capacities and
Specifications (page 429).
• Do not work on a hot engine.
• Make sure that nothing gets caught in
moving parts.
• Do not work on a vehicle with the engine
running in an enclosed space, unless you
are sure you have enough ventilation.
• Keep all open flames and other burning
material, such as cigarettes, away from
the battery and all fuel related parts.
• Set the parking brake, shift the
transmission to park (P) and block the
wheels.
OPENING AND CLOSING THE
HOOD
Opening the Hood
E263274
1. Open the left-hand front door.
2. Fully pull the hood release lever and let
it completely retract.
Note: This action releases the hood latch.
3. Fully pull the hood release lever for a
second time.
370
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Maintenance
Note: This action fully releases the hood.
4. Open the hood.
Note: There is no secondary lever under the
hood.
Closing the Hood
WARNING: Make sure that you fully
latch the hood before driving. Failure to
follow this instruction could result in
personal injury or death.
1. For vehicles with a prop rod, fully stow
the prop rod prior to lowering the hood.
2. Lower the hood and make sure it fully
latches.
371
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Maintenance
UNDER HOOD OVERVIEW
E397038
372
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Maintenance
Battery. See Changing the 12V Battery (page 382).A
Engine oil filler cap. See Checking the Engine Oil Level (page 374).B
Engine oil dipstick. See Engine Oil Dipstick Overview (page 374).C
Brake fluid reservoir. See Checking the Brake Fluid (page 217).D
Engine compartment fuse box. See Locating the Under Hood Fuse Box (page 358).E
Engine coolant reservoir. See Checking the Coolant Level (page 376).F
Air filter assembly. See Changing the Engine Air Filter (page 375).G
Washer fluid reservoir. See Adding Washer Fluid (page 109).H
373
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Maintenance
ENGINE OIL
ENGINE OIL DIPSTICK OVERVIEW
E250320
Minimum.A
Nominal.B
Maximum.C
CHECKING THE ENGINE OIL LEVEL
1. Make sure that your vehicle is on level
ground.
2. Check the oil level before starting the
engine, or switch the engine off after
warm up and wait 15 minutes for the oil
to drain into the oil pan.
Note: Checking the oil level too soon could
result in an inaccurate reading.
3. Remove the dipstick and wipe it with a
clean, lint-free cloth.
4. Reinstall the dipstick and make sure it is
fully seated.
5. Remove the dipstick again to check the
oil level.
Note: Read both sides of the dipstick and
use the lowest oil level as the correct
reading.
Note: If the oil level is between the
maximum and minimum marks, the oil level
is acceptable. Do not add oil.
6. If the oil level is at the minimum mark,
immediately add oil.
7. Reinstall the dipstick. Make sure it is fully
seated.
Note: The oil consumption of new engines
reaches its normal level after approximately
3,000 mi (5,000 km).
Note: Increases in oil level can occur from
frequent short trips that do not allow the
engine to get to operating temperature, as
well as frequent idling or low speed driving
for long periods of time.
Note: If oil levels are continuously noted
above the maximum mark, have your vehicle
checked as soon as possible.
ADDING ENGINE OIL
WARNING: Do not remove the filler
cap when the engine is running.
WARNING: Do not add engine oil
when the engine is hot. Failure to follow
this instruction could result in personal
injury.
374
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Maintenance
Do not use supplemental engine oil additives
because they are unnecessary and could
lead to engine damage that the vehicle
warranty may not cover.
1. Clean the area surrounding the engine
oil filler cap before you remove it.
2. Remove the engine oil filler cap.
3. Add engine oil that meets our
specifications. See Capacities and
Specifications (page 429).
4. Reinstall the engine oil filler cap. Turn it
clockwise until you feel a strong
resistance.
Note: Do not add oil further than the
maximum mark. Oil levels above the
maximum mark may cause engine damage.
Note: Immediately soak up any oil spillage
with an absorbent cloth.
INTELLIGENT OIL LIFE MONITOR
Under certain conditions the vehicle’s
intelligent oil life monitor may determine your
oil requires replacement prior to your general
service. Should this occur it is recommended
you replace your oil within two weeks or
500 mi (800 km) of being alerted.
Your authorized dealer will be able to advise
you whether only an engine oil and filter
change is recommended or whether you
should complete your general service
inclusive of oil and oil Filter.
RESETTING THE INTELLIGENT OIL LIFE
MONITOR
1. Press Settings on the touchscreen.
2. Select Vehicle Maintenance.
3. Select Oil Life.
4. Press and hold the OK button until the
system reset confirmation appears.
ENGINE AIR FILTER
CHANGING THE ENGINE AIR FILTER
WARNING: To reduce the risk of
vehicle damage and personal burn injuries,
do not start your engine with the air
cleaner removed and do not remove it
while the engine is running.
When changing the engine air filter, do not
allow debris or foreign material to enter the
air induction system. Engine components
are susceptible to damage not covered by
the vehicle Warranty.
Change the air filter element at the correct
interval. See Scheduled Maintenance (page
481).
Incorrect component use can cause damage
not covered by the vehicle Warranty. See
Motorcraft Parts (page 430).
To replace the air filter element do the
following:
375
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Maintenance
E294778
1. Remove the clips that secure the air filter
housing cover.
2. Using a screwdriver, loosen two clamps
on either side of the air filter housing
cover.
3. Gently pull the two boots back away from
the air filter housing cover.
4. Carefully lift the air filter housing cover.
5. Remove the air filter element from the air
filter housing.
6. Wipe any dirt or debris from the air filter
housing and cover to make sure no dirt
gets in the engine and that you have a
good seal.
7. Install a new air filter element. Be careful
not to crimp the filter element edges
between the air filter housing and cover.
This could cause filter damage and allow
unfiltered air to enter the engine if it is
not properly seated.
8. Install the air filter housing cover.
9. Engage the clips to secure the air filter
housing cover to the air filter housing.
10. Reconnect the two boots on the air filter
housing cover and torque to 3.69 lb.ft
(5 Nm).
COOLANT
CHECKING THE COOLANT LEVEL
WARNING: Do not remove the
coolant reservoir cap when the engine is
on or the cooling system is hot. Wait 10
minutes for the cooling system to cool
down. Cover the coolant reservoir cap with
a thick cloth to prevent the possibility of
scalding and slowly remove the cap.
Failure to follow this instruction could result
in personal injury.
WARNING: To reduce the risk of
personal injury, make sure the engine is
cool before unscrewing the coolant
pressure relief cap. The cooling system is
under pressure. Steam and hot liquid can
come out forcefully when you loosen the
cap slightly.
376
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Maintenance
When the engine is cold, check the
concentration and level of the coolant at the
intervals listed in the scheduled maintenance
information. See Scheduled Maintenance
(page 481).
Note: Make sure that the coolant level is
between the MIN and the MAX marks on
the coolant reservoir.
Note: Coolant expands when it is hot. The
level may extend beyond the MAX mark.
This is normal.
Maintain coolant concentration within 48%
to 50%, which equates to a freeze point
between -29°F (-34°C) and -35°F (-37°C).
Coolant concentration should be checked
using a refractometer. We do not recommend
the use of hydrometers or coolant test strips
for measuring coolant concentration.
ADDING COOLANT
WARNING: Do not add coolant when
the vehicle is on or the cooling system is
hot. Failure to follow this instruction could
result in personal injury.
WARNING: Do not remove the
coolant reservoir cap when the engine is
on or the cooling system is hot. Wait 10
minutes for the cooling system to cool
down. Cover the coolant reservoir cap with
a thick cloth to prevent the possibility of
scalding and slowly remove the cap.
Failure to follow this instruction could result
in personal injury.
WARNING: Do not allow the fluid to
touch your skin or eyes. If this happens,
rinse the affected areas immediately with
plenty of water and contact your physician.
WARNING: Do not put coolant in the
windshield washer reservoir. If sprayed on
the windshield, coolant could make it
difficult to see through the windshield.
WARNING: Do not add coolant
further than the MAX mark.
Note: Do not use stop leak pellets, cooling
system sealants, or non-specified additives
as they can cause damage to the engine
cooling or heating systems. Resulting
component damage may not be covered by
the vehicle Warranty.
Note: Automotive fluids are not
interchangeable.
It is very important to use prediluted coolant
approved to the correct specification in order
to avoid plugging the small passageways in
the engine cooling system. See Capacities
and Specifications (page 429). Do not mix
different colors or types of coolant in your
vehicle. Mixing of engine coolants or using
an incorrect coolant may harm the engine or
cooling system components and may not be
covered by the vehicle Warranty.
377
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Maintenance
Note: If prediluted coolant is not available,
use the approved concentrated coolant
diluting it to 50/50 with deionised or distilled
water. See Capacities and Specifications
(page 429). Using water that has not been
deionised may contribute to deposit
formation, corrosion and plugging of the
small cooling system passageways.
Note: Coolants marketed for all makes and
models may not be approved to our
specifications and may cause damage to
the cooling system. Resulting component
damage may not be covered by the vehicle
Warranty.
If the coolant level is at or below the
minimum mark, add prediluted coolant
immediately.
To top up the coolant level do the following:
1. Unscrew the cap slowly. Any pressure
escapes as you unscrew the cap.
2. Add prediluted coolant approved to the
correct specification. See Capacities and
Specifications (page 429).
3. Add enough prediluted coolant to reach
the correct level.
4. Replace the coolant reservoir cap. Turn
the cap clockwise until it contacts the
hard stop.
5. Check the coolant level in the coolant
reservoir the next few times you drive
your vehicle. If necessary, add enough
prediluted engine coolant to bring the
coolant level to the correct level.
If you have to add more than 1.1 qt (1 L) of
engine coolant per month, have your vehicle
checked as soon as possible. Operating an
engine with a low level of coolant can result
in engine overheating and possible engine
damage.
In case of emergency, you can add a large
amount of water without engine coolant in
order to reach a vehicle service location.
Water alone, without engine coolant, can
cause engine damage from corrosion,
overheating or freezing.
Do not use the following as a coolant
substitute:
• Alcohol.
• Methanol.
• Brine.
• Any coolant mixed with alcohol or
methanol antifreeze.
Alcohol and other liquids can cause engine
damage from overheating or freezing.
Do not add extra inhibitors or additives to
the coolant. These can be harmful and
compromise the corrosion protection of the
coolant.
CHANGING THE COOLANT
For coolant change, see your authorized
dealer.
Changing the coolant is necessary at specific
mileage intervals listed in the scheduled
maintenance information. See Scheduled
Maintenance (page 481).
378
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Maintenance
MANAGING THE COOLANT
TEMPERATURE
If you tow a trailer with your vehicle, the
engine may temporarily reach a higher
temperature during severe operating
conditions, for example ascending a long or
steep grade in high ambient temperatures.
At this time, you may notice the coolant
temperature gauge moves toward the red
zone and a message may appear in the
information display.
WARNING: To reduce the risk of
crash and injury, be prepared that the
vehicle speed may reduce and the vehicle
may not be able to accelerate with full
power until the coolant temperature
reduces.
WARNING: If you continue to drive
your vehicle when the engine is
overheating, the engine could stop without
warning. Failure to follow this instruction
could result in the loss of control of your
vehicle.
You may notice a reduction in vehicle speed
caused by reduced engine power in order
to manage the engine coolant temperature.
Your vehicle may enter this mode if certain
high-temperature and high-load conditions
take place. The amount of speed reduction
depends on vehicle loading, grade and
outside temperature. If this occurs, there is
no need to stop your vehicle. You can
continue to drive. See Fail-Safe Cooling
(page 355).
The air conditioning may automatically turn
on and off during severe operating
conditions to protect the engine from
overheating. When the coolant temperature
decreases to the normal operating
temperature, the air conditioning turns on.
If the coolant temperature gauge moves fully
into the red zone, or if the coolant
temperature warning or service engine soon
messages appear in your information display,
do the following:
1. Stop your vehicle as soon as it is safe to
do so. Fully apply the parking brake, shift
into park (P) or neutral (N).
2. Leave the engine running until the
coolant temperature gauge needle
returns to the normal position. If the
temperature does not drop after several
minutes, follow the remaining steps.
3. Switch the engine off and wait for it to
cool. Check the coolant level.
4. If the coolant level is at or below the
minimum mark, add prediluted coolant
immediately.
5. If the coolant level is normal, restart the
engine and continue.
COOLANT – WARNING LAMPS
E103308
If the engine begins to overheat,
the coolant temperature gauge
moves toward the red zone.
E67028
A warning lamp illuminates and a
message may appear in the
information display.
379
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Maintenance
COOLANT – INFORMATION MESSAGES
Description and ActionMessage
Displays when the engine temperature is too high. Stop your vehicle
as soon as it is safe to do so, switch the engine off and allow it to cool.
If the problem persists, have your vehicle checked as soon as possible.
See Checking the Coolant Level (page 376).
High engine temperature Stop safely
CHANGING THE FUEL FILTER
Your vehicle has a lifetime fuel filter that
integrates with the fuel tank. It does not need
regular maintenance or replacement.
DRIVE BELT ROUTING OVERVIEW
E297178
12V BATTERY
12V BATTERY PRECAUTIONS
WARNING: Batteries normally
produce explosive gases which can cause
personal injury. Therefore, do not allow
flames, sparks or lighted substances to
come near the battery. When working near
the battery, always shield your face and
protect your eyes. Always provide correct
ventilation.
380
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Maintenance
WARNING: When lifting a
plastic-cased battery, excessive pressure
on the end walls could cause acid to flow
through the vent caps, resulting in personal
injury and damage to the vehicle or battery.
Lift the battery with a battery carrier or with
your hands on opposite corners.
WARNING: Keep batteries out of
reach of children. Batteries contain sulfuric
acid. Avoid contact with skin, eyes or
clothing. Shield your eyes when working
near the battery to protect against possible
splashing of acid solution. In case of acid
contact with skin or eyes, flush immediately
with water for a minimum of 15 minutes and
get prompt medical attention. If acid is
swallowed, call a physician immediately.
WARNING: Battery posts, terminals
and related accessories contain lead and
lead compounds, chemicals known to the
State of California to cause cancer and
reproductive harm. Wash your hands after
handling.
WARNING: This vehicle may have
more than one battery. Removing the
battery cables from only one battery does
not disconnect your vehicle electrical
system. Make sure you disconnect the
battery cables from all batteries when
disconnecting power. Failure to do so may
cause serious personal injury or property
damage.
WARNING: For vehicles with
Auto-Start-Stop the battery requirement is
different. You must replace the battery with
one of exactly the same specification.
WHAT IS THE BATTERY
MANAGEMENT SYSTEM
The battery management system monitors
battery conditions and takes actions to
extend battery life.
HOW DOES THE BATTERY
MANAGEMENT SYSTEM WORK
If excessive battery drain is detected, the
system temporarily disables some electrical
systems to protect the battery.
Systems included are:
• Heated rear window.
• Heated seats.
• Climate control.
• Heated steering wheel.
• Audio unit.
• Navigation system.
A message could appear in the information
display to alert you that battery protection
actions are active. This message is only for
notification that an action is taking place, and
not intended to indicate an electrical problem
or that the battery requires replacement.
381
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Maintenance
BATTERY MANAGEMENT SYSTEM
LIMITATIONS
After battery replacement, or in some cases
after charging the battery with an external
charger, the battery management system
requires eight hours of vehicle sleep time to
relearn the battery state of charge. During
this time, your vehicle must remain fully
locked with the ignition switched off.
Note: Prior to relearning the battery state of
charge, the battery management system
could temporarily disable some electrical
systems.
Electrical Accessory Installation
To make sure the battery management
system works correctly, do not connect an
electrical device ground connection directly
to the battery negative post. This can cause
inaccurate measurements of the battery
condition and potential incorrect system
operation.
Note: If you add electrical accessories or
components to the vehicle, it could adversely
affect battery performance and durability.
This could also affect the performance of
other electrical systems in the vehicle.
CHANGING THE 12V BATTERY
The battery is in the engine compartment.
See Maintenance (page 370).
Your vehicle has a maintenance-free battery.
It does not require additional water during
service.
If the vehicle battery has a cover and vent
hose, make sure you correctly install it after
cleaning or replacing the battery.
For longer, trouble-free operation, keep the
top of the battery clean and dry and the
battery cables tightly fastened to the battery
terminals. If any corrosion is present on the
battery or terminals, remove the cables from
the terminals and clean with a wire brush.
You can neutralize the acid with a solution
of baking soda and water.
We recommend that you disconnect the
negative battery cable terminal from the
battery if you plan to store your vehicle for
an extended period.
Note: If you only disconnect the negative
battery cable terminal, make sure it is
isolated or placed away from the battery
terminal to avoid unintended connection or
arcing.
If you disconnect or replace the battery and
your vehicle has an automatic transmission,
it must relearn its adaptive strategy. Because
of this, the transmission may shift firmly when
first driven. This is normal operation while
the transmission fully updates its operation
to optimum shift feel.
Removing the Battery
1. Apply the parking brake and switch the
ignition off.
2. Switch all electrical equipment off, for
example lights and radio.
3. Wait a minimum of two minutes before
disconnecting the battery.
382
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Maintenance
Note: The engine management system has
a power hold function and remains powered
for a period of time after you switch the
ignition off. This is to allow diagnostic and
adaptive tables to be stored. Disconnecting
the battery without waiting can cause
damage not covered by the vehicle
Warranty.
4. Disconnect and isolate the negative
battery cable terminal.
5. Disconnect and isolate the positive
battery cable terminal.
6. Remove the battery securing clamp.
7. Remove the battery.
If you disconnect or replace the vehicle
battery, you must reset the following
features:
• Window bounce-back. See Window
Bounce-Back (page 122).
• Clock Settings.
• Pre-set radio stations.
Replacing the Battery
Note: Before reconnecting the battery, make
sure the ignition remains switched off.
You must replace the battery with one of
exactly the same specification.
To install, reverse the removal procedure.
Note: Make sure that you correctly install
the battery terminal covers, battery cover
and battery cable terminals.
RESETTING THE BATTERY SENSOR
When you install a new battery, reset the
battery sensor by doing the following:
1. Switch the ignition on, and leave the
engine off.
Note: Complete Steps 2 and 3 within 10
seconds.
2. Flash the high beam headlamps five
times, ending with the high beams off.
3. Press and release the brake pedal three
times.
The battery warning lamp flashes three times
to confirm that the reset is successful.
RECYCLING AND DISPOSING OF THE
12V BATTERY
E107998
Make sure that you dispose of old
batteries in an environmentally
friendly way. Seek advice from
your local authority about recycling old
batteries.
12V BATTERY – TROUBLESHOOTING
12V BATTERY – WARNING LAMPS
E67021
If it illuminates while driving, it
indicates a charging system error.
Switch off all unnecessary
electrical equipment and have your vehicle
immediately checked.
383
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Maintenance
12V BATTERY – INFORMATION MESSAGES
DetailsMessage
The charging system needs servicing. If the warning stays on or continues to come on, have
your vehicle checked as soon as possible.
1
Charging System Service Soon
The charging system needs servicing. Have your vehicle immediately checked.
1
Charging System Service Now
The battery management system determines that the battery is at a low state of charge. Turn
the ignition off as soon as possible to protect the battery. The system clears this message once
you start your vehicle and the battery state of charge recovers. Turning off unnecessary electrical
loads allows for a faster battery state-of-charge recovery.
Turn Power Off To Save Battery
384
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Maintenance
DetailsMessage
Displays when the battery management system detects an extended low-voltage condition. The
system disables various vehicle features to help preserve the battery. Turn off as many of the
electrical loads as soon as possible to improve system voltage. If the system voltage recovers,
the disabled features will operate again as normal.
1
Electrical Power Saver Active Some
Features Turned Off See Manual
The battery management system determines that the 12V battery is at a low state of charge.
Start the engine to charge the battery or charge the battery using an aftermarket battery charger.
Always use the vehicle ground point when connecting the negative cable of the external battery
charger. See Jump Starting the Vehicle (page 351). This message clears once you restart your
vehicle and the battery state of charge has recovered. Do not switch on the ignition when a
battery charger is in use to charge the battery. To resolve the issue after the battery reset, start
and stop the vehicle three times. See Starting and Stopping the Engine (page 185).
2
12V battery State of charge low
1
Check Brake System message may also display.
2
Check Brake System message may also display. Start and stop the vehicle three times or charge the battery to clear the message. If the
message still appears, have the system checked as soon as possible.
ADJUSTING THE HEADLAMPS
Vertical Aim Adjustment
If your vehicle has been involved in a crash,
have the aim of the headlamp beam checked
by an authorized dealer.
385
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Maintenance
E142592
8 ft (2.4 m).A
Ground to the center of the
headlamp high beam bulb.
B
25 ft (7.6 m).C
Horizontal reference line.D
Vertical Aim Adjustment Procedure
1. Park your vehicle on level ground
approximately 25 ft (7.6 m) from a wall or
screen.
2. Measure the distance from the ground
to the center of the headlamp high beam
bulb and mark an 8 ft (2.4 m) long
horizontal reference line on the wall or
screen at this height.
Note: There may be an identifying mark on
the lens to help you locate the center line of
the headlamp high beam bulb.
Note: To see a clearer light pattern for
adjusting, you may want to block the light
from one headlamp while adjusting the
other.
3. Switch on the low beam headlamps and
open the hood.
E142465
4. On the wall or screen you will observe a
flat zone of high intensity light located at
the top of the beam pattern. If the top
edge of the flat zone of high intensity
light is not on the horizontal reference
line, adjust the aim of the headlamp
beam.
E292163
386
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Maintenance
5. Use a suitable tool, for example a
screwdriver or socket wrench, to turn the
adjuster clockwise or counterclockwise
to adjust the vertical aim of the
headlamp. The horizontal edge of the
brighter light should touch the horizontal
reference line.
6. Close the hood and switch off the lamps.
EXTERIOR BULBS
EXTERIOR BULB SPECIFICATION
CHART
Your vehicle has LED lamps. These are not
serviceable items. See an authorized dealer
if they fail.
INTERIOR BULBS
INTERIOR BULB SPECIFICATION
CHART
Your vehicle has LED lamps. These are not
serviceable items. See an authorized dealer
if they fail.
387
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Maintenance
CLEANING PRODUCTS
Materials
For best results, use the following products
or products of equivalent quality:
For additional information and assistance,
we recommend that you contact an
authorized dealer.
SpecificationName
Motorcraft® Bug and Tar Remover, ZC-42 (U.S. & Canada)
ESR-M5B194-BMotorcraft® Custom Bright Metal Cleaner, ZC-15 (U.S. & Canada)
ESR-M14P4-AMotorcraft® Detail Wash, ZC-3-A (U.S. & Canada)
ESR-M14P3-AMotorcraft® Engine Shampoo and Degreaser, ZC-20 (U.S.)
Motorcraft® Engine Shampoo, CXC-66-A (Canada)
Motorcraft® Premium Leather and Vinyl Cleaner, ZC-56 (U.S. & Canada)
Motorcraft® Multi-Purpose Cleaner, CXC-101 (Canada)
WSS-M14P19-AMotorcraft® Premium Windshield Wash Concentrate with Bitterant, ZC-32-B2 (U.S.)
WSS-M14P19-AMotorcraft® Premium Quality Windshield Washer Fluid, CXC-37-F/M (Canada)
Motorcraft® Professional Strength Carpet & Upholstery Cleaner, ZC-54 (U.S. & Canada)
ESR-M14P5-AMotorcraft® Premium Glass Cleaner, CXC-100 (Canada)
388
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Vehicle Care
SpecificationName
Motorcraft® Spot and Stain Remover, ZC-14 (U.S.)
ESR-M14P5-AMotorcraft® Ultra-Clear Spray Glass Cleaner, ZC-23 (U.S.)
Motorcraft® Wheel and Tire Cleaner, ZC-37-A (U.S. & Canada)
CLEANING THE EXTERIOR
CLEANING THE EXTERIOR
PRECAUTIONS
Immediately remove fuel spillages, additive
residuals, bird droppings, insect deposits
and road tar. These may cause damage to
your vehicle’s paintwork or trim over time.
Remove any exterior accessories, for
example antennas, before entering a car
wash.
CLEANING HEADLAMPS AND REAR
LAMPS
We recommend that you only use cold or
lukewarm water containing car shampoo to
clean the headlamps and the rear lamps.
Do not scrape the lamps.
Do not wipe lamps when they are dry.
CLEANING WINDOWS AND WIPER
BLADES
To clean the windshield and wiper blades:
• Clean the windshield with a non-abrasive
glass cleaner.
Note: When cleaning the interior of the
windshield, avoid getting any glass cleaner
on the instrument panel or door panels. Wipe
any glass cleaner off these surfaces
immediately.
• Clean the wiper blades with washer fluid
or water applied with a soft sponge or
cloth.
Note: Do not use razor blades or other
sharp objects to clean or remove decals from
the inside of the heated rear window. This
can cause damage not covered by the
vehicle Warranty.
389
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Vehicle Care
CLEANING CHROME, ALUMINIUM OR
STAINLESS STEEL
We recommend that you only use a car
shampoo, a soft cloth and water on bumpers
and other chrome, aluminium or stainless
steel parts.
Note: For additional information and
assistance, we recommend that you contact
an authorized dealer.
Note: Rinse the area well after cleaning.
Note: Do not use abrasive materials, for
example steel wool or plastic pads, as they
can scratch these surfaces.
Note: Do not use chrome cleaner, metal
cleaner or polish on wheels or wheel covers.
CLEANING WHEELS
Only use a recommended wheel and tire
cleaner to clean the wheels weekly. For
additional information and assistance, we
recommend that you contact an authorized
dealer.
1. Use a sponge to remove heavy deposits
of dirt and brake dust.
2. Rinse well after cleaning.
Note: Do not apply a cleaning chemical to
warm or hot wheel rims and covers.
If you intend on parking your vehicle for an
extended period after cleaning the wheels
with a wheel cleaner, drive your vehicle for
a few minutes before parking your vehicle.
This reduces the risk of corrosion of the
brake discs, brake pads and linings.
Do not clean the wheels when they are hot.
Note: Some car washes could damage
wheel rims and covers.
Note: Using non-recommended cleaners,
harsh cleaning products, chrome wheel
cleaners or abrasive materials could
damage wheel rims and covers.
CLEANING THE ENGINE
COMPARTMENT
Use a vacuum cleaner to remove debris from
the screen area below the windshield.
Note: If you are not familiar with the parts
around the engine do not wash the engine
compartment. Avoid frequent engine
washes.
When washing the engine compartment:
• Never wash or rinse the engine while it
is hot or running.
• Never wash or rinse any ignition coil,
spark plug wire or spark plug well.
• Cover the battery, power distribution box,
and air filter assembly to prevent water
damage.
Note: If your vehicle has an engine cover
remove the cover before application of
shampoo and degreaser.
• Spray an approved engine shampoo and
degreaser on all parts that require
cleaning and rinse with water.
Note: Follow the manufacturer's instructions
for using engine shampoo and degreaser.
390
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Vehicle Care
CLEANING STRIPES OR GRAPHICS
It is recommended to wash your vehicle by
hand however, pressure washing may be
used under the following conditions:
• Use a spray with a minimum of 40° wide
spray angle pattern.
• Keep the nozzle 12 in (30 cm) and at a
90° angle to your vehicle.
• Do not use water pressure higher than
1,000 psi (6,895 kPa).
• Do not use water hotter than 73°F (23°C).
Note: Holding the pressure washer nozzle
at an angle to the vehicle's surface may
damage graphics and cause the edges to
peel away.
CLEANING CAMERA LENSES AND
SENSORS
We recommend that you only use lukewarm
or cold water and a soft cloth to clean the
camera lens and sensors.
Note: Do not pressure wash camera lens
and sensors.
CLEANING THE UNDERBODY
Flush the complete underside of your vehicle
frequently. Keep body and door drain holes
free from packed dirt.
Rear suspension components and the
complete underbody will require regular
cleaning with a power washer or a thorough
rinse with a strong stream of water if the
vehicle is operated in coastal areas, dusty or
muddy environments. Rear leaf springs or
other suspension components may emit
squeaking or popping noises while operating
the vehicle if particles, such as dirt, rocks, or
other debris, are present in the components.
CLEANING THE INTERIOR
CLEANING THE INSTRUMENT PANEL
WARNING: Do not use chemical
solvents or strong detergents when
cleaning the steering wheel or instrument
panel to avoid contamination of the airbag
system.
We recommend that you only clean the
instrument panel and cluster lens with a
damp soft cloth. Dry the area with a clean,
soft cloth.
For additional information and assistance,
we recommend that you contact an
authorized dealer.
Note: Avoid cleaners or polishes that
increase the gloss of the upper portion of
the instrument panel. The dull finish in this
area helps protect you from undesirable
windshield reflection.
CLEANING PLASTIC
We recommend that you only use a mild
soap and water solution on a soft cloth. Dry
the area with a clean, soft cloth.
CLEANING DISPLAYS AND SCREENS
We recommend that you only use a
microfiber cloth in a circular motion to clean
off the fingerprint or dust.
391
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Vehicle Care
If dirt or fingerprints are still on the screen,
apply a small amount of alcohol to the cloth
and try to clean it again.
Note: Do not pour or spray alcohol onto the
touchscreen.
Note: Do not use detergent or any type of
solvent to clean the touchscreen.
CLEANING FABRIC
WARNING: On vehicles equipped
with seat-mounted airbags, do not use
chemical solvents or strong detergents.
Such products could contaminate the side
airbag system and affect performance of
the side airbag in a crash.
We recommend that you only clean fabric in
the following way:
1. Remove dust and loose dirt with a
vacuum cleaner.
2. Wipe the surface with a soft, damp cloth
and a mild soap and water solution. Dry
the area with a clean, soft cloth.
3. For additional information and assistance,
we recommend that you contact an
authorized dealer.
For heavy stains, spot clean the area. If a ring
forms on the fabric, clean the entire area
immediately, but do not oversaturate or the
ring could set.
CLEANING LEATHER
WARNING: On vehicles equipped
with seat-mounted airbags, do not use
chemical solvents or strong detergents.
Such products could contaminate the side
airbag system and affect performance of
the side airbag in a crash.
We recommend that you only clean the
leather surfaces in the following way:
1. Remove dust and loose dirt with a
vacuum cleaner.
2. Wipe the surface with a soft, damp cloth
and a mild soap and water solution. Dry
the area with a clean, soft cloth.
3. Make sure the leather is dry, then apply
a small amount of conditioner to a clean,
dry cloth.
4. Rub the conditioner into the leather until
it disappears. Allow the conditioner to
dry, then repeat the process for the entire
interior. If a film appears, wipe it off with
a dry, clean cloth.
5. For additional information and assistance,
we recommend that you contact an
authorized dealer.
CLEANING VINYL
WARNING: On vehicles equipped
with seat-mounted airbags, do not use
chemical solvents or strong detergents.
Such products could contaminate the side
airbag system and affect performance of
the side airbag in a crash.
We recommend that you only clean vinyl
surfaces in the following way:
1. Remove dust and loose dirt with a
vacuum cleaner.
392
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Vehicle Care
2. Wipe the surface with a soft, damp cloth
and a mild soap and water solution. Dry
the area with a clean, soft cloth.
3. For additional information and assistance,
we recommend that you contact an
authorized dealer.
CLEANING CARPETS AND FLOOR
MATS
We recommend that you only clean your
carpets in the following way:
1. Remove dust and loose dirt with a
vacuum cleaner.
2. Wipe the surface with a soft, damp cloth
and a mild soap and water solution. Dry
the area with a clean, soft cloth.
3. For additional information and assistance,
we recommend that you contact an
authorized dealer.
For heavy stains, spot clean the area. If a ring
forms on the fabric, clean the entire area
immediately, but do not oversaturate or the
ring could set.
We recommend that you only clean your
floor mats in the following way:
1. Remove dust and loose dirt with a
vacuum cleaner.
2. Wash rubber floor mats using mild soap
and lukewarm or cold water.
3. Completely dry the floor mat before
placing them back in your vehicle.
CLEANING SEATBELTS
WARNING: Do not use cleaning
solvents, bleach or dye on the vehicle's
seatbelts, as these actions may weaken
the belt webbing.
1. Wipe the surface with a soft, damp cloth
and a mild soap and water solution. Dry
the area with a clean, soft cloth.
CLEANING STORAGE
COMPARTMENTS
1. Remove dust and loose dirt with a
vacuum cleaner.
2. Wipe the surface with a soft, damp cloth
and a mild soap and water solution. Dry
the area with a clean, soft cloth.
CLEANING GLASS ROOF TRACKS
1. Remove debris from the tracks with a
vacuum cleaner.
2. Wipe the bulb seal and mating painted
roof metal surface with a soft, damp cloth
and a mild soap and water solution.
Note: The glass roof rail tracks are greased
to maintain proper functionality. Do not wipe
off the grease.
REPAIRING MINOR PAINT
DAMAGE
We recommend that you contact an
authorized dealer to identify your vehicle
color code. Authorized dealers have
touch-up paint to match your vehicle's color.
393
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Vehicle Care
Before repairing minor paint damage, use a
cleaner to remove particles such as bird
droppings, tree sap, insect deposits, tar
spots, road salt and industrial fallout.
Read the instructions before using cleaning
products.
WAXING YOUR VEHICLE
Wax the high-gloss painted surface of your
prewashed vehicle once or twice a year.
We recommend that you only use an
approved quality wax that does not contain
abrasives. Follow the manufacturer's
instructions to apply and remove the wax.
For additional information and assistance,
we recommend that you contact an
authorized dealer.
When washing and waxing, park your vehicle
in a shaded area out of direct sunlight.
Note: Avoid waxing unpainted or low-gloss
black colored parts, they discolor over time.
394
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Vehicle Care
PREPARING YOUR VEHICLE FOR
STORAGE
If you plan on storing your vehicle for 30
days or more, the following maintenance
recommendations ensures your vehicle stays
in good operating condition.
Under various conditions, long-term storage
may lead to degraded engine performance
or failure unless you use specific precautions
to preserve your vehicle.
General
• Store all vehicles in a dry, ventilated
place.
• If vehicles are stored outside, they
require regular maintenance to protect
against rust and weather damage.
• Make sure all linkages, cables, levers and
pins under your vehicle are covered with
grease to prevent rust.
• Move vehicles at least 25 ft (7.5 m) every
15 days to lubricate working parts and
prevent corrosion.
• Fill the fuel tank with high-quality fuel
until the first automatic shutoff of the fuel
pump nozzle.
Engine
• Change the engine oil and filter prior to
storage because used engine oil contains
contaminants which may cause engine
damage.
• Start the engine every 15 days for a
minimum of 15 minutes. Run at fast idle
with the climate controls set to defrost
until the engine reaches normal
operating temperature.
• With your foot on the brake, shift through
all the gears while the engine is running.
Body
• Wash your vehicle thoroughly to remove
dirt, grease, oil, tar or mud from exterior
surfaces, rear wheel housings and the
underside of front fenders.
• Periodically wash your vehicle if it is
stored in exposed locations.
• Touch-up exposed or primed metal to
prevent rust.
• Cover chrome and stainless steel parts
with a thick coat of auto wax to prevent
discoloration. Rewax as necessary when
you wash your vehicle.
• Lubricate all hood, door and luggage
compartment hinges and latches with a
light grade oil.
• Cover interior trim to prevent fading.
• Keep all rubber parts free from oil and
solvents.
395
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Storing Your Vehicle
12 Volt Battery
• When storing your vehicle for longer than
30 days the state of charge should be
approximately 50%. Additionally, we
recommend to disconnect the 12v battery
to reduce system loads on the battery,
or you can use a trickle charger for
longer storage periods.
• Check and recharge as necessary. Keep
connections clean.
Note: It is necessary to reset memory
features if you disconnect the battery cables.
Tires
• Maintain recommended air pressure.
• To minimize flat spots on the tires, inflate
all four tires to the recommended cold
pressures listed on the Safety
Compliance Certification label or Tire
Label affixed to your vehicle. When the
vehicle is taken out of storage, reset the
tire pressures as necessary to the
recommended levels listed on the Safety
Compliance Certification label or Tire
Label affixed to your vehicle.
Note: If you store your vehicle in a location
with low ambient temperatures, follow the
instructions for care of summer tires.
Brakes
Make sure the brakes and parking brake fully
release.
Note: If you intend on parking your vehicle
for an extended period after cleaning the
wheels with a wheel cleaner, drive your
vehicle for a few minutes before doing so to
reduce the risk of increased corrosion of the
brake discs, brake pads and linings.
REMOVING YOUR VEHICLE FROM
STORAGE
When your vehicle is ready to come out of
storage, do the following:
• We recommend that you change the
engine oil before you use your vehicle
again.
• Wash your vehicle to remove any dirt or
grease film build-up on window surfaces.
• Check windshield wipers for any
deterioration.
• Check the underhood for any foreign
materials such as mice or squirrel nests.
• Check the exhaust for any foreign
materials.
• Check tire pressures and set tire inflation
per the Tire Label.
• Check brake pedal operation. Corroded
brake rotors could cause brake noise.
Drive your vehicle and gently apply and
release the brakes repeatedly over a
10-minute drive to reduce the corrosion
from the brakes.
• Check fluid levels (including coolant, oil
and gas) to make sure there are no leaks,
and fluids are at recommended levels.
• If you remove the battery, clean the
battery cable ends and check for
damage.
Contact an authorized dealer if you have any
concerns or issues.
396
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Storing Your Vehicle
LOCATING THE TIRE LABEL
The tire label or safety certification label
is on the driver side B-pillar or the edge
of the driver door. It contains information
on the recommended front and rear tire
inflation pressures. See Locating the
Safety Compliance Certification Labels
(page 326).
DEPARTMENT OF
TRANSPORTATION UNIFORM TIRE
QUALITY GRADES
E142542
Tire Quality Grades apply to new
pneumatic passenger car tires. The
Quality grades can be found where
applicable on the tire sidewall between
tread shoulder and maximum section
width. For example: Treadwear 200
Traction AA Temperature A.
These Tire Quality Grades are
determined by standards that the United
States Department of Transportation has
set.
Tire Quality Grades apply to new
pneumatic passenger car tires. They do
not apply to deep tread, winter-type
snow tires, space-saver or temporary
use spare tires, light truck or LT type
tires, tires with nominal rim diameters of
10 to 12 inches or limited production tires
as defined in Title 49 Code of Federal
Regulations Part 575.104 (c)(2).
U.S. Department of Transportation Tire
quality grades: The U.S. Department of
Transportation requires us to give you
the following information about tire
grades exactly as the government has
written it.
Treadwear
The treadwear grade is a comparative
rating based on the wear rate of the tire
when tested under controlled conditions
on a specified government test course.
For example, a tire graded 150 would
wear 1½ times as well on the
government course as a tire graded 100.
The relative performance of tires
depends upon the actual conditions of
their use, however, and may depart
significantly from the norm due to
variations in driving habits, service
practices, and differences in road
characteristics and climate.
Traction AA A B C
WARNING: The traction grade
assigned to this tire is based on
straight-ahead braking traction tests,
and does not include acceleration,
cornering, hydroplaning or peak
traction characteristics.
397
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Wheel and Tire Information
The traction grades, from highest to
lowest are AA, A, B, and C. The grades
represent the tire’ s ability to stop on wet
pavement as measured under controlled
conditions on specified government test
surfaces of asphalt and concrete. A tire
marked C may have poor traction
performance.
Temperature A B C
WARNING: The temperature
grade for this tire is established for a
tire that is properly inflated and not
overloaded. Excessive speed,
underinflation, or excessive loading,
either separately or in combination,
can cause heat buildup and possible
tire failure.
The temperature grades are A (the
highest), B and C, representing the tire’ s
resistance to the generation of heat and
its ability to dissipate heat when tested
under controlled conditions on a
specified indoor laboratory test wheel.
Sustained high temperature can cause
the material of the tire to degenerate
and reduce tire life, and excessive
temperature can lead to sudden tire
failure. The grade C corresponds to a
level of performance which all
passenger car tires must meet under the
Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard
No. 139. Grades B and A represent
higher levels of performance on the
laboratory test wheel than the minimum
required by law.
INFORMATION ON THE TIRE
SIDEWALL
Both United States and Canada Federal
regulations require tire manufacturers
to place standardized information on the
sidewall of all tires. This information
identifies and describes the fundamental
characteristics of the tire and also
provides a U.S. DOT Tire Identification
Number for safety standard certification
and in case of a recall.
Information on P Type Tires
H
I
J
K
L
M
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
E142543
P215/65R15 95H is an example of a tire
size, load index and speed rating. The
definitions of these items are listed
below. (Note that the tire size, load index
and speed rating for your vehicle may
be different from this example.)
398
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Wheel and Tire Information
A. P: Indicates a tire, designated by the
Tire and Rim Association, that may be
used for service on cars, sport utility
vehicles, minivans and light trucks. Note:
If your tire size does not begin with a
letter this may mean it is designated by
either the European Tire and Rim
Technical Organization or the Japan Tire
Manufacturing Association.
B. 215: Indicates the nominal width of
the tire in millimeters from sidewall edge
to sidewall edge. In general, the larger
the number, the wider the tire.
C. 65: Indicates the aspect ratio which
gives the tire's ratio of height to width.
D. R: Indicates a radial type tire.
E. 15: Indicates the wheel or rim
diameter in inches. If you change your
wheel size, you will have to purchase
new tires to match the new wheel
diameter.
F. 95: Indicates the tire's load index. It
is an index that relates to how much
weight a tire can carry. You may find this
information in your owner’s manual. If
not, contact a local tire dealer.
Note: You may not find this information
on all tires because it is not required by
federal law.
G. H: Indicates the tire's speed rating.
The speed rating denotes the speed at
which a tire is designed to be driven for
extended periods of time under a
standard condition of load and inflation
pressure. The tires on your vehicle may
operate at different conditions for load
and inflation pressure. These speed
ratings may need to be adjusted for the
difference in conditions. The ratings
range from 81 mph (130 km/h) to
186 mph (300 km/h). These ratings are
listed in the following chart.
Note: You may not find this information
on all tires because it is not required by
federal law.
Speed ratingLetter rating
81 mph (130 km/h)M
87 mph (140 km/h)N
99 mph (160 km/h)Q
106 mph (170 km/h)R
112 mph (180 km/h)S
118 mph (190 km/h)T
124 mph (200 km/h)U
130 mph (210 km/h)H
149 mph (240 km/h)V
399
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Wheel and Tire Information
Speed ratingLetter rating
168 mph (270 km/h)W
186 mph (300 km/h)Y
Note: For tires with a maximum speed
capability over 149 mph (240 km/h), tire
manufacturers sometimes use the letters
ZR. For those with a maximum speed
capability over 186 mph (299 km/h), tire
manufacturers always use the letters
ZR.
H. U.S. DOT Tire Identification Number
(TIN): This begins with the letters DOT
and indicates that the tire meets all
federal standards. The next two
numbers or letters are the plant code
designating where it was manufactured,
the next two are the tire size code and
the last four numbers represent the
week and year the tire was built. For
example, the numbers 317 mean the 31st
week of 1997. After 2000, the numbers
go to four digits. For example, 2501
means the 25th week of 2001. The
numbers in between are identification
codes used for traceability. This
information is used to contact customers
if a tire defect requires a recall.
I. M+S or M/S: Mud and Snow, or
AT: All Terrain, or
AS: All Season.
J. Tire Ply Composition and Material
Used: Indicates the number of plies or
the number of layers of rubber-coated
fabric in the tire tread and sidewall. Tire
manufacturers also must indicate the ply
materials in the tire and the sidewall,
which include steel, nylon, polyester,
and others.
K. Maximum Load: Indicates the
maximum load in kilograms and pounds
that can be carried by the tire. See the
Safety Compliance Certification Label
(affixed to either the door hinge pillar,
door-latch post, or the door edge that
meets the door-latch post, next to the
driver's seating position), for the correct
tire pressure for your vehicle.
L. Treadwear, Traction and
Temperature Grades:
*Treadwear The treadwear grade is a
comparative rating based on the wear
rate of the tire when tested under
controlled conditions on a specified
government test course. For example,
a tire graded 150 would wear one and
one-half times as well on the
government course as a tire graded 100.
400
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Wheel and Tire Information
*Traction: The traction grades, from
highest to lowest are AA, A, B, and C.
The grades represent the tire's ability to
stop on wet pavement as measured
under controlled conditions on specified
government test surfaces of asphalt and
concrete. A tire marked C may have
poor traction performance.
*Temperature: The temperature grades
are A (the highest), B and C,
representing the tire's resistance to the
generation of heat and its ability to
dissipate heat when tested under
controlled conditions on a specified
indoor laboratory test wheel.
M. Maximum Inflation Pressure:
Indicates the tire manufacturers'
maximum permissible pressure or the
pressure at which the maximum load
can be carried by the tire. This pressure
is normally higher than the vehicle
manufacturer's recommended cold
inflation pressure which can be found
on the Safety Compliance Certification
Label (affixed to either the door hinge
pillar, door-latch post, or the door edge
that meets the door-latch post, next to
the driver's seating position), or Tire
Label which is located on the B-Pillar or
the edge of the driver’s door. The cold
inflation pressure should never be set
lower than the recommended pressure
on the vehicle label.
The tire suppliers may have additional
markings, notes or warnings such as
standard load or radial tubeless.
Additional Information Contained on
the Tire Sidewall for LT Type Tires
Note: Tire Quality Grades do not apply
to this type of tire.
A
B
C
B
D
E142544
LT type tires have some additional
information beyond those of P type tires;
these differences are described below.
A. LT: Indicates a tire, designated by the
Tire and Rim Association, that is
intended for service on light trucks.
401
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Wheel and Tire Information
B. Load Range and Load Inflation
Limits: Indicates the tire's load-carrying
capabilities and its inflation limits.
C. Maximum Load Dual lb (kg) at psi
(kPa) cold: Indicates the maximum load
and tire pressure when the tire is used
as a dual, defined as four tires on the
rear axle (a total of six or more tires on
the vehicle).
D. Maximum Load Single lb (kg) at psi
(kPa) cold: Indicates the maximum load
and tire pressure when the tire is used
as a single, defined as two tires (total)
on the rear axle.
Information on T Type Tires
T145/80D16 is an example of a tire size.
Note: The temporary tire size for your
vehicle may be different from this
example. Tire Quality Grades do not
apply to this type of tire.
A
B
C
D
E
E142545
T type tires have some additional
information beyond those of P type tires;
these differences are described below:
A. T: Indicates a type of tire, designated
by the Tire and Rim Association, that is
intended for temporary service on cars,
sport utility vehicles, minivans and light
trucks.
B. 145: Indicates the nominal width of
the tire in millimeters from sidewall edge
to sidewall edge. In general, the larger
the number, the wider the tire.
C. 80: Indicates the aspect ratio which
gives the tire's ratio of height to width.
Numbers of 70 or lower indicate a short
sidewall.
D. D: Indicates a diagonal type tire.
R: Indicates a radial type tire.
E. 16: Indicates the wheel or rim
diameter in inches. If you change your
wheel size, you will have to purchase
new tires to match the new wheel
diameter.
402
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Wheel and Tire Information
GLOSSARY OF TIRE
TERMINOLOGY
*Tire label: A label showing the original
equipment tire sizes, recommended
inflation pressure and the maximum
weight the vehicle can carry.
*Tire Identification Number (TIN): A
number on the sidewall of each tire
providing information about the tire
brand and manufacturing plant, tire size
and date of manufacture. Also referred
to as DOT code.
*Inflation pressure: A measure of the
amount of air in a tire.
*Standard load: A class of P-metric or
Metric tires designed to carry a
maximum load at set pressure. For
example: For P-metric tires 35 psi
(2.4 bar) and for Metric tires 36 psi
(2.5 bar). Increasing the inflation
pressure beyond this pressure will not
increase the tire’s load carrying
capability.
*Extra load: A class of P-metric or Metric
tires designed to carry a heavier
maximum load at 42 psi (2.9 bar).
Increasing the inflation pressure beyond
this pressure will not increase the tire’s
load carrying capability.
*kPa: Kilopascal, a metric unit of air
pressure.
*PSI: Pounds per square inch, a standard
unit of air pressure.
*Cold tire pressure: The tire pressure
when the vehicle has been stationary
and out of direct sunlight for an hour or
more and prior to the vehicle being
driven for 1 mi (1.6 km).
*Recommended inflation pressure: The
cold inflation pressure found on the
Safety Compliance Certification Label
(affixed to either the door hinge pillar,
door-latch post, or the door edge that
meets the door-latch post, next to the
driver's seating position), or Tire Label
located on the B-Pillar or the edge of the
driver door.
* B-pillar: The structural member at the
side of the vehicle behind the front door.
*Bead area of the tire: Area of the tire
next to the rim.
* Sidewall of the tire: Area between the
bead area and the tread.
*Tread area of the tire: Area of the
perimeter of the tire that contacts the
road when mounted on the vehicle.
*Rim: The metal support (wheel) for a
tire or a tire and tube assembly upon
which the tire beads are seated.
TIRE REPLACEMENT
REQUIREMENTS
Your vehicle is equipped with tires
designed to provide a safe ride and
handling capability.
403
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Wheel and Tire Information
WARNING: Only use
replacement tires and wheels that are
the same size, load index, speed
rating, and type as those originally
provided for your vehicle. The
recommended tire and wheel sizes
can be found on the Tire Label on the
driver side door frame or the edge of
the driver door. If this information is
not found in those locations, or for
additional options, contact your
authorized dealer. Use of any tire or
wheel not recommended, could affect
the safety and performance of your
vehicle, which could result in an
increased risk of loss of vehicle
control, vehicle rollover, personal
injury and death.
WARNING: To reduce the risk of
serious injury, when mounting
replacement tires and wheels, you
should not exceed the maximum
pressure indicated on the sidewall of
the tire to set the beads without
additional precautions listed below. If
the beads do not seat at the maximum
pressure indicated, re-lubricate and
try again.
WARNING: For a mounting
pressure more than 20 psi (1.38 bar)
greater than the maximum pressure,
a Ford dealer or other tire service
professional should do the mounting.
WARNING: Always inflate steel
carcass tires with a remote air fill with
the person inflating standing at a
minimum of 12 ft (3.66 m) away from
the wheel and tire assembly.
WARNING: Only use the
specified jacking points. If you use any
other locations you could damage
vehicle components, such as brake
lines.
WARNING: When inflating the
tire for mounting pressures up to
20 psi (1.38 bar) greater than the
maximum pressure on the tire sidewall,
the following precautions must be
taken to protect the person mounting
the tire:
• Make sure that you have the correct
tire and wheel size.
• Lubricate the tire bead and wheel
bead seat area again.
• Stand at a minimum of 12 ft (3.66 m)
away from the wheel and tire
assembly.
• Use both eye and ear protection.
Important: Remember to replace the
wheel valve stems when the road tires
are replaced on your vehicle.
404
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Wheel and Tire Information
It is recommended that the two front
tires or two rear tires generally be
replaced as a pair if the worn tires still
have usable depth.
To avoid potential All-Wheel Drive (AWD)
malfunction or (AWD) system damage,
it is recommended to replace all four
tires rather than mixing significantly worn
tires with new tires.
The tire pressure sensors mounted in
the wheels (originally installed on your
vehicle) are not designed to be used in
aftermarket wheels.
The use of wheels or tires not
recommended may affect the operation
of your tire pressure monitoring system.
If the tire pressure monitoring system
indicator is flashing, your system is
malfunctioning. Your replacement tire
might be incompatible with your tire
pressure monitoring system, or some
component of the system may be
damaged.
Age
WARNING: Tires degrade over
time depending on many factors such
as weather, storage conditions, and
conditions of use (load, speed, inflation
pressure) the tires experience
throughout their lives.
In general, tires should be replaced
after six years regardless of tread
wear. However, heat caused by hot
climates or frequent high loading
conditions can accelerate the aging
process and may require tires to be
replaced more frequently.
You should replace your spare tire
when you replace the road tires or
after six years due to aging even if it
has not been used.
U.S. DOT Tire Identification Number
Both United States and Canada Federal
regulations require tire manufacturers
to place standardized information on the
sidewall of all tires. This information
identifies and describes the fundamental
characteristics of the tire and also
provides a U.S. DOT Tire Identification
Number for safety standard certification
and in case of a recall.
This begins with the letters DOT and
indicates that the tire meets all federal
standards. The next two numbers or
letters are the plant code designating
where it was manufactured, the next two
are the tire size code and the last four
numbers represent the week and year
the tire was built. For example, the
numbers 317 mean the 31st week of
1997. After 2000, the numbers go to four
digits. For example, 2501 means the
25th week of 2001. The numbers in
between are identification codes used
for traceability. This information is used
to contact customers if a tire defect
requires a recall.
405
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Wheel and Tire Information
USING SNOW CHAINS
WARNING: Do not exceed 30 mph
(50 km/h). Failure to follow this instruction
could result in the loss of control of your
vehicle, personal injury or death.
WARNING: Do not use snow chains
on snow-free roads.
WARNING: Only fit snow chains to
specified tires.
WARNING: If your vehicle is fitted
with wheel trims, remove them before
fitting snow chains.
WARNING: Wheels and tires must
be the same size, load index and speed
rating as those originally fitted on the
vehicle. Use of any other tire or wheel can
affect the safety and performance of your
vehicle. Additionally, the use of
non-recommended tires and wheels can
cause steering, suspension, axle, transfer
case or power transfer unit failure. Follow
the recommended tire inflation pressures
found on the Safety Compliance
Certification label, or the Tire Label on the
B-Pillar or the edge of the driver door.
Failure to follow this instruction could result
in loss of vehicle control, vehicle rollover,
or personal injury or death.
Only use snow chains on rear wheels. Install
snow chains in pairs. Do not use
self-tensioning snow chains.
Only use snow chains on the following
specified tire sizes:
• 255/55R20
• Only install chains that are 10 mm or
less.
We recommend you use steel wheels of the
same size and specification if snow chains
are required because chains may chip
aluminum wheels.
Follow these guidelines when using snow
tires and traction devices:
• If possible, avoid fully loading your
vehicle.
• Purchase snow chains from a
manufacturer that clearly labels body to
tire dimension restrictions.
• When driving with snow chains do not
exceed 30 mph (50 km/h) or the
maximum speed recommended by the
chain manufacturer, whichever is less.
• Drive cautiously. If you hear the snow
chains rub or bang against the vehicle,
stop and tighten them. If this does not
work, remove the snow chains to prevent
vehicle damage.
• Remove the snow chains when they are
no longer needed. Do not use snow
chains on dry roads.
• If a temporary spare wheel is mounted
on your vehicle, do not use snow chains
on the axle with the temporary spare
wheel.
• Use snow chains that fit against the
sidewall of the tire to prevent the chains
from touching the wheel rims or
suspension, see following illustration.
406
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Wheel and Tire Information
E292547
If you have any questions regarding snow
chains, contact your authorized dealer.
407
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Wheel and Tire Information
CHECKING THE TIRE PRESSURES
Safe operation of your vehicle requires
that your tires are properly inflated.
Every day before you drive, check your
tires.
At least once a month and before long
trips, inspect each tire and check the tire
pressure with a tire gauge. Inflate all
tires to the recommended inflation
pressure. See Inflating the Tires (page
408).
INFLATING THE TIRES
WARNING: Under-inflation is the
most common cause of tire failures
and may result in severe tire cracking,
tread separation or blowout, with
unexpected loss of vehicle control and
increased risk of injury. Under-inflation
increases sidewall flexing and rolling
resistance, resulting in heat buildup
and internal damage to the tire. It also
may result in unnecessary tire stress,
irregular wear, loss of vehicle control
and accidents. A tire can lose up to
half of its air pressure and not appear
to be flat!
WARNING: Do not use the tire
pressure displayed in the information
display as a tire pressure gauge.
Failure to follow this instruction could
result in personal injury or death.
Use the recommended cold inflation
pressure for optimum tire performance
and wear. Under-inflation or
over-inflation may cause uneven
treadwear patterns.
Inflate your tires to the recommended
inflation pressure even if it is less than
the maximum inflation pressure
information found on the tire. You can
find the tire label with the recommended
tire inflation pressure next to the tire size
on the B-Pillar or the edge of the driver
door.
The recommended tire inflation pressure
is also found on the Safety Compliance
Certification Label, affixed to either the
door hinge pillar, door-latch post, or the
door edge that meets the door-latch on
the B-pillar, or on the edge of the driver
door.
Failure to follow the tire pressure
recommendations can cause uneven
treadwear patterns and adversely affect
the way your vehicle handles.
Checking Pressure when tires are hot:
If pressures are checked after tires have
been driven for more than three minutes
or more than 1 mile, (2 km) the tires
become hot and the pressures will
increase by approximately 4 psi (27.6
kPa). Therefore when the tire pressure
is adjusted under these conditions, it
should be increased to a gauge reading
of 4 psi (27.6 kPa) greater than the
recommended cold inflation pressure.
After inflating the tires while hot, make
sure to recheck tire pressure later once
the tires are cold.
408
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Tire Care
For Example Only
33 psi (230 kPa)Gauge reading of
hot tire
32 psi (220 kPa)If recommended,
cold inflation pres-
sure is
The hot tire pressure is only 1 psi (10
kPa) greater than the recommended
cold inflation pressure. Therefore, add
3 psi (20 kPa) more to increase the hot
pressure to 4 psi (30 kPa) over the
recommended cold inflation pressure.
36 psi (250 kPa)New hot pressure
INSPECTING THE TIRE FOR WEAR
E142546
When the tread is worn down to 2/32
inch (1.6 mm), tires must be replaced to
help prevent your vehicle from skidding
and hydroplaning. Built-in treadwear
indicators, or wear bars, which look like
narrow strips of smooth rubber across
the tread will appear on the tire when
the tread is worn down to 2/32 inch (1.6
mm).
When the tire tread wears down to the
same height as these wear bars, the tire
is worn out and must be replaced.
The tires should also be balanced
periodically. An unbalanced tire and
wheel assembly may result in irregular
tire wear.
Periodically inspect the tire treads for
uneven or excessive wear and remove
objects such as stones, nails or glass
that may be wedged in the tread
grooves.
INSPECTING THE TIRE FOR
DAMAGE
Inspect the tire sidewalls for cracking,
cuts, bruises and other signs of damage
or excessive wear. If internal damage to
the tire is suspected, have the tire
dismounted and inspected in case it
needs to be repaired or replaced. For
your safety, tires that are damaged or
show signs of excessive wear should
not be used because they are more
likely to blow out or fail.
409
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Tire Care
Periodically inspect the tire treads and
sidewalls for damage, such as bulges in
the tread or sidewalls, cracks in the
tread groove and separation in the tread
or sidewall. If damage is observed or
suspected, have the tire inspected by a
tire professional.
Safety Practices
WARNING: If your vehicle is
stuck in snow, mud or sand, do not
rapidly spin the tires; spinning the tires
can tear the tire and cause an
explosion. A tire can explode in as little
as three to five seconds.
WARNING: Do not spin the
wheels at over 34 mph (55 km/h). The
tires may fail and injure a passenger
or bystander.
HIGH SPEED DRIVING CAN BE
DANGEROUS
Correct inflation pressure is especially
important. However, at high speeds,
even with the correct inflation pressure,
a road hazard for example is more
difficult to avoid and if contact is made,
has a greater chance of causing tire
damage than at a lower speed.
Moreover, driving at high speed reduces
the reaction time available to avoid
accidents and bring your vehicle to a
safe stop.
If you see any damage to a tire or wheel,
replace it with the spare at once and visit
a participating Tire Retailer.
Exceeding the maximum speeds shown
on the following page for each type of
tire will cause the tire to build up
excessive heat which can cause tire
damage that could result in sudden tire
destruction and rapid air loss. Failure to
control a vehicle when one or more tires
experience a sudden air loss can lead
to an accident.
In any case, you should not exceed
reasonable speeds as indicated by the
legal limits and driving conditions.
DO NOT OVERLOAD: DRIVING ON
ANY OVERLOADED TIRE IS
DANGEROUS
The maximum load rating of your tires
is molded on the tire sidewall. Do not
exceed this rating. Follow the loading
instructions of the manufacturer of your
vehicle and this will ensure that your
tires are not overloaded. Tires which are
loaded beyond their maximum allowable
loads for the particular application will
build up excessive heat that may result
in sudden tire destruction. Do not
exceed the gross axle weight rating for
any axle on your vehicle.
410
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Tire Care
TIRE ALTERATIONS
Do not make or allow to be made any
alterations on your tires. Alterations may
prevent proper performance, leading to
tire damage which can result in an
accident. Tires which become
unserviceable due to alterations such
as truing, whitewall inlays, addition of
balancing or sealant liquids, or the use
of tire dressing containing petroleum
distillates are excluded from warranty
coverage.
REPAIRS - WHEREVER POSSIBLE, SEE
YOUR TIRE RETAILER AT ONCE
If any tire sustains a puncture, have the
tire demounted and thoroughly
inspected by a tire retailer for possible
damage that may have occurred. A tread
area puncture in any passenger or light
truck tire can be repaired provided that
the puncture hole is not more than 1/4”
in diameter, not more than one radial
cable per casing ply is damaged, and
the tire has not been damaged further
by the puncturing object or by running
underinflated. Tire punctures consistent
with these guidelines should only be
repaired by following the US Tire
Manufacturers Association (USTMA)
recommended repair procedures.
Plug-only repairs done on-the-wheel are
considered improper and therefore, not
recommended. Such repairs are not
reliable and may cause further damage
to the tire.
STORAGE
Tires contain waxes and emollients to
protect their outer surfaces from ozone
and weather checking. As the tire rolls
and flexes, the waxes and emollients
continually migrate to the surface,
replenishing this protection throughout
the normal use of the tire. Consequently,
when tires sit unused for long periods
of time (a month or more) their surfaces
become dry and more susceptible to
ozone and weather checking and the
casing becomes susceptible to flat
spotting. For this reason, tires should
always be stored in a cool, dry, clean,
indoor environment. If storage is for
one month or more, eliminate the
weight from the tires by raising the
vehicle or by removing the tires from
the vehicle. Failure to store tires in
accordance with these instructions
could result in damage to your tires or
premature aging of the tires and
sudden tire failure.
When tires are stored, be sure they are
placed away from sources of heat and
ozone such as direct sunlight, hot pipes
and electric generators. Be sure that
surfaces on which tires are stored are
clean and free from grease, gasoline or
other substances, which could
deteriorate the rubber. Failure to store
tires in accordance with these
instructions could result in damage to
your tires or premature aging of the tires
and sudden tire failure.
411
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Tire Care
FOLLOW THESE MOUNTING
RECOMMENDATIONS
Tire changing can be dangerous and
must be done by professionally trained
persons using proper tools and
procedures as specified by the US Tire
Manufacturers Association (USTMA).
Single or dual assemblies must be
completely deflated before
demounting.
Your tires should be mounted on wheels
of correct size and type and which are
in good, clean condition. Wheels that
are bent, chipped, rusted (steel wheels)
or corroded (alloy wheels) may cause
tire damage. The inside of the tire must
be free from foreign material. Have your
retailer check the wheels before
mounting new tires. Mismatched tires
and rims can explode during mounting.
Also, mismatched tires and rims can
result in dangerous tire failure on the
road. If a tire is mounted by error on the
wrong-sized rim, do not remount it on
the proper rim - scrap it. It may have
been damaged internally (which is not
externally visible) by having been
dangerously stretched and could fail on
the highway.
Old valves may leak. When new
tubeless tires are mounted, have new
valves of the correct type installed.
Tubeless tires must only be mounted
on wheels designed for tubeless tires
i.e., wheels which have safety humps
or ledges.
It is recommended that you have your
tires and wheels balanced. Tires and
wheels, which are not balanced, may
cause steering difficulties, a bumpy ride,
and irregular tire wear.
Be sure that all your valves have
suitable valve caps. The valve cap is
the primary seal against air loss.
TEMPORARY SPARE TIRES
When using any temporary spare tire,
be sure to follow the vehicle
manufacturer’s instructions.
REMEMBER... TO AVOID DAMAGE TO
YOUR TIRES AND POSSIBLE
ACCIDENT:
• CHECK TIRE PRESSURE AT LEAST
ONCE EACH MONTH WHEN TIRES
ARE COLD AND BEFORE LONG
TRIPS.
• DO NOT
UNDERINFLATE/OVERINFLATE.
• DO NOT OVERLOAD.
• DRIVE AT MODERATE SPEEDS,
OBSERVE LEGAL LIMITS.
• AVOID DRIVING OVER POTHOLES,
OBSTACLES, CURBS OR EDGES OF
PAVEMENT.
• AVOID EXCESSIVE WHEEL
SPINNING.
• IF YOU SEE ANY DAMAGE TO A
TIRE, REPLACE WITH THE SPARE
AND VISIT ANY AUTHORIZED
RETAILER AT ONCE.
• IF YOU HAVE ANY QUESTIONS,
CONTACT YOUR AUTHORIZED
RETAILER.
412
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Tire Care
Highway Hazards
No matter how carefully you drive, there
is always the possibility that you could
eventually have a flat tire on the
highway. Drive slowly to the closest safe
area out of traffic. This could further
damage the flat tire, but your safety is
more important.
If you feel a sudden vibration or ride
disturbance while driving, or you suspect
your tire or vehicle has been damaged,
immediately reduce your speed. Drive
with caution until you can safely pull off
the road. Stop and inspect the tires for
damage. If a tire is under-inflated or
damaged, deflate it, remove the wheel
and replace it with your spare tire and
wheel. If you cannot detect a cause,
have the vehicle towed to the nearest
repair facility or tire dealer to have the
vehicle inspected.
Tire and Wheel Alignment
A bad jolt from hitting a curb or pothole
can cause the front end of your vehicle
to become misaligned or cause damage
to your tires. If your vehicle seems to
pull to one side when you are driving,
the wheels could be out of alignment.
Have an authorized dealer check the
wheel alignment periodically.
Wheel misalignment in the front or the
rear can cause uneven and rapid
treadwear of your tires and should be
corrected by an authorized dealer.
INSPECTING THE WHEEL VALVE
STEMS
Check the valve stems for holes, cracks,
or cuts that could permit air leakage.
TIRE ROTATION
WARNING: If the tire label shows
different tire pressures for the front and
rear tires and the vehicle has a tire
pressure monitoring system, then you need
to update the settings for the system
sensors. Always perform the system reset
procedure after tire rotation. If you do not
reset the system, it may not provide a low
tire pressure warning when necessary.
Rotating your tires at the recommended
interval will help your tires wear more evenly,
providing better tire performance and longer
tire life.
Note: If your tires show any uneven wear
have the alignment checked by an
authorized dealer before rotating tires.
Note: If you have a dissimilar spare wheel
and tire assembly, it is intended for
temporary use only and should not be used
in a tire rotation.
413
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Tire Care
Note: After having your tires rotated, inflation
pressure must be checked and adjusted to
the vehicle requirements.
Tire Rotation Diagram
Follow the diagram indicating the correct tire
locations for rotating the tires.
E142547
414
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Tire Care
WHAT IS THE TIRE PRESSURE
MONITORING SYSTEM
E139232
The tire pressure monitoring
system measures the vehicle's tire
pressures. A warning lamp
illuminates if one or more tires are
significantly underinflated or if there is a
system malfunction.
TIRE PRESSURE MONITORING
SYSTEM OVERVIEW
WARNING: Under-inflation is the
most common cause of tire failures and
may result in severe tire cracking, tread
separation or blowout, with unexpected
loss of vehicle control and increased risk
of injury. Under-inflation increases sidewall
flexing and rolling resistance, resulting in
heat buildup and internal damage to the
tire. It also may result in unnecessary tire
stress, irregular wear, loss of vehicle
control and accidents. A tire can lose up
to half of its air pressure and not appear
to be flat!
WARNING: To determine the
required pressure(s) for your vehicle, see
the Safety Compliance Certification Label
(on the door hinge pillar, door-latch post
or the door edge that meets the door-latch
post, next to the driver seat) or the Tire
Label on the B-Pillar or the edge of the
driver door.
Each tire, including the spare (if provided),
should be checked monthly when cold and
inflated to the inflation pressure
recommended by the vehicle manufacturer
on the vehicle placard or tire inflation
pressure label. (If your vehicle has tires of a
different size than the size indicated on the
vehicle placard or tire inflation pressure label,
you should determine the proper tire inflation
pressure for those tires).
As an added safety feature, your vehicle has
been equipped with a Tire Pressure
Monitoring System (TPMS) that illuminates a
low tire pressure telltale when one or more
of your tires is significantly under-inflated.
Accordingly, when the low tire pressure
telltale illuminates, you should stop and
check your tires as soon as possible, and
inflate them to the proper pressure. Driving
on a significantly under-inflated tire causes
the tire to overheat and can lead to tire
failure. Under-inflation also reduces fuel
efficiency and tire tread life, and may affect
the vehicle’s handling and stopping ability.
Please note that the TPMS is not a substitute
for proper tire maintenance, and it is the
driver’ s responsibility to maintain correct tire
pressure, even if under-inflation has not
reached the level to trigger illumination of
the TPMS low tire pressure telltale.
415
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Tire Pressure Monitoring System
Your vehicle has also been equipped with a
TPMS malfunction indicator to indicate when
the system is not operating properly. The
TPMS malfunction indicator is combined with
the low tire pressure telltale. When the
system detects a malfunction, the telltale will
flash for approximately one minute and then
remain continuously illuminated. This
sequence will continue upon subsequent
vehicle start-ups as long as the malfunction
exists.
When the malfunction indicator is illuminated,
the system may not be able to detect or
signal low tire pressure as intended. TPMS
malfunctions may occur for a variety of
reasons, including the installation of
replacement or alternate tires or wheels on
the vehicle that prevent the TPMS from
functioning properly. Always check the TPMS
malfunction telltale after replacing one or
more tires or wheels on your vehicle to
ensure that the replacement or alternate tires
and wheels allow the TPMS to continue to
function properly.
WARNING: Changes or modifications
not expressively approved by the party
responsible for compliance could void the
user's authority to operate the equipment.
The term "IC:" before the radio certification
number only signifies that Industry Canada
technical specifications were met.
This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC
Rules and with License exempt RSS
Standards of Industry Canada. Operation is
subject to the following two conditions:
1. This device may not cause harmful
interference, and
2. This device must accept any interference
received, including interference that may
cause undesired operation.
TIRE PRESSURE MONITORING
SYSTEM PRECAUTIONS
WARNING: The tire pressure
monitoring system is not a substitute for
manually checking tire pressures. You
should periodically check tire pressures
using a pressure gauge. Failure to correctly
maintain tire pressures could increase the
risk of tire failure, loss of control, vehicle
rollover and personal injury.
WARNING: Do not use the tire
pressure displayed in the information
display as a tire pressure gauge. Failure to
follow this instruction could result in
personal injury or death.
Note: The use of tire sealants can damage
the tire pressure monitoring system.
Note: If the tire pressure monitor sensor
becomes damaged it may not function.
416
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Tire Pressure Monitoring System
TIRE PRESSURE MONITORING
SYSTEM LIMITATIONS
When the outside temperature drops
significantly, the tire pressure could decrease
and activate the low tire pressure warning
lamp.
The warning lamp could also illuminate when
you use a spare wheel, or tire sealant from
the inflator kit.
Note: Regularly checking the vehicle tire
pressures can reduce the possibility for the
warning lamp to illuminate due to outside
air temperature changes.
Note: After you inflate the tires to the
recommended pressure it could take up to
two minutes of driving over 20 mph (32 km/h)
for the warning indicator to turn off.
VIEWING THE TIRE PRESSURES
E250820
To view the current tire pressures, use
the information display or touchscreen.
TIRE PRESSURE MONITORING
SYSTEM – TROUBLESHOOTING
TIRE PRESSURE MONITORING
SYSTEM – WARNING LAMPS
E139232
The low tire pressure warning lamp
has combined functions, as it
warns you when your tires need
air, and when the system is no longer
capable of functioning as intended.
417
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Tire Pressure Monitoring System
Action RequiredPossible CauseWarning Lamp
After inflating your tires to the manufacturer’s recommended
pressure as shown on the tire label, on the edge of driver door
or the B-pillar, drive your vehicle for at least two minutes over
20 mph (32 km/h) before the light turns off.
One or more tires are significantly under
inflated
Solid warning lamp
Repair the damaged road wheel and tire and refit it to your vehicle
to restore operation of the system.
Temporary spare wheel in useSolid warning lamp or flashing
warning lamp
If the tires are inflated to the recommended tire pressures and
the temporary spare wheel is not in use, the system detected a
fault that requires service. Have your vehicle checked as soon
as possible.
Tire pressure monitoring system
malfunction
418
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Tire Pressure Monitoring System
TIRE PRESSURE MONITORING SYSTEM – INFORMATION MESSAGES
ActionMessage
After inflating your tires to the manufacturer’s recommended pressure as shown on the tire label,
on the edge of the driver door or the B-pillar, drive your vehicle for at least two minutes over
20 mph (32 km/h) before the light turns off.
Tire Pressure Low
The system has detected a fault that requires service. Have your vehicle checked as soon as
possible.
Tire Pressure Monitor Fault
The system has detected a fault that requires service or a spare tire is in use. Have your vehicle
checked as soon as possible.
Tire Pressure Sensor Fault
419
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Tire Pressure Monitoring System
CHANGING A FLAT TIRE
If you get a flat tire when driving, do not
apply the brake heavily. Instead, gradually
decrease your speed, hold the steering
wheel firmly and slowly move to a safe place
on the side of the road.
Have a flat serviced by an authorized dealer
in order to prevent damage to the tire
pressure monitoring system sensors. Replace
the spare tire with a road tire as soon as
possible. During repairing or replacing of the
flat tire, have the authorized dealer inspect
the tire pressure monitoring system sensor
for damage.
Note: Only use tire sealants in roadside
emergencies as they may damage the tire
pressure monitoring system sensor.
Note: The tire pressure monitoring system
indicator light illuminates when the spare
tire is in use. To restore the full functionality
of the tire pressure monitoring system, all
road wheels equipped with tire pressure
monitoring sensors must be mounted on the
vehicle.
Dissimilar Spare Wheel and Tire
Assembly Information
WARNING: Failure to follow these
guidelines could result in an increased risk
of loss of vehicle control, injury or death.
If you have a dissimilar spare wheel and tire,
then it is intended for temporary use only.
This means that if you need to use it, you
should replace it as soon as possible with a
road wheel and tire assembly that is the
same size and type as the road tires and
wheels that were originally provided by us.
If the dissimilar spare tire or wheel is
damaged, replace it rather than repair it.
A dissimilar spare wheel and tire assembly
is defined as a spare wheel and tire assembly
that is different in brand, size or appearance
from the road tires and wheels and can be
one of three types:
1. T-type mini-spare: This spare tire begins
with the letter T for tire size and may have
Temporary Use Only molded in the sidewall.
2. Full-size dissimilar spare with label on
wheel: This spare tire has a label on the
wheel that states: THIS WHEEL AND TIRE
ASSEMBLY FOR TEMPORARY USE ONLY.
When driving with one of the dissimilar spare
tires listed above, do not:
• Exceed 50 mph (80 km/h).
• Load the vehicle beyond maximum
vehicle load rating listed on the Safety
Compliance Label.
• Tow a trailer.
• Use snow chains on the end of the
vehicle with the dissimilar spare tire.
• Use more than one dissimilar spare tire
at a time.
• Use commercial car washing equipment.
• Try to repair the dissimilar spare tire.
Use of one of the dissimilar spare tires listed
above at any one wheel location can
compromise any of the following:
• Handling, stability and braking
performance.
• Comfort and noise.
• Ground clearance and parking at curbs.
420
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Changing a Road Wheel
• Winter weather driving capability.
• Wet weather driving capability.
• All-wheel driving capability.
3. Full-size dissimilar spare without label
on wheel.
When driving with the full-size dissimilar
spare wheel and tire assembly, do not:
• Exceed 70 mph (113 km/h).
• Use more than one dissimilar spare
wheel and tire assembly at a time.
• Use commercial car washing equipment.
• Use snow chains on the end of the
vehicle with the dissimilar spare wheel
and tire assembly.
Using a full-size dissimilar spare wheel and
tire assembly can compromise the
effectiveness of the following:
• Handling, stability and braking
performance.
• Comfort and noise.
• Ground clearance and parking at curbs.
• Winter weather driving capability.
• Wet weather driving capability.
• All-wheel driving capability.
When driving with the full-size dissimilar
spare wheel and tire assembly additional
caution should be given to:
• Towing a trailer.
• Driving vehicles equipped with a camper
body.
• Driving vehicles with a load on the cargo
rack.
Drive cautiously when using a full-size
dissimilar spare wheel and tire assembly and
seek service as soon as possible.
Tire Change Procedure
WARNING: The jack supplied with
this vehicle is only intended for changing
a flat tire in an emergency. Do not attempt
to do any other work on your vehicle when
it is supported by the jack, as your vehicle
could slip off the jack. Failure to follow this
instruction could result in personal injury
or death.
WARNING: To help prevent your
vehicle from moving when changing a
wheel, shift the transmission into park (P),
set the parking brake and use an
appropriate block or wheel chock to
secure the wheel diagonally opposite to
the wheel being changed. For example,
when changing the front left wheel, place
an appropriate block or wheel chock on
the right rear wheel.
WARNING: Only use the jack
provided as original equipment with your
vehicle.
WARNING: Failure to follow these
guidelines could result in an increased risk
of loss of vehicle control, injury or death.
WARNING: Only use the specified
jacking points. If you use any other
locations you could damage vehicle
components, such as brake lines.
WARNING: Never place anything
between the vehicle jack and your vehicle.
421
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Changing a Road Wheel
WARNING: Never place anything
between the vehicle jack and the ground.
WARNING: Do not attempt to change
a tire on the side of the vehicle close to
moving traffic. Pull far enough off the road
to not obstruct the flow of traffic and avoid
the danger of being hit when operating the
jack or changing the wheel.
Note: Passengers should not remain in your
vehicle when the vehicle is being jacked.
Note: Jack at the specified locations to avoid
damage to the vehicle.
E166722
Note: No maintenance or additional
lubrication of your jack is required over the
service life of your vehicle.
1. Park on a level surface, set the parking
brake and switch on the hazard flashers.
2. Apply the parking brake, place the
transmission in park (P) and turn the
engine off.
3. If your vehicle is equipped with air
suspension, use the touchscreen to
switch on the Air Suspension Service
Mode prior to jacking. See Switching
Service Mode On and Off (page 333).
E142551
4. Block the wheel diagonally opposite the
flat tire. For example, if the left front tire
is flat, block the right rear wheel.
E288598
5. Unfold the third row seat if it is in the
stowed position, then remove the
carpeted cargo area to access the spare
tire and jack storage compartment.
6. Turn the wing nut securing the spare tire
counterclockwise, remove the wing nut.
422
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Changing a Road Wheel
7. Remove the spare tire, jack and wrench
from the spare tire storage compartment
under the trunk load floor.
E175694
8. Turn the hex nut on the jack
counterclockwise to remove the lug
wrench from jack. This lowers the jack
and loosens the mechanical lock.
E181744
9. Unfold the wrench for use.
E288597
10. Remove the strap from the jack.
1
E181745
2
11. Loosen each wheel lug nut one-half
turn counterclockwise. Do not remove
them until the flat tire is raised off the
ground.
423
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Changing a Road Wheel
E145908
12. Find the jacking points shown here,
small arrow-shaped marks on the sills
show the location of the jacking points.
E307860
13. If your vehicle is equipped with running
boards the jacking points are marked
on the front and rear of the running
board.
E310613
14. Place the jack at the jacking point next
to the tire which you are changing. Turn
the lug wrench handle clockwise until
the flat tire is completely off the ground.
E201156
15. Remove the lug nuts with the lug
wrench.
16. Replace the flat tire with the spare tire,
making sure the valve stem is facing
outward.
17. Install the lug nuts snug against the
hub. Do not fully tighten the lug nuts
until the vehicle is lowered.
18. Turn the wrench handle
counterclockwise to lower the vehicle
completely.
424
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Changing a Road Wheel
1
2
3
4
5
E306781
19. Remove the jack and fully tighten the
lug nuts in the order shown. See Wheel
Nuts (page 427).
20. If you enabled the Air Suspension
Service Mode, switch the mode off prior
to driving.
21. Remove the wheel blocks.
Stowing the jack
E176165
1. To store the folded wrench on the jack,
engage the bracket of the jack base and
the lug wrench pin, swing the wrench
upwards, adjust jack height until the
wrench hook engages the hole on jack.
Tighten the hex nut clockwise by hand
until secure.
2. Place the jack in the spare tire
compartment, install the wing nut and
tighten clockwise by hand until secure.
Stowing the flat tire
You cannot store the full-sized road wheel
in the temporary spare tire well.
1. Find the flat tire retainer strap tucked
inside the jack channel. Lower the
carpeted load floor.
2. Stow the flat tire in the cargo area on the
load floor with the wheel facing up.
Secure the flat tire with the retainer strap
by following the next steps.
E142906
3. Locate the rear left side and right side
cargo tie-down rings. Push the loop end
of the retainer strap through one cargo
tie-down ring. Thread the non-loop end
through the loop.
4. Weave the retainer strap through the
wheel openings.
425
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Changing a Road Wheel
E294325
5. Locate the front cargo tie-down in the
opposite rear corner of the cargo area.
Thread the retainer strap through the
tie-down and pull tight.
E143746
6. Secure the flat tire by tying two half hitch
knots.
426
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Changing a Road Wheel
WHEEL NUTS
Wheel Lug Nut Torque Specifications
WARNING: When you install a wheel, remove any corrosion, dirt or foreign materials present on the mounting surfaces of the wheel
or the surface of the wheel hub, brake drum or brake disc that contacts the wheel. Make sure to secure any fasteners that attach the rotor
to the hub so they do not interfere with the mounting surfaces of the wheel. Installing wheels without following these steps can cause the
wheel nuts to loosen and the wheel to come off while your vehicle is in motion, resulting in loss of vehicle control, personal injury or death.
lb.ft (Nm)
*
Bolt size
150 lb.ft (204 Nm)M14 x 1.5
*
Torque specifications are for nut and bolt threads free of dirt and rust. Use only our recommended replacement fasteners.
Retighten the lug nuts to the specified torque within 100 mi (160 km) after any wheel disturbance (such as tire rotation, changing a flat tire,
wheel removal).
427
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Changing a Road Wheel
E145950
Wheel pilot boreA
Inspect the wheel pilot bore and mounting
surface prior to installation. Remove any
visible corrosion or loose particles.
428
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Changing a Road Wheel
ENGINE SPECIFICATIONS
3.0LEngine
9.5:1Compression ratio.
180 in³ (2,956 cm³)Displacement.
1-4-2-5-3-6Firing order.
Coil on plugIgnition system.
0.028–0.031 in (0.7–0.8 mm)Spark plug gap.
429
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Capacities and Specifications
MOTORCRAFT PARTS
Part NumberComponent
FA-1884Air filter.
FL-2062-AOil filter.
BAGM-94RH7-800
Battery.
1
SP-594Spark plug.
FP-90Cabin air filter.
WW-2618-HWindshield wiper blade.
WW-2619-RA (refill driver side)
WW-2115-H
WW-2116-RA (refill passenger side)
WW-1111-ARear window wiper blade.
1
See your authorized dealer for correct replacement.
We recommend Motorcraft replacement parts available at your authorized dealer or at fordparts.com for scheduled maintenance. These parts
engineered for your vehicle meet or exceed our specifications. Use of other parts could impact vehicle performance, emissions and durability.
Your warranty could be void for any damage related to use of other parts.
430
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Capacities and Specifications
ENGINE OIL CAPACITY AND
SPECIFICATION
Use oil that meets the defined specification
and viscosity grade.
If you do not use oil that meets the defined
specification and viscosity grade, it could
result in:
• Component damage that your vehicle
warranty does not cover.
• Longer engine cranking periods.
• Increased emission levels.
• Reduced vehicle performance.
• Reduced fuel economy.
E142732
An oil that displays this symbol conforms to
current engine, emission system and fuel
economy performance standards of ILSAC.
We recommend Motorcraft motor oil for your
vehicle. If Motorcraft oil is not available, use
motor oils of the recommended viscosity
grade that display the API Certification Mark
for gasoline engines.
Do not use supplemental engine oil additives
because they are unnecessary and could
lead to engine damage that your vehicle
warranty does not cover.
Capacities
Including the Oil FilterVariant
6.0 qt (5.7 L)All.
431
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Capacities and Specifications
Materials
SpecificationName
WSS-M2C961-A1Motorcraft® SAE 5W-30 Motor Oil(U.S.)
Motorcraft® SAE 5W-30 Motor Oil / Huile moteur SAE 5W-30 Motorcraft®(Canada)
XO-5W30-Q1SP, XO-5W30-Q1FS(U.S.)
CXO-5W30-LSP6, CXO-5W30-LFS6(Canada)
Alternative Engine Oil for Extremely
Cold Climates
To improve engine cold start performance,
we recommend that you use the following
alternative engine oil in extremely cold
climates, where the ambient temperature
reaches -22.0°F (-30°C) or below.
Materials
SpecificationName
WSS-M2C963-A1Engine Oil - SAE 0W-30
432
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Capacities and Specifications
E240523
Note: If you use your vehicle regularly above
the altitude of 5,000 ft (1,524 m) and under
the temperature of -4.0°F (-20°C), it is
recommended to use the alternative engine
oil.
COOLING SYSTEM CAPACITY AND
SPECIFICATION
Use coolant that meets the defined
specification.
If you do not use coolant that meets the
defined specification, it could result in:
• Component damage that your vehicle
warranty does not cover.
• Reduced vehicle performance.
Capacities
QuantityVariant
18.0 qt (17 L)With rear heat.
15.5 qt (14.7 L)Without rear heat.
433
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Capacities and Specifications
Materials
SpecificationName
WSS-M97B57-A2Motorcraft® Yellow Prediluted Antifreeze/Coolant(U.S.)
Motorcraft® Yellow Prediluted Antifreeze/Coolant / Antigel/liquide de refroidissement
prédilué jaune Motorcraft®(Canada)
VC-13DL-G(U.S.)
CVC-13DL-G(Canada)
FUEL TANK CAPACITY
Capacities
QuantityVariant
20.2 gal (76.5 L)All.
434
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Capacities and Specifications
AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM
CAPACITY AND SPECIFICATION
WARNING: The air conditioning
refrigerant system contains refrigerant
under high pressure. Only qualified
personnel should service the air
conditioning refrigerant system. Opening
the air conditioning refrigerant system can
cause personal injury.
Use refrigerant and oil that meets the defined
specifications.
If you do not use refrigerant and oil that
meets the defined specifications, it could
result in:
• Component damage that your vehicle
warranty does not cover.
• Reduced vehicle performance.
Capacities
Refrigerant oilRefrigerantVariant
5.41 fl oz (160 ml)35 oz (0.99 kg)All.
Materials
SpecificationName
WSS-M17B21-AR-1234yf Refrigerant(U.S.)
R-1234yf Refrigerant / Frigorigène R-1234yf(Canada)
YN-33-A(U.S.)
HS7Z-19B519-BA(Canada)
WSS-M2C300-A2Motorcraft® R-1234yf Refrigerant PAG Oil(U.S.)
Motorcraft® R-1234yf Refrigerant PAG Oil / Huile PAG pour frigorigène R-1234yf
Motorcraft®(Canada)
YN-35(U.S. & Canada)
435
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Capacities and Specifications
WASHER FLUID SPECIFICATION
Capacities
QuantityVariant
Fill as required.All.
Materials
SpecificationName
WSS-M14P19-AMotorcraft® Premium Windshield Wash Concentrate with Bitterant(U.S.)
Motorcraft® Premium Quality Windshield Washer Fluid -35 °C / Liquide lave-glace
de haute qualité -35 °C Motorcraft®(Canada)
ZC-32-B2(U.S.)
CXC-37-M(Canada)
AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION
FLUID CAPACITY AND
SPECIFICATION
436
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Capacities and Specifications
Materials
SpecificationName
WSS-M2C949-A,Motorcraft® MERCON® ULV Automatic Transmission Fluid(U.S.)
Motorcraft® MERCON® ULV Automatic Transmission Fluid / MERCON® ULV huile
pour boîtes automatique Motorcraft®(Canada)
XT-12-QULV(U.S. & Canada)
Note: Only use transmission fluid that
conforms to the defined specification. Use
of other fluids could result in vehicle damage
not covered by the vehicle warranty.
BRAKE FLUID SPECIFICATION
Use fluid that meets the defined specification
and viscosity grade.
If you do not use fluid that meets the defined
specification and viscosity grade, it could
result in:
• Component damage that your vehicle
warranty does not cover.
• Reduced brake performance.
Note: We recommend you use Dot 4 Low
Viscosity (LV) High Performance Brake Fluid
meeting WSS-M6C65-A2 specifications or
ISO 4925 Class 6 standards. If you use any
fluid other than the recommended fluid, it
could cause reduced brake performance
and not meet our performance standards.
Keep brake fluid clean and dry.
Contamination with dirt, water, petroleum
products or other materials could result in
brake system damage and possible failure.
Capacities
QuantityVariant
Fill as required.All.
437
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Capacities and Specifications
Materials
SpecificationName
WSS-M6C65-A2Motorcraft® DOT 4 LV High Performance Motor Vehicle Brake Fluid(U.S.)
Motorcraft® DOT 4 LV High Performance Motor Vehicle Brake Fluid / Liquide de
frein automobile haute performance DOT 4 LV Motorcraft®(Canada)
PM-20(U.S. & Canada)
TRANSFER CASE FLUID CAPACITY
AND SPECIFICATION
Use fluid that meets the defined specification
and viscosity grade.
If you do not use fluid that meets the defined
specification and viscosity grade, it could
result in:
• Component damage that your vehicle
warranty does not cover.
• Reduced vehicle performance.
Capacities
QuantityVariant
1.1 qt (1 L)Four-wheel drive.
438
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Capacities and Specifications
Materials
SpecificationName
WSS-M2C938-AMotorcraft® MERCON® LV Automatic Transmission Fluid(U.S.)
Motorcraft® MERCON® LV Automatic Transmission Fluid / Huile pour boîte auto-
matique MERCON® LV Motorcraft®(Canada)
XT-10-QLVC(U.S.)
CXT-10-LV6(Canada)
FRONT AXLE FLUID CAPACITY
AND SPECIFICATION
Use fluid that meets the defined specification
and viscosity grade.
If you do not use fluid that meets the defined
specification and viscosity grade, it could
result in:
• Component damage that your vehicle
warranty does not cover.
• Reduced vehicle performance.
Capacities
QuantityVariant
0.6 qt (0.6 L)Four-wheel drive.
439
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Capacities and Specifications
Materials
SpecificationName
WSL-M2C192-AMotorcraft® SAE 75W-140 Synthetic Rear Axle Lubricant(U.S.)
Motorcraft® SAE 75W-140 Synthetic Rear Axle Lubricant / Lubrifiant synthétique
pour pont arrière SAE 75W-140 Motorcraft®(Canada)
XY-75W140-QL(U.S.)
CXY-75W140-1L(Canada)
REAR AXLE FLUID CAPACITY AND
SPECIFICATION
Use fluid that meets the defined specification
and viscosity grade.
If you do not use fluid that meets the defined
specification and viscosity grade, it could
result in:
• Component damage that your vehicle
warranty does not cover.
• Reduced vehicle performance.
Capacities
QuantityVariant
60.9 fl oz (1.8 L)All.
440
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Capacities and Specifications
Materials
SpecificationName
WSS-M2C942-AMotorcraft® SAE 75W-85 Premium Synthetic Hypoid Gear Lubricant(U.S.)
Motorcraft® SAE 75W-85 Premium Synthetic Hypoid Gear Lubricant / Huile
synthétique de haute qualité pour engrenages hypoïdes SAE 75W-85 Motor-
craft®(Canada)
XY-75W85-QL(U.S. & Canada)
441
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Capacities and Specifications
VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION NUMBER
LOCATING THE VEHICLE
IDENTIFICATION NUMBER
The vehicle identification number is on the
left-hand side of the instrument panel.
E311767
Note: In the illustration, XXXX is
representative of your vehicle identification
number.
VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION NUMBER
OVERVIEW
The vehicle identification number contains
the following information:
E142477
World manufacturer identifier.A
Brake system, gross vehicle weight
rating, restraint devices and their
locations.
B
Make, vehicle line, series, body
type.
C
Engine or motor type.D
Check digit.E
Model year.F
Assembly plant.G
Production sequence number.H
442
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Vehicle Identification
WHAT IS A CONNECTED VEHICLE
A connected vehicle has technology that
allows your vehicle to connect to a mobile
network and for you to access a range of
features. When used in conjunction with the
Lincoln Way app, it could allow you to
monitor and control your vehicle further, for
example checking the tire pressures, and
the vehicle location. For additional
information, refer to the local Lincoln website.
CONNECTED VEHICLE
REQUIREMENTS
Connected service and related feature
functionality requires a compatible vehicle
network.
Some remote features require additional
service activation. Log in to your Lincoln
account for details. Some restrictions, third
party terms and message or data rates may
apply.
CONNECTED VEHICLE
LIMITATIONS
Evolving technology, cellular networks, or
regulations could affect functionality and
availability, or continued provision of some
features. These changes could even stop
some features from functioning.
CONNECTING THE VEHICLE TO A
MOBILE NETWORK
WHAT IS THE MODEM
The modem allows access to a
range of features built into your
vehicle.
ENABLING AND DISABLING THE
MODEM
1. From the settings menu, press Network
& Internet. See Center Display (page
456).
2. Switch Vehicle Connectivity on or off.
CONNECTING LINCOLN WAY TO THE
MODEM
1. Make sure that the modem is enabled
using the vehicle settings menu.
2. Open the Lincoln Way app on your
device and log in.
3. Add your vehicle or select your vehicle
if already added.
4. Select the option to activate your vehicle.
5. Make sure that the name on the screen
matches the name shown in your Lincoln
Way account.
6. Confirm that your Lincoln Way account
is connected to the modem.
CONNECTING THE VEHICLE TO A
WI-FI NETWORK
1. From the settings menu, press Network
& Internet. See Center Display (page
456).
2. Press Wi-Fi.
3. Switch Wi-Fi on.
443
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Connected Vehicle
4. Select an available Wi-Fi network.
Note: Enter the network password to
connect to a secure network.
CONNECTED VEHICLE SETTINGS
From the settings menu, press Privacy and
Data Sharing.
You can adjust several settings, such as:
• Share vehicle data.
• Share vehicle location.
• Share driving data.
Note: Depending on your vehicle, different
options may be available.
Note: Editing connectivity settings could
result in some features not operating
correctly or at all. When you edit connectivity
settings, pop-up messages may appear to
notify you that services will not work without
that setting. If you switch a feature on,
pop-up messages could appear informing
you of the settings that will be turned on.
Some features, for example driver assistance
features, use map data. We recommend
having all connected vehicle settings
enabled to allow the map content to be
updated to the latest version.
E366956
Press the button next to a menu
option for more information.
CONNECTED VEHICLE –
TROUBLESHOOTING
CONNECTED VEHICLE – FREQUENTLY
ASKED QUESTIONS
Why can I not confirm the connection
of my Lincoln Way account to the
modem?
• The modem is not enabled. Switch
vehicle connectivity on.
• The network signal is weak. Move your
vehicle closer to a place where the
network signal is not obstructed.
444
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Connected Vehicle
Why can I not connect to a Wi-Fi
network?
• You entered the wrong network
password. Enter the correct password.
• The network signal is weak. Move your
vehicle closer to the Wi-Fi router or to a
place where the network signal is not
obstructed.
• There are multiple access points in range
with the same network name. Choose a
unique name for your network. Do not
use the default name unless it contains
a unique identifier, for example, as part
of the MAC address.
Why does the Wi-Fi connection
disconnect after successful
connection?
• The network signal is weak. Move your
vehicle closer to the Wi-Fi router or to a
place where the network signal is not
obstructed.
What can I do if I am close to a Wi-Fi
router but the network signal strength
is weak?
• If your vehicle has a heated windshield,
position your vehicle so that the
windshield is not facing the Wi-Fi router.
• If your vehicle has metallic tinting on the
windows but not on the windshield,
position your vehicle so that the
windshield is facing the Wi-Fi router or
open the windows that are facing the
router.
• If your vehicle has metallic tinting on the
windows and the windshield, open the
windows that are facing the router.
• If your vehicle is in a garage and you
have the garage door closed, open the
garage door as it could block the signal.
Why can I not see a network I expect
to see in the list of available networks?
• The network is hidden. Make the network
visible and try again, or manually add a
network in the Wi-Fi settings menu.
• Some network security types are not
supported, for example, WEP.
Why do software downloads take too
long?
• The network signal is weak. Move your
vehicle closer to the Wi-Fi router or to a
place where the network signal is not
obstructed.
• Wi-Fi network is in high demand or has
a slow Internet connection. Use a more
reliable Wi-Fi network.
445
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Connected Vehicle
Why does the software not update
when the system seems to connect to
a Wi-Fi network and the signal strength
is excellent?
• No software update is available at this
time.
• Select automatic updates option in the
settings menu to enable automatic
software update or contact an authorized
dealer.
• There could be a connection problem.
Test the network using another device.
446
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Connected Vehicle
SETTING UP A VEHICLE HOTSPOT
With a data plan, your hotspot can provide
devices in and around your vehicle with Wi-Fi
data.
Note: A mobile device is required to
complete hotspot setup.
1. From the apps menu, press Hotspot. See
Center Display (page 456).
2. Connect your device to the vehicle
hotspot by scanning the code on the
touchscreen with your device or following
the text instructions on the touchscreen.
Activating a Trial or Purchasing a Data
Plan
1. Connect a device to your vehicle hotspot.
The vehicle network carrier’s service
activation website opens on your device.
Note: If the website does not open, open a
new website and it redirects to the vehicle
network carrier’s website.
2. Follow the instructions on the carrier
portal to purchase a plan or start a trial.
Note: Visit the vehicle network carrier’s
website to purchase more data.
Note: Hotspot services are subject to your
vehicle network carrier agreement, coverage
and availability.
VEHICLE HOTSPOT SETTINGS
You can change the following in the vehicle
hotspot settings menu:
• Vehicle hotspot name or password.
• Vehicle hotspot frequency.
Changing the Vehicle Hotspot Name
or Password
The hotspot information can only be updated
once you activate the hotspot.
1. From the apps menu, press Hotspot. See
Center Display (page 456).
2. Press settings.
3. Press Network name.
4. Enter your required network name.
5. Press Enter.
6. Press Password.
7. Enter your required password.
8. Press Enter.
Changing the Vehicle Hotspot
Frequency
The vehicle hotspot frequency band is
selectable depending upon your device
capabilities. You cannot connect your device
to the vehicle hotspot if it does not support
the selected frequency band.
1. From the apps menu, press Hotspot. See
Center Display (page 456).
2. Press settings.
3. Press Frequency.
4. Select a frequency.
447
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Vehicle Hotspot
VEHICLE HOTSPOT –
TROUBLESHOOTING
VEHICLE HOTSPOT – FREQUENTLY
ASKED QUESTIONS
Why can I not see the vehicle hotspot
name when I search for Wi-Fi networks
on my cell phone or other device?
• Make sure the vehicle hotspot is
switched on.
• Make sure hidden network is switched
off under the hotspot security menu.
• Check what frequency the hotspot is
transmitting in the vehicle hotspot
settings menu. If the frequency is 5 GHz
and your device cannot see the network,
change the frequency to 2.4 GHz.
How do I remove the vehicle from the
vehicle network carrier's account?
• Contact your vehicle network carrier.
448
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Vehicle Hotspot
AUDIO SYSTEM PRECAUTIONS
WARNING: Driving while distracted
can result in loss of vehicle control, crash
and injury. We strongly recommend that
you use extreme caution when using any
device that may take your focus off the
road. Your primary responsibility is the safe
operation of your vehicle. We recommend
against the use of any hand-held device
while driving and encourage the use of
voice-operated systems when possible.
Make sure you are aware of all applicable
local laws that may affect the use of
electronic devices while driving.
Listening to loud audio for long periods of
time could damage your hearing.
SWITCHING THE AUDIO UNIT ON
AND OFF
Press the button on the volume
control.
SELECTING THE AUDIO SOURCE
Home Screen View
From the apps menu, press your preferred
audio source.
Note: Available audio sources are listed on
the Apps menu.
Now Playing View
Press the Audio Source dropdown menu and
scroll through the audio sources.
MEDIA CONTROL BUTTONS
Press to play a track. Press again
to pause the track.
Note: Not all sources can be paused.
Press the button to skip to the next
track.
Press and hold the button to fast
forward through the track.
Press the button once to return to
the beginning of a track.
Repeatedly press the button to
return to previous tracks.
Press and hold the button to fast rewind
through the track.
Press the button on the
touchscreen to switch shuffle
mode on or off.
Note: Not all sources have shuffle mode.
Press the button on the
touchscreen to change repeat
mode.
Note: Not all sources have repeat mode.
449
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Audio System
ADJUSTING THE VOLUME
E248939
Turn to adjust the volume.
Some vehicles may be able to adjust the
volume using buttons on the steering wheel.
SETTING A MEMORY PRESET
1. Select a station or channel.
2. Press and hold a memory preset button
on the touchscreen.
Note: The audio mutes briefly while the
system saves the preset and returns once it
is stored.
Note: You can save presets from multiple
sources to the memory preset bar.
ADJUSTING THE SOUND
SETTINGS
1. From the settings menu, press Sound.
See Center Display (page 456).
From the menu, you can adjust the following:
• Tone.
• Balance and fade.
• Speed compensated volume.
• Occupancy mode/Sound mode.
• Volume settings.
Note: Depending on your vehicle options,
not all settings are available.
SETTING THE CLOCK AND DATE
Switching Automatic Time Updates On
and Off
1. From the settings menu, press System.
See Center Display (page 456).
2. Press Date & Time.
3. Switch Time Zone Automatically on or
off.
Note: The Select Time Zone option is not
available if Time Zone Auto Mode is
switched on.
Note: By default 12-hour or 24-hour mode
are available.
Note: The AM and PM options are not
available if 24-hour mode is on.
AM/FM RADIO
AM/FM RADIO LIMITATIONS
The further you travel from an AM or FM
station, the weaker the signal and the weaker
the reception.
450
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Audio System
Hills, mountains, tall buildings, bridges,
tunnels, freeway overpasses, parking
garages, dense tree foliage and
thunderstorms can interfere with the
reception.
When you pass a ground-based broadcast
repeating tower, a stronger signal may
overtake a weaker one and result in the
audio system muting.
SELECTING AN AM/FM RADIO
STATION
Manually Selecting a Radio Station
E356421
Press the button on the radio tuner
to go up the frequency band.
E356422
Press the button on the radio tuner
to go down the frequency band.
Using Seek
Press to seek the next station up
the frequency band.
Press and hold to quickly seek up the
frequency band.
Press to seek the next station
down the frequency band.
Press and hold to quickly seek down the
frequency band.
Using the Station List
1. Press the search button on the radio
screen.
2. Press a radio station from the list.
DIGITAL RADIO (IF EQUIPPED)
WHAT IS DIGITAL RADIO
HD Radio™ technology is the digital evolution
of analog FM radio.
For additional information, visit
www.HDRadio.com.
HD Radio Technology is manufactured under
license from iBiquity Digital Corporation and
foreign patents. HD Radio and the HD and
HD Radio logos are proprietary trademarks
of XPERI. The vehicle manufacturer and
XPERI are not responsible for the content
sent using HD Radio technology. Content
may be changed, added or deleted at any
time at the station owner's discretion.
HOW DOES DIGITAL RADIO WORK
Your system has a special receiver that
allows it to receive digital broadcasts in
addition to analog broadcasts.
HD1 signifies the main programming status
and is available in both analog and digital
broadcasts. Other multicast stations are only
available digitally and could contain new or
different content.
Note: When the system first receives an HD1
station, it plays the station in the analog
version until it verifies the station is an HD
Radio station. Then it shifts to the digital
version.
451
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Audio System
Note: There is an audio mute delay when
switching to an HD2 or HD3 station because
the system has to reacquire and decode the
digital signal.
DIGITAL RADIO LIMITATIONS
If you are outside the reception area, the
system could not work.
If you are on the fringe of the reception area,
the station could mute due to weak signal
strength.
Note: If you are listening to HD1, the system
changes back to the analog broadcast until
the digital broadcast is available again. If
you are listening to any other multicast
channels, the station mutes and stays muted
unless it is able to connect to the digital
signal again.
Depending on the station quality, you could
hear a slight sound change when the station
changes between analog and digital audio.
You cannot access a saved HD station if your
vehicle is outside the station’s reception
area.
SWITCHING DIGITAL RADIO
RECEPTION ON AND OFF
1. From the apps menu, press AM or FM.
See Center Display (page 456).
2. Press Settings.
3. Switch HD radio on or off.
DIGITAL RADIO INDICATORS
HD Radio Indicator
The indicator appears when HD Radio is on
and you tune to a station broadcasting HD
Radio technology.
E142616
The color of the indicator changes to indicate
the system status.
Gray indicates the system is acquiring a
digital station.
Orange indicates digital audio is playing.
Multicast Indicator
The multicast indicator appears if the current
station is broadcasting multiple digital
broadcasts. The highlighted numbers
indicate additional digital channels available.
Note: For stations that have more than one
HD multicast, the HD indicator and radio text
appears as a button. Press the button to
cycle through all of the HD stations on that
specific frequency.
SATELLITE RADIO (IF EQUIPPED)
WHAT IS SATELLITE RADIO
Your factory-installed SiriusXM radio system
includes a limited subscription term, which
begins on the date of sale or lease of your
vehicle. See an authorized dealer for
availability.
452
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Audio System
For additional information about extended
subscription terms, visit www.SiriusXM.com
in the United States, www.SiriusXM.ca in
Canada, or call SiriusXM at 1-888-539-7474.
Note: SiriusXM reserves the unrestricted
right to change, rearrange, add or delete
programming including canceling, moving
or adding particular channels, and its prices,
at any time, with or without notice to you.
Neither SiriusXM and its affiliates nor Ford
Motor Company and its affiliates will be
liable to you or any third party for any such
modification, suspension or termination.
SATELLITE RADIO LIMITATIONS
For optimal reception performance, keep the
antenna clear of snow and ice build-up and
keep luggage and other material as far away
from the antenna as possible. Placing
luggage over the antenna may reduce
performance. Factory-installed and
aftermarket vehicle structures including, but
not limited to, roof racks and soft top roofs
in a partially open position could reduce
reception performance.
Hills, mountains, tall buildings, bridges,
tunnels, freeway overpasses, parking
garages, dense tree foliage and
thunderstorms can interfere with your
reception.
When you pass a ground-based
broadcast-repeating tower, a stronger signal
may overtake a weaker one and could result
in the audio system muting. Your display
could show an error message to indicate the
interference.
LOCATING THE SATELLITE RADIO
IDENTIFICATION NUMBER
1. Select SiriusXM as the audio source.
2. Tune to channel 0.
SELECTING A CHANNEL
Manually Selecting a Channel
E328569
E328570
Press the button to find the
previous or next available radio
channel.
Linear Tuner
The linear tuner is displayed when manually
selecting a channel. You can swipe left or
right on the linear tuner carousel to navigate
through the channel list. Tap on a channel
title to listen to it.
Using Direct Tune
1. Press the channel up or down button to
open the linear tuner screen.
2. Press Direct Tune to open the number
pad.
3. Enter the channel you prefer.
Using Seek
Press either button.
Using the Channel List
1. Press Browse.
2. Select a channel.
453
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Audio System
SATELLITE RADIO SETTINGS
Subscription
Your subscription status is displayed. You
can subscribe or manage your subscription
directly from the touchscreen.
SiriusXM Favorites
While you are listening to SiriusXM, you can
save favorites by:
• Tapping the currently tuned channel or
show logo on the SiriusXM audio screen.
• Tuning to a channel or show you want to
save as a favorite. Navigate to the
SiriusXM Favorites screen and press the
Add Current button. The currently tuned
channel or show is saved as a favorite.
• Saving a radio preset. This saves the
currently tuned SiriusXM channel or show
as a favorite
Note: Requires a trial or active subscription
to use.
Listening History
Listening history is a list of recently listened
to SiriusXM content. You can view, manage
and reset the listening history using the
controls on the touchscreen.
Note: Requires a trial or active subscription
to use.
Help and Support
You can contact SiriusXM Customer Care
directly from the operating system and view
information required to manage your
SiriusXM account.
SETTING AN ALERT
E343640
Set a notification for the current
song, artist, or sports team by
pressing the icon. The system
alerts you when it plays again on any
channel. Selecting this button allows you to
enable and edit alerts.
Note: Notifications can be switched on or
off and edited in the satellite radio settings.
454
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Audio System
IDENTIFYING THE REAR
PASSENGER AUDIO CONTROLS
E356495
Note: Depending on your vehicle option
package, the controls may look different
from what you see here.
E100027
Press the icon on the touchscreen
to access the audio control
features.
SWITCHING THE REAR
PASSENGER AUDIO CONTROLS
ON AND OFF
Press the button on the
touchscreen.
SELECTING THE AUDIO SOURCE
Press the Source button to open the media
source menu.
You can press the Source button multiple
times to change the audio source or scroll
through the media sources.
PLAYING AND PAUSING THE
AUDIO SOURCE
Press the button to pause
playback. Press again to resume
playback.
Note: Not all sources can be paused.
ADJUSTING THE VOLUME
E356421
Press the buttons on the
touchscreen to adjust the volume
for the rear passenger audio.
E356422
SWITCHING SHUFFLE MODE ON
AND OFF
Press the button on the
touchscreen to switch shuffle
mode on or off.
Note: Not all sources have shuffle mode.
SWITCHING REPEAT MODE ON
AND OFF
Press the button on the
touchscreen to switch repeat mode
on or off.
Note: Not all sources have repeat mode.
CHANGING THE RADIO STATION
In radio mode, select a frequency
band and press and release either
button. The system stops at the
first station it finds in that direction.
455
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Rear Passenger Audio Controls
CENTER DISPLAY OVERVIEW
WARNING: Driving while distracted
can result in loss of vehicle control, crash
and injury. We strongly recommend that
you use extreme caution when using any
device that may take your focus off the
road. Your primary responsibility is the safe
operation of your vehicle. We recommend
against the use of any hand-held device
while driving and encourage the use of
voice-operated systems when possible.
Make sure you are aware of all applicable
local laws that may affect the use of
electronic devices while driving.
For your safety, features that are not critical
while driving are not available when the
vehicle is moving at or above 5 mph (8 km/h).
Note: Illustrations are provided for
conceptual understanding only and may
appear differently on your vehicle.
E402723
Home screen.A
Controls. See Controls (page 457).B
Apps. See Apps (page 457).C
Android Auto or Apple CarPlay.
See Switching Android Auto On
and Off (page 467). See Switching
Apple CarPlay On and Off (page
467).
D
Status bar. See Status Bar (page
456).
E
Climate control. See Climate
Control (page 144).
F
E366956
If you see this icon, press it for
more information.
E405501
If you see this icon, press it to open
the settings menu for the app or
feature.
E398203
If you see this icon, press it to
search within that app or feature.
STATUS BAR
The following icons can appear in the status
bar.
Notification Center
E394894
Press to view notifications.
E394895
Unread notifications available.
Press to view notifications.
Device Signal
E394899
Device signal strength.
E394901
R
Device signal roaming.
456
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Center Display
E394900
Device signal not available.
Vehicle Signal
E335292
Data unavailable or disabled.
Wi-Fi connected.
E394893
Wi-Fi not connected.
E394896
Wi-Fi connected, internet
unavailable.
Vehicle signal strength.
Vehicle signal roaming.
E394897
Vehicle signal not available.
Privacy
Vehicle location sharing on.
E394608
Microphone active.
APPS
E394609
Press to see a list of apps. To open
an app, select the app.
You can download additional apps on your
vehicle through Google Play. To download
additional apps, make sure your vehicle is in
park (P), connected to the internet and
signed in to an active personal Google
account.
When you start an app through the system
for the first time, you could be asked to grant
certain permissions. You can review and
change the permissions at any time when
your vehicle is not moving. We recommend
that you check the app provider's terms and
conditions and privacy policy before using
their app. Make sure that you have an active
account for apps that you want to use
through the system. Some apps work with
no setup. Others require you to configure
personal settings and enable data
connectivity before you can use them.
Customizing the Apps Screen
1. Press and hold an app.
2. Drag the app to a new location.
CONTROLS
E394611
Press to open the controls screen
where you can turn common
features off and on.
Customizing the Controls Screen
1. Press and hold a control tile.
2. Drag the control tile to a new location.
457
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Center Display
SETTINGS
E405451
From the apps menu, press to
open the settings app.
You can change the display language and
other measurement units under the System
menu.
E366956
If you see this icon next to a menu
option, press it for more
information.
E405501
If you see this icon in the top
corner, press it to open the
settings for that app or feature.
REBOOTING THE CENTER DISPLAY
1. Press and hold the audio system power
button for 10 seconds.
458
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Center Display
WHAT IS VOICE INTERACTION
Voice Interaction allows you to control
vehicle features using conversational
requests.
SETTING YOUR DEFAULT
ASSISTANT
You can set your default assistant to Google
Assistant or Alexa Built-In.
1. From the settings menu, press Assistant
& voice. See Center Display (page 456).
2. Press Digital assistant app.
3. Select the digital assistant you prefer.
ALEXA BUILT-IN
Alexa Built-In allows you to use Alexa in your
vehicle for auto-specific use cases on the
road and gives you access to an
ever-evolving number of skills that help to
make your life more productive, entertaining,
and connected while using your vehicle.
Alexa Built-In Requirements
To use Alexa, all of the following must occur:
• Your vehicle modem is enabled.
• You are signed in to an existing Amazon
account.
• Vehicle connectivity and vehicle data
sharing is enabled.
Signing In to Your Account
1. Open the app menu.
2.
E368039
Press the button and follow the
on-screen prompts to sign in to your
account.
Note: You can also sign in to Alexa via the
settings menu.
Signing Out of Your Account
1.
E405501
From the Alexa screen, press
the button.
2. Press Sign Out.
Using Alexa Built-In
Alexa can be used in three ways:
1. Say Alexa.
Note: Alexa must be set as your default
assistant and the wake word must be
enabled.
2.
E142599
Press the voice interaction
button on the steering wheel and then
say Alexa to invoke Alexa to start
listening.
Note: Alexa must be set as your default
assistant.
3.
E368039
From the Alexa app screen,
press the button.
You can use Alexa for the following and
more:
• Entertainment.
• Hands-free calling.
• Traffic and navigation.
• Vehicle controls.
459
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Voice Interaction
• Smart home device control.
• Weather and news information.
You can adjust the following settings in the
touchscreen:
• Enable or disable the wake word.
• Enable or disable contact list sharing for
connected phones.
• Learn more about what you can do with
Alexa by browsing the things to try.
• Set the default assistant setting.
GOOGLE ASSISTANT
Google Assistant allows you to use your
voice to perform everyday tasks. You can
make calls, get directions, play music, and
control certain functions of your vehicle.
Signing In to Your Account
Signing in to Google Assistant can be done
in a number of ways, but the setup wizard
on first boot is the most convenient way.
1. From the settings menu, press Driver
profile settings. See Center Display
(page 456).
2. Press Accounts.
3. Press Add.
4. Select Google account under associate
accounts.
Note: You can use Google Assistant without
signing into a Google account, but signing
in unlocks greater functionality such as smart
home functionality and productivity features.
Signing Out of Your Account
1. From the settings menu, press Driver
profile settings. See Center Display
(page 456).
2. Press Accounts.
3. Press Remove.
4. Select Google account under associate
accounts.
Using Google Assistant
Google Assistant can be used in three ways:
1. Say OK Google.
Note: Google Assistant must be set as your
default assistant and the wake word must
be enabled.
2.
E142599
Press the voice interaction
button on the steering wheel and then
say OK Google or Hey Google to invoke
Google Assistant to start listening.
Note: Press the voice interaction button
again to interrupt a voice prompt and begin
speaking.
Note: Google Assistant must be set as your
default assistant.
3.
E402174
From the Google Assistant
screen, press the button.
You can use Google Assistant for the
following and more:
• Entertainment.
• Hands-free calling.
• Traffic and navigation.
• Vehicle controls.
• Managing your schedule.
460
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Voice Interaction
• Looking up answers.
• Smart home device control.
• Weather and news information.
You can adjust the following settings in the
touchscreen:
• Adjust the language of your Assistant.
• Enable or disable the wake word.
• Allow personal results in this car.
• Allow suggestions from Assistant.
• Get notifications from your Assistant.
• Read and respond to vehicle
notifications.
For additional information and settings about
Google Assistant, scan the code.
E404531
461
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Voice Interaction
PHONE PRECAUTIONS
WARNING: Driving while distracted
can result in loss of vehicle control, crash
and injury. We strongly recommend that
you use extreme caution when using any
device that may take your focus off the
road. Your primary responsibility is the safe
operation of your vehicle. We recommend
against the use of any hand-held device
while driving and encourage the use of
voice-operated systems when possible.
Make sure you are aware of all applicable
local laws that may affect the use of
electronic devices while driving.
CONNECTING YOUR PHONE
1. From the settings menu, press Bluetooth.
See Center Display (page 456).
2. Press Add device.
Note: A prompt alerts you to search for your
vehicle on your cell phone.
3. Select your vehicle on your cell phone.
Note: A number appears on your cell phone
and on the touchscreen.
4. Confirm the number on your cell phone
matches the number on the touchscreen.
Note: The touchscreen indicates that you
have successfully paired your cell phone.
5. Approve phonebook download request
on your cell phone.
PHONE MENU
This menu becomes available after pairing
a phone.
Recent Call List
Display and select an entry from a list of
previous calls.
Contacts
Display a smart search form to look up your
contacts. Use the List button to alphabetically
sort your contacts.
Favorites
Display the list of favorite contacts that are
set up on your phone.
SMS app
Displays the list of text messages to read,
listen to, or respond to.
Phone List
Display the list of paired or connected
devices that you can select.
Note: Up to 12 devices can be stored.
Do Not Disturb
Reject incoming calls and switch ring tones
and alerts off.
Phone Keypad
Directly dial a number.
462
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Phone
Voice Control
Press the button and say a command to use
the Google or Siri voice assistant available
on your connected phone to access
supported features.
Note: Some features under the phone menu
may not be available if the feature is not
supported through the phone.
463
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Phone
MAKING AND RECEIVING A
PHONE CALL
Making Calls
To call a number in your contacts, select:
Action and DescriptionMenu Item
Select the name of the
contact you want to call. Any
numbers stored for that
contact display along with
any stored contact photos.
Select the number that you
want to call. The system
begins the call.
Contacts
To call a number from your recent calls,
select:
Action and DescriptionMenu Item
Select an entry that you
want to call. The system
begins the call.
Recent Call
List
To call a number from your favorites, select:
Action and DescriptionMenu Item
Select an entry that you
want to call. The system
begins the call.
Favorites
To call a number that is not stored in your
phone, select:
Action and DescriptionMenu Item
Select the digits of the
number you wish to call.
Phone
Keypad
The system begins the call.Call
Pressing the backspace button deletes the
last digit you typed.
Receiving Calls
During an incoming call, an audible tone
sounds. Caller information appears in the
display if it is available.
To accept the call, select:
Menu Item
Accept
Note: You can also accept the call by
pressing the phone button on the steering
wheel.
To reject the call, select:
Menu Item
Reject
Ignore the call by doing nothing. The system
logs it as a missed call.
During a Phone Call
During a phone call, the contacts name and
number display on the screen along with the
call duration.
The phone status items are also visible:
• Signal Strength.
• Battery.
464
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Phone
You can select any of the following during
an active phone call:
Item
Immediately end a
phone call. You can
also press the button
on the steering
wheel.
End Call
Press this to access
the phone keypad.
Keypad
You can switch the
microphone off so
the caller does not
hear you.
Mute
Transfer the phone
call audio to the cell
phone or back to the
touchscreen.
Privacy
This feature allows
you to put the active
call on hold, to either
make another call or
answer an incoming
call.
Hold
465
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Phone
SENDING AND RECEIVING A TEXT MESSAGE
DescriptionMenu Item
Hear the text message.Hear It
View the text message.View
Call the sender.Call
Reply to the text message with a standard text message.Reply
466
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Phone
SWITCHING TEXT MESSAGE
NOTIFICATION ON AND OFF
The settings on your device must be enabled
to receive text message notifications on the
center display. Check your device settings
to enable these features.
SWITCHING APPLE CARPLAY ON
AND OFF
The operating system is compatible with
wireless Apple CarPlay on iPhone 6s or later.
Make sure your iPhone has been updated
to the latest version of iOS.
Enabling Wireless Apple CarPlay
1. Pair your device to Bluetooth. See
Connecting Your Phone (page 462).
2. Follow the instructions on your device
and the touchscreen.
Disabling Wireless Apple CarPlay
While Apple CarPlay is connected:
1. From the settings menu, press Bluetooth.
See Center Display (page 456).
2. Find your device in the list.
3. Press the Apple CarPlay button.
Re-Enabling Wireless Apple CarPlay
1. From the settings menu, press Bluetooth.
See Center Display (page 456).
2. Select your device from the list.
3. Press the Apple CarPlay button.
SWITCHING ANDROID AUTO ON
AND OFF
Enabling Android Auto with USB (If
Equipped)
1. Connect your device to a USB port.
2. Follow the instructions on your device
and the touchscreen.
Enabling Android Auto with Wireless
1. Pair your device to Bluetooth®.
2. Follow the instructions on your device
and the touchscreen.
Note: Android Auto Wireless is not supported
on certain Android devices. For more
information, scan here.
E408032
Disabling Android Auto
While Android Auto is connected:
1. From the settings menu, press Bluetooth.
See Center Display (page 456).
2. Find your device in the list.
3. Press the Android Auto button.
Re-Enabling Android Auto
1. From the settings menu, press Bluetooth.
See Center Display (page 456).
467
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Phone
2. Find your device in the list.
3. Press the Android Auto button.
Note: While using Android Auto/Apple
CarPlay, some vehicle data such as speed
and location is shared with your phone. This
data does not identify you. Vehicle
manufacturer is not responsible for the way
this data is handled and may disable
Android Auto/Apple CarPlay at any time.
468
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Phone
CONNECTING A BLUETOOTH®
DEVICE
1. From the settings menu, press
Connectivity. See Center Display (page
456).
2. Press Phone list.
3. Press Bluetooth.
Note: A prompt alerts you to search for your
vehicle on your device.
1. Select your vehicle on your device.
Note: A number appears on your device and
on the touchscreen.
2. Confirm that the number on your device
matches the number on the touchscreen.
Note: The touchscreen indicates that you
have successfully paired your device.
The Bluetooth® word mark and logos are
registered trademarks owned by Bluetooth
SIG, Inc. and any use of such marks by Ford
Motor Company is under license. Other
trademarks and trade names are those of
their respective owners.
PLAYING MEDIA USING
BLUETOOTH®
WARNING: Driving while distracted
can result in loss of vehicle control, crash
and injury. We strongly recommend that
you use extreme caution when using any
device that may take your focus off the
road. Your primary responsibility is the safe
operation of your vehicle. We recommend
against the use of any hand-held device
while driving and encourage the use of
voice-operated systems when possible.
Make sure you are aware of all applicable
local laws that may affect the use of
electronic devices while driving.
Connect your device.
From the Apps menu, press Bluetooth audio.
See Center Display (page 456).
Press to play a track. Press again
to pause the track.
Press to skip to the next track.
Press and hold to fast forward through the
track.
Press once to return to the
beginning of a track. Repeatedly
press to return to previous tracks.
Press and hold to fast rewind through the
track.
BLUETOOTH® – TROUBLESHOOTING
469
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Bluetooth®
HOW DO PERSONAL PROFILES
WORK
This feature allows you to create multiple
personal profiles enabling users to
personalize the vehicle's settings such as
seats and mirrors, as well as non-positional
settings like radio, navigation and driver
assist. Non-positional settings are saved
when you change a setting while a profile is
active.
ENABLING OR DISABLING
PERSONAL PROFILES
The vehicle does not allow the user to
disable personal profiles.
Note: Personal profiles are disabled
automatically when Valet Mode is entered.
CREATING A PERSONAL PROFILE
1. Switch the vehicle on and leave it in park
(P).
2. From the settings menu, press Profile.
See Center Display (page 456).
3. Follow the instructions on the display.
Note: The guest profile is auto created with
its own memory settings.
Note: You cannot link a personalized name
to a guest profile.
USING THE MEMORY FUNCTION
(IF EQUIPPED)
WARNING: Before activating the
memory seat, make sure that the area
immediately surrounding the seat is clear
of obstructions and that all occupants are
clear of moving parts.
WARNING: Do not use the memory
function when your vehicle is moving.
The driver memory function recalls the
following positions:
• Memory driver seat.
• Memory mirrors.
• Memory steering column.
• Memory adjustable foot pedals.
Saving and recalling a preset position
The driver memory function allows you to
save and recall the desired position of a
profile.
You can recall a position by choosing that
profile in the profiles menu.
You can recall the profile along with its saved
position when the vehicle is in park (P) or
neutral (N) and the vehicle is not moving.
Note: Pressing any position control switches
during a memory position recall cancels a
recall.
470
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Personal Profiles
LINKING OR UNLINKING A
PERSONAL PROFILE TO A REMOTE
CONTROL
You can save a personal profile, including
saved memory positions, for up to three
remote controls by assigning a remote
control to a profile using the touchscreen.
1. From the settings menu, press Profile.
2. Press Edit.
3. Press ID methods.
4. Press Key fob label.
5. Follow the onscreen instructions to link
or unlink a remote control.
Note: If more than one linked remote control
is in range, the memory function moves to
the settings of the first key to initiate a
memory recall.
Note: Each remote can be linked to only one
personal profile.
Note: You cannot link a remote control to a
guest profile.
LINKING OR UNLINKING A
PERSONAL PROFILE TO A DEVICE
You can save a profile, including saved
memory positions, for up to three devices by
assigning a device to a personal profile using
the touchscreen.
1. From the settings menu, press Profile.
2. Press Edit.
3. Press ID methods.
4. Press Phone as a key label.
5. Follow the onscreen instructions to link
or unlink a device.
Note: Each device can be linked to only one
personal profile.
Note: You cannot link a device to a guest
profile.
Note: You cannot link a personalized name
to a guest profile.
Locking a personal profile
Profile lock allows you to lock your profile
and prevent others from accessing the
profile.
1. From the settings menu, press Profile.
2. Press Profile settings.
3. Press Security.
4. Press Profile lock.
5. Press to choose your preferable lock
type.
6. Follow the onscreen instructions to
create a profile lock.
Note: If all user profiles are passcode
protected, and the passcodes are unknown,
take your vehicle to an authorized dealer to
reset the system.
471
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Personal Profiles
CONNECTED NAVIGATION
Google Maps provides the navigation
software on your vehicle. For more
information scan here:
E404531
472
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Navigation
Lincoln Enhance software updates uses
over-the-air technology to deliver the latest
features, software enhancements and quality
improvements to your vehicle.
When Automatic Updates is turned on
updates are downloaded in the background
while you are driving.
Some updates require your vehicle to be
parked. You can set a recurring schedule
when your vehicle is not in use (like
overnight). Scheduled updates usually take
up to 45 minutes and some updates can take
longer than that. Check your center display
screen or the Lincoln Way app for the most
accurate estimated update time.
Software updates are delivered wirelessly
using the vehicle modem or Wi-Fi. To make
sure the most seamless experience. See
Connecting the Vehicle to a Wi-Fi Network
(page 443).
Software Update Requirements
The following conditions must be met to
receive scheduled updates:
• The vehicle is parked.
• The ignition is off.
• All doors are closed.
• Your foot is off the brake pedal.
• The parking lamps are off.
• The alarm is not triggered.
• The hazard indicators are off.
• Your 12V battery is charged.
• No emergency calls are in place.
• Your vehicle is not in limp home mode.
Software Update Limitations
Once a scheduled update begins you cannot:
• Cancel the update.
• Drive your vehicle.
• Start the ignition.
• Start your vehicle.
• Use the alarm, central locks or door
tones.
• Use the remote control to lock, unlock or
start your vehicle.
• Use the electronic door locks.
• Fast charge your electric vehicle.
• If connected to a level 1 or 2 charger,
charging pauses until the update is
completed.
Note: If an update is interrupted you will
receive a notification on Lincoln Way app
with instructions to resolve it. If there are no
action steps, contact your authorized dealer.
SOFTWARE UPDATE SETTINGS
To access the Software Updates menu:
1. Press Setting on the touchscreen.
2. Press System.
3. Press Software Updates.
You can do the following in the Software
Updates menu:
• Switch Automatic Updates on and off.
• Schedule and install software updates.
473
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Vehicle Software Updates
• View software update details.
• Switch Notifications on or off.
E366956
Press the button next to a menu
option for more information.
Switching Automatic Updates On and
Off
Your vehicle may come with Automatic
Updates switched on. To make sure your
vehicle always has the latest software, which
could include security or other
enhancements, we do not recommend
switching Automatic Updates off.
Note: Software updates require approval to
download or install with Automatic Updates
switched off.
Scheduling and Installing Software
Updates
Scheduling Software Updates
From the Software Updates menu:
1. Press Schedule Updates.
2. Select the days and time for updates.
The more days that updates are scheduled,
the more frequently your vehicle installs new
updates. We recommend selecting a time
you normally do not need your vehicle, such
as overnight.
Some updates require your vehicle to be
switched off.
Note: The schedule you set is recurring. If
Automatic Updates is on, every time a
scheduled update is available, it installs on
this schedule unless you change it. You are
notified on your touchscreen and connected
device prior to a scheduled update, with an
option to reschedule it.
Installing Software Updates
Using the Status Bar
1. Press a Software Update indicator on
your touchscreen when it appears.
2. Follow the instructions on the
touchscreen.
Using the Touchscreen
From the Software Updates menu:
1. Press Update Details.
2. Press Update Now.
Viewing Software Update Details
From the Software Updates menu:
Press Update Details.
SOFTWARE UPDATE INDICATORS
E327787
Vehicle software update reminder,
schedule required, confirmation of
default schedule required, or
consent required.
E327788
Vehicle software update canceled,
update not successful, or
precondition not met.
E353218
Vehicle software update
successful.
474
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Vehicle Software Updates
PERFORMING A SYSTEM RESET
To perform a reset:
1. Press Settings from the Apps menu.
2. Press System.
3. Press Reset options.
4. Select the reset you prefer.
5. Follow the prompts on screen to
complete the reset.
E366956
There are multiple resets available,
press the button next to each for
more information.
Perform a factory reset whenever there is a
transfer of vehicle ownership to prevent the
loss of personal data. Performing a factory
reset allows you to remove all personal
information and restore the modem and
center display to their factory defaults.
In the modem, this deletes all the authorized
users and removes access to the connected
vehicle. In the system this deletes all data
imported from mobile devices connected to
the vehicle via Bluetooth® including the
addresses manually entered into the
navigation system.
Note: If you are the first owner, your modem
comes in a partially activated state.
Note: If you are not the first owner, it comes
in either a fully activated, partially activated
or deactivated state.
475
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Vehicle System Reset
For a complete listing of the accessories that
are available for your vehicle, please contact
your authorized dealer or visit the online
store website:
Web Address (United States)
https://accessories.lincoln.com/
Web Address (Canada)
www.lincolncanada.com
We will repair or replace any properly
authorized dealer-installed Lincoln Original
Accessory found to be defective in
factory-supplied materials or workmanship
during the warranty period, as well as any
component damaged by the defective
accessories.
We will warrant your Lincoln Original
Accessory through the warranty that provides
the greatest benefit:
• 24 months, unlimited mileage.
• The remainder of your new vehicle
limited warranty.
Lincoln Licensed Accessories
The accessory manufacturer designs,
develops and therefore warrants Lincoln
Licensed Accessories, and does not design
or test these accessories to Lincoln
engineering requirements. Contact an
authorized Lincoln dealer for the accessory
manufacturer's limited warranty details and
request a copy of the Lincoln Licensed
Accessories product limited warranty from
the accessory manufacturer. See your
warranty guide for more information.
For maximum vehicle performance, keep the
following information in mind when adding
accessories or equipment to your vehicle:
• When adding accessories, equipment,
passengers and luggage to your vehicle,
do not exceed the total weight capacity
of the vehicle or of the front or rear axle
(GVWR or GAWR as indicated on the
Safety Compliance Certification label).
Ask an authorized dealer for specific
weight information.
• The Federal Communications
Commission (FCC) and Canadian Radio
Telecommunications Commission (CRTC)
regulate the use of mobile
communications systems that have radio
transmitters, for example two-way radios,
telephones and theft alarms. Any such
equipment installed in your vehicle
should comply with Federal
Communications Commission (FCC) and
Canadian Radio Telecommunications
Commission (CRTC) regulations and
should only be installed by an authorized
dealer.
476
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Accessories
• Mobile communications systems may
harm the operation of your vehicle,
particularly if their manufacturer did not
design them specifically for automotive
use.
• If you or an authorized Lincoln dealer add
any non-Lincoln electrical or electronic
accessories or components to your
vehicle, you may adversely affect battery
performance and durability. In addition,
you may also adversely affect the
performance of other electrical systems
in the vehicle.
477
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Accessories
WHAT IS LINCOLN PROTECT
Protect yourself from the rising cost of
vehicle repairs with the Lincoln Protect
extended service plan.
Lincoln Protect Extended Service Plans
(United States Only)
Lincoln Protect means peace of mind. It is
the extended service plan backed by Lincoln,
and provides more protection beyond the
New Vehicle Limited Warranty coverage.
When you visit your Lincoln Dealer, insist on
genuine Lincoln Protect extended service
plans.
Lincoln Protect Extended Service Plan Can
Quickly Pay for Itself
One trip to the Service Center could easily
exceed the price of your Lincoln Protect
extended service plan. With Lincoln Protect,
you minimize your risk for unexpected repair
bills and rising repair costs.
Up to 1000+ Covered Vehicle Components
There are four mechanical Lincoln Protect
extended service plans with different levels
of coverage. Ask your authorized dealer for
details.
1. PremiumCARE - Our most comprehensive
coverage. With over 1,000 covered
components, this plan is so complete it
is probably easier to list what is not
covered.
2. ExtraCARE - Covers 113 components, and
includes many high-tech items.
3. BaseCARE - Covers 84 components.
4. PowertrainCARE - Covers 29 critical
components.
Lincoln Protect extended service plans are
honored by all authorized Lincoln dealers in
the United States, Canada and Mexico.
That means you get:
• Reliable, quality service at any Lincoln or
Ford dealership.
• Repairs performed by factory trained
technicians, using genuine parts.
Rental Car Reimbursement
First Day Rental Benefit
If you bring your car into your dealer for
service, we will give you a rental vehicle to
use for the day.
Extended Rental Benefits
If your vehicle is kept overnight for covered
repairs, you are eligible for rental car
coverage, including bumper to bumper
warranty repairs, and field service actions.
Roadside Assistance
Exclusive 24/7 roadside assistance, including:
• Towing, flat-tire change and battery jump
starts.
• Out of fuel and lock-out assistance.
• Travel expense reimbursement for
lodging, meals and rental car.
• Assistance for taxi, shuttle, rental car
coverage and other transportation.
478
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Lincoln Protect
Transferable Coverage
If you sell your vehicle before your Lincoln
Protect extended service plan coverage
expires, you can transfer any remaining
coverage to the new owner. This should give
you and your potential buyer a little more
peace of mind.
Less Cost to Properly Maintain Your Vehicle
The Lincoln Protect extended service plan
also offers a Premium Maintenance Plan that
covers all scheduled maintenance, and
selected wear items. The coverage is
prepaid, so you never have to worry about
the cost of your vehicle’s maintenance.
Covered maintenance includes:
• Windshield wiper blades.
• Spark plugs.
• The clutch disc - if equipped.
• Brake pads and linings.
• Shock absorbers and struts.
• Engine cooling hoses, clamps and
o-rings.
• Engine belts.
• Diesel exhaust fluid replenishment - if
equipped.
Interest Free Finance Options
Just a 5% down payment will provide you
with an affordable, no interest, no fee
payment program allowing you all the
security and benefits Lincoln Protect
extended service plan has to offer while
paying over time. You are pre-approved with
no credit check or hassles. To learn more,
call our Lincoln Protect extended service
plan specialists at 800-367-3377.
Complete the information below and mail to:
Lincoln Protect Extended Service Plan
P.O. Box 321067
Detroit, MI 48232
Lincoln Protect (Canada Only)
You can get more protection for your vehicle
by purchasing a Lincoln Protect extended
service plan. The Lincoln Protect extended
service plan is the only service contract
backed by Lincoln, Limited. Depending on
the plan you purchase, the Lincoln Protect
extended service plan provides benefits such
as:
• Rental reimbursement.
• Coverage for certain maintenance and
wear items.
• Protection against repair costs after your
New Vehicle Limited Warranty Coverage
expires.
• Roadside Assistance benefits.
479
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Lincoln Protect
There are several Lincoln Protect extended
service plans available in various time,
distance and deductible combinations. Each
plan is tailored to fit your own driving needs,
including reimbursement for towing and
rental. When you purchase a Lincoln Protect
extended service plan, you receive added
peace-of-mind protection throughout
Canada, the United States and Mexico,
provided by a network of participating
authorized Lincoln dealers.
Note: Repairs performed outside of Canada,
the United States and Mexico are not eligible
for Lincoln Protect extended service plan
coverage.
This information is subject to change. For
more information, visit your local Lincoln of
Canada dealer or www.LincolnCanada.com
to find the Lincoln Protect extended service
plan that is right for you.
480
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Lincoln Protect
GENERAL MAINTENANCE
INFORMATION
Why Maintain Your Vehicle?
Carefully following the maintenance
schedule helps protect against major repair
expenses resulting from neglect or
inadequate maintenance and may help to
increase the value of your vehicle when you
sell or trade it. Keep all receipts for
completed maintenance with your vehicle.
It is important that you have your vehicle
serviced at the proper times. These intervals
serve two purposes: first is to maintain the
reliability of your vehicle and the second is
to keep the cost of owning your vehicle
down.
It is your responsibility to have all scheduled
maintenance performed and to make sure
that the materials used meet the
specifications identified in this owner's
manual. See Capacities and Specifications
(page 429).
Failure to perform scheduled maintenance
and regularly inspect your vehicle may result
in vehicle damage not covered by the vehicle
Warranty.
Why Maintain Your Vehicle at Your
Dealership?
Our Genuine Replacement Parts
Dealerships stock our parts and our
authorized branded remanufactured
replacement parts. These parts meet or
exceed our specifications. Parts installed at
your dealership carry a nationwide 24-month
or unlimited mile (kilometer) parts and labor
limited warranty.
If you do not use our authorized parts, they
may not meet our specifications and could
affect emissions compliance.
Protecting Your Investment
Maintenance is an investment that pays
dividends in the form of improved reliability,
durability and resale value. To maintain the
proper performance of your vehicle and its
emission control systems, make sure you
have scheduled maintenance performed at
the designated intervals.
Your vehicle comes with the Intelligent
Oil-Life Monitor system, a message appears
in the instrument cluster display at the proper
oil change interval. This interval may be up
to one year or 10,000 mi (16,000 km), hybrid
vehicles could exceed 10,000 mi (16,000 km).
When the oil change message appears in
the instrument cluster display, it is time for
an oil change. Make sure you perform the
oil change within two weeks or 500 mi
(800 km) of the message appearing. Make
sure to reset the Intelligent Oil-Life Monitor
after each oil change. See Resetting the
Intelligent Oil Life Monitor (page 375).
481
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Scheduled Maintenance
If your instrument cluster display resets
prematurely or becomes inoperative, you
should perform the oil change interval at six
months or 5,000 mi (8,000 km) from your
last oil change. Never exceed one year or
10,000 mi (16,000 km) between oil change
intervals.
You can drive your vehicle in such a way that
may lead to higher oil consumption including
extended time at high engine speeds, high
loads, engine braking, hard cornering
maneuvers, track and off-road usage. Under
these conditions, oil consumption of
approximately 1 quart per 500 miles (1 liter
per 800 km) is possible. Check the engine
oil level at every refueling and adjust to
maintain proper levels to avoid engine
damage.
You can also drive your vehicle in such a way
that dilutes and increases the level of oil by
frequent short trips that do not allow the
engine to get to operating temperature,
extended idling and low speed driving for
long periods of time.
It is important to rely upon your dealership
to properly diagnose and repair your vehicle.
We strongly recommend only using our
genuine or our authorized re-manufactured
replacement parts engineered for your
vehicle.
Additives and Chemicals
We do not recommend using chemicals or
additives not approved by us as part of your
vehicle’s normal maintenance. Please consult
your warranty information.
Oils, Fluids and Flushing
In many cases, fluid discoloration is a normal
operating characteristic and, by itself, does
not necessarily indicate a concern or that the
fluid needs to be changed. Have discolored
fluids that also show signs of overheating or
foreign material contamination immediately
checked.
Make sure to change the vehicle’s oils and
fluids at the specified intervals or in
conjunction with a repair. Flushing is a viable
way to change fluid for many vehicle
sub-systems during scheduled maintenance.
It is critical that systems are flushed only with
new fluid that is the same as that required
to fill and operate the system or using our
approved flushing chemical.
Scheduled Maintenance Service
Intervals
For your scheduled maintenance service
intervals, visit https://www.ford.com/support/
maintenance-schedule.
Owner Checks and Services
Make sure you perform the following basic
maintenance checks and inspections.
482
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Scheduled Maintenance
Check Every Month
The engine oil level.
Function of all interior and the exterior lights.
The tires including the spare for wear and proper pressure.
The windshield washer fluid level.
Check Every Six Months
The battery connections. Clean if necessary.
The body and door drain holes for obstructions. Clean if necessary.
The cooling system fluid level and the coolant system strength.
The door weatherstrips for wear. Lubricate if necessary.
The hinges, latches and outside locks for proper operation. Lubricate if necessary.
The parking brake for proper operation.
The seatbelts and seat latches for wear and function.
Safety warning lamps, brake, ABS, airbag and seatbelt for operation.
The washer spray and wiper operation. Clean or replace blades as necessary.
483
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Scheduled Maintenance
Multi-Point Inspection
It is important to have the systems on your
vehicle regularly checked. This can help
identify potential issues and prevent major
problems. We recommend having the
following multi-point inspection performed
at every scheduled maintenance interval to
help make sure your vehicle keeps running
great.
Multi-Point Inspection
Hazard warning system operationAccessory drive belt or belts
Horn operationBattery performance
Radiator, cooler, heater and air conditioning hosesEngine air filter
Suspension components for leaks or damageExhaust system
Steering and linkageExterior lamps operation
Tires including the spare for wear and proper pressure
2
Fluid levels
1
; fill if necessary
Windshield for cracks, chips or pitsFor oil and fluid leaks
Washer spray and wiper operationHalfshaft dust boots
1
Brake, coolant recovery reservoir, automatic transmission and window washer.
2
If your vehicle has a temporary mobility kit, check the tire sealant expiration Use By date on the canister. Replace as needed.
484
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Scheduled Maintenance
Be sure to ask your dealership service
advisor or technician about the multi-point
vehicle inspection. It is a comprehensive way
to perform a thorough inspection of your
vehicle. Your checklist gives you immediate
feedback on the overall condition of your
vehicle.
485
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Scheduled Maintenance
ROLLOVER WARNING
WARNING: Utility vehicles have a
significantly higher rollover rate than other
types of vehicles.
WARNING: Vehicles with a higher
center of gravity (utility and four-wheel
drive vehicles) handle differently than
vehicles with a lower center of gravity
(passenger cars). Avoid sharp turns,
excessive speed and abrupt steering in
these vehicles. Failure to drive cautiously
increases the risk of losing control of your
vehicle, vehicle rollover, personal injury
and death.
WARNING: In a rollover crash, an
unbelted person is significantly more likely
to die than a person wearing a seatbelt.
WARNING: Do not become
overconfident in the ability of four-wheel
drive vehicles. Although a four-wheel drive
vehicle may accelerate better than a
two-wheel drive vehicle in low traction
situations, it won't stop any faster than
two-wheel drive vehicles. Always drive at
a safe speed.
Utility vehicles and trucks handle differently
than passenger cars in the various driving
conditions that are encountered on streets,
highways and off-road. Utility vehicles and
trucks are not designed for cornering at
speeds as high as passenger cars any more
than low-slung sports cars are designed to
perform satisfactorily under off-road
conditions.
THE BETTER BUSINESS BUREAU
AUTO LINE PROGRAM
Your satisfaction is important to Ford Motor
Company and to your dealer. If a warranty
concern has not been resolved using the
three-step procedure outlined earlier in this
chapter in the Getting the Services you need
section, you may be eligible to participate in
the BBB AUTO LINE program.
The BBB AUTO LINE program consists of
two parts – mediation and arbitration. During
mediation, a representative of the BBB will
contact both you and Ford Motor Company
to explore options for settlement of the claim.
If an agreement is not reached during
mediation or you do not want to participate
in mediation, and if your claim is eligible, you
may participate in the arbitration process. An
arbitration hearing will be scheduled so that
you can present your case in an informal
setting before an impartial person. The
arbitrator considers the testimony provided
and makes a decision after the hearing.
486
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Customer Information
Disputes submitted to the BBB AUTO LINE
program are usually decided within 40 days
after you file your claim with the BBB. You
are not bound by the decision, and may
reject the decision and proceed to court
where all findings of the BBB Auto Line
dispute, and decision, are admissible in the
court action. Should you choose to accept
the BBB AUTO LINE decision, Ford is then
bound by the decision, and must comply with
the decision within 30 days of receipt of your
acceptance letter.
BBB AUTO LINE Application: Using the
information that follows, call or write to
request a program application. You will be
asked for your name and address, general
information about your new vehicle,
information about your warranty concerns,
and any steps you have already taken to try
to resolve them. A Customer Claim Form will
be mailed that needs to be completed,
signed and returned to the BBB along with
proof of ownership. Upon receipt, the BBB
reviews the claim for eligibility under the
Program Summary Guidelines.
You can get more information by calling
BBB AUTO LINE at 1-800-955-5100, or
writing to:
BBB AUTO LINE a Division of BBB National
Programs, Inc.
1676 International Drive, Suite 550
McLean, VA 22102
BBB AUTO LINE applications can also be
requested by calling the Ford Motor
Company Customer Relationship Center at
1-800-392-3673.
For additional information, refer to the Better
Business Bureau website.
Note: Ford Motor Company reserves the
right to change eligibility limitations, modify
procedures, or to discontinue this process
at any time without notice and without
obligation.
THE MEDIATION AND
ARBITRATION PROGRAM
For vehicles delivered to authorized
Canadian dealers. In those cases where you
continue to feel that the efforts by Ford of
Canada and the authorized dealer to resolve
a factory-related vehicle service concern
have been unsatisfactory, Ford of Canada
participates in an impartial third party
mediation/arbitration program administered
by the Canadian Motor Vehicle Arbitration
Plan (CAMVAP).
The CAMVAP program is a straightforward
and relatively speedy alternative to resolve
a disagreement when all other efforts to
produce a settlement have failed. This
procedure is without cost to you and is
designed to eliminate the need for lengthy
and expensive legal proceedings.
487
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Customer Information
In the CAMVAP program, impartial third-party
arbitrators conduct hearings at mutually
convenient times and places in an informal
environment. These impartial arbitrators
review the positions of the parties, make
decisions and, when appropriate, render
awards to resolve disputes. CAMVAP
decisions are fast, fair, and final as the
arbitrator’ s award is binding on both you and
Ford of Canada.
CAMVAP services are available in all
Canadian territories and provinces. For more
information, without charge or obligation, call
your CAMVAP Provincial Administrator
directly at 1-800-207-0685 or visit
www.camvap.ca.
ORDERING A CANADIAN FRENCH
OWNER'S MANUAL
You can obtain a French owner's manual
from an authorized dealer or by contacting
Helm, LLC at:
HELM, LLC
47911 Halyard Drive, Suite 200
Plymouth, Michigan 48170
Attention: Customer Service
Call toll free: 1-800-782-4356
Monday-Friday 8:00 a.m. - 6:00 p.m. EST
For additional information, visit
www.helminc.com.
REPORTING SAFETY DEFECTS IN
THE UNITED STATES
If you believe that your vehicle has a
defect which could cause a crash or
could cause injury or death, you should
immediately inform the National
Highway Traffic Safety Administration
(NHTSA) in addition to notifying Ford
Motor Company.
If NHTSA receives similar complaints, it
may open an investigation, and if it finds
that a safety defect exists in a group of
vehicles, it may order a recall and
remedy campaign. However, NHTSA
cannot become involved in individual
problems between you, your dealer, or
Ford Motor Company.
To contact NHTSA, you may call the
Vehicle Safety Hotline toll-free at
1-888-327-4236 (TTY: 1-800-424-9153);
go to www.safercar.gov; or write to:
Administrator
1200 New Jersey Avenue, Southeast
Washington, D.C. 20590
You can also obtain other information
about motor vehicle safety from
www.safercar.gov.
488
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Customer Information
REPORTING SAFETY DEFECTS IN
CANADA
If you believe that your vehicle has a defect
which could cause a crash or could cause
injury or death, you should immediately
inform Transport Canada and Ford of
Canada.
Transport Canada Contact Information
http://tc.canada.ca/recallsWebsite (English)
http://tc.canada.ca/rappelsWebsite (French)
1-800-333-0510Phone
Lincoln of Canada Contact Information
www.LincolnCanada.comWebsite
1-800-387-9333Phone
489
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Customer Information
THIRD PARTY SOFTWARE
COPYRIGHT ACKNOWLEDGMENT
Your vehicle could have components that
use open source software. For additional
information, visit http://corporate.ford.com/
ford-open-source.html.
RADIO FREQUENCY CERTIFICATION LABELS
BLIND SPOT INFORMATION SYSTEM SENSORS
Type DesignationSupplierDevice
F5TRAptivSRR5 BLIS Corner Radar
490
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Customer Information
Argentina
E338548
Brazil
E387284
Djibouti
E367134
Europe Union EU
E310043
Ghana
E344037
Jamaica
E344038
491
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Customer Information
Mauritania
E367135
Mexico
IFETEL: RCPAPF520-0480
Morocco
E368150
Paraguay
E339812
2020-10-I-0753
492
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Customer Information
Singapore
E339940
South Africa
E369016
South Korea
E338319
R-C-1Ap-F5TR
Taiwan
E356894
Thailand
E392562
Ukraine
E269682
493
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Customer Information
United Arab Emirates (U.A.E.)
E418704
United Kingdom
E362840
United States and Canada
WARNING: Changes or modifications
not expressively approved by the party
responsible for compliance could void the
user's authority to operate the equipment.
The term "IC:" before the radio certification
number only signifies that Industry Canada
technical specifications were met.
FCC ID: L2CF5TR
IC: 3432A-F5TR
This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC
Rules and with Innovation, Science and
Economic Development Canada’s
licence-exempt RSS(s). Operation is subject
to the following two conditions:
1. This device may not cause harmful
interference, and
2. This device must accept any interference
received, including interference that may
cause undesired operation.
494
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Customer Information
Vietnam
E278262
BLIND SPOT INFORMATION SYSTEM SENSORS
Type DesignationSupplierDevice
2F5TRAptivSRR5 BLIS Corner Radar (RRU2)
495
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Customer Information
Argentina
E380327
H-28070
Brazil
E375123
15375-23-12270
China
CMIIT ID: 2023LJ10407
Europe Union EU
E310043
Ghana
NCA APPROVED: 7E6-M0-XDF-TME
Jamaica
This product has been Type Approved by
Jamaica: SMA - 2F5TR.
Paraguay
E339812
496
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Customer Information
NR: 2022-04-I-0255
Taiwan
E373549
CCAI23LP0640T2
United Arab Emirates (U.A.E.)
E418703
497
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Customer Information
United Kingdom
E362840
United States and Canada
WARNING: Changes or modifications
not expressively approved by the party
responsible for compliance could void the
user's authority to operate the equipment.
The term "IC:" before the radio certification
number only signifies that Industry Canada
technical specifications were met.
FCC ID: L2C2F5TR
IC: 3432A-2F5TR
This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC
Rules and with Innovation, Science and
Economic Development Canada’s
licence-exempt RSS(s). Operation is subject
to the following two conditions:
1. This device may not cause harmful
interference, and
2. This device must accept any interference
received, including interference that may
cause undesired operation.
Vietnam
E278262
REMOTE FUNCTION ACTUATOR
China
CMIIT ID: 2018DJ4563
United States and Canada
WARNING: Changes or modifications
not expressively approved by the party
responsible for compliance could void the
user's authority to operate the equipment.
The term "IC:" before the radio certification
number only signifies that Industry Canada
technical specifications were met.
FCC ID: HYQS2NA0
IC: 1551A-S2NA0
498
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Customer Information
This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC
Rules and with Innovation, Science and
Economic Development Canada’s
licence-exempt RSS(s). Operation is subject
to the following two conditions:
1. This device may not cause harmful
interference, and
2. This device must accept any interference
received, including interference that may
cause undesired operation.
BODY CONTROL MODULE
Argentina
E338547
Brazil
E340499
Ghana
E341433
Jamaica
E340500
Moldova
E337971
499
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Customer Information
Morocco
E340501
Paraguay
E339812
2019-01-I-000076
Serbia
E341434
Singapore
E339940
South Africa
E340510
500
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Customer Information
Ukraine
E269682
United Arab Emirates (U.A.E.)
TRA REGISTERED No: ER68566/19
DEALER No: DA37380/15
United Kingdom
E362840
United States and Canada
WARNING: Changes or modifications
not expressively approved by the party
responsible for compliance could void the
user's authority to operate the equipment.
The term "IC:" before the radio certification
number only signifies that Industry Canada
technical specifications were met.
FCC ID: M3NA2C766336
IC: 7812A-A2C766336
This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC
Rules and with Innovation, Science and
Economic Development Canada’s
licence-exempt RSS(s). Operation is subject
to the following two conditions:
1. This device may not cause harmful
interference, and
2. This device must accept any interference
received, including interference that may
cause undesired operation.
Vietnam
E278262
501
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Customer Information
Zambia
E340511
CRUISE CONTROL MODULE
Type DesignationSupplierDevice
F3TRAptivMRR3 Medium Range Radar
502
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Customer Information
Argentina
E338549
Brazil
E388865
Djibouti
E356903
EAC Marking - Russia, Belarus,
Kazakhstan
E253816
Europe Union EU
E310043
Ghana
E344040
503
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Customer Information
Independent State Of Samoa
E365127
Israel
E388866
Jamaica
E344041
Malaysia
E339836
HIDF16000009
Mauritania
E356900
504
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Customer Information
Mexico
IFT: RCPAPF320-0479
Moldova
E337971
Morocco
AGREE PAR L'ANRT MAROC
Numéro d'agrément:
MR00030034ANRT2021
Date d'agrément: 16/09/2021
Pakistan
E359721
Paraguay
E339812
NR: 2020-10-I-0752
Sierra Leone
E382724
TAN: 2021-002-0028
505
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Customer Information
Singapore
E339940
South Africa
E388867
South Korea
E339675
R-C-1Ap-F3TR
Taiwan
E356901
Thailand
E392562
506
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Customer Information
Ukraine
E269682
Unites Arab Emirates (U.A.E.)
E418705
507
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Customer Information
United Kingdom
E362840
United States and Canada
WARNING: Changes or modifications
not expressively approved by the party
responsible for compliance could void the
user's authority to operate the equipment.
The term "IC:" before the radio certification
number only signifies that Industry Canada
technical specifications were met.
FCC ID: L2CF3TR
IC: 3432A-F3TR
This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC
Rules and with Innovation, Science and
Economic Development Canada’s
licence-exempt RSS(s). Operation is subject
to the following two conditions:
1. This device may not cause harmful
interference, and
2. This device must accept any interference
received, including interference that may
cause undesired operation.
Zambia
E356902
508
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Customer Information
KEYS AND REMOTE CONTROLS
Passive Key
Type DesignationSupplierDevice
A3C108397ContinentalPassive Key Transmitter
Argentina
E380327
H-28042
Israel
E392456
Jamaica
This product has been Type Approved by
Jamaica: SMA – M3N-A3C108397
Paraguay
E339812
NR: 2022-03-I-0162
509
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Customer Information
Serbia
E392454
Singapore
Complies with IMDA Standards
Dealer License Number:
DA 00461
South Africa
E39245 5
E392455
Taiwan
E373549
CCAB22LP1030T3
Thailand
E392562
United Arab Emirates (U.A.E.)
TRA REGISTERED No:
ER08930/22
DEALER No:
DA37380/15
Passive Key
Type DesignationSupplierDevice
A3C054342ContinentalMotion Sense Passive Key
510
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Customer Information
South Korea
E339675
R-C-TAL-A3C054342
OPERATING SYSTEM
Type DesignationSupplierDevice
SG5PHXFordPDC
511
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Customer Information
Jamaica
This product has been Type Approved by
Jamaica: SMA – SG5PHX
Paraguay
E339812
NR: 2023-06-I-0457
South Korea
E339675
R-C-FDM-SG5PHX
512
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Customer Information
United Arab Emirates (U.A.E.)
E420902
United States and Canada
FCC ID: KMH SG5PHX
IC: 1422A SG5PHX
This device complies with Part 15 of the
FCC Rules and with ISED Canada
license-exempt RSSs. Operation is subject
to the following two conditions:
1. This device may not cause harmful
interference, and
2. This device must accept any
interference received, including
interference that may cause undesired
operation.
Le présent appareil est conforme aux CNR
d'ISDE Canada applicables aux appareils
radio exempts de licence. L'exploitation est
autorisée aux deux conditions suivantes:
1. L'appareil ne doit pas produire de
brouillage;
2. L'appareil doit accepter tout brouillage
radioélectrique subi, même si le
brouillage est susceptible d'en
compromettre le fonctionnement.
513
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Customer Information
Note: Changes or modifications not
expressly approved by the party responsible
for compliance could void the user's
authority to operate the equipment.
RF Radiation Exposure Statement: This
equipment complies with FCC RF Radiation
exposure limits set forth for an uncontrolled
environment. This device and its antenna
must not be co-located or operating in
conjunction with any other antenna or
transmitter. This equipment should be
installed and operated with a normally
maintained separation distance of at least
20cm between the radiator and your body.
RADIO TRANSCEIVER MODULE
Type DesignationSupplierDevice
FO2-RX433UDAAptivRadio Transceiver Module (RTM)
514
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Customer Information
Europe Union EU
E310043
Jamaica
This product has been Type Approved by
Jamaica: SMA – FO2-RX433UDA
Israel
E409153
Malaysia
E339836
HIDF16000009
Moldova
E337971
Morocco
E340648
515
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Customer Information
Serbia
23
E414466
South Africa
E340649
Taiwan
E373549
CCAB22LP1370T1
Thailand
E409232
Ukraine
E269682
United Kingdom
E362840
516
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Customer Information
United Arab Emirates (U.A.E.)
E417982
TELEMATICS CONTROL UNIT
Type DesignationSupplierDevice
FNV3-B6FordTelematics Control Unit
517
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Customer Information
China
CMIIT ID: 2023CJ1792
European Union EU
E310043
Malaysia
E269697
HIDF16000009
Mexico
E364908
518
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Customer Information
Paraguay
E339812
NR: 2023-01-I-0047
Serbia
E412106
South Africa
E412107
South Korea
E339675
R-C-FDM-FNV3B6ROW
Taiwan
E373549
CCAH235G0042T9
United Arab Emirates (U.A.E.)
TRA REGISTERED No:
ER19896/23
DEALER No:
DA83047/19
United Kingdom
E362840
519
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Customer Information
United States and Canada
WARNING: Changes or modifications
not expressively approved by the party
responsible for compliance could void the
user's authority to operate the equipment.
The term "IC:" before the radio certification
number only signifies that Industry Canada
technical specifications were met.
FCC ID: KMH-14H317-NA1
IC: 1422A-14H317NA1
This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC
Rules and with Innovation, Science and
Economic Development Canada’s
licence-exempt RSS(s). Operation is subject
to the following two conditions:
1. This device may not cause harmful
interference, and
2. This device must accept any interference
received, including interference that may
cause undesired operation.
TIRE PRESSURE MONITORING
SYSTEM SENSORS
Argentina
E339822
Brazil
E339823
Democratic Republic of Congo
Agréé par l'ARPTC
N° d'homologation: HIR -0081/6/2018
Date d'homologation: 18/6/2018
520
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Customer Information
Djibouti
AGREE PAR LE MCPT (REPUBLIQUE DE
DJIBOUTI)
Numéro d'agrément:
045/DDTIC/2018
Date d'agrément:
06/05/18
European Union EU
E310043
The RED 2014/53/EU (replacing R&TTE Directive 1999/5/EC on 13 June 2016) explicitly states that instructions for intentional radiators include
reference to "(a) frequency band(s) in which the radio equipment operates; and (b) maximum radio-frequency power transmitted in the
frequency band(s) in which the radio equipment operates," in addition to carrying over the general operational instruction and Declaration
of Conformity inclusion requirements from the R&TTE Directive.
Hereby, Schrader Electronics Ltd. declares that the radio equipment type AG2SM4 is in compliance with Directive 2014/53/EU. The full text
of the EU declaration of conformity is available at the following internet address:
http://www.tpmseuroshop.com/documents/declaration_conformities
f=433.92MHz
P<10mW (e.i.r.p)
Schrader Electronics Ltd. 11 Technology Park, Belfast Road, Antrim BT41 1QS, Northern Ireland United Kingdom.
521
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Customer Information
Ghana
E341832
Israel
E385959
Mauritania
E339946
Mexico
E342358
Moldova
E337971
Morocco
E339947
522
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Customer Information
Nigeria
E337972
Oman
E341834
Pakistan
E337974
Paraguay
E339812
NR: 2018-06-I-000224
Customs Union (CU) - Belarus,
Kazakhstan and Russia
E253816
Serbia
E364764
523
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Customer Information
Sierra Leone
E382724
TAN: 2018-002-0025
Singapore
E339948
South Africa
E339825
South Korea
E339675
R-CRM-SRD-AG2SM4
524
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Customer Information
Taiwan
E339826
Ukraine
E385958
United Arab Emirates (U.A.E.)
TRA REGISTERED No:
ER97590/21
DEALER No:
DA37380/15
United Kingdom
E362840
United States and Canada
WARNING: Changes or modifications
not expressively approved by the party
responsible for compliance could void the
user's authority to operate the equipment.
The term "IC:" before the radio certification
number only signifies that Industry Canada
technical specifications were met.
FCC ID: MRXAG2SM4
IC: 2546A- AG2SM4
This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC
Rules and with Innovation, Science and
Economic Development Canada’s
licence-exempt RSS(s). Operation is subject
to the following two conditions:
1. This device may not cause harmful
interference, and
2. This device must accept any interference
received, including interference that may
cause undesired operation.
525
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Customer Information
Vietnam
E278262
C0170230620AF04A2
Zambia
E339828
TIRE PRESSURE MONITORING
SYSTEM SENSORS
Argentina
E380327
526
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Customer Information
CNC ID: H-28035
Brazil
E375123
13309-22-08001
European Union EU
E310043
The RED 2014/53/EU (replacing R&TTE Directive 1999/5/EC on 13 June 2016) explicitly states that instructions for intentional radiators include
reference to "(a) frequency band(s) in which the radio equipment operates; and (b) maximum radio-frequency power transmitted in the
frequency band(s) in which the radio equipment operates," in addition to carrying over the general operational instruction and Declaration
of Conformity inclusion requirements from the R&TTE Directive.
Hereby, Schrader Electronics Ltd. declares that the radio equipment type BG2BP4 is in compliance with Directive 2014/53/EU. The full text
of the EU declaration of conformity is available at the following internet address:
http://www.tpmseuroshop.com/documents/declaration_conformities
527
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Customer Information
f=433.92MHz
P<10mW (e.i.r.p)
Schrader Electronics Ltd. 11 Technology Park, Belfast Road, Antrim BT41 1QS, Northern Ireland United Kingdom.
Israel
E396859
Jamaica
This product has been Type Approved by
Jamaica: SMA - BG2BP4.
Malaysia
E339836
HIDF16000009
Mexico
IFT: RLVSCBG22-2502
Moldova
E337971
528
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Customer Information
Morocco
AGREE PAR L'ANRT MAROC
Numéro d'agrément:
MR00034968ANRT2022
Date d'agrément: 21/12/2022
Paraguay
E339812
NR: 2022-05-I-0000331
Serbia
E392454
Singapore
Complies with IMDA Standards
DA 00461
South Africa
E396860
529
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Customer Information
South Korea
E339675
MSIP-R-C-SRD-BG2BP4
Taiwan
E373549
CCAB22LP0730T0
Thailand
E392562
Ukraine
E269682
Unites Arab Emirates (U.A.E.)
TRA REGISTERED No:
ER10488/22
DEALER No:
DA37380/15
United Kingdom
E362840
530
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Customer Information
United States and Canada
WARNING: Changes or modifications
not expressively approved by the party
responsible for compliance could void the
user's authority to operate the equipment.
The term "IC:" before the radio certification
number only signifies that Industry Canada
technical specifications were met.
FCC ID: MRXBG2BP4
IC: 2546A-BG2BP4
This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC
Rules and with Innovation, Science and
Economic Development Canada’s
licence-exempt RSS(s). Operation is subject
to the following two conditions:
1. This device may not cause harmful
interference, and
2. This device must accept any interference
received, including interference that may
cause undesired operation.
WIRELESS ACCESSORY CHARGING MODULE
Type DesignationSupplierDevice
WCFDM00N2A1LG/BH EVSWireless Charger (WCM)
WCFDM00N2A3
WCFDM00N2A5
531
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Customer Information
Argentina
E368925
E368926
E368927
Brazil
E367123
Democratic Republic of Congo
E370174
European Union
E310043
532
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Customer Information
Ghana
E364756
Indonesia
E375961
E375962
E375963
Israel
E370175
E387620
533
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Customer Information
E387621
Jamaica
E364757
Malaysia
E269697
HIDF16000009
Mauritania
E364761
534
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Customer Information
E364762
E364763
Moldova
E337971
Morocco
E364758
E364759
E364760
535
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Customer Information
Paraguay
E339812
NR: 2021-04-I-0202
NR: 2021-04-I-0203
NR: 2021-04-I-0204
Russia
E253816
Serbia
E364764
Sierra Leone
E371606
Singapore
E339940
South Africa
E364768
536
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Customer Information
South Korea
E339675
R-R-LGE-WCFDM00N2A1
Taiwan
E373549
CCAB21LP050AT3
E373549
CCAB21LP0500T1
E373549
CCAB21LP050BT5
E390486
537
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Customer Information
Ukraine
E269682
United Kingdom
E362840
United Arab Emirates (U.A.E.)
E417828
538
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Customer Information
E417830
E417829
539
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Customer Information
United States and Canada
FCC ID: BEJWCFDM00N2A IC: 2703H-WCFDM00N2A
E357468
540
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Customer Information
Zambia
E364773
PERCHLORATE
Certain components in your vehicle such as
airbag modules, seatbelt pretensioners and
remote control batteries may contain
perchlorate material. Special handling may
apply for service or vehicle end of life
disposal.
For more information visit:
www.dtsc.ca.gov/hazardouswaste/perchlorate.
REPLACEMENT PARTS
RECOMMENDATION
We have built your vehicle to the highest
standards using quality parts. We
recommend that you demand the use of
genuine Ford and Motorcraft parts whenever
your vehicle requires scheduled
maintenance or repair. You can clearly
identify genuine Ford and Motorcraft parts
by looking for the Ford, FoMoCo or
Motorcraft branding on the parts or their
packaging.
Scheduled Maintenance and
Mechanical Repairs
One of the best ways for you to make sure
that your vehicle provides years of service
is to have it maintained in line with our
recommendations using parts that conform
to the specifications detailed in this Owner’ s
Manual.
Genuine Ford and Motorcraft parts meet or
exceed these specifications.
Collision Repairs
We hope that you never experience a
collision, but accidents happen sometimes.
Genuine Ford replacement collision parts
meet our stringent requirements for fit, finish,
structural integrity, corrosion protection and
dent resistance. During vehicle development
we validate that these parts deliver the
intended level of protection as a whole
system. A great way to know for sure you
are getting this level of protection is to use
genuine Ford replacement collision parts.
Warranty on Replacement Parts
Genuine Ford and Motorcraft replacement
parts are the only replacement parts that
benefit from a Ford Warranty.
The Ford Warranty may not cover damage
caused to your vehicle as a result of failed
non-Ford parts.
For additional information, refer to the terms
and conditions of the Ford Warranty.
541
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Customer Information
MOBILE COMMUNICATIONS
EQUIPMENT
WARNING: Driving while distracted
can result in loss of vehicle control, crash
and injury. We strongly recommend that
you use extreme caution when using any
device that may take your focus off the
road. Your primary responsibility is the safe
operation of your vehicle. We recommend
against the use of any hand-held device
while driving and encourage the use of
voice-operated systems when possible.
Make sure you are aware of all applicable
local laws that may affect the use of
electronic devices while driving.
Using mobile communications equipment is
becoming increasingly important in the
conduct of business and personal affairs.
However, you must not compromise your
own or others’ safety when using such
equipment. Mobile communications can
enhance personal safety and security when
appropriately used, particularly in emergency
situations. Safety must be paramount when
using mobile communications equipment to
avoid negating these benefits. Mobile
communication equipment includes, but is
not limited to, cellular phones, pagers,
portable email devices, text messaging
devices and portable two-way radios.
FEDERAL HIGHWAY
ADMINISTRATION REGULATION
Regulations such as those issued by the
Federal Highway Administration or issued
pursuant to the Occupational Safety and
Health Act (OSHA), and state and local laws
and regulations may require additional
equipment for the way you intend to use your
vehicle. It is the responsibility of the
registered owner to determine the
applicability of such laws and regulations to
your intended use for the vehicle, and to
arrange for the installation of required
equipment. The dealer has information
about the availability of equipment which can
be ordered for your vehicle.
EMISSION LAW
WARNING: Do not remove or alter
the original equipment floor covering or
insulation between it and the metal floor
of the vehicle. The floor covering and
insulation protect occupants of the vehicle
from the engine and exhaust system heat
and noise. On vehicles with no original
equipment floor covering insulation, do not
carry passengers in a manner that permits
prolonged skin contact with the metal floor.
Failure to follow these instructions may
result in fire or personal injury.
U.S. federal laws and certain state laws
prohibit removing or rendering inoperative
emission control system components. Similar
federal or provincial laws may apply in
Canada. We do not approve of any vehicle
modification without first determining
applicable laws.
542
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Customer Information
E67028
Tampering with emissions control
systems including related sensors
or the Diesel Exhaust Fluid system
can result in reduced engine power and the
illumination of the service engine soon light.
Tampering With a Noise Control
System
Federal laws prohibit the following acts:
• Removal or rendering inoperative by any
person other than for purposes of
maintenance.
• Repair or replacement of any device or
element of the design incorporated into
a new vehicle for the purpose of noise
control prior to its sale or delivery to the
ultimate purchaser or while it is in use.
• The use of the vehicle after any person
removes or renders inoperative any
device or element of the design.
The U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
may presume to constitute tampering as
follows:
• Removal of hood blanket, fender apron
absorbers, fender apron barriers,
underbody noise shields or acoustically
absorptive material.
• Tampering or rendering inoperative the
engine speed governor, to allow engine
speed to exceed manufacturer
specifications.
If the engine does not start, runs rough,
experiences a decrease in engine
performance, experiences excess fuel
consumption or produces excessive exhaust
smoke, check for the following:
• A plugged or disconnected air inlet
system hose.
• A plugged engine air filter element.
• Water in the fuel filter and water
separator.
• A clogged fuel filter.
• Contaminated fuel.
• Air in the fuel system, due to loose
connections.
• An open or pinched sensor hose.
• Incorrect engine oil level.
• Incorrect fuel for climatic conditions.
• Incorrect engine oil viscosity for climactic
conditions.
Note: Some vehicles have a lifetime fuel filter
that is integrated with the fuel tank. Regular
maintenance or replacement is not needed.
Note: If these checks do not help you correct
the concern, have your vehicle checked as
soon as possible.
Noise Emissions Warranty, Prohibited
Tampering Acts and Maintenance
On January 1, 1978, Federal regulation
became effective governing the noise
emission on trucks over 10,000 lb (4,536 kg)
Gross Vehicle Weight Rating (GVWR). The
preceding statements concerning prohibited
tampering acts and maintenance, and the
noise warranty found in the Warranty Guide,
are applicable to complete chassis cabs over
10,000 lb (4,536 kg) GVWR.
543
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Customer Information
EXPORT UNIQUE OPTIONS
For your particular global region, your vehicle
may be equipped with features and options
that are different from the features and
options that are described in this Owner’s
Manual. A market unique supplement may
be supplied that complements this book. By
referring to the market unique supplement,
if provided, you can properly identify those
features, recommendations and
specifications that are unique to your vehicle.
This Owner’s Manual is written primarily for
the U.S. and Canadian markets. Features or
equipment listed as standard may be
different on units built for export. Refer to
this Owner’s Manual for all other required
information and warnings.
WARRANTY INFORMATION
The following warranties may apply to your
vehicle:
• New vehicle limited warranties.
• Emissions warranties, if applicable. (Note:
Fully-electric vehicles are not eligible for
emissions warranties.)
• Other warranties, if applicable.
Detailed warranty information specific to your
vehicle can be found in the Warranty Guide
at www.owner.lincoln.com.
The following California Warranty Statement,
required by California regulations, applies to
vehicles certified to California emissions
standards and registered in a state that
requires California emissions warranty. If
applicable, additional California Emissions
Warranties can be found in the Warranty
Guide at www.owner.lincoln.com.
CALIFORNIA EMISSION CONTROL
WARRANTY STATEMENT
YOUR WARRANTY RIGHTS AND
OBLIGATIONS
The California Air Resources Board and Ford
Motor Company are pleased to explain the
emission control system warranty on your
(year) vehicle. In California, new motor
vehicles must be designated, built and
equipped to meet the State's stringent
anti-smog standards. Ford Motor Company
must warrant the emission control system on
your vehicle for the periods of time listed
below provided there has been no abuse,
neglect or improper maintenance of your
vehicle.
Your emission control system may include
parts such as the carburetor or fuel-injection
system, the ignition system, catalytic
converter and engine computer. Also
included may be hoses, belts, connectors
and other emission-related assemblies.
Where a warrantable condition exists, Ford
Motor Company will repair your vehicle at
no cost to you including diagnosis, parts and
labor.
544
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Customer Information
MANUFACTURER'S WARRANTY
COVERAGE:
(For 1990 and subsequent model passenger
cars, light-duty trucks, and medium-duty
vehicles.)
- For 3 years or 50,000 miles (whichever
occurs first);
1) If your vehicle fails a Smog Check
inspection, all necessary repairs and
adjustments will be made by Ford Motor
Company to ensure that your emission
control system PERFORMANCE WARRANTY.
2) If any emission-related part on your vehicle
is defective, the part will be repaired or
replaced by Ford Motor Company. This is
your short-term emission control system
DEFECTS WARRANTY.
- For 7 years or 70,000 miles (whichever
occurs first);
1) If an emission-related part listed in this
warranty booklet specially noted with
coverage for 7 years or 70,000 miles is
defective, the part will be repaired or
replaced by Ford Motor Company. This is
your long-term emission control system
DEFECTS WARRANTY.
OWNER'S WARRANTY RESPONSIBILITIES:
- As the vehicle owner, you are responsible
for the performance of the required
maintenance listed in your owner's manual.
Ford Motor Company recommends that you
retain all receipts covering maintenance on
your vehicle, but Ford Motor Company
cannot deny warranty solely for the lack of
receipts or for your failure to ensure the
performance of all scheduled maintenance.
- You are responsible for presenting your
vehicle to a Ford or Lincoln dealer as soon
as a problem exists. The warranty repairs
should be completed in a reasonable amount
of time, not to exceed 30 days.
- As the vehicle owner, you should also be
aware that Ford Motor Company may deny
you warranty coverage if your vehicle or a
part has failed due to abuse, neglect,
improper maintenance or unapproved
modifications.
If you have any questions regarding your
warranty rights and responsibilities, you
should contact Lincoln Concierge at
1-800-521-4140 or the California Air Resource
Board at 4001 Iowa Avenue, Riverside, CA
92507.
New Vehicle Limited Warranty
Your vehicle comes with a New Vehicle
Limited Warranty. The express warranties of
the New Vehicle Limited Warranty are in
substitution for and exclude all other
liabilities of any kind whether arising under
statute, in tort, by implication of law or
otherwise including, to the full extent as may
be allowed by law, liability for any other
representations respecting the vehicle,
statutory warranties or implied warranties or
conditions as to its merchantability or fitness.
545
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Customer Information
Download a free electronic copy or order
one free printed copy of the most up-to-date
Warranty Guide by visiting the Owner
Manuals section of owner.lincoln.com (United
States).
For Canada, visit
lincolncanada.com/warranty.
For Limo/Livery/Hearse vehicles: View and
download your Warranty Guide by visiting
the Warranty Information section of the Fleet
website, fleet.ford.com/limo (United States
only).
546
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Customer Information
ELECTROMAGNETIC
COMPATIBILITY
WARNING: Do not place objects or
mount equipment on or near the airbag
cover, on the side of the front or rear
seatbacks, or in areas that may come into
contact with a deploying airbag. Failure to
follow these instructions may increase the
risk of personal injury in the event of a
crash.
WARNING: Keep antenna and power
cables at least 4 in (10 cm) from any
electronic modules and airbags.
Note: We test and certify your vehicle to
meet electromagnetic compatibility
legislation. It is your responsibility to make
sure that any equipment an authorized
dealer installs on your vehicle complies with
applicable local legislation and other
requirements. Installation of some
aftermarket electronic devices could
degrade the performance of vehicle
functions, which use radio frequency signals
such as broadcast radio receiver, tire
pressure monitoring system, push button
start, Bluetooth® connectivity or satellite
navigation.
Note: Any radio frequency transmitter
equipment in your vehicle, such as, cellular
telephones and amateur radio transmitters,
must keep to the parameters in the following
illustrations and table. We do not provide
any other special provisions or conditions
for installations or use.
547
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Appendices
Car
E239120
548
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Appendices
Van
E239122
549
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Appendices
Truck
E239121
Antenna PositionsMaximum Output Power Watt (Peak RMS)Frequency Band MHz
1501-30
2, 35050-54
2, 35068-88
550
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Appendices
Antenna PositionsMaximum Output Power Watt (Peak RMS)Frequency Band MHz
2, 350142-176
2, 350380-512
2, 310806-870
551
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Appendices
552
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
1
12V Battery.....................................................380
12V Battery Precautions...................................380
Battery Management System
Limitations........................................................382
Changing the 12V Battery................................382
How Does the Battery Management System
Work...................................................................381
Recycling and Disposing of the 12V
Battery..............................................................383
Resetting the Battery Sensor..........................383
What Is the Battery Management
System...............................................................381
12V Battery – Troubleshooting.................383
12V Battery – Information Messages............384
12V Battery – Warning Lamps.........................383
3
360 Degree Camera....................................251
360 Degree Camera Settings.........................253
360 Degree Camera Guide Lines...........252
360 Degree Camera Precautions.............251
360 Degree Camera Settings...................253
Switching the 360 Degree Camera On and
Off......................................................................253
Switching the 360 Degree Camera
View..................................................................253
9
911 Assist...........................................................67
A
A/C
See: Climate Control...........................................144
About This Publication....................................17
ABS
See: Brakes...........................................................216
Accessing the Passive Key Backup
Position.........................................................189
Accessing the Trip Computer....................139
Accessories....................................................476
Adaptive Cruise Control.............................255
Adaptive Cruise Control –
Troubleshooting.............................................272
Lane Centering...................................................264
Lane Centering – Troubleshooting................267
Predictive Speed Assist....................................269
Predictive Speed Assist –
Troubleshooting.............................................272
Adaptive Cruise Control Automatic
Cancellation................................................259
Adaptive Cruise Control Indicators.........263
Adaptive Cruise Control Limitations.......256
Adaptive Cruise Control
Precautions.................................................255
Adaptive Cruise Control –
Troubleshooting.........................................272
Adaptive Cruise Control – Information
Messages.........................................................272
Adaptive Front Lighting................................117
How Does Adaptive Front Lighting Work......117
Switching Adaptive Front Lighting On and
Off........................................................................118
Adjusting the Exterior Mirrors....................125
Adjusting the Headlamps...........................385
Adjusting the Instrument Panel Lighting
Brightness.....................................................119
Adjusting the Seatbelt Height......................51
Adjusting the Seatbelts During
Pregnancy.......................................................51
Adjusting the Sound Settings...................450
Adjusting the Steering Wheel....................102
Adjusting the Volume..................................450
Aid Mode.........................................................291
How Does Aid Mode Work...............................291
What Is Aid Mode................................................291
Airbag Precautions.........................................59
Airbags...............................................................57
Front Passenger Sensing System.....................61
553
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Index
Air Conditioning
See: Climate Control...........................................144
Air Conditioning System Capacity and
Specification...............................................435
Air Suspension..............................................333
Air Suspension – Troubleshooting................334
Air Suspension Limitations.........................333
Air Suspension Precautions.......................333
Air Suspension – Troubleshooting..........334
Air Suspension Troubleshooting – Information
Messages.........................................................334
Alert and Aid Mode.....................................292
How Does Alert and Aid Mode Work............292
What Is Alert and Aid Mode............................292
Alert Mode......................................................291
Adjusting the Steering Wheel Vibration
Intensity.............................................................291
How Does Alert Mode Work............................291
What Is Alert Mode.............................................291
Alexa Built-In.................................................459
All-Wheel Drive..............................................212
All-Wheel Drive – Troubleshooting................215
All-Wheel Drive – Troubleshooting..........215
All-Wheel Drive – Information
Messages..........................................................215
AM/FM Radio.................................................450
AM/FM Radio Limitations.................................450
Selecting an AM/FM Radio Station.................451
Ambient Lighting...........................................120
Adjusting Ambient Lighting..............................120
Switching Ambient Lighting On and Off.......120
Anti-Lock Braking System...........................216
Anti-Lock Braking System Indicators.............216
Anti-Lock Braking System Limitations...........216
Anti-Theft Alarm System...............................98
Arming the Anti-Theft Alarm System...............99
Disarming the Anti-Theft Alarm System.........99
How Does the Anti-Theft Alarm System
Work.....................................................................98
What Are the Inclination Sensors.....................99
What Are the Interior Sensors...........................98
What Is the Anti-Theft Alarm System...............98
What Is the Perimeter Alarm..............................98
Anti-Theft Alarm System Settings..............99
Setting the Alarm Security Level......................99
Switching Ask on Exit On and Off....................99
What are the Alarm Security Levels.................99
What Is Ask on Exit...............................................99
Appendices....................................................547
Applying the Electric Parking Brake.........219
Applying the Electric Parking Brake in an
Emergency...................................................219
Approach Detection
See: Switching Welcome Lighting On and
Off........................................................................113
Apps.................................................................457
Audio System................................................449
AM/FM Radio.......................................................450
Digital Radio..........................................................451
Satellite Radio.....................................................452
Audio System Precautions.........................449
Auto Air Refresh............................................149
Auto Air Refresh Hints........................................152
Auto Air Refresh Indicators................................151
Automatically Refreshing the Interior Air.......151
Checking the Interior Air Quality.....................149
How Does Auto Air Refresh Work...................149
Manually Refreshing the Interior Air................151
What Is Auto Air Refresh...................................149
Auto-Dimming Exterior Mirror....................126
What Is the Auto-Dimming Exterior
Mirror..................................................................126
Auto-Dimming Interior Mirror.....................124
Auto-Dimming Interior Mirror
Limitations.........................................................124
What Is the Auto-Dimming Interior
Mirror..................................................................124
Auto Hold.......................................................233
Auto Hold Indicators....................................234
Autolamps.........................................................111
Autolamp Settings................................................112
What Are Autolamps............................................111
Autolock.............................................................81
Autolock Requirements........................................81
554
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Index
Switching Autolock On and Off..........................81
What Is Autolock....................................................81
Automatically Releasing the Electric
Parking Brake.............................................220
Automatic Crash Shutoff............................353
Automatic Crash Shutoff Precautions...........354
Re-Enabling Your Vehicle.................................354
What Is Automatic Crash Shutoff...................353
Automatic Emergency Braking..................318
Switching Automatic Emergency Braking On
and Off...............................................................318
What Is Automatic Emergency Braking.........318
Automatic Engine Stop................................188
How Does Automatic Engine Stop
Work...................................................................189
Overriding Automatic Engine Stop.................189
Switching Automatic Engine Stop On and
Off.......................................................................189
What Is Automatic Engine Stop.......................188
Automatic High Beam Control....................114
Automatic High Beam Control Indicators......116
Automatic High Beam Control
Limitations..........................................................116
Automatic High Beam Control
Precautions........................................................115
Automatic High Beam Control
Requirements....................................................115
How Does Automatic High Beam Control
Work....................................................................114
Overriding Automatic High Beam
Control................................................................116
Switching Automatic High Beam Control On
and Off................................................................116
Automatic High Beam Control –
Troubleshooting...........................................117
Automatic High Beam Control – Information
Messages...........................................................117
Automatic Locking Mode.............................50
Disengaging Automatic Locking Mode............51
Engaging Automatic Locking Mode................50
What Is Automatic Locking Mode....................50
When to Use Automatic Locking Mode..........50
Automatic Return to Park (P)......................210
Automatic Return to Park (P) Limitations.......210
How Does Automatic Return to Park (P)
Work...................................................................210
Automatic Transmission Audible
Warnings......................................................208
Automatic Transmission.............................205
Automatic Return to Park (P)............................210
Automatic Transmission Positions.................205
Automatic Transmission –
Troubleshooting..............................................210
Manually Shifting Gears...................................208
Temporary Neutral Mode.................................209
Automatic Transmission Fluid Capacity and
Specification...............................................436
Automatic Transmission Position
Indicators.....................................................206
Automatic Transmission Positions...........205
Drive (D)................................................................206
Neutral (N)............................................................206
Park (P)..................................................................205
Reverse (R)...........................................................205
Automatic Transmission
Precautions.................................................205
Automatic Transmission –
Troubleshooting..........................................210
Automatic Transmission – Information
Messages..........................................................210
Auto-Start-Stop..............................................193
Auto-Start-Stop – Troubleshooting.................194
Auto-Start-Stop Indicators...........................193
Auto-Start-Stop Precautions.......................193
Auto-Start-Stop – Troubleshooting...........194
Auto-Start-Stop – Frequently Asked
Questions..........................................................195
Auto-Start-Stop – Information
Messages..........................................................194
Auto Tow/Haul................................................341
How Does Auto Tow/Haul Work......................341
Autounlock.......................................................80
Autounlock Requirements..................................80
555
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Index
Switching Autounlock On and Off.....................81
What Is Autounlock..............................................80
Autowipers......................................................104
Adjusting the Sensitivity of the Rain
Sensor...............................................................105
Autowipers Settings...........................................104
What Are Autowipers.........................................104
AWD
See: All-Wheel Drive...........................................212
B
Blind Spot Assist...........................................293
Blind Spot Assist Limitations...........................294
How Does Blind Spot Assist Work.................293
What Is Blind Spot Assist..................................293
Blind Spot Assist with Trailer
Coverage.....................................................294
Blind Spot Assist with Trailer Coverage
Indicators.........................................................296
Blind Spot Assist with Trailer Coverage
Limitations.......................................................295
How Does Blind Spot Assist with Trailer
Coverage Work..............................................294
What Is Blind Spot Assist with Trailer
Coverage.........................................................294
Blind Spot Information System.................300
Blind Spot Information System –
Troubleshooting.............................................304
Blind Spot Information System With Trailer
Coverage.........................................................302
Blind Spot Information System
Indicators.....................................................303
Blind Spot Information System
Limitations...................................................300
Blind Spot Information System
Precautions.................................................300
Blind Spot Information System
Requirements..............................................301
Blind Spot Information System –
Troubleshooting.........................................304
Blind Spot Information System – Information
Messages.........................................................304
Blind Spot Information System With Trailer
Coverage.....................................................302
Blind Spot Information System With Trailer
Coverage Limitations....................................302
Selecting a Trailer...............................................303
Setting a Trailer Length....................................302
What Is Blind Spot Information System with
Trailer Coverage............................................302
BlueCruise Alerts..........................................278
BlueCruise Automatic Cancellation.........278
BlueCruise Indicators..................................279
BlueCruise Limitations................................276
BlueCruise Precautions..............................275
BlueCruise Requirements..........................276
BlueCruise Settings......................................277
BlueCruise – Troubleshooting..................282
BlueCruise – Information Messages.............282
Bluetooth®......................................................469
Bluetooth® – Troubleshooting........................469
Bluetooth® – Troubleshooting..................469
Bonnet Lock
See: Opening and Closing the Hood............370
Booster Seats..................................................44
Brake Fluid Specification.............................217
Brake Over Accelerator...............................216
Brake Precautions.........................................216
Brakes..............................................................216
Anti-Lock Braking System.................................216
Brakes – Troubleshooting.................................217
Brakes – Troubleshooting...........................217
Brakes – Frequently Asked Questions.........218
Brakes – Information Messages......................218
Brakes – Warning Lamps...................................217
Breaking-In.....................................................345
C
Calculating Payload.....................................327
Calculating the Load Limit..........................327
556
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Index
Canceling the Set Speed...........................262
Capacities and Specifications...................429
Catalytic Converter......................................203
Catalytic Converter – Troubleshooting........204
Catalytic Converter Precautions..............203
Catalytic Converter –
Troubleshooting.........................................204
Catalytic Converter – Warning Lamps..........204
Center Console..............................................183
Opening the Center Console...........................183
Center Display..............................................456
Center Display Overview...........................456
Changing a Flat Tire....................................420
Changing a Road Wheel............................420
Changing the Fuel Filter.............................380
Changing the Language..............................138
Changing the Measurement Unit..............138
Changing the Radio Station......................455
Changing the Remote Control Battery.......71
Changing the Temperature Unit................138
Changing the Tire Pressure Unit...............138
Charging a Device.........................................177
Charging a Wireless Device.......................182
Checking the Brake Fluid............................217
Checking the Seatbelts.................................54
Checking the Tire Pressures.....................408
Checking the Wiper Blades........................106
Children and Airbags......................................61
Child Restraint Anchor Points......................35
Locating the Child Restraint Lower Anchor
Points...................................................................35
Locating the Child Restraint Top Tether
Anchor Points....................................................36
What Are the Child Restraint Anchor
Points...................................................................35
Child Restraints...............................................36
Child Restraint Position Information.................36
Child Restraints Recommendation...................38
Child Safety......................................................34
Child Restraint Anchor Points............................35
Child Restraints.....................................................36
Child Safety Locks – Troubleshooting.............47
Installing Child Restraints...................................39
Child Safety Locks..........................................46
Child Safety Locks – Troubleshooting.......47
Child Safety Locks – Information
Messages............................................................47
Child Safety Precautions...............................34
Cleaning Products........................................388
Cleaning the Exterior..................................389
Cleaning Camera Lenses and Sensors.........391
Cleaning Chrome, Aluminium or Stainless
Steel..................................................................390
Cleaning Headlamps and Rear Lamps.........389
Cleaning Stripes or Graphics...........................391
Cleaning the Engine Compartment...............390
Cleaning the Exterior Precautions.................389
Cleaning the Underbody...................................391
Cleaning Wheels................................................390
Cleaning Windows and Wiper Blades..........389
Cleaning the Interior.....................................391
Cleaning Carpets and Floor Mats..................393
Cleaning Displays and Screens.......................391
Cleaning Fabric...................................................392
Cleaning Glass Roof Tracks.............................393
Cleaning Leather................................................392
Cleaning Plastic...................................................391
Cleaning Seatbelts.............................................393
Cleaning Storage Compartments..................393
Cleaning the Instrument Panel........................391
Cleaning Vinyl.....................................................392
Climate Control..............................................144
Closing the Liftgate........................................94
Closing the Liftgate From Inside Your
Vehicle................................................................94
Closing the Liftgate From Outside Your
Vehicle................................................................94
Closing the Liftgate Using the Remote
Control................................................................95
Connected Navigation................................472
Connected Vehicle......................................443
Connected Vehicle – Troubleshooting.........444
Connecting the Vehicle to a Mobile
Network............................................................443
557
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Index
Connected Vehicle Data...............................27
Connected Vehicle Limitations.................443
Connected Vehicle Requirements...........443
Connected Vehicle Settings......................444
Connected Vehicle –
Troubleshooting.........................................444
Connected Vehicle – Frequently Asked
Questions.........................................................444
Connecting a Bluetooth® Device.............469
Connecting a Trailer....................................335
Connecting a Trailer – Troubleshooting.......337
Connecting a Trailer Precautions.............335
Connecting a Trailer –
Troubleshooting.........................................337
Connecting a Trailer – Information
Messages.........................................................337
Connecting the Vehicle to a Mobile
Network........................................................443
Connecting Lincoln Way to the Modem.......443
Enabling and Disabling the Modem..............443
What Is the Modem............................................443
Connecting the Vehicle to a Wi-Fi
Network........................................................443
Connecting Your Phone.............................462
Contacting Us...................................................15
Controls...........................................................457
Coolant............................................................376
Adding Coolant...................................................377
Changing the Coolant.......................................378
Checking the Coolant Level............................376
Coolant – Information Messages...................380
Coolant – Warning Lamps................................379
Managing the Coolant Temperature.............379
Cooling System Capacity and
Specification................................................433
Crash and Breakdown Information..........349
Automatic Crash Shutoff..................................353
Fail-Safe Cooling................................................355
Jump Starting the Vehicle.................................351
Post-Crash Alert System...................................353
Crash Sensors and Airbag Indicator..........65
Creating a Personal Profile........................470
Cross Traffic Alert..........................................310
Cross Traffic Alert – Troubleshooting............313
Cross Traffic Alert Indicators......................312
Cross Traffic Alert Limitations.....................311
Cross Traffic Alert Precautions..................310
Cross Traffic Alert –
Troubleshooting..........................................313
Cross Traffic Alert – Information
Messages..........................................................313
Cross Traffic Braking...................................228
Cross Traffic Braking –
Troubleshooting.............................................230
Cross Traffic Braking Indicators...............229
Cross Traffic Braking Precautions............228
Cross Traffic Braking –
Troubleshooting.........................................230
Cross Traffic Braking – Frequently Asked
Questions..........................................................231
Cross Traffic Braking – Information
Messages.........................................................230
Customer Information.................................486
Radio Frequency Certification Labels...........490
Customizing the Instrument Cluster
Display...........................................................137
D
Data Privacy.....................................................24
Department of Transportation Uniform Tire
Quality Grades............................................397
Digital Radio...................................................451
Digital Radio Indicators.....................................452
Digital Radio Limitations...................................452
How Does Digital Radio Work..........................451
Switching Digital Radio Reception On and
Off......................................................................452
What Is Digital Radio..........................................451
Directing the Flow of Air..............................146
Disposing of Airbags.....................................66
Door Lock Indicators......................................82
558
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Index
Door Lock Switch Inhibitor...........................80
How Does the Door Lock Switch Inhibitor
Work....................................................................80
Doors and Locks Audible Warnings..........82
Doors and Locks.............................................79
Autolock...................................................................81
Autounlock.............................................................80
Door Lock Switch Inhibitor.................................80
Doors and Locks – Troubleshooting...............82
Mislock......................................................................81
Operating the Doors From Inside Your
Vehicle................................................................80
Operating the Doors From Outside Your
Vehicle.................................................................79
Doors and Locks – Troubleshooting.........82
Doors and Locks – Frequently Asked
Questions...........................................................83
Doors and Locks – Information
Messages...........................................................82
Doors and Locks – Warning Lamps.................82
Drive Belt Routing Overview.....................380
Drive Mode Control.....................................285
Drive Mode Control – Troubleshooting.......286
Drive Modes........................................................285
Drive Mode Control –
Troubleshooting.........................................286
Drive Mode Control – Frequently Asked
Questions.........................................................288
Drive Mode Control – Information
Messages.........................................................287
Drive Mode Control – Warning Lamps.........286
Drive Modes..................................................285
Conserve..............................................................285
Deep Conditions................................................286
Excite.....................................................................286
Normal...................................................................286
Slippery.................................................................286
Driving Economically...................................345
Driving Hints..................................................345
Driving in Cold Weather.............................345
Driving In Sand..............................................347
Driving on Hilly or Sloping Terrain...........346
Driving Through Mud and Water..............346
Driving Through Shallow Water................347
E
Easy Entry and Exit..........................................91
Electric Parking Brake Audible
Warning........................................................220
Electric Parking Brake..................................219
Electric Parking Brake –
Troubleshooting.............................................220
Electric Parking Brake –
Troubleshooting.........................................220
Electric Parking Brake – Information
Messages.........................................................222
Electric Parking Brake – Warning
Lamps...............................................................220
Electric Power Steering..............................240
Electric Power Steering Precautions.............240
How Does Electric Power Steering
Work..................................................................240
Electromagnetic Compatibility..................547
Emergency Call Limitations.........................68
Emergency Call Requirements....................67
Emergency Call System Data......................28
Emergency Towing.......................................357
Emission Law.................................................542
Enabling or Disabling Personal
Profiles..........................................................470
Enabling Remote Start.................................142
Engine Air Filter............................................375
Changing the Engine Air Filter........................375
Engine Block Heater....................................186
Engine Block Heater Precautions...................186
How Does the Engine Block Heater
Work...................................................................187
Using the Engine Block Heater.......................187
Engine Coolant Temperature Gauge........131
559
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Index
Engine Oil Capacity and
Specification................................................431
Engine Oil.......................................................374
Adding Engine Oil..............................................374
Checking the Engine Oil Level........................374
Engine Oil Dipstick Overview..........................374
Intelligent Oil Life Monitor................................375
Resetting the Intelligent Oil Life
Monitor..............................................................375
Engine Specifications..................................429
Environment.....................................................29
Evasive Steering Assist................................318
Evasive Steering Assist Limitations................319
Switching Evasive Steering Assist On and
Off.......................................................................319
What Is Evasive Steering Assist.......................318
Event Data........................................................26
Exit Warning...................................................306
Exit Warning – Troubleshooting.....................309
Exit Warning Indicators...............................308
Exit Warning Limitations.............................307
Exit Warning Precautions...........................306
Exit Warning – Troubleshooting...............309
Exit Warning – Information Messages..........309
Export Unique Options...............................544
Extending the Remote Start Duration......143
Exterior Bulbs................................................387
Exterior Bulb Specification Chart...................387
Exterior Lamps................................................112
Exterior Lamps On Audible Warning...............113
Switching the Daytime Running Lamps On
and Off................................................................112
Switching Welcome Lighting On and Off.......113
Using the Turn Signal Lamps............................112
Exterior Lighting Control..............................110
Exterior Lighting.............................................110
Adaptive Front Lighting......................................117
Autolamps...............................................................111
Automatic High Beam Control..........................114
Automatic High Beam Control –
Troubleshooting...............................................117
Exterior Lamps......................................................112
Headlamps.............................................................110
Headlamps – Troubleshooting..........................111
Exterior Mirrors..............................................125
Auto-Dimming Exterior Mirror..........................126
Exterior Overview...........................................32
F
Fail-Safe Cooling..........................................355
Driving When Fail-Safe Mode Is
Activated..........................................................355
Fail-Safe Cooling Indicators............................356
How Does Fail-Safe Cooling Work................355
What Is Fail-Safe Cooling.................................355
Fastening and Unfastening the
Seatbelts........................................................49
Federal Highway Administration
Regulation...................................................542
Flat Tire
See: Changing a Flat Tire................................420
Floor Mats.......................................................348
Folding the Exterior Mirrors........................125
Front Axle Fluid Capacity and
Specification...............................................439
Front Parking Aid..........................................245
Front Parking Aid Audible Warnings.............245
Front Parking Aid Limitations..........................245
Locating the Front Parking Aid Sensors.......245
What is the Front Parking Aid.........................245
Front Passenger Sensing System...............61
Front Passenger Sensing System
Indicators............................................................64
Front Passenger Sensing System
Precautions........................................................64
How Does the Front Passenger Sensing
System Work.......................................................61
What Is the Front Passenger Sensing
System..................................................................61
Front Seat Precautions................................153
Front Seats......................................................153
Heated Seats........................................................158
Massage Seats.....................................................158
560
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Index
Power Seats..........................................................154
Ventilated Seats...................................................159
Fuel and Refueling........................................196
Fuel and Refueling – Troubleshooting..........201
Fuel Quality...........................................................197
Refueling................................................................199
Running Out of Fuel...........................................198
Fuel and Refueling Precautions................196
Fuel and Refueling –
Troubleshooting..........................................201
Fuel and Refueling – Information
Messages..........................................................201
Fuel and Refueling – Warning Lamps............201
Fuel Gauge......................................................131
Fuel Gauge Limitations.......................................131
Locating the Fuel Filler Door.............................131
What Is Distance to Empty.................................131
What Is the Fuel Gauge......................................131
What Is the Low Fuel Reminder........................131
Fuel Quality.....................................................197
Selecting the Correct Fuel................................197
Fuel Tank Capacity.......................................201
Fuse Precautions..........................................358
Fuses...............................................................358
Fuses – Troubleshooting.................................369
Interior Fuse Box................................................365
Under Hood Fuse Box......................................358
Fuses – Troubleshooting...........................369
Fuses – Frequently Asked Questions..........369
G
Garage Door Opener....................................171
Garage Door Opener Introduction............171
Garage Door Opener Precautions and
Frequencies..................................................171
General Maintenance Information............481
Glasses Holder...............................................184
Locating the Glasses Holder............................184
Glass Roof Bounce-Back.............................128
Overriding Glass Roof Bounce-Back.............129
What Is Glass Roof Bounce-Back....................128
Glass Roof.......................................................127
Glass Roof Bounce-Back...................................128
Global Opening and Closing......................122
Switching Global Closing On and Off............122
Switching Global Opening On and Off..........122
Using Global Closing..........................................122
Using Global Opening.......................................122
What Is Global Opening and Closing.............122
Glossary of Tire Terminology....................403
Glove Compartment.....................................183
Locking the Glove Compartment....................183
Opening the Glove Compartment..................183
Google Assistant..........................................460
H
Headlamp Adjusting
See: Adjusting the Headlamps.......................385
Headlamps.......................................................110
Adjusting the Level of the Headlamps...........110
Headlamp Indicators............................................111
Switching Headlamp Exit Delay On and
Off........................................................................110
Using the High Beam Headlamps...................110
Headlamps – Troubleshooting....................111
Headlamps – Frequently Asked
Questions............................................................111
Head Up Display...........................................140
Head Up Display – Troubleshooting...............141
Head Up Display Settings...........................140
Head Up Display – Troubleshooting.........141
Head Up Display – Information
Messages...........................................................141
Heated Seats..................................................158
Heated Seat Precautions..................................158
Switching the Heated Seats On and Off.......158
Heating
See: Climate Control...........................................144
Hill Start Assist..............................................232
Hill Start Assist – Troubleshooting.................232
Hill Start Assist Precautions.......................232
561
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Index
Hill Start Assist – Troubleshooting..........232
Hill Start Assist – Information
Messages.........................................................232
Hood Lock
See: Opening and Closing the Hood............370
Horn..................................................................102
How Does 911 Assist Work...........................67
How Does Adaptive Cruise Control With
Stop and Go Work.....................................255
How Does Air Suspension Work..............333
How Does All-Wheel Drive Work..............212
How Does Auto Hold Work.......................233
How Does Blind Spot Information System
Work..............................................................300
How Does BlueCruise Work......................274
How Does Cross Traffic Alert Work..........310
How Does Cross Traffic Braking
Work..............................................................228
How Does Drive Mode Control
Work..............................................................285
How Does Easy Entry and Exit Work..........91
How Does Exit Warning Work...................306
How Does Hill Start Assist Work..............232
How Does Pre-Collision Assist Work.......314
How Does Reverse Brake Assist
Work..............................................................224
How Does Speed Sign Recognition
Work..............................................................322
How Does Stability Control Work.............237
How Does the 360 Degree Camera
Work...............................................................251
How Does the Lane Keeping System
Work..............................................................289
How Does the Personal Safety System
Work................................................................56
How Does the Rear Occupant Alert System
Work...............................................................168
How Does the Safety Canopy™ Work........59
How Does Traction Control Work............235
How Does Trailer Sway Control
Work..............................................................344
How Do Personal Profiles Work...............470
How Do the Front Airbags Work.................57
How Do the Knee Airbags Work................58
How Do the Side Airbags Work..................57
I
Icon Glossary
See: Symbols Glossary.........................................19
Icons
See: Symbols Glossary.........................................19
Identifying Fuse Types................................369
Identifying the Climate Control Unit.........144
Identifying the Rear Passenger Audio
Controls........................................................455
Identifying the Rear Passenger Climate
Control Unit..................................................147
Inflating the Tires.........................................408
Information on the Tire Sidewall..............398
In-Lane Repositioning..................................281
How Does In-Lane Repositioning Work........281
In-Lane Repositioning Indicators....................282
Switching In-Lane Repositioning On and
Off......................................................................282
Inspecting the Tire for Damage...............409
Inspecting the Tire for Wear......................409
Inspecting the Wheel Valve Stems...........413
Installing and Removing the Luggage
Compartment Cover.................................330
Installing Child Restraints.............................39
Combining the Seatbelt and Lower Anchors
for Attaching Child Restraints.......................42
Installing a Child Restraint in a Center
Seat......................................................................42
Using Lower Anchors and Tethers for
Children...............................................................41
Using Seatbelts.....................................................39
Using Tether Straps..............................................42
Instrument Cluster Display..........................136
Instrument Cluster Display Main
Menu..............................................................137
Instrument Cluster Indicators.....................134
562
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Index
Instrument Cluster.........................................130
Fuel Gauge.............................................................131
Instrument Cluster Overview.....................130
Instrument Cluster Warning Lamps..........132
Interior Air Quality.........................................149
Auto Air Refresh...................................................149
Interior Bulbs.................................................387
Interior Bulb Specification Chart.....................387
Interior Fuse Box..........................................365
Accessing the Interior Fuse Box....................365
Identifying the Fuses in the Interior Fuse
Box.....................................................................366
Locating the Interior Fuse Box........................365
Interior Lamp Function..................................119
Switching the Interior Lamp Function On and
Off........................................................................119
What Is the Interior Lamp Function.................119
Interior Lighting...............................................119
Ambient Lighting.................................................120
Interior Lamp Function........................................119
Interior Lighting – Troubleshooting................120
Interior Lighting – Troubleshooting..........120
Interior Lighting – Frequently Asked
Questions.........................................................120
Interior Mirror..................................................124
Auto-Dimming Interior Mirror...........................124
Interior Mirror Precautions..........................124
Interior Overview............................................30
Introduction.......................................................17
J
Jump Starting the Vehicle...........................351
Jump Starting Precautions................................351
Jump Starting the Vehicle.................................351
Preparing the Vehicle.........................................351
K
Keyless Entry....................................................84
Keyless Entry – Troubleshooting......................86
Keyless Entry Keypad....................................87
Keyless Entry Keypad –
Troubleshooting...............................................90
Keyless Entry Keypad Limitations...............87
Keyless Entry Keypad Master Access
Code................................................................87
Keyless Entry Keypad Personal Access
Codes..............................................................88
Keyless Entry Keypad –
Troubleshooting...........................................90
Keyless Entry Keypad – Frequently Asked
Questions...........................................................90
Keyless Entry Limitations..............................84
Keyless Entry Settings...................................84
Keyless Entry – Troubleshooting................86
Keyless Entry – Frequently Asked
Questions...........................................................86
Keys and Remote Controls Audible
Warnings.........................................................74
Keys and Remote Controls..........................69
Keys and Remote Controls –
Troubleshooting................................................74
Keys and Remote Controls –
Troubleshooting............................................74
Keys and Remote Controls – Information
Messages............................................................74
L
Lane Centering.............................................264
How Does Lane Centering Work...................264
Lane Centering Alerts.......................................266
Lane Centering Automatic Cancellation......266
Lane Centering Indicators................................267
Lane Centering Limitations..............................265
Lane Centering Manual Cancellation............267
Lane Centering Precautions............................264
Lane Centering Requirements........................264
Switching Lane Centering On and Off..........266
Lane Centering – Troubleshooting..........267
Lane Centering – Information
Messages.........................................................267
563
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Index
Lane Change Assist....................................280
How Does Lane Change Assist Work...........280
Lane Change Assist Cancellation..................280
Lane Change Assist Limitations.....................280
Switching Lane Change Assist On and
Off......................................................................280
Lane Change Assist –
Troubleshooting..........................................281
Lane Change Assist – Information
Messages..........................................................281
Lane Keeping System Indicators.............292
Lane Keeping System.................................289
Aid Mode...............................................................291
Alert and Aid Mode............................................292
Alert Mode............................................................291
Blind Spot Assist.................................................293
Blind Spot Assist with Trailer Coverage.......294
Lane Keeping System –
Troubleshooting.............................................298
Lane Keeping System Limitations...........290
Lane Keeping System Precautions..........289
Lane Keeping System –
Troubleshooting.........................................298
Lane Keeping System – Frequently Asked
Questions........................................................299
Lane Keeping System – Information
Messages.........................................................298
Launching or Retrieving a Boat or Personal
Watercraft....................................................340
Liftgate...............................................................92
Closing the Liftgate..............................................94
Liftgate – Troubleshooting.................................96
Opening the Liftgate............................................92
Liftgate Obstacle Detection.........................95
Liftgate Precautions.......................................92
Liftgate – Troubleshooting...........................96
Liftgate – Frequently Asked Questions..........97
Liftgate – Information Messages......................96
Liftgate – Warning Lamps...................................96
Lincoln BlueCruise.......................................274
BlueCruise – Troubleshooting........................282
In-Lane Repositioning........................................281
Lane Change Assist...........................................280
Lane Change Assist – Troubleshooting........281
Lincoln Protect..............................................478
Linking or Unlinking a Personal Profile to
a Device........................................................471
Linking or Unlinking a Personal Profile to
a Remote Control........................................471
Load Carrying................................................325
Roof Rack.............................................................329
Load Carrying Precautions........................325
Loading Your Trailer.....................................339
Locating the 360 Degree Cameras.........252
Locating the Blind Spot Information System
Sensors.........................................................301
Locating the Brake Fluid Reservoir..........216
Locating the Cabin Air Filter.......................149
Locating the Cross Traffic Alert
Sensors..........................................................311
Locating the Exit Warning Sensors..........308
Locating the Fuel Filler Funnel..................197
Locating the Keyless Entry Keypad............87
Locating the Power Outlets........................178
Locating the Pre-Collision Assist
Sensors..........................................................317
Locating the Rear View Camera...............248
Locating the Safety Compliance
Certification Labels...................................326
Locating the Tire label................................397
Locating the USB Ports................................176
Locating the Wireless Accessory
Charger..........................................................181
Locating Your Vehicle....................................70
Locking the Rear Window Controls..........123
Luggage Compartment Anchor
Points.............................................................331
Locating the Luggage Compartment Anchor
Points................................................................332
Luggage Compartment Anchor Point
Precautions.......................................................331
564
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Index
Luggage Compartment..............................330
Luggage Compartment Anchor Points..........331
Luggage Compartment Precautions.......330
M
Maintenance..................................................370
12V Battery...........................................................380
12V Battery – Troubleshooting.......................383
Coolant..................................................................376
Engine Air Filter...................................................375
Engine Oil.............................................................374
Exterior Bulbs......................................................387
Interior Bulbs........................................................387
Maintenance Precautions..........................370
Making and Receiving a Phone Call.......464
Manually Releasing the Electric Parking
Brake............................................................220
Manually Shifting Gears.............................208
Shifting Using the Paddle Shifters.................208
Manual Seats..................................................160
Accessing the Third Row Seats.......................163
Adjusting the Head Restraint...........................160
Adjusting the Seat Backrest..............................161
Folding the Seat Backrest.................................162
Head Restraint Components............................160
Installing the Head Restraint.............................161
Moving the Seat Backward and Forward......161
Removing the Head Restraint...........................161
Massage Seats...............................................158
Adjusting the Massage Seat Settings............158
Massage Seat Limitations.................................158
Media Control Buttons................................449
Mislock................................................................81
How Does Mislock Work......................................81
Mislock Limitations................................................81
Switching Mislock On and Off............................81
What Is Mislock.......................................................81
Mobile Communications Equipment.......542
Mobile Device Data........................................27
Moonroof
See: Glass Roof....................................................127
Motorcraft Parts............................................430
N
Navigation......................................................472
O
Opening and Closing the Glass Roof.......127
Opening and Closing the Hood...............370
Opening and Closing the Sunshade........127
Opening and Closing the Windows..........121
Opening the Liftgate......................................92
Opening the Liftgate From Inside Your
Vehicle................................................................92
Opening the Liftgate From Outside Your
Vehicle................................................................92
Opening the Liftgate Using the Remote
Control................................................................93
Operating the Doors From Inside Your
Vehicle............................................................80
Opening the Doors From Inside Your
Vehicle................................................................80
Unlocking and Locking the Doors Using the
Central Locking.................................................80
Operating the Doors From Outside Your
Vehicle............................................................79
Unlocking and Locking the Doors Using the
Key Blade............................................................79
Unlocking and Locking the Doors Using the
Remote Control.................................................79
Ordering a Canadian French Owner's
Manual..........................................................488
OTA
See: Software Update Settings.......................473
See: Vehicle Software Updates......................473
Overriding Cross Traffic Braking..............229
Overriding Reverse Brake Assist.............225
Overriding the Set Speed..........................263
565
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Index
Over the air
See: Software Update Settings.......................473
Over-the-air
See: Software Update Settings.......................473
See: Vehicle Software Updates......................473
See: Vehicle Software Updates......................473
P
Panorama Roof
See: Glass Roof....................................................127
Panoramic Roof
See: Glass Roof....................................................127
Parking Aid Indicators.................................246
Parking Aid Precautions.............................243
Parking Aids...................................................243
Front Parking Aid................................................245
Parking Aids – Troubleshooting.....................246
Rear Parking Aid.................................................244
Parking Aids – Troubleshooting...............246
Parking Aids – Information Messages..........246
Passive Anti-Theft System............................98
How Does the Passive Anti-Theft System
Work.....................................................................98
What Is the Passive Anti-Theft System...........98
Perchlorate......................................................541
Performing a System Reset.......................475
Personalized Settings..................................138
Personal Profiles...........................................470
Personal Safety System Components.......56
Personal Safety System™..............................56
Phone as a Key Limitations..........................75
Phone as a Key................................................75
Phone as a Key – Troubleshooting...................77
Phone as a Key – Troubleshooting............77
Phone as a Key – Frequently Asked
Questions............................................................77
Phone Menu..................................................462
Phone..............................................................462
Phone Precautions.......................................462
Playing and Pausing the Audio
Source..........................................................455
Playing Media Using Bluetooth®..............469
Playing Media Using the USB Port...........176
Post-Collision Braking.................................353
Post-Crash Alert System.............................353
How Does the Post-Crash Alert System
Work..................................................................353
Post-Crash Alert System Limitations.............353
Switching the Post-Crash Alert System
Off......................................................................353
What Is the Post-Crash Alert System............353
Power Outlet Indicators...............................179
Power Outlet Limitations.............................178
Power Outlet...................................................178
Power Outlet Precautions...........................178
Power Seats....................................................154
Accessing the Third Row Seats.......................165
Adjusting the Head Restraint...........................154
Adjusting the Lumbar Support.........................157
Adjusting the Seat Backrest.............................156
Adjusting the Seat Cushion..............................156
Adjusting the Seat Height.................................157
Folding the Seats................................................163
Head Restraint Components............................154
Moving the Seat Backward and
Forward.............................................................155
Power-Up
See: Software Update Settings.......................473
See: Vehicle Software Updates......................473
Pre-Collision Assist Limitations..................315
Pre-Collision Assist Precautions................314
Pre-Collision Assist.......................................314
Automatic Emergency Braking........................318
Evasive Steering Assist......................................318
Pre-Collision Assist – Troubleshooting..........319
Pre-Collision Assist –
Troubleshooting..........................................319
Pre-Collision Assist – Frequently Asked
Questions..........................................................321
Pre-Collision Assist – Information
Messages.........................................................320
Pre-Collision Assist – Warning Lamps...........319
566
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Index
Predictive Speed Assist.............................269
Adjusting the Set Speed Tolerance...............270
How Does Predictive Speed Assist
Work..................................................................269
Predictive Speed Assist Alerts........................270
Predictive Speed Assist Indicators................270
Predictive Speed Assist Limitations..............270
Predictive Speed Assist Precautions............269
Switching Predictive Speed Assist Mode On
and Off..............................................................270
Predictive Speed Assist –
Troubleshooting.........................................272
Predictive Speed Assist – Information
Messages.........................................................272
Preparing Your Vehicle for Storage.........395
Programming the Garage Door
Opener..........................................................172
Programming the Remote Control.............72
Programming Your Phone.............................75
Properly Adjusting the Driver and Front
Passenger Seats..........................................60
Protecting the Environment.........................29
Puncture
See: Changing a Flat Tire................................420
Push Button Ignition Switch.......................185
R
Radio Frequency Certification
Labels...........................................................490
Blind Spot Information System Sensors.......490
Body Control Module........................................499
Cruise Control Module.....................................502
Keys and Remote Controls..............................509
Operating System................................................511
Radio Transceiver Module................................514
Remote Function Actuator...............................498
Telematics Control Unit......................................517
Tire Pressure Monitoring System
Sensors............................................................520
Wireless Accessory Charging Module...........531
Rear Axle Fluid Capacity and
Specification...............................................440
Rear Cross Traffic Braking
See: Cross Traffic Braking................................228
Rear Occupant Alert System Audible
Warnings.......................................................170
Rear Occupant Alert System
Indicators......................................................169
Rear Occupant Alert System
Limitations....................................................168
Rear Occupant Alert System
Precautions..................................................168
Rear Occupant Alert System......................168
Rear Occupant Alert System
Settings.........................................................169
Rear Parking Aid...........................................244
Locating the Rear Parking Aid Sensors........244
Rear Parking Aid Audible Warnings..............244
Rear Parking Aid Limitations............................244
What is the Rear Parking Aid...........................244
Rear Passenger Audio Controls...............455
Rear Passenger Climate Control...............147
Rear Seats.......................................................160
Heated Seats........................................................165
Manual Seats........................................................160
Power Seats..........................................................163
Ventilated Seats...................................................166
Rear View Camera Guide Lines...............248
Rear View Camera Precautions................248
Rear View Camera.......................................248
Rear View Camera Settings.............................249
Rear View Camera Settings......................249
Switching Rear View Camera Delay On and
Off......................................................................249
Switching the Rear View Camera View........250
Zooming the Rear View Camera In and
Out.....................................................................249
Rebooting the Center Display..................458
Refueling.........................................................199
Refueling System Overview.............................199
Refueling Your Vehicle.......................................199
567
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Index
Releasing the Electric Parking Brake if the
Vehicle Battery Has Run Out of
Charge.........................................................220
Remote Control Limitations.........................69
Remotely Starting and Stopping the
Vehicle...........................................................142
Remote Start Limitations.............................142
Remote Start Precautions...........................142
Remote Start...................................................142
Remote Start Settings..................................143
Removing the Key Blade...............................70
Removing Your Vehicle From
Storage.........................................................396
Repairing Minor Paint Damage.................393
Replacement Parts
Recommendation.......................................541
Replacing a Lost Key or Remote
Control............................................................72
Replacing the Front Wiper Blades -
Vehicles With: Heated Wiper
Blades............................................................107
Replacing the Front Wiper Blades -
Vehicles Without: Heated Wiper
Blades...........................................................106
Replacing the Rear Wiper Blades.............107
Reporting Safety Defects in Canada.......489
Reporting Safety Defects in the United
States............................................................488
Resetting the Stopping Position................102
Resetting the Trip Computer......................139
Restarting the Engine...................................193
Resuming the Set Speed...........................262
Reverse Brake Assist Indicators...............225
Reverse Brake Assist Precautions...........224
Reverse Brake Assist..................................224
Reverse Brake Assist –
Troubleshooting.............................................226
Reverse Brake Assist –
Troubleshooting.........................................226
Reverse Brake Assist – Frequently Asked
Questions.........................................................227
Reverse Brake Assist – Information
Messages.........................................................226
Reverse Wipe.................................................106
Reverse Wipe Settings......................................106
What Is Reverse Wipe........................................106
Roadside Assistance...................................349
Rollover Warning..........................................486
Roof Rack.......................................................329
Roof Rack Precautions......................................329
Running-In
See: Breaking-In.................................................345
Running Out of Fuel.....................................198
Adding Fuel From a Portable Fuel
Container..........................................................198
Filling a Portable Fuel Container.....................198
S
Satellite Radio...............................................452
Locating the Satellite Radio Identification
Number.............................................................453
Satellite Radio Limitations................................453
Satellite Radio Settings.....................................454
Selecting a Channel...........................................453
Setting an Alert...................................................454
What Is Satellite Radio......................................452
Scheduled Maintenance.............................481
Seatbelt Extensions.......................................54
Seatbelt Precautions......................................48
Seatbelt Reminder..........................................52
How Does the Seatbelt Reminder Work.........52
Seatbelt Reminder Audible Warnings.............53
Seatbelt Reminder Indicators............................52
Switching the Seatbelt Reminder On and
Off.........................................................................53
Seatbelts...........................................................48
Automatic Locking Mode....................................50
Seatbelt Reminder................................................52
Sensitive Locking Mode......................................49
SecuriCode
See: Keyless Entry Keypad.................................87
Security.............................................................98
Anti-Theft Alarm System.....................................98
Anti-Theft Alarm System Settings....................99
568
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Index
Passive Anti-Theft System..................................98
Security – Troubleshooting..............................100
Security – Troubleshooting........................100
Security – Frequently Asked Questions........101
Security – Information Messages...................100
Selecting a Drive Mode..............................285
Selecting the Audio Source.......................449
Sending and Receiving a Text
Message......................................................466
Sensitive Locking Mode................................49
How Does Sensitive Locking Mode
Work....................................................................50
What is Sensitive Locking Mode.......................49
Service Data.....................................................25
Setting a Memory Preset...........................450
Settings Data...................................................26
Settings...........................................................458
Setting the Adaptive Cruise Control
Gap................................................................260
Setting the Adaptive Cruise Control
Speed...........................................................259
Setting the Blower Motor Speed...............145
Setting the Clock and Date.......................450
Setting the Liftgate Opening Height.........93
Setting the Temperature.............................146
Setting Up a Vehicle Hotspot....................447
Setting Your Default Assistant..................459
Shifting Your Immobile Vehicle Out of Park
(P)...................................................................206
Shifting Your Vehicle Into Gear................206
Sitting in the Correct Position....................153
Software Update Indicators.......................474
Software Update Settings..........................473
Software Update
See: Software Update Settings.......................473
See: Vehicle Software Updates......................473
Sounding the Panic Alarm............................70
Speedometer...................................................131
Speed Sign Recognition Indicators.........323
Speed Sign Recognition Limitations.......322
Speed Sign Recognition
Precautions.................................................322
Speed Sign Recognition Settings............323
Speed Sign Recognition.............................322
Speed Sign Recognition –
Troubleshooting.............................................323
Speed Sign Recognition –
Troubleshooting.........................................323
Speed Sign Recognition – Frequently Asked
Questions.........................................................324
Speed Sign Recognition – Information
Messages.........................................................323
Stability Control Indicator...........................239
Stability Control.............................................237
Starting and Stopping the Engine –
Precautions..................................................185
Starting and Stopping the Engine.............185
Automatic Engine Stop......................................188
Engine Block Heater..........................................186
Starting and Stopping the Engine –
Troubleshooting..............................................190
Starting the Engine.............................................186
Stopping the Engine...........................................188
Starting and Stopping the Engine –
Troubleshooting..........................................190
Starting and Stopping the Engine – Frequently
Asked Questions............................................192
Starting and Stopping the Engine –
Information Messages....................................191
Starting and Stopping the Engine – Warning
Lamps................................................................190
Starting the Engine.......................................186
Restarting the Engine After Stopping It.........186
Starting a Gasoline Engine...............................186
Status Bar.......................................................456
Steering..........................................................240
Electric Power Steering....................................240
Steering – Troubleshooting..............................241
Steering – Troubleshooting........................241
Steering – Frequently Asked
Questions.........................................................242
Steering – Information Messages...................241
569
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Index
Steering – Warning Lamps................................241
Steering Wheel..............................................102
Stopping the Engine.....................................193
Stopping the Engine When Your Vehicle is
Moving...............................................................188
Stopping the Engine When Your Vehicle is
Stationary..........................................................188
Stopping the Liftgate Movement................95
Storage.............................................................183
Center Console....................................................183
Glasses Holder.....................................................184
Glove Compartment...........................................183
Storing Your Vehicle....................................395
Sunroof
See: Glass Roof....................................................127
Switching Adaptive Cruise Control On and
Off..................................................................258
Switching Air Conditioning On and
Off...................................................................144
Switching All of the Interior Lamps On and
Off....................................................................119
Switching Android Auto On and Off........467
Switching Apple CarPlay On and Off......467
Switching Auto Hold On and Off..............233
Switching Auto-Start-Stop On and
Off...................................................................193
Switching Blind Spot Information System
On and Off....................................................301
Switching BlueCruise On and Off.............277
Switching Cargo Loading On and
Off..................................................................333
Switching Climate Control On and
Off...................................................................144
Switching Cross Traffic Alert On and
Off....................................................................311
Switching Cross Traffic Braking On and
Off..................................................................229
Switching Defrost On and Off....................144
Switching Easy Access Height On and
Off..................................................................333
Switching Easy Entry and Exit On and
Off.....................................................................91
Switching Exit Warning On and Off.........308
Switching From Adaptive Cruise Control
to Cruise Control.......................................263
Switching Maximum Cooling On and
Off...................................................................145
Switching Maximum Defrost On and
Off...................................................................145
Switching Parking Aid On and Off...........244
Switching Pre-Collision Assist On and
Off...................................................................317
Switching Recirculated Air On and
Off...................................................................144
Switching Repeat Mode On and Off.......455
Switching Reverse Brake Assist On and
Off..................................................................225
Switching Service Mode On and Off.......333
Switching Shuffle Mode On and Off.......455
Switching Stability Control On and
Off..................................................................238
Switching Text Message Notification On
and Off..........................................................467
Switching the Audio Unit On and
Off..................................................................449
Switching the Front Interior Lamps On and
Off....................................................................119
Switching the Hazard Flashers On and
Off..................................................................350
Switching the Head Up Display On and
Off...................................................................140
Switching the Heated Mirrors On and
Off...................................................................145
Switching the Heated Rear Window On
and Off...........................................................145
Switching the Heated Steering Wheel On
and Off..........................................................102
Switching the Lane Keeping System
Mode............................................................290
Switching the Lane Keeping System On
and Off.........................................................290
Switching the Rear Interior Lamps On and
Off....................................................................119
570
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Index
Switching the Rear Passenger Audio
Controls On and Off..................................455
Switching the Rear Passenger Climate
Controls On and Off...................................147
Switching the Rear Window Wiper On and
Off...................................................................105
Switching Traction Control On and
Off..................................................................235
Symbols Glossary............................................19
Symbols Used On Your Instrument
Cluster..............................................................21
Symbols Used on Your Vehicle....................19
System Update
See: Software Update Settings.......................473
See: Vehicle Software Updates......................473
T
Tachometer......................................................131
Technical Specifications
See: Capacities and Specifications...............429
Temporary Neutral Mode...........................209
Entering Temporary Neutral Mode................209
Exiting Temporary Neutral Mode...................209
How Does Temporary Neutral Mode
Work..................................................................209
Temporary Neutral Mode Limitations...........209
The Better Business Bureau Auto Line
Program.......................................................486
The Mediation and Arbitration
Program........................................................487
Third Party Software Copyright
Acknowledgment......................................490
Tire Care.........................................................408
Tire Pressure Monitoring System
Limitations.....................................................417
Tire Pressure Monitoring System
Overview.......................................................415
Tire Pressure Monitoring System
Precautions..................................................416
Tire Pressure Monitoring System..............415
Tire Pressure Monitoring System –
Troubleshooting..............................................417
Tire Pressure Monitoring System –
Troubleshooting..........................................417
Tire Pressure Monitoring System –
Information Messages...................................419
Tire Pressure Monitoring System – Warning
Lamps.................................................................417
Tire Replacement Requirements..............403
Tire Rotation...................................................413
Towing a Trailer Limitations.......................339
Towing a Trailer Precautions.....................338
Towing a Trailer.............................................338
Auto Tow/Haul......................................................341
Towing a Trailer – Troubleshooting...............343
Towing Weights and Dimensions....................341
Towing a Trailer – Troubleshooting.........343
Towing a Trailer – Information
Messages.........................................................343
Towing Weights and Dimensions..............341
Calculating the Maximum Loaded Trailer
Weight for Your Vehicle................................342
Recommended Towing Weights......................341
What Is the Maximum Loaded Trailer
Weight...............................................................342
Towing Your Vehicle Precautions.............357
Towing Your Vehicle....................................357
Traction Control Indicator..........................235
Traction Control............................................235
Traction Control – Troubleshooting...............236
Traction Control – Troubleshooting........236
Traction Control – Information
Messages.........................................................236
Trailer Brake Precautions...........................338
Trailer Sway Control Precautions.............344
Trailer Sway Control.....................................344
Trailer Towing Hints.....................................339
Transfer Case Fluid Capacity and
Specification...............................................438
Transporting the Vehicle............................354
Trip Computer................................................139
571
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Index
U
Under Hood Fuse Box................................358
Accessing the Under Hood Fuse Box..........358
Identifying the Fuses in the Under Hood Fuse
Box.....................................................................359
Locating the Under Hood Fuse Box..............358
Under Hood Overview................................372
USB Ports........................................................176
Using Auto Hold...........................................233
Using Keyless Entry.......................................85
Using Snow Chains.....................................406
Using the Backup Start Passcode..............76
Using the Instrument Cluster Display
Controls.........................................................136
Using the Keyless Entry Keypad.................89
Using the Memory Function......................470
Using the Remote Control............................69
Using the Valet Mode....................................75
Using This Publication....................................18
V
Vehicle Care..................................................388
Cleaning the Exterior.........................................389
Cleaning the Interior...........................................391
Vehicle Hotspot Settings............................447
Vehicle Hotspot – Troubleshooting.........448
Vehicle Hotspot – Frequently Asked
Questions.........................................................448
Vehicle Hotspot.............................................447
Vehicle Hotspot – Troubleshooting...............448
Vehicle Identification Number..................442
Locating the Vehicle Identification
Number.............................................................442
Vehicle Identification Number
Overview..........................................................442
Vehicle Identification...................................442
Vehicle Identification Number.........................442
Vehicle Software Updates..........................473
Vehicle System Reset..................................475
Ventilated Seats............................................159
Switching the Ventilated Seats On and
Off.......................................................................159
Ventilated Seat Precautions.............................159
Ventilation
See: Climate Control...........................................144
Venting the Glass Roof................................128
Viewing the Tire Pressures.........................417
Visual Search...................................................30
Voice Interaction..........................................459
W
Warranty Information...................................544
Washer Fluid Specification........................436
Washers...........................................................108
Adding Washer Fluid..........................................109
Switching the Courtesy Wipe On and
Off.......................................................................108
Using the Rear Window Washer.....................109
Using the Windshield Washer..........................108
Washer Fluid Specification...............................109
Washer Precautions............................................108
Washers
See: Wipers and Washers.................................104
Waxing Your Vehicle....................................394
What Are the Instrument Cluster
Indicators......................................................133
What Are the Instrument Cluster Warning
Lamps............................................................132
What Is 911 Assist............................................67
What Is a Connected Vehicle....................443
What Is Auto-Start-Stop...............................193
What Is Blind Spot Information
System..........................................................300
What Is BlueCruise.......................................274
What Is Cross Traffic Alert...........................310
What Is Cross Traffic Braking....................228
What Is Drive Mode Control......................285
What is Exit Warning....................................306
What Is Hill Start Assist...............................232
What Is Keyless Entry.....................................84
572
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Index
What Is Lincoln Protect...............................478
What Is Phone as a Key.................................75
What Is Pre-Collision Assist........................314
What Is Remote Start....................................142
What Is Reverse Brake Assist...................224
What Is Speed Sign Recognition..............322
What Is the 360 Degree Camera..............251
What Is the Cabin Air Filter.........................149
What Is the Catalytic Converter...............203
What Is the Electric Parking Brake...........219
What Is the Gross Axle Weight
Rating............................................................326
What Is the Gross Combined Weight
Rating............................................................326
What Is the Gross Vehicle Weight
Rating............................................................326
What Is the Head Up Display.....................140
What Is the Keyless Entry Keypad..............87
What Is the Lane Keeping System...........289
What Is the Maximum Loaded Trailer
Weight..........................................................326
What Is the Personal Safety System..........56
What Is the Power Outlet............................178
What is the Rear Occupant Alert
System...........................................................168
What Is the Rear View Camera.................248
What Is the Tire Pressure Monitoring
System...........................................................415
What Is the Wireless Accessory
Charger..........................................................181
What Is Traction Control.............................235
What is Voice Interaction...........................459
Wheel and Tire Information.......................397
Wheel Nuts.....................................................427
Wi Fi
See: Connecting the Vehicle to a Wi-Fi
Network............................................................443
Window Bounce-Back.................................122
Overriding Window Bounce-Back..................123
What Is Window Bounce-Back........................122
Windows...........................................................121
Global Opening and Closing............................122
Window Bounce-Back........................................122
Wipers and Washers –
Troubleshooting..........................................109
Wipers and Washers – Frequently Asked
Questions.........................................................109
Wipers and Washers – Warning Lamps........109
Wipers and Washers....................................104
Autowipers............................................................104
Reverse Wipe.......................................................106
Washers.................................................................108
Wipers....................................................................104
Wipers and Washers – Troubleshooting.......109
Wipers..............................................................104
Switching Windshield Wipers On and
Off.......................................................................104
Wiper Precautions...............................................104
Wireless Accessory Charger
Precautions...................................................181
Wireless Accessory Charger.......................181
573
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
Index
574
Aviator (CTV) Canada/Mexico/United States of America, enUSA, Edition date: 202401, DOM
, Edition date: 202401
